Full text of "Department of State bulletin"

HMMHWlH

cM-JUsM'lM)

"Bi

Given By
U. S. SI

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

BULLETIN

APRIL 4, 1942
Vol. VI, No. 145— Publication 1721

ontents

The War Pa ge

Cooperation with French National Committee regarding

territories in Africa 273

Diplomatic and consular officials of enemy countries in

the United States 273

Commodities allocated to other American republics. . 274
Proclaimed list of certain blocked nationals, supplement

2 to Revision 1 274

American Republics

Payment by Mexico under Claims Convention of 1941. 274

Inauguration of President of Chile 275

Presentation of letters of credence:

Ambassador of Bolivia 275

Ambassador of Paraguay 277

Commercial Policy

Trade-agreement negotiations with Mexico 278

Trade-agreement negotiations with Bolivia 287

General

Fellowships in fishery science 291

Passports for American seamen 292

Contributions for relief in belligerent countries .... 292

The Foreign Service

Resignation of Ambassador Weddell 306

Personnel changes 307

[over]

U. S. SUPERINTENDENT OF DOCUMENTS

APR 28 1942

ontents-coNTiNVED

Cultural Relations r»ge

Visit to the United States of educator from Nicaragua. 308

Treaty Information

Sovereignty: Convention on the Provisional Adminis-
tration of European Colonies and Possessions in

the Americas 309

Claims: Agreement With Mexico 309

Commerce:

Trade- Agreement Negotiations With Mexico. . . . 309
Trade-Agreement Negotiations With Bolivia. . . . 309

The Department

Appointment of officers 310

Legislation 310

The War

COOPERATION WITH FRENCH NATIONAL COMMITTEE REGARDING
TERRITORIES IN AFRICA

[Released to the press April 4]

In view of the importance of French Equa-
torial Africa in the united war effort, the deci-
sion has been taken to establish an American
Consulate General at Brazzaville, the capital of
French Equatorial Africa. Arrangements are
under way with the appropriate authorities
looking to the establishment of this office and
to the appointment of Mr. Maynard Barnes,
American Foreign Service officer, as Consul
General. Mr. Barnes will proceed to Brazza-
ville at the expiration of leave of absence in
the United States. In the meanwhile, Mr.
Laurence Taylor, who has recently returned

from French Equatorial Africa, will proceed to
Brazzaville to establish the office.

As has been previously stated, this Govern-
ment has treated with the French authorities
in effective control of French territories in
Africa and will continue to treat with them
on the basis of their actual administration of
the territories involved. The French territories
of Equatorial Africa and the French Cameroons
are under the effective control of the French
National Committee established in London, and
the United States authorities are cooperating
on matters relating to these territories with the
authorities established by the French National
Committee.

DIPLOMATIC AND CONSULAR OFFICIALS OF ENEMY COUNTRIES IN THE

UNITED STATES

[Released to the press April 3]

The members of the former Italian, Hun-
garian, and Bulgarian diplomatic and consular
staffs, with all members of their families, have
been transferred from White Sulphur Springs,
W. Va., to Asheville, N. C, and will be assembled
at the Grove Park Inn. The move includes
176 Italians, 52 Hungarians, and 9 Bulgarians
who are awaiting sailing in exchange for the
American Foreign Service staffs from Italy,
Hungary, and Bulgaria.

The changes were necessitated because of the
expected arrival of additional Axis diplomats

from Central and South America as a part of
the exchange movement. The transfer of sev-
eral national groups is involved.

[Released to the press April 41

The members of the former Japanese diplo-
matic and consular staffs with their families
have been transferred from Hot Springs, Va.,
to White Sulphur Springs, W. Va., and will be
assembled at the Greenbrier Hotel. The move
includes about 300 Japanese officials who are
awaiting repatriation.

273

274

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Arrangements are nearing completion for the
exchange of this group for the American For-
eign Service personnel still in Japanese-con-
trolled territory abroad.

The Japanese will join the German official
group already at White Sulphur Springs.

COMMODITIES ALLOCATED TO OTHER
AMERICAN REPUBLICS

[Released to the press April 4]

The Government of the United States in
accordance with the policy of close inter-
American cooperation has announced in Wash-
ington a list of commodities allocated to the
other American republics for the second quarter
of 1942. This announcement was made jointly
by the Department of State, the War Produc-
tion Board, and the Board of Economic
Warfare.

Machinery has been established in the inter-
ested government agencies to carry out the al-
locations program,, and announcements dealing
with special procedures to be followed in con-
nection with the various commodities will be
made later.

The announced list comprises the following
materials: Acetic acid, acetone, aconite, ammo-
nium sulphate, anhydrous ammonia, aniline,
camphor, carbon tetrachloride, castor oil, caus-
tic soda, chlorine, copper, cotton linters, dibutyl
phthalate, electrodes, farm equipment, formal-
dehyde, glycerin, leather, ferro-manganese,

methanol, molybdenum, neat's-foot oil, phenol,
phosphorus, pthalic anhydride, plastics, potash
salts, potassium permanganate, rayon, red
squill, household electric refrigerators, soda ash,
strontium chemicals, sulphuric acid, superphos-
phate, tanning materials, toluol, tricresyl phos-
phate, light trucks, tungsten and ferro-tung-
sten, ferro-vanadium, and wood pulp.

A number of new materials not previously
under export allocation are included in the list
for the second calendar quarter. It is antici-
pated that there may be further announcements
of additional materials to be made available
during this quarter.

PROCLAIMED LIST OF CERTAIN BLOCKED
NATIONALS, SUPPLEMENT 2 TO REVI-
SION I

[Released to the press March 30]

The Acting Secretary of State, acting in con-
junction with the Acting Secretary of the
Treasury, the Attorney General, the Secretary
of Commerce, the Board of Economic Warfare,
and the Coordinator of Inter-American Affairs,
issued on March 30 Supplement 2 to Revision I
of the Proclaimed List of Certain Blocked
Nationals, promulgated February 7, 1942.

Part I of this supplement contains 871 addi-
tional listings in the other American republics
and 41 deletions. Part II contains 179 addi-
tional listings outside the American republics
and 7 deletions.

American Republics

PAYMENT BY MEXICO UNDER CLAIMS CONVENTION OF 1941

[Released to the press April 2]

The Minister for Foreign Affairs of Mexico,
Dr. Ezequiel Padilla, on April 2 delivered to
the Honorable Sumner Welles, Acting Secre-
tary of State, the Mexican Government's check
for $3,000,000 (United States currency) repre-
senting the payment due the United States upon
the exchange of ratifications of the Claims Con-

vention between the United States and Mexico,
signed November 19, 1941.

The Ambassador of Mexico, Sehor Dr. Don
Francisco Castillo Najera, and the Acting Sec-
retary of State exchanged ratifications of this
convention on April 2, 1942.

A short summary of the provisions of the
convention appears in the Bulletin of November
22, 1941, page 400.

APRIL 4, 1942

275

INAUGURATION OF PRESIDENT OF CHILE

[Released to the press April 2]

The President sent the following telegram
to His Excellency Juan Antonio Rios, President
of the Republic of Chile, whose inauguration
occurred on April 2 :

"It gives me great pleasure to convey to Your
Excellency my heartiest congratulations and
good wishes upon your inauguration as Chief
Executive of the Republic of Chile. The whole
course of the relations between our two coun-
tries has been one of common devotion to those
democratic ideals and processes which the peo-
ple of Chile and the United States so fervently
cherish. I am confident, therefore, that under
your administration Chile will continue in the
vanguard of those nations upon the decisions
and actions of which at this critical time in
world history the future of free men and of
men who would regain their freedom so defi-
nitely depends.

Franklin D Roosevelt"

[Released to the press April 4]

A translation of a telegram received by the
President from the President of the Republic of
Chile follows:

"I deeply appreciate the good wishes and
congratulations which Your Excellency has
been pleased to convey to me on the occasion of
my inauguration as President of the Republic,
and I see in them a further proof of the cordial
orientation which Your Excellency has stamped
upon the relations of the United States with
the other countries of America. Upon assum-
ing the presidency of the Republic of Chile, it
is a pleasure for me to indicate to Your Ex-
cellency the great admiration existing in this
country for the illustrious President of the
United States, whose democratic convictions I
share fully, and to assure you that Chile will
remain during my government as up to the
present time faithful to the noble policy of
American solidarity and cooperation which has
in Your Excellency so high and renowned an
interpreter.

Juan Antonio Rios"

PRESENTATION OF LETTERS OF CREDENCE
AMBASSADOR OF BOLIVIA

[Released to the press March 31]

A translation of the remarks of the newly
appointed Ambassador of Bolivia, Sefior Dr.
Don Luis Fernando Guachalla, upon the occa-
sion of the presentation of his letters of credence,
follows :
"Excellency :

"Since our Governments have agreed upon
the elevation to the rank of Embassy of our
respective diplomatic missions, as a proof of
the growing friendship and the renewed im-
portance of the moral and material bonds which
exist between Bolivia and the United States, I

have the high honor to place in the hands of
Your Excellency the autographed letters which
accredit me as Ambassador Extraordinary and
Plenipotentiary of Bolivia near the illustrious
Government of Your Excellency. In doing
this I cannot but feel deeply encouraged, con-
sidering that the confidence thus reposed in me
implies that perhaps my five years as Plenipo-
tentiary in Washington had some recognizable
effect in arriving at a better reciprocal knowl-
edge and understanding of our problems, needs,
and just aspirations. I must take this oppor-
tunity to state, Excellency, that the labor of
strengthening relations which it was my duty

276

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

to carry out, following closely the instructions
of my Government, would not have been possi-
ble or effective if I had not been able to count at
all times on the frank assistance and sincere co-
operation of the distinguished officials of your
Government.

"In the vast field of present and future rela-
tions between Bolivia and the United States
there is one feature which by itself stands out
transcendentally — and today more than in any
other epoch of the history of the two countries.
Without stinting its energy, and in a loyal man-
ner, Bolivia supplies the United States with
various vital strategic materials for its de-
fense. It is sufficient to underline the fact that
my country is, at the present moment, prac-
tically the only source from which tin may be
obtained. In the realm of facts, that feature of
our relations has the significance of the great
results of international solidarity, since beyond
the economic value of such interchange there
stands out the joint determination of our peo-
ples to vanquish, each with the contribution that
destiny has indicated for him, the totalitarian
aggression which threatens to darken the world.
Our respective Governments have given pre-
ferred attention to this problem and must con-
tinue to do so. It is necessary to intensify our
efforts to increase the production of tin and of
other strategic minerals, and for the purpose
of avoiding all difficulties inherent in this type
of exploitation — fortuitous and uncertain diffi-
culties — it is necessary to preserve by standards
a constant equitable relation between costs and
prices. With respect to this same subject it is
also useful to point out that Bolivia offers the
United States interesting possibilities for sup-
plying its requirements of rubber and quinine.

"My Government is not forgetting, neverthe-
less, that permanent interests oblige it to di-
versify the Bolivian economy, and it is for this
purpose that it has requested and obtained the
financial and technical assistance of your Gov-
ernment. My Government does not doubt, sub-
sequently, that this high cooperation for a long
period will give desirous results throughout the
years, making Bolivia a prosperous country,
which should be agreeable to the United States

since it will find in Bolivia a better and safer
source, at present and in the future, of the
strategic and industrial minerals which it re-
quires in large quantities.

"In these hours of profound disturbances and
cruel uncertainties for those who are in doubt,
my Government and my people cherish the con-
viction that the sacred cause of liberty and of
human dignity to which you, Excellency, have
devoted j r our entire life and of which you are
now the most distinguished champion, will con-
quer. Bolivia has proclaimed in Rio de Ja-
neiro its definitive adherence to this cause and
it stands at the side of your country without
vacillation and with the great faith of peoples
who are fervently devoted to law and justice.

"Permit me, Excellency, to terminate these
brief words with the honorable duty of present-
ing on behalf of His Excellency, the President
of Bolivia, in his name and in that of the Bo-
livian people, his sincere wishes for the perma-
nent greatness and prosperity of your noble
country and for the personal well-being of its
very illustrious President."

The President's reply to the remarks of Seiior
Dr. Don Luis Fernando Guachalla follows :

"Mr. Ambassador:

"It gives me great pleasure to receive the let-
ters with which His Excellency, the President
of the Republic of Bolivia, has accredited you
as Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipoten-
tiary of Bolivia near the Government of the
United States of America.

"The act of Your Excellency's Government
in raising the rank of its diplomatic representa-
tion in the United States is a very friendly
recognition of the growing importance in the
relations between our two countries, an im-
portance which has prompted the Government
of the United States to take similar action. I
am particularly pleased to greet as the first Bo-
livian Ambassador to the United States a friend
who as the Minister of Bolivia in Washington
has for more than five years sincerely inter-
preted the people of Bolivia and the United
States to each other and who has so ably con-
ducted the relations between our Governments.

APRIL 4. 1942

277

"As Your Excellency states in your remarks
on this occasion, the relations between Bolivia
and the United States have assumed an even
greater importance because of the emergency
needs of the nations engaged in the combat
against the treacherous forces of aggression.
You may be sure that the Government and peo-
ple of the United States are fully appreciative
of the contribution being made by Bolivia to
the defense of the institutions of freedom and
justice.

"It will, of course, be the constant desire of
the officials of the Government of the United
States to work with you in every possible way
to strengthen the spiritual and material bonds
which unite our two countries. You have men-
tioned certain of the specific measures of coop-
eration which are at present being developed
and which may in the future be developed be-

tween Bolivia and the United States. I have
every confidence that the systematic develop-
ments in which our two countries are joined will
redound substantially to our mutual benefit.

"In expressing the heartfelt gratitude of the
Government and people of the United States
for the close collaboration of the Bolivian Gov-
ernment and people during the present crisis,
I give Your Excellency my personal assurances
that I shall endeavor to express this apprecia-
tion in my efforts to assist you in carrying out
the functions of your high position.

"Please thank your distinguished President,
General Enrique Peiiaranda, for the friendly
greetings which he has sent on behalf of the
Bolivian people and in his own name. I will
appreciate your sending to His Excellency my
own best wishes for the increasing welfare of
Bolivia and for his own well-being."

AMBASSADOR OF PARAGUAY

[Released to the press March 31]

A translation of the remarks of the newly ap-
pointed Ambassador of Paraguay, Sefior Dr.
Don Celso R. Velazquez, upon the occasion of
the presentation of his letters of credence,
follows :

"Mr. President:

"I have the high honor to place in the hands
of Your Excellency the letters of credence by
which His Excellency the President of the Re-
public of Paraguay has been pleased to accredit
me as Ambassador Extraordinary and Pleni-
potentiary of Paraguay before the Government
of Your Excellency, and the letters of recall of
the Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Pleni-
potentiary.

"My Government, by a spontaneous act, and
wishing to give one more proof of the interest
and great sympathy which inspire mutually the
United States and Paraguay, has raised the
rank of its diplomatic representation, granting
me the honor of being its first Ambassador near
the Government of Your Excellency and its

spokesman in the difficult period of history
which obstructs humanity.

"The sentiments that animate the Government
are those of the Paraguayan people.

"The high mission that has been entrusted to
me near Your Excellency constitutes for me a
cause for profound and singular satisfaction, be-
cause the strengthening of the spirit of collabora-
tion and of the bonds that unite our countries —
manifested once more by the resolutions to which
my Government has subscribed in the circum-
stances of the present war — will be for me a
pleasing and honorable endeavor which I shall
carry out with my best wishes and all my
enthusiasm.

"Undoubtedly, nevertheless, my personal ef-
forts and good will will be insufficient for the
attainment of such objectives without the valu-
able aid and collaboration of Your Excellency
and of your Government, which I confidently
expect.

"Excellency, please accept the greetings which,
in the name of His Excellency the President of

278

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

the Republic of Paraguay, the Government and
people of Paraguay, and in my own name, I pre-
sent for the prosperity of the United States and
for the personal well-being of Your Excellency."

The President's reply to the remarks of Sefior
Dr. Don Celso R. Velazquez follows:

"Mr. Ambassador:

"It is most gratifying to me to receive from
you the letters with which His Excellency, the
President of the Republic of Paraguay, has
accredited you as Ambassador Extraordinary
and Plenipotentiary of Paraguay near the Gov-
ernment of the United States of America. I
also accept the letters of recall of your prede-
cessor.

"It is an especial pleasure for me to greet you
as the first Paraguayan Ambassador to the
United States. The raising of our respective
diplomatic missions in Asuncion and Washing-
ton to the grade of Embassy reflects the growth
in the cooperative relations between our two
countries. I am particularly appreciative of the
friendly recognition of this increased importance
in our relations which is implicit in the act of
Your Excellency's Government in raising the
rank of its diplomatic representation in the
United States.

"The friendly good-will which governs the
relations between Paraguay and the United

States is the result of the firm determination on
the part of the people of Paraguay and
the United States to support the principles of
mutual respect and equitable dealing. The un-
equivocal position of the Republic of Paraguay
in the common endeavor of the American repub-
lics to defend themselves against the treach-
erous forces which today threaten the free
institutions of the Americas has been a high
testimony to the devotion of Your Excel-
lency's Government to the cause of justice and
democracy.

"Your Excellency may be sure that it will be
a source of personal pleasure to me to collabo-
rate with you in carrying out the functions of
your high position. I am, moreover, confident
that it will be the constant desire of the officials
of the Government of the United States to
assist you in every possible way in strengthen-
ing the bonds between the Governments and
peoples of Paraguay and the United States.

"I appreciate deeply your friendly greetings
on behalf of His Excellency, President Higinio
Morinigo, the Government and people of Para-
guay, and in your own name. Please transmit
to your distinguished President my own best
wishes for the increasing prosperity of Para-
guay and for His Excellency's personal well-
being."

Commercial Policy

TRADEAGREEMENT NEGOTIATIONS WITH MEXICO

[Released to the press April 4]

The Acting Secretary of State on April 4
issued formal notice of intention to negotiate
a trade agreement with the Government of
Mexico.

and fixing the time and place for the opening
of the hearings. These dates, time, and place
are the same as those fixed in the notice issued
by the Committee in connection with the notice
of intention to negotiate a trade agreement with
Bolivia also issued on April 4 by the Acting
Secretary of State.

There is printed below a list of products
which will come under consideration for the
possible granting of concessions by the Gov-

APRIL 4, 1942

279

eminent of the United States. Representations
which interested persons may wish to make to
the Committee for Reciprocity Information
need not be confined to the articles appearing
on this list but may cover any articles of actual
or potential interest in the import or export
trade of the United States with Mexico. How-
ever, only the articles contained in the list issued
on April 4 or in any supplementary list issued
later will come inn lev consideration for the pos-
sible granting of concessions by the Govern-
ment of the United States.

With respect to products appearing on both
the following list and the list issued in connec-
tion with the notice of intention to negotiate
a trade agreement with Bolivia, it will not be
necessary to submit separate written or oral
statements to the Committee.

Suggestions with regard to the form and con-
tent of presentations addressed to the Commit-
tee for Reciprocity Information are included in
a statement released by that Committee on De-
cember 13, 1937.

A compilation showing the total trade be-
tween the United States and Mexico during
the years 1929^40 inclusive, together with the
principal products involved in the trade be-
tween the two countries during the years 1938,
1939, and 1940 has been prepared by the De-
partment of Commerce, and may be obtained,
upon request, from the Bureau of Foreign and
Domestic Commerce in Washington or from
any district or cooperative office.

Department of State

trade-agreement negotiations with mexico

Public Notice

Pursuant to section 4 of an act of Congress
approved June 12, 1934, entitled "An Act to
Amend the Tariff Act of 1930'', as extended by
Public Resolution 61, approved April 12, 1940,
and t<> Executive Order 6750, of June 27, 1934, 1
hereby give notice of intention to negotiate a
trade agreement with the Government of
Mexico.

452714—42 2

All presentations of information and views
in writing and applications for supplemental
oral presentation of views with respect to the
negotiation of such agreement should be sub-
mitted to the Committee for Reciprocity In-
formation in accordance with the announcement
of this date issued by that Committee concern-
ing the manner and dates for the submission of
briefs and applications, and the time set for
public hearings.

Sumner Welles
Acting Secretary of State
Washington, D.C.,
April 4, 19^2.

Committee for Reciprocity Information
trade- agreement negotiations with mexico
Public Notice
Closing date for submission of briefs, May 4,
1942; closing date for application to be heard,
May 4, 1942; public hearings open, May 18,
1942.

The Committee for Reciprocity Information
hereby gives notice that all information and
views in writing, and all applications for sup-
plemental oral presentation of views, in regard
to the negotiation of a trade agreement with
the Government of Mexico, of which notice of
intention to negotiate has been issued by the
Acting Secretary of State on this date, shall be
submitted to the Committee for Reciprocity
Information not later than 12 o'clock noon, May
4, 1942. Such communications should be ad-
dressed to "The Chairman, Committee for Reci-
procity Information, Tariff Commission Build-
ing, Eighth and E Streets NW., Washington,
D. C."

Six copies of written statements, either type-
written or printed, shall be submitted, of which
one copy shall be sworn to. Appearance at
hearings before the Committee may be made

2S0

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

only by those persons who have filed written
statements and who have within the time pre-
scribed made written application for a hearing,
and statements made at such hearings shall be
under oath.

By direction of the Committee for Reciprocity
Information this 4th day of April 1942.
E. M. Weqtcomb
Acting Secretary
Washington, D.C.,
April k, 1942.

List of Products on Which the United States
Will Consider Granting Concessions to
Mexico

Note: The rates of duty or import tax indi-
cated are those now applicable to products of
Mexico. Where the rate is one which has been
reduced pursuant to a previous trade agreement
by 50 percent (the maximum permitted by the
Trade Agreements Act) it is indicated by the
symbol MR. Where the rate represents a reduc-
tion pursuant to a previous trade agreement,
but less than a 50-percent reduction, it is indi-
cated by the symbol B. Where an item has been
bound free of duty in a previous trade agree-
ment, it is indicated by the symbol R.

For the purpose of facilitating identification
of the articles listed, reference is made in the list
to the paragraph numbers of the tariff schedules
in the Tariff Act of 1930, or, as the case may be,
to the appropriate sections of the Internal Rev-
enue Code. The descriptive phraseology is,
however, in some cases limited to a narrower field
than that covered by the numbered tariff para-
graph or section in the Internal Revenue Code.
In such cases only the articles covered by the
descriptive phraseology of the list will come
under consideration for the granting of conces-
sions. In other cases, where the full descriptive
phraseology is used, it may be that only a part
of the classification as set forth in the list will
come under consideration.

In the event that articles which are at present
regarded as class'fiable under the descriptions
included in the list are excluded therefrom by

judicial decision or otherwise prior to the con-
clusion of the agreement, the list will neverthe-
less be considered as including such articles.

The rates of duty and import tax shown in
the list are without reference to the act of March
13, 1942 (Public Law 497, 77th Cong., 2d sess.),
suspending the effectiveness during the existing
national emergency of customs duties and im-
port taxes on scrap iron, scrap steel, and non-
ferrous-metal scrap.

United

States Tariff
Act of

1930 Para-
graph

Description of article

Present rate of
duty

Sym-
bol

Acids and acid anhydrides, not
specially provided for.

Juice of lemons, limes, oranges,
or other citrous fruits, unfit

25% ad val

« par lb_... ..

for beverage purposes.
Zinc oxide and leaded zinc
oxides containing not more
than 25 per centum of lead:

In any form of dry powder

Ground in or mixed with oil
or water.

IHi per lb

2iii per lb

Turpentine, gum and spirits of,
and rosin.

5% ad val

I6t per lb

Ht per lb

202(a)

Earthen floor and wall tiles,
glazed or unglazed. however
provided for in paragraph
202 (a) of the Tariff Act

of 1930 (except ceramic mo-
saic tiles and except quarries
or quarry tiles):
Valued at not more than 40
cents per square foot.

Valued at more than 40 cents

1W per sq. ft.,
but not less
than 50% nor
more than 70%
ad val.

per square foot:

26V per sq. ft.,
but not less

than 30% nor

more than 60%
ad val.

60% ad val

50% ad val

$4.20 per ton

$8.40 per ton

202(b)

Mantels, friezes, and articles of
every description or parts
thereof, composed wholly or
in chief value of earthen tiles
or tiling, except pill tiles.
Fluorspar:
Containing more than 97 per
centum of calcium fluo-
ride.
Containing not more than 97
per centum of calcium
fluoride.

APRIL i, 1942

281

United
States Tariff

Act of

1930 Par

graph

Common yellow, brown, red, or
gray earthenware, plain or
embossed, composed of a
body wholly of clay which
is unwashed, unmixed, and
not artificially colored;
common salt-glazed stone-
ware; stoneware and earth-
enware crucibles; all the
foregoing:
Not ornamented, incised, or
decorated in any manner,
and manufactures wholly
or in chief value of such
ware, not specially pro-
vided fur.
Ornamented, incised, or deco-
rated in any manner, and
manufactures wholly or in
chief value of such ware,
not specially provided for.
Earthenware and crockery ware
composed of a nonvitrifled
absorbent body, including
white granite and semipor-
celain earthenware, and
cream-colored ware, terra
cotta, and stoneware, in-
cluding clock cases with or
without movements, pill
tiles, plafjues, ornaments,
charms, vases, statues,
statuettes, mugs, cups,
steins, lamps, and all other
articles composed wholly or
in chief value of such ware:
Plain white, plain yellow,
plain brown, plain red, or
plain black, not painted,
colored, tinted, stained,
enameled, gilded, printed,
ornamented, or decorated
in any manner, and manu-
factures in chief value of
such ware, not specially
provided for.
Painted, colored, tinted,
stained, enameled, gilded,
printed, ornamented, or
decorated in any manner,
and manufactures in chief
value of such ware, not
specially provided for.
Graphite or plumoago, crude or
refined:
Amorphous

Oft per doz.
pieces and 45%
ad val.

0£ per doz.
pieces and
30% or 50%
ad val."

5% ad val.

MR I

■ In the trade agreement with the United Kingdom, effective January
1, 1939, the rate of duty on plates of certain sizes and values and cups and
saucers of certain values, classified under this subparagraph, was reduced
from 10 cents per dozen pieces and 50 percent ad valorem to 10 cents per
dozen pieces and 30 percent ad valorem.

United
States Tariff

Act of
1930 Para-
graph

232(a)..
302(b),

Description of article

Bottles, vials, Jars, ampoules,
and covered or uncovered
demijohns, and carboys,
any of the foregoing, wholly
or in chief value of glass, un-
filled, not specially provided
for: Pmvided, That the
terms "bottles", "vials",
"jars", "ampoules", "demi-
johns", and "carboys", as
used herein, shall be re-
stricted to such articles
when suitable for use and
of the character ordinarily
employed for the holding or
transportation of merchan-
dise, and not as appliances
or implements in chemical
or other operations, and
shall not include bottles for
table service and thermo-
static bottles.
If holding more than 1 pint. . .
If holding not more than 1 pint
and not less than one-
fourth of 1 pint.
If holding less than one-
fourth of 1 pint.

Table and kitchen articles and
utensils, and all articles uf
every description not spe-
cially provided for, composed
wholly or in chief value of
glass, blown or partly blown
in the mold or otherwise,
or colored, cut, engraved,
etched, frosted, gilded,
ground (except such grind-
ing as is necessary for fitting
stoppers or for purposes
other than ornamentation),
painted, printed in any
manner, sand-blasted, sil-
vered, stained, or decorated
or ornamented in any man-
ner, whether filled or un-
filled, or whether their con-
tents be dutiable or free (ex-
cept articles, if cut or en-
graved, valued at not less
than$l each).

Onyx, in block, rough or squared
only.

Molybdenum ore or concen-
trates.

H per lb. __
IM6 per lb .

50£ per gross
60% ad val . . .

32Htf percu.ft...

35* per lb. on

the metallic
molybdenum
contained
therein.

282

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

United

States Tariff

Act of

1930 Para

graph

Description of article

Table, household, kitchen, and
hospital utensils, and hollow
or fiat ware, not specially
provided for, composed
wholly or in chief value of
tin or tin-plate, not plated
with platinum, gold, or
silver, and not specially
provided for.

Antimony, as regulus or metal ..

Quicksilver..

Lead-bearing ores, flue dust, and
mattes of all kinds.

Lead bullion or base bullion,
load in pigs and bars, lead
dross, reclaimed lead, scrap
lead, antimonial lead, anti-
monial scrap lead, type
metal, Babbitt metal, solder,
all alloys and combinations
of lead, not specially pro-
vided for.
Zinc-bearing ores of all kinds,
except pyrites containing
not more than 3 per centum
zinc.
Zinc:
In blocks, pigs, or slabs, and
zinc dust.

In sheets

In sheets coated or plated with
nickel or other metal (ex-
cept gold, silver, or plati-
num), or solutions.
Old and worn-out zinc, fit
only to be remanufactured,
zinc dross, and zinc skim-
mings.
Articles or wares not specially
provided for, if composed
wholly or in chief value of
tin or tin-plate, but not
plated with platinum, gold,
or silver, or colored with
gold lacquer, whether part-
ly or wholly manufactured.

<>The rate of duty on certain tin-plate containers was reduced to 22^6
percent ad valorem in the trade agreement with the United Kingdom,
effective January 1, 1939.

2(* per lb

25** per lb., Pro-
vided, That
the flasks, bot-
tles, or other
vessels in
which quick-
silver is im-
ported shall
be subject to
the same rate
of duty as they
would be sub-
jected to if im-
ported empty.

l 1 v per lb. on
the lead con-
tained therein.

2Hc per lb. on
the lead con-
tained therein.

llrY per lb. on
the zinc con-
tained therein.

l-V per lb

2c perlb__

2' a* per lb

l 1 j0 per lb
45% ad val

United

States Tariff

Act of

1930 Para-

Description of article

Present rate of
duty

Sym-
bol

graph

397

Articles or wares not specially
provided for, if composed

50% ad val

wholly or in chief value of

silver, whether partly or

wholly manufactured.

401

Sawed lumber and timber not
specially provided for:

50£ per thousand
feet board

measure (plus

$1.60 per thou-

sand feet board

measure under

Sec. 3424 (a),

Internal Reve-

nue Code; see

below).

404

15% ad val. (plus
$3 per thou-

sawed boards, planks, deals,

and all other forms not

sand feet board

further manufactured than

measure under

sawed, and flooring.

Sec. 3424 (a),
Internal Rev-
enue Code; see
below).

407

Packing boxes (empty), and
packing-box shocks, of wood ,
not specially provided for.

)-■", ad val

Boxes, barrels, and other articles
containing oranges, lemons,
limes, grapefruit, shaddocks
or pomelos.

25% ad val.

■in

Baskets and bags, wholly or in
chief value of bamboo, wood,
straw, papier-mache, palm
leaf, or compositions of wood,
not specially provided for.

60% ad val.

412

Bent-wood furniture, wholly or
partly finished, and parts
thereof.

42H%ad val....

412

701

Cattle:

Weighing less than 200 pounds

liii or 2Ht per

each.

lb.'

Weighing less than 700 pounds

2' jf per lb.

but not less than 200

pounds each.

Weighing 700 pounds or more

lMft or 3t per

each (except cows im-

lb. J

ported specially for dairy

purposes).

701

Dried blood albumen, light

12t per lb.

702

Sheep and lambs

$3 per head.

c In the trade agreement with Canada, effective January 1, 1939, the
rate of duty on cattle weighing less than 200 pounds each was reduced to
1\H per pound on imports not in excess of 100,000 head per year, and the
rate of duty on imports in excess of that amount was bound against
increase at 2 x At per pound.

d In the trade agreement with Canada, effective January 1, 1939, the
rate of duty on cattle weighing 700 pounds or more each was reduced to
IVit per pound on imports not in excess of 225,000 head per year, and the
rate of duty on imports in excess of that amount was bound against
increase at 3£ per pound.

APRIL 4, 194 2

283

United

States Tariff
Act of

l".;n I'ara

Description of article

Present rate of
duty

Sym-
bol

graph

711

Live birds, not specially pro-
vided for, valued at $5 or
less each:

714.

Horses, unless imported for
immediate slaughter, valued
at not more than $150 per
head.

,$15 per head

714

$30 per hcnd_.__

immediate slaughter, valued

at not more than $150 per

head.

715. _

Live asses and burros, not
specially provided for.

15% ad val

Itet per lb

717(a)

Fish, fresh or frozen (whether or

not packed in ice), whole, or

beheaded or eviscerated or

both, but not further ad-

vanced (except that the fins

may be removed):

White sea bass or totoaba

H per lb

717(c)

Fish, dried and unsalted:

lM^perlb- ..

71S (a)

Fish, prepared or preserved in
any manner, when packed in
oil or in oil and other sub-
stances:

Tuna.

45% ad val

718 (5)

Fish, pickled or salted (except
fish packed in oil or in oil
and other substances and
except fish packed in air-
tight containers weighing
with their contents not more
than fifteen pounds each):

Other fish, in bulk or in imme-

1J4* per lb. net

diate containers weighing

weight.

with their contents more

than fifteen pounds each

(except ale wives).

5% ad val

admixture of grains or grain

products with oil cake, oil-

cake meal, molasses, or other

feedstuffs.

meal, not specially provided

for:

oil-cake meal.

35% ad val

served, but not frozen and

not in brine and not dried,

dessicated, or evaporated

(except blueberries).

743....

Limes, in their natural state,

lHfS per lb

or in brine.

746

Mangoes

15* per lb

United

States Tariff

Act of

1930 Para-

Description of article

Present rate of
duty

Sym-
bol

graph

747

Pineapples:

In bulk

Not in bulk

2.45 cu. ft.

Prepared or preserved, and

lH^perlb

not specially provided for.

752...

Fruits in their natural state,
not specially provided for:

Watermelons and other melons

.35% ad val

752

and not specially provided

for.

765

for:

3\it per lb....

765

brine.

769

R •

769

Chickpeas or garbanzos, dried...

IHt per lb

770

Garlic .. __

Hit per lb

772

Tomatoes in their natural state..
Peppers in their natural state...

St per lb

2}S(!perlb

774.

774

Eggplant in its natural state

Hit per lb

774

Cucumbers in their natural
state.

3e per lb

774

Squash in its natural state

2(iperlb.

775

Pimientos, packed in brine or in
oil, or prepared or preserved
in any manner.

6t per lb

781

Spices and spice seeds:

Capsicum or red pepper or

5t per lb

cayenne pepper, unground.

802

Compounds and preparations
of which distilled spirits are
the component material of
chief value and not specially
provided for.

$5 per proof gal..

805

Ale, porter, stout, and beer.. ...

50< per gal

1005(a)(1).

Cordage, including cables, tarred
or untarred, composed of
three or more strands,
each strand composed of
two or more yarns, wholly
or in chief value of
sisal, henequen, or other
hard fiber, except manila
(abaca):
Sisal:

Not smaller than three-

10 per lb .

fourths of one inch in

diameter.

Smaller than three-fourths

It per lb. and

of one inch in diameter.

7M% ad val.

Henequen, or other hard fiber:

Not smaller than three-

2t per lb

fourths of one inch in di-

ameter.

Smaller than three-fourths

2t per lb. and

of one inch in diameter.

15% ad val.

• In the trade agreement with Canada, effective January 1, 1939, the
rate of duty on peas, green or unripe, was reduced from 39<o< to 2£ per
pound when imported and entered for consumption during the period
from July 1 to September 30, inclusive, in any year.

284

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Act of
1930 Para-
graph

Description of article

Cords and twines (whether or
not composed of three or
more strands, each strand
composed of two or more
yarns), tarred or un tarred,
single or plied, wholly or in
chief value of manila (abaca) ,
sisal, henequen, or other
hard fiber.
Blankets, and similar articles
(including carriage and auto-
mobile robes and steamer
rugs), made as units or in
the piece, finished or un-
finished, wholly or in chief
value of wool, not exceeding
three yards in length, any
of the foregoing if hand-
Valued at not more than $1 per

pound.
Valued at more than $1 but
not more than $1.50 per
pound.
Valued at more than $1.50 per
pound.
Bound books of all kinds (other
than diaries and prayer
books), except those bound
wholly or in part in leather,
not specially provided for,
and if of bona fide foreign
authorship.
Braids, plaits, and laces, com-
posed wholly or in chief
value of chip, paper, grass,
palm leaf, willow, osier,
rattan, real horsehair, or
cuba bark, and braids or
plaits, wholly or in chief
value of ramie, all the fore-
going suitable for making
or ornamenting hats, bon-
nets, or hoods:
Not bleached, dyed, colored,
or stained, and not con-
taining a substantial part
of rayon or other synthetic
textile.
Hats provided for in paragraph
1504 (b) of the Tariff Act of
1930, if known as harvest
hats, and valued at less than
$3 per dozen.
Dolls and doll clothing, com-
posed in any part, however
small, of any of the laces,
fabrics, embroideries, or
other materials or articles
provided for in paragraph
1529 (a) of fhc Tariff Act of
1930.

3ty l"' r lh an '" i
36% ad val.

33£ per lb. and
36% ad val.

40£ per lb. and

36% ad val.
7h%ad val —

Description cf article

Dolls, parts of dolls (including
clothing), and doll heads, of
whatever materials com-
posed (other than dolls,
parts of dolls including
clothing, and doll heads,
composed wholly or in chief
value of any product pro-
vided for in paragraph 31 of
the Tariff Act of 1930).

All other toys, and parts of toys,
not specially provided for,
wholly or in chief value of
china, porcelain, parian,
bisque, earthenware, or
stoneware.

Wax matches, wind matches,
and all matches in books or
folders.

Jewelry, commonly or commer-
cially so known, finished or
unfinished (including parts
thereof), of whatever mate-
rial composed (except jewel-
ry composed wholly or in
chief value of gold or plati-
num, or of which the metal
part is wholly or in chief
value of gold or platinum):
Provided, That none of the
foregoing shall he subject to a
less amount of duty than
would be payable if the
article were not dutiable
under this paragraph:
Valued above 20 cents but not
above $5 per dozen pieces.

Valued above $5 per dozen
pieces.

Boots, shoes, or other footwear
(including athletic or sport-
ing boots and shoes), made
wholly or in chief value of
leather, Dot specially pro-
vided for:

ITuaraches -

Slippers (for housewear)

1* each plus 3/5*
per doz. for
each H the
value exceeds
20* per doz.,
and 50% ad
val.

2/3* each plus
2/5* per doz.
for each 1* the
value exceeds
20* per doz.,
and 25% ad
val.

20% ad val.
20% ad val.

APRIL 4, 194 2

285

United
States Tariff

Act of
1930 Para-
graph

Description of article

Men's, youths' and boys' boots,
shoes, or other footwear (in-
cluding athletic or sporting
boots and shoes), made
wholly or in chief value of
leather, not specially pro-
vided for (except turn or
turned, or sewed or stitched
by the process or method
known as McKay, or made
by the process or method
known as welt).
Photographic-film negatives,
imported in any form, for
use in any way in connection
with moving-picture exhib-
its, or for making or repro-
ducing pictures for such ex-
hibits, except undeveloped
negative moving-picture
film of American manufac-
ture exposed abroad for
silent or sound news reel:
With sound tracks in the
Spanish or Portuguese
languages:
Exposed but not developed. .

Exposed and developed

Photographic-film positives, im-
ported in any form, for use in
any way In connection with
moving-picture exhibits, in-
cluding herein all moving,
motion, motophotography,
or cinematography film pic-
tures, prints, positives, or
duplicates of every kind and
nature, and of whatever
substance made:
With sound tracks in the
Spanish or Portuguese
languages.
Waste, not specially provided

for.
Articles manufactured, in whole
or in part, not specially pro-
vided for:
Dressed istle or Tampico fiber.

Sulphuric acid or oil of vitriol

Jalap, natural and uncompound-
ed and in a crude state,
not advanced in value or
condition by shredding,
grinding, chipping, crushing,
or any other process or treat-
ment whatever beyond that
essential to proper packing
and the prevention of decay
or deterioration pending
manufacture, not containing
alcohol.

2(f per lin. ft.
3f per lin. ft.

H per lin. ft.
H% ad val.

20% ad val.

Free

Free.

United

States Tariff
Act of

Description of article

Present rate of

Sym-

1930 Para-

graph
1606 (a)

Animals imported by a citizen of

the United States specially

for breeding purposes:

1614

Arsenious acid or white arsenic.

Free.

1622.

All binding twine manufactured

from New Zealand hemp,

henequen, manila, istle or

Tampico fiber, sisal grass.

or sunn, or a mixture of any

two or more of them, of single

ply and measuring not ex-

ceeding seven hundred and

fifty feet to the pound.

Free.

1624..

1654-_

Coffee, except coffee imported
into Puerto Rico and upon
which a duty is imposed
under the authority of sec-
tion 319 of the Tariff Act of
1930.

Free .

1664

Metallic mineral substances in a
crude state, such as drosses,
skimmings, residues, brass
foundry ash, and flue dust,
not specially provided for.

Free.

1669

Drugs of animal origin which are
natural and uncompounded
and not edible, and not
specially provided for, and
are in a crude state, not ad-
vanced in value or condition
by shredding, grinding,
chipping, crushing, or any
other process or treatment
whatever beyond that es-
sential to the proper packing
of the drugs and the pre-
vention of decay or deterio-
ration pending manufacture,
and not containing alcohol:

1678..

Free

Free.

Sharkskins, raw or salted

1682

Live game animals and birds,
imported for stocking pur-
poses.

Free.

1684. _

Grasses and fibers, not dressed
or manufactured in any
manner, and not specially
provided for:

Henequen, istle or Tampico

Free.

fiber, and broom root.

1685___

1685

Free.

1685

Fish scrap and fish meal of a
grade used chiefly for fertil-
izers, or chiefly as an in-
gredient in the manufacture
of fertilizers.

Free.

286

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

United

States Tariff
Act of

Description of article

Present rate of
duty

Sym-

r.i:;n ram-

graph

1686

Gums and resins:

1695. _

Horses or mules imported for
immediate slaughter.

Free.

1710

Liquid petroleum asphaltum,

Free (subject to

including cutbacks and road

tax of lit per

oil.

gal. under Sec.
3422, Internal
Revenue
Code; see be-
low).

Moss, seaweeds, and vegetable
substances, crude or unman-

Free.

ufactured, not specially pro-

vided fur.

1731

Distilled or essential oils, not
containing alcohol:

Lignaloe or bois de rose.

Free.

1733

Oils, mineral:

Petroleum, crude, and fuel oil

Free (sub

derived from petroleum.

tax of iit or
Hi per gal.
under Sec.
3422, Internal
Revenue
Code; see be-
low).

Free (subject to
tax of Hi per

gal. under Sec,

3422, Internal

Revenue

Code: see be-

low).

1743

Plaster rock (including anhy-
drite) and gypsum, crude.

Free

1761

Spiny lobsters, fresh or frozen
(whether or not packed in
ice).

Free.

1761

Shrimps and prawns, fresh or
frozen (whether or not
packed in ice).

Free.

1761

Shellfish, fresh or frozen
(whether or not packed in
ice), or prepared or pre-
served in any manner (in-
cluding pastes and sauces),
and not specially provided
for:

1768(1)

Spices and spice seeds, unground:

1768 (2)

Spices and spice seeds:

Anise

Free.

' Bound duty-free in the trade agreement with Canada, effective
January 1, 1939, which provided that during its effective period the
existing customs classification treatment of gypsum which has been bro-
ken merely for the purpose of facilitating its shipment to the United
States, as "crude" in accordance with the decision of the United States
Court of Customs and Patent Appeal published as Treasury Decision
45725, shall be continued.

United

States TariS
\. 1 ol
1930 Para-
graph

Description of article

Present rate of
duty

Sym-
bol

1775

tripoli, and sand, crude or

manufactured.

1796

1802

Free.

known as Spanish cedar, and

primavera, in the log.

• Duty-free entry of mahogany in the log was

bound in the trade agree-

ment with the United Kingdom, effective January 1, 1939.

Internal

Revenue

Code

Section

Description of article

Present rate of
import tax

Sym-
bol

3422

Crude petroleum, topped crude

Yit or Hi per

petroleum, and fuel oil de-

gal.»

rived from petroleum in-

cluding fuel oil known as

gas oil.

Hi per gal.
Hi per gal.

3422

Liquid petroleum, asphaltum,

including cutbacks and road

oil.

3424

Lumber, including sawed tim-
lur:

Pine, other than Northern

$1.50 per thou-

white (pinus strobus), and

sand feet, board

Norway (pinus resinosa),

measure.

rough, or planed, or

dressed on one or more

sides.

Mahogany, rough, or planed,

$3 per thousand

or dressed on one or more

feet board

sides.

measure.

3451

Crude petroleum, topped crude

Exempt from

B '

petroleum, fuel oil derived

taxes imposed

from petroleum including

by Sees. 3420

fuel oil known as gas oil, and

and 3422 of the

kerosene; any of the fore-

Internal Rev-

going sold for use as fuel sup-

enue Code.

plies, ships' stores, sea stores.

or legitimate equipment on

vessels of war of the United

States or any foreign nation,

or vessels employed in the

fisheries or in the whaling

business or actually engaged

in foreign trade or trade be-

tween the Atlantic and Pa-

cific ports of the United

States or between the United

States and any of its posses-

sions under regulations pre-

scribed with the approval

of the Secretary of the

Treasury.

« In the trade agreement with Venezuela, effective December 16, 1939,
the import tax of one-half cent per gallon under Sec. 3422 of the Internal
Revenue Code on crude petroleum, topped crude petroleum, fuel oil,
and gas oil was reduced to one-fourth cent on imports not in excess of 5
percent of the total quantity of crude petroleum processed in refineries in
continental United States during the preceding calendar year.

6 Kerosene has not heretofore been bound.

APRIL i, 1942

287

TRADE-AGREEMENT NEGOTIATIONS WITH BOLIVIA

[Released to the press April 4]

The Acting Secretary of State on April 4
issued formal notice of intention to negotiate a
trade agreement with the Government of
Bolivia.

The Committee for Reciprocity Information
issued simultaneously a notice setting the dates
for the submission to it of information and
views in writing and of applications to appear
at public hearings to be held by the Committee,
and fixing the time and place for the opening
of the hearings. These dates, time, and place
are the same as those fixed in the notice issued
by the Committee in connection with the notice
of intention to negotiate a trade agreement with
Mexico also issued on April 4 by the Acting
Secretary of State.

There is printed below a list of products which
will come under consideration for the possible
granting of concessions by the Government of
the United States. Representations which in-
terested persons may wish to make to the Com-
mittee for Reciprocity Information need not
be confined to the articles appearing on this
list, but may cover any articles of actual or
potential interest in the import or export trade
of the United States with Bolivia. However,
only the articles contained in the list issued on
April 4 or in any supplementary list issued later
will come under consideration for the possible
granting of concessions by the Government of
the United States.

With respect to products appearing on both
the following list and the list issued in connec-
tion with the notice of intention to negotiate
a trade agreement with Mexico, it will not be
necessary to submit separate written or oral
statements to the Committee.

All information and views concerning tung-
sten ore and concentrates which were presented
to the Committee for Reciprocity Information
pursuant to the notice of intention to negotiate
a trade agreement with Peru, issued on Decem-
ber 29, 1941, will be considered by the trade-
asTeements organization in connection with the

proposed negotiations with Bolivia. Conse-
quently, interested persons need not resubmit
the information and views presented on tung-
sten ore and concentrates pursuant to that
notice unless they desire to do so.

Suggestions with regard to the form and con-
tent of presentations addressed to the Committee
for Reciprocity Information are included in a
statement released by that Committee on De-
cember 13, 1937.

A compilation showing the total trade be-
tween the United States and Bolivia during the
years 1911-40 inclusive, together with the prin-
cipal products involved in the trade between
the two countries during the years 1939 and
1940 has been prepared by the Department of
Commerce, and is printed below.

Department of State

trade-agreement negotiations with boltvia

Public Notice

Pursuant to section 4 of an act of Congress
approved June 12, 1934, entitled "an Act to
Amend the Tariff Act of 1930", as extended by
Public Resolution 61, approved April 12, 1940,
and to Executive Order 6750, of June 27, 1934,
I hereby give notice of intention to negotiate
a trade agreement with the Government of
Bolivia.

All presentations of information and views
in writing and applications for supplemental
oral presentation of views with respect to the
negotiation of such agreement should be sub-
mitted to the Committee for Reciprocity Infor-
mation in accordance with the announcement
of this date issued by that Committee concern-
ing the manner and dates for the submission
of briefs and applications, and the time set for
public hearing.

Sumner Welles
Acting Secretary of State

Washington, D.C.,
April 4, 1942.

288

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Committee for Reciprocity Information

trade-agreement negotiations with bolivia

Public Notice

Closing date for submission of briefs, May 4,
1942 ; closing date for application to be heard,
May 4, 1942; public hearings open, May 18,
1942.

The Committee for Reciprocity Information
hereby gives notice that all information and
views in writing, and all applications for sup-
plemental oral presentation of views, in regard
to the negotiation of a trade agreement with
the Government of Bolivia, of which notice of
intention to negotiate has been issued by the
Acting Secretary of State on this date, shall
be submitted to the Committee for Reciprocity
Information not later than 12 o'clock noon,
May 4, 1942. Such communications should be
addressed to "The Chairman, Committee for
Reciprocity Information, Tariff Commission
Building, Eighth and E Streets NW., Wash-
ington, D.C."

Six copies of written statements, either type-
written or printed, shall be submitted, of which
one copy shall be sworn to. Appearance at
hearings before the Committee may be made
only by those persons who have filed written
statements and who have within the time pre-
scribed made written application for a hear-
ing, and statements made at such hearings shall
be under oath.

By direction of the Committee for Reciproc-
ity Information this 4th day of April 1942.
E. M. Whitcomb
Acting Secretary

Washington, D.C,
April 4, 19Jf2.

List of Products on Which the United States
Will Consider Granting Concessions to
Bolivia

Note: The rates of duty indicated are those
now applicable to products of Bolivia. Where
the rate is one which has been reduced pursuant
to a previous trade agreement by 50 percent (the
maximum permitted by the Trade Agreements
Act) it is indicated by the symbol MR- Where
the rate represents a reduction pursuant to a
previous trade agreement, but less than a 50-
percent reduction, it is indicated by the symbol
R. Where an item has been bound free of duty
in a previous trade agreement, it is indicated
by the symbol B.

For the purpose of facilitating identification
of the articles listed, reference is made in the
list to the paragraph numbers of the tariff
schedules in the Tariff Act of 1930. The de-
scriptive phraseology is, however, in several
cases limited to a narrower field than that
covered by the numbered tariff paragraph. In
such cases only the articles covered by the de-
scriptive phraseology of the list will come under
consideration for the granting of concessions.

In the event that articles which are at present
regarded as classifiable under the descriptions
included in the list are excluded therefrom by
judicial decision or otherwise prior to the con-
clusion of the agreement, the list will neverthe-
less be considered as including such articles.

United
States

TariiT Act
of 1930

Paragraph

Description of article

Present rate of
duty

Sym-
bol

302 (c)

Tungsten ore or concentrates

Lead-bearing ores, flue dust, and
mattes of all kinds.

Zinc-bearing ores of all kinds,
except pyrites containing
not more tban 3 per centum
line.

Cream or Brazil nuts:
Shelled....

50( per lb. on
the metallic
tungsten con-
tained there-
in.

Hit P" lb. on
the lead con-
tained there-
in.

Hit per lb. on
the zinc con-
tained there-
in.

2M«perlb

757

APRIL 4, 1942

289

United
States

Tariff Act
of 1930

Paragraph

Description of article

Present rato of
duty

Sym-
bol

1530 (a)
1608-

Hides and skins of cattle of the
bovine species (except hides
and skins of the India water
buffalo Imported to be used
In the manufacture of raw-
hide articles), raw or un-
cured, or dried, salted, or
pickled:
Dry or dry salted, weighing
over 12 pounds each.

5% ad val

Free.

1669

Drugs of vegetable origin which
are natural and uncom-
pounded drugs and not
edible, and not specially
provided for, and are In a
crude state, not advanced

United
States Tariff
Act of
1930 Para-
graph

Description of article

Present rate of
duty

Sym-
bol

1669 (cont.).

in value or condition by
shredding, grinding, chip-
ping, crushing, or any other
process or treatment what-
ever beyond that essential
to the proper packing of the
drugs and the prevention of
decay or deterioration pend-
ing manufacture, not con-
taining alcohol:

1697...

1765

1785

Tin ore or cassiterite, and black

Free, subject to

oxide of tin.

the provisions
of par. 1785.

Trade of the United States With Bolivia

(Compiled by Coordination of International Statistics Unit, Bureau of Foreign and Domestic Commerce)

united states merchandise trade WITH BOLIVIA

Yearly average or year

Exports to
Bolivia '
($1,000)

General imports

from Bolivia

($1,000)

Year

Exports to
Bolivia •
($1,000)

General Imports

from Bolivia

($1,000)

1911-1915...

951
4,004
3,649
5,052
2,903
5,419
5,985
4,219
1,775

2,729

1,082

241

135

2, 129

379

152

1932

2, 163

2,629
5, 118
2, 829
3,564
5,863
5,395
4,512
7,763

1916-1920

1933 .

105

1921-1925..

1934 ..

152

1926-1930

1935

370

1931-1935...

1936

567

1936-1940..

1937

1, 363

1929

1938

865

1930

1939 .

2, 184

1931

1940

5, 668

• Includes reexports.

UNITED STATES EXPORTS TO BOLIVIA

(By groups and principal commodities)

Commodity and group

Exports of United States merchandise, total.

Animals and animal products, edible, total. ..

Dairy products

Fish (1,000 lbs.)

Animals and animal products, inedible, total.
Leather and leather manufactures

288

1,396

4,496
72
47
23
23
19

687
214
113
96
51
48

290

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN
united states expokts to Bolivia — continued

Commodity and froup

Vegetable food products and beverages, total

Grains and preparations

Vegetable products, inedible, except fibers and wood, total

Rubber and manufactures

Vegetable oils (1,000 lbs.)

Tobacco and man uf act ures

Textile fibers and manufactures, total

Raw cotton, except linters (bales)

Cotton manufactures

Cloth, duck, and tire fabric (1,000 sq. yds.)

Rayon, nylon, and other synthetic textiles

Wood and paper, total

Sawmill products (M bd. ft.)

Paper and manufactures

Nonmetallic minerals, total

Bituminous coal (long tons)

Petroleum and products

Lubricating oil (42-gal. barrels) -

Metals and manufactures, total

Iron and steel semimanufactures

Bars and rods (1,000 lbs.)

Steel-mill manufactures

Railway rails (long tons)

Tubular products and fittings (1,000 lbs.)

Wire and manufactures (1,000 lbs.)

Iron and steel advanced manufactures

Machinery and vehicles, total

Electrical machinery and apparatus

Radio apparatus ,

Industrial machinery ^

Mining, well, and pumping machinery

Office appliances

Agricultural machinery and implements

Automobiles, parts, and accessories

Motortrucks, busses, and chassis, new (number)

Passenger cars and chassis, new (number)

Aircraft and parts

Chemicals and related products, total

Medicinal and pharmaceutical preparations

Industrial chemicals

Explosives, fuses, etc

Miscellaneous, total

Scientific and professional apparatus, instruments, and supplies.

Reexports of foreign merchandise, total

Exports, including reexports, total

Quantity

3,200

8,010

1,907
7,734

1,352

304

1,669

394

Value ($1,000)

443

2,400

7,836

11,517

6,689

6,006
3,373
1, 355

550
260

500
236

29
148

95
5

31
309
181

176

144

17
303

10
257
113
554
113

198

123

2,324

423

149

728

1,236

503

541

851

787

495

445

216

187

121

295

627

207

133

206

335

4,512

7,763

APRIL 4, 1942

291

UNITED STATES IMPORTS FROM BOLIVIA

{By principal commodities)

Imports for consumption, total

Hides and skins, except furs

Nuts, Brazil or cream, shelled (1,000 lbs.)

Rubber, crude, other than latex (1,000 lbs.)

Tungsten ore and concentrates (1,000 lbs.) b

Copper concentrates, except for smelting and refining and export (1,000
lbs.

188
543
319

s.)«

Lead ores, flue dust, and mattes (1,000 lbs.) «

Tin ore, cassiterite, and black oxide of tin (long tons) t_

Zinc ores, except pyrites (1,000 lbs.)

Antimony ore (1,000 lbs.)*

Total value of listed imports

All other imports

4,909

207

484

1,811

1
3, 567

2,285

11,094

804
16
32
67

224

25
(*)

371

735

4,614
38
24
71

1,414

130
2,029

861

4,567

6 Tungsten content. • Copper content.

• Lead content. / Tin content. « Zinc content. * Antimony content.

General

FELLOWSHIPS IN FISHERY SCIENCE

Fellowships in one or more branches of fishery
science in the Fish and Wildlife Service of the
United States Department of the Interior will
be awarded to qualified applicants from the
other American republics.

Fellowships will be of the training-in-research
type and will include instruction or practical
training in one or more of the following
branches of fishery science: Fish culture, aqui-
culture, fishery biology, fishery economics, and
fishery technology. Fellows will be assigned
to work in fish hatcheries, fishery laboratories,
or offices of the Fish and Wildlife Service on
either a full-time or a part-time basis and will
also be afforded opportunities for either full-
time or part-time instruction and research at
colleges or universities selected by the Fish and
Wildlife Service. Fellowships will be awarded

for periods of varying length, not exceeding 1
school year or 12 months of actual studies and
research, and may be extended for not exceed-
ing the same periods. They will be awarded
by the Director of the Fish and Wildlife Serv-
ice with the approval of the Secretary of the
Interior and the Secretary of State. Applica-
tions shall be transmitted to the Secretary of
State by the government of the American re-
public of which the applicant is a citizen
through the American diplomatic mission ac-
credited to that government.

Each applicant selected for a fellowship shall
be (a) a citizen of an American republic other
than the United States; (b) in possession of a
certificate of medical examination issued by a
licensed physician within 60 days of the date
of application, describing the applicant's physi-
cal condition and stating that he is free from

292

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

any communicable disease, physical deformity,
or disability that would interfere with the
proper pursuit of studies, research, or any other
activity or work incident to the fellowship; (c)
able to speak, read, write, and understand the
English language; (d) of good moral character
and possess intellectual ability and suitable per-
sonal qualities; and (e) shall have attained cer-
tain specified educational qualifications.

Applicants awarded fellowships will receive
an allowance of not to exceed $150 per month,
transportation expenses, and tuition and other
fees incidental to the courses of study.

Detailed regulations regarding the issuance
of these fellowships appear in the Federal Reg-
ister of April 1, 1942, page 2517.

PASSPORTS FOR AMERICAN SEAMEN

No American national following the vocation
of seaman shall, prior to July 1, 1942, be re-
quired to bear a passport when traveling in the
pursuit of his vocation between the continental
United States, the Canal Zone, and all terri-
tories, continental or insular, subject to the
jurisdiction of the United States, and any for-
eign country or territory for which a valid
passport is required under these rules and regu-
lations, provided he is in possession of a
continuous discharge book, a certificate of
identification, or a license or other document
qualifying him to serve as an officer or seaman
on vessels of the United States, issued pursuant
to the law of the United States. 1

CONTRIBUTIONS FOR RELIEF IN BELLIGERENT COUNTRIES

[Released to the press April 1]

The following persons and organizations are
now registered with the Secretary of State, pur-
suant to section 8 of the Neutrality Act of 1939,
for the solicitation and collection of contribu-
tions to be used in belligerent countries for med-
ical aid and assistance or for food and clothing
to relieve human suffering. The countries to
which contributions are being sent are given in
parentheses.

*1. Polsko Narodowy Komitet w Ameryce, 1002

Pittston- Avenue, Scranton, Pa. (Poland)
2. Save the Children Federation, Inc., One Madison
Avenue, New York, N. T. (Great Britain, Po-
land, Belgium, and Netherlands)

*3. Anthracite Relief Committee, 53-59 North Main
Street, Wilkes-Barre, Pa. (Poland)

*4. Polish Union of the United States of North
America, 53-59 North Main Street, Wilkes-
Barre, Pa. (Poland)

*5. Polish Relief Committee, 22S1 East Forest Ave-
nue, Detroit, Mich. (Poland, Germany, Scot-
land, and Hungary)
6. Nowy Swiat Publishing Co., Inc., 380 Second
Avenue, New York, N. Y. (Poland, France,
Great Britain, and Italy)

7. Polish Relief Committee of Philadelphia and
Vicinity, 3111 Richmond Street, Philadelphia,
Pa. (Poland)

•8. Walter Golanski and Edmund P. Krotkiewicz, co-
partners of Polish Radio Programs Bureau,
11301 Joseph Campau Avenue, Hamtramck,
Mich. (Poland)

19. Polish Relief Fund, Hotel Plaza, Jersey City,
N. J. (Poland)

10. Commission for Polish Relief, Inc., 420 Lexing-
ton Avenue, New York, N. Y. (Poland, Eng-
land, and Hungary)
*11. New Jersey Broadcasting Corporation, 2866 Hud-
son Boulevard, Jersey City, N. J. (Poland)

12. American Federation for Polish Jews, Inc., 225
West Thirty-fourth Street, New York, N. Y.
(Poland)
*13. Rekord Printing and Publishing Company, 603-
605 North Shamokin Street, Shamokin, Pa.
(Poland)
•14. Central Council of Polish Organizations in Pitts-
burgh, 3509 Butler Street, Pittsburgh, Pa.
(Poland)

15. American Women's Hospitals, 50 West Fiftieth
Street, New York, N. Y. (France, Great
Britain, and Greece)

•Revoked at request of registrant.

fRevoked for failure to observe rules and regulations.

1 According to regulations issued by the Acting Secretary
of State on April 2, 1042. See also Bulletin of November 29,
1941, p. 431, and of March 14, 1942, p. 231.

APRIL 4, 1942

293

•19.

23.

*24.

25.

26.

*27.

28.

29.

30.
*31.

•32.

»33.

34.

*35.

American Committee for Civilian Relief in Po-
land, 401 Broadway, New York, N. Y. ( Poland )

Polish Club of Washington, Stansbury Hall, 5832
Georgia Avenue NW., Washington, D. C.
(Poland)

American French War Relief, Inc., 119 West
Fifty-seventh Street, New York, N. Y. (Fiance
and Great Britain)

Polish Emergency Council of Essex County, N. J.,
Room 619, 790 Broad Street, Newark, N. J.
(Poland)

Central Committee of the United Polish Societies,
405 Barnum Avenue, Bridgeport, Conn.
(Poland)

Associated Polish Societies' Relief Committee of
Worcester, Massachusetts, 15 Richland Street,
Worcester, Mass. (Poland)

Polish National Council of New York, 25 St.
Marks Place, New York, N. Y. (Poland,
France, England, and Germany)

Polish Relief Committee of Boston, Room 303,
11 Beacon Street, Boston, Mass. (Poland)

Central Citizens Committee, Room 3, Edwin
Building, 9701 Joseph Campau Avenue, Detroit,
Mich. (Poland)

Lackawanna County Committee for Polish Relief,
1213 Prospect Avenue, Scranton, Pa. (Poland)

Polish American Council, 1018 Noble Street, Chi-
cago, 111. (Poland)

James F. Hopkins, Inc., 6559 Hamilton Avenue,
Detroit, Mich. (Poland)

Polish Relief Committee of Chester and Dela-
ware Counry, 2718 West Third Street, Chester,
Pa. (England)

Federated Council of Polish Societies of Grand
Rapids, Michigan, in care of Mr. Sigmund 3.
Zamierowski, 908 G R. Trust Building, Grand
Rapids, Mich. (Poland)

The Paryski Publishing Co., 1154 Nebraska Ave-
nue, Toledo, Ohio. (Poland and Great Britain)

Modjeska Educational League Welfare Club at
The International Institute, 303 Condley Drive,
Toledo, Ohio. (Poland)

Schuylkill and Carbon Counties Relief Committee
for Poland, Spring and Line Streets, Frack-
ville, Pa. (Poland)

Holy Rosary Polish R. Catholic Church, 6 Wall
Street, Passaic, N. J. (Poland)

Association of Joint Polish-American Societiea
of Chelsea, Massachusetts, in care of St. Stanis-
laus R. C. Rectory, 163 Chestnut Street, Chel-
sea, Mass. (Poland)

Club Amical Franeais, International Center of
the Y.W.C.A., 2431 East Grand Boulevard, De-
troit, Mich. (Fiance, Poland, and Great Brit-
ain)

*38.

•39.

40.

*41.

*42.

43.

•44.

45.
*46.

48.
49.

*50.
•51.

*52.
53.
54.

t55.

*56.

Polish National Catholic of the Holy Saviour
Church, 500 North Main Street, Union City,
Conn. (Poland)

Committee of Mercy, Inc., 254 Fourth Avenue,
New York, N. Y. ( France, Great Britain, Nor-
way, Belgium, and Netherlands)

Kuryer Publishing Company, 747 North Broad-
way, Milwaukee, Wis. (Poland)

Polish Falcons of America, First District, Inc.,
188 Grand Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. (Poland)

Polish Relief Committee of Cambridge, Massa-
chusetts, 28 Sixth Street, Cambridge, Mass.
(Poland)

Poland War Sufferers Aid Committee, 6968
Broadway, Cleveland, Ohio. (Poland)

Polish Welfare Association, 1450 River Street,
Hyde Park, Mass. (Poland)

Polish Relief Committee, 3S09 Industrial Avenue,
Flint, Mich. (Poland and England)

The Polish National Alliance of Brooklyn, United
States of America, 142 Grand Street, Brooklyn,
N. Y. (Poland)

Polish Civic League of Mercer County, 830 Penn-
sylvania Avenue, Trenton, N. J. (Poland)

Polish American Central Civic Committee of
South Bend, Indiana, 1101-07 Western Avenue,
South Bend, Ind. (Poland)

Toledo Committee for Relief of War Victims, In
care of Mr. Anthony A. Pawlowski, SOS Detroit
Avenue, Toledo, Ohio. (Poland and Canada)

Edmund Tyszka, 11403 Joseph Campau Avenue,
Hamtramck, Mich. (Poland)

The Polish Naturalization Independent Club, 45
Millbury Street, Worcester, Mass. (Poland
and England)

Polish Falcons Alliance of America, 97-99 South
Eighteenth Street, Pittsburgh, Pa. (Poland)

Circle of Poles of St. Hedwig, Polish American
Citizen's Committee, 17 Orange Street, New
Britain, Conn. (Poland)

Spanish Refugee Relief Campaign, 381 Fourth
Avenue, New York, N. Y. (France)

Polish United Societies of Holy Trinity Parish,
340 High Street, Lowell, Mass. (Poland)

American Friends of France, Inc., 5 East Forty-
seventh Street, New York, N. Y. ( France, Ger-
many, and England)

American Committee for Aid to British Medical
Societies, Empire State Building, New York,
N. Y. (Great Britain)

Associated Polish Societies Relief Committee of
Webster, Massachusetts, 51 Whitcomb Street,
Webster, Mass. (Poland)

Foster Parents' Plan for War Children, Inc., 55
West Forty-second Street, New York, N. Y.
(France and England)

•Revoked nt request of registrant.

tRevoked for failure to observe rules and regulations.

294

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

5S. LaFayette Preventorium, Inc., 254 Fourth Ave-
nue, New York, N. Y. (France)

t59. United Fund for Refugee Children, Inc., 233 West
Forty-second Street, New York, N. Y. (Po-
land, France, and England)
60. Polish War Sufferers Relief Committee (Fourth
Ward, Toledo, Ohio), 348 East Hudson Street,
Toledo, Ohio. (Poland and Germany)

*61. Central Spanish Committee foii Relief of Refu-
gees, 647 Eurle Building, Washington, D. C.
(France)

62. Polish Literary Guild of New Britain, Connecti-

cut, in care of Mrs. Helen E. Bloch, 69 Biruta
Street, New Britain, Conn. (Poland)

63. Polish Relief Fund Committee of Passaic and

Bergen Counties, in care of Mr. Stanley J.
Polack, 145 Passaic Street, Passaic, N. J.
(Poland)

64. United Reading Appeal for Polish War Sufferers,

904 Chestnut Street, Reading, Pa. (Poland and
England)

65. International Committee of Young Men's Chris-

tian Associations, 347 Madison Avenue, New
York, N. Y. (All belligerent countries)
*66. Medem Committee, Inc., 175 East Broadway,
New York, N. Y. (Poland)

67. Polish Welfare Council, 910 Bridge Street,

Schenectady, N. Y. (Poland)

68. Polish Relief Committee of Delaware, In care

of Mrs. Angela C. Turoczy, 302 Matthes Ave-
nue, Elmhurst, Wilmington, Del. (Poland)

69. Polish Women's Fund to Fatherland, 31 Bass-

wood Street, Lawrence, Mass. (Poland)
•70. Polish Relief Fund, 164 Court Street, Middle-
town, Conn. (Poland)

71. Polish Broadcasting Corporation, 260 East 161st

Street, New York, N. Y. (Poland and Eng-
land)

72. Polish Aid Fund Committee of Federation of

Elizabeth Polish Organizations, In care of Mr.
Leo B. Wojcik, 5 Broad Street, Elizabeth, N. J.
(Poland)

73. Springfield and Vicinity Polish Relief Fund Com-

mittee, 91 Charles Street, Springfield, Mass.
(Poland)

74. International Relief Association, Inc. (formerly

International Relief Association for Victims of
Fascism), 2 West Forty-third Street, New
York, N. Y. (France, Great Britain, Germany,
Belgium, and Norway)

*75. Polish Medical Relief Fund of Mt. Desert Island,
Maine, Bar Harbor, Maine. (Poland)
76. Polish Relief Committee of Brockton, Massa-
chusetts, 40 Emerson Avenue, Brockton, Mass.
(Poland)

*77. Polish Episcopal Church in the Diocese of Penn-
sylvania, 2901 Richmond Street, Philadelphia,
Pa. (Poland)

*7S. The Catholic Leader, 480 Burritt Street, New
Britain, Conn. (Poland)

•79. Relief Fund for Sufferers in Poland Committee,
7603 Fourteenth Avenue, Kenosha, Wis.
(Poland)
80. Polski Komitet Ratunkowy (Polish Relief Fund),
In care of Mr. Peter Majka, 25 Miles Street,
Binghamton, N. Y. (Poland and England)

*S1. Scott Park Mothers and Daughters Club, 712
Detroit Avenue, Toledo, Ohio. (Poland)

*S2. California State Committee for Polish Relief,
10202 Washington Boulevard, Culver City,
Calif. (Poland)
83. Polish Relief Fund Committee of Milwaukee, In
care of Mr. J. P. Michalski, 703 West Mitchell
Street, Milwaukee, Wis. (Poland)

*S4. Ruth Stanley de Luze (Baroness de Luze),
"Luthany", Pleasantville Road, Briarcliff
Manor, N. Y. (France)

*85. Polish Relief Committee of Gardner, Massachu-
setts, 227 Pine Street, Gardner, Mass. (Po-
land)

86. Board of National Missions of the Presbyterian

Church in the United States of America, 156
Fifth Avenue, New York, N. Y. (Great Britain,
France, and Germany)

87. American Committee for Christian Refugees,

Inc., 139 Centre Street, New York, N. Y. (Ger-
many, Fiance, and Netherlands)

88. Nowiny Publishing Apostolate, Inc., 1226 West

.Mitchell S'lreet, Milwaukee, Wis. (Poland)
*89. Polish Relief Fund of Irvington, New Jersey,

415 Sixteenth Avenue, Irvington, N. J. (Po-
land)
90. St. Stephens Polish Relief Fund of Perth Amboy,

New Jersey, 490 State Street, Perth Amboy,

N. J. (Poland)
*91. Polish Army Veterans Association of America,

Inc., 56 St. Marks Place, New York, N. Y.

(Poland)
•92. Holy Cross Relief Fund Association of New

Britain, Connecticut, Holy Cross Rectory,

Biruta Street, New Britain, Conn. (Poland)
*93. United Polish Societies of Hartford, Connecticut,

Polish National Home, 100 Governor Street,

Hartford, Conn. (Poland)

94. American Field Service, 60 Beaver Street, New

York, N. Y. (France, Great Britain, and
Greece)

95. Polish National Alliance of the United States of

North America, 1514-20 West Division Street,

Chicago, 111. (Poland, Canada, and England)
*96. Reverend John Wieloch, 5 Church Street, Millers

Fall, Mass. (Poland)
*97. Orrin S. Good, 1410 Old National Bank Building,

Spokane, Wash. (Great Britain)

•Revoked at request of registrant.

tRevoked for failure to observe rules and regulations.

APRIL 4, 1942

295

•98. United Polish Societies of r.rislol, Connecticut
402 North Main Street, Bristol, Conn. (Po-
land)
99. Russian Children's Welfare Society, Inc., 51
East 121st Street, New York, N. Y. (Germany,
France, and Poland)

100. The American Jewish Joint Distribution Com-
mittee. Inc., 100 East Forty-second Street, New
York, N. Y. (All belligerent countries)
*101. Polish Central Council of New Haven, St. Stan-
islaus School Building, 9 Eld Street, New
Haven, Conn. (Poland and Germany)

102. Relief Agency for Polish War Sufferers, Polish

National Home, Ives Street, Willimantic, Conn.
(Poland)

103. The Little House of Saint Pantaleon, 2201 De

Lancey Street, Philadelphia, Pa. (France and
England )
tl04. Connecticut Radio Bureau, 185 Sherman Ave-
nue, Meriden, Conn. (Poland)

105. Pulaski Civic League of Middlesex County, New

Jersey, In care of Mr. Frank Siwiec, 197 Hall
Avenue, Perth Amboy, N. J. (Poland and
Canada)

106. Humanitarian Work Committee, Polish National

Home, 10 Hendrick Avenue and Paderewski

Place, Glen Cove, N. Y. (Poland)
*107. Mrs. W. Forbes Morgan, 320 Park Avenue, New

York, N. Y. (Poland)
fl08. Association Franco-Americaine des Parrains et

Marraiues de Guerre des U. S. A., Raleigh Hotel,

Washington, D. C. (France)

109. Legion of Young Polish Women, 116C Milwaukee

Avenue, Chicago, 111. (Poland, France, Great
Britain, and Germany)

110. Polish Relief Fund, 10 Main Street, Jewett City,

Conn. (Poland)

*111. The Kindergarten Unit, Inc., 128 East Avenue,
Norwalk, Conn. (France, Poland, Great Brit-
ain, India, Australia, and New Zealand)
112. Le S'ecours Francais, 745 Fifth Avenue, New
York, N. Y. (France)

*113. International Artists' Community Club, 701 Barr
Building, Washington, D. C. (Poland)

*114. The Federation of Polish Societies, 45 Furnace
Street, Little Falls, N. Y. (Poland)

*115. Polish Interorganization Council, 5090 Lonyo Ave-
nue, Detroit Mich. (Poland)

*116. Mrs. Bradford Norman, Jr.. In care of Mr. Brad-
ford Norman, Jr., Commercial National Bank
and Trust Company. 56 Wall Street, New York,
N. Y. (France)

117. Polish Relief of Carteret, N. J., 42 Hudson Street,

Carteret, N. J. (Poland)

118. Federation of French Veterans of the Great War,

Inc., 11 West Forty-second Street, New York,
N. Y. (France and Germany)

tll9.

1120.
*121.
*122.
123.
*124.

*12S.

*132.
133.

*135.

Mrs, Paul Verdier Fund. 199 Geary Street, City
of Paris Dry Goods Stores Company, San Fran-
cisco, Calif. (France)

Polish National Council of Montgomery County,
243 Church Street, Amsterdam, N. Y. (Poland I

Ceutrala, 1-3 Monroe Street, Passaic, N. J.
(Poland)

Polish Relief Fund of Meriden, 9 West Main
Street, Meriden, Conn. (Poland)

United Charity Institutions of Jerusalem, 207
East Broadway, New York, N. Y. (Palestine)

United Polish Societies of Immaculate Concep-
tion Church, In care of Mr. Klemens Markow-
ski, 36 Hill Street, Southington, Conn. (Po-
land)

Allied Relief Fund, 57 William Street, New York,
N. Y. (United Kingdom, France, Belgium,
Netherlands, and Norway)

Polish Welfare Association of the Archdiocese of
Chicago, 203 North Wabash Avenue, Chicago,
111. (Poland)

Polish Central Committee of New London, Con-
necticut, 302 Main Street, New London, Conn.
(Poland)

Emergency Aid of Pennsylvania, 1521 Walnut
Street, Philadelphia, Pa. (Great Britain,
France, Greece, Norway, Belgium, Luxembourg,
and Netherlands)

United Polish Roman Catholic Parish Societies of
Greenpoint, Brooklyn, New York, St. Stanis-
laus Kostka R. C. Church, 607 Humboldt Street,
Brooklyn, N. Y. (Poland)

East Chicago Citizens' Committee for Polish War
Sufferers and Refugees, 4902 Indianapolis Bou-
levard, East Chicago, Ind. (Poland)

Committee for the Relief of War Sufferers in
Poland, 1505 Cass Avenue, St. Louis, Mo.
(Poland)

United Polish Central Council of Connecticut, 471
Park Avenue, Bridgeport, Conn. (Poland)

French Committee for Relief in France, 2970 Sec-
ond Boulevard, Detroit, Mich. (France and
Great Britain)

Tolstoy Foundation, Inc., Room 54, 289 Fourth
Avenue, New York, N. Y. (France, Poland,
Czechoslovakia, and England)

Polish Relief Association, Town of North Hemp-
stead, 120 Jericho Turnpike, Mineola, Long
Island, N. Y. (Poland)

American Society for British Medical and Civilian
Aid, Incorporated, 46 Cedar Street, New York,
N. Y. (Great Britain and France)

United American Polish Organizations, 13 Jack-
son Street, South River, N. J. (Poland)

•Revoked at request of registrant.

tRevoked for failure to observe rules and regulations.

296

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

138. United Polish Organizations of Salem, Massachu-

setts, In care of Mr. Szczapan WOderczyk, 32
Boardman Street, Salem, Mass. (Poland)

139. British War Relief Association of Northern Cali-

fornia, 316-322 Shell Building, San Francisco,
Calif. (Great Britain, France, New Zealand,
and Australia)
Hit. Polish Relief Fund of Palmer, Massachusetts, 20
Oak Street, Three Rivers. Mass. I Poland)

*141. Polish White Cross Club of West I'tica. 1416
Martin Street, Utica, N. Y. (Poland and Eng-
land)

*142. Fund for the Relief of Scientists. Men of Letters
and Artists of Moscow, In care of Eitingon
Schild Co., Inc.. 224 West Thirtieth Street,
New York. N. Y. (France and Great Britain)

•143. St. Michael's Roman Catholic Parish, 75 Derby
Avenue, Derby, Conn. (Poland!

*144. The Polish Relief Committee, 11 East Lexington
Street, Baltimore, Md. (Poland)

*14"i. The Maryland Committee for the Relief of Po-
land's War Victims, n Past Lexington Street,
Baltimore, Md. (Poland)

*146. Pulaski League of Queens County, Inc.. 108-13
Sutphin Boulevard. Jamaica, Queens County,
N. Y. (Poland)

*147. Relief Committee of United Polish Societies, 142
Cabot Street, Chicopee, Mass. (Poland)
148. United Polish Societies of Los Angeles. 42CO
Avalon Boulevard, Los Angeles, Calif. (Po-
land)

•149. Committee Representing Polish Organizations and
Polish People in Perry, New York, 20 Elm
Street, Perry, N. Y. (Poland)
150. The Friends of Israel Refugee Relief Committee,
Inc., 710 Witherspoon Building, Philadelphia,
Pa. (Canada, France, Great Britain, Nether-
lands, Norway, Hungary. Poland, Greece, and
Yugoslavia )

•151. Nowe-Dworer Ladies Benevolent Association, Inc.,
In care of Miss Beatrice Stone, 203-Ori Lafay-
ette Street, New York, N. Y. (Poland)

152. French War Relief Fund of San Francisco.

French Library, 414 Mason Street, San Fran-
cisco, Calif. (France)

153. Polish Relief Fund, Echo Club, 341 Portage Road,

Niagara Falls, N. Y. (Poland)
*ir>4. United Committee for French Relief, Inc., Peat,

Marwick, Mitchell and Company, Attention Mr.

E. M. Field, 70 Pine Street, New York, N. Y.

(France. England, and Germany)
"■'155. Polish Civilian Relief Fund, St. Joseph's School

Hall, Monroe Street, Passaic, N. J. (Poland)
•156. Polish Aid Association of the Sixth Congressional

District, including Perham and Browerville,

Minn., Little Falls, Minn. (Poland)
157. Central Committee Knesseth Israel, 214 East

Broadway, New York, N. Y. (Palestine)

'158. Polish Relief Committee of Nassau County, New
York, 450 Front Street, Hempstead, N. Y.
(Poland)
159. L'Union Alsacienne, Inc., 45 West Fifty-second
Street, New York, N. Y. (France)

»160. The American Fund for Breton Relief. Mr. John
L. Swasey, Bankers Trust Company, 16 Wall
Street. N'ew York, N. Y. (France and England I
161. Polish Relief Fund of Syracuse, New York, and
Vicinity, 800 Park Avenue, Syracuse, N. Y.
(Poland)
1(12. Polish Relief Committee, 16S0 Acushnet Avenue,

New Bedford, Mass. (Poland)
163. American Friends of Czechoslovakia, Room
2213, 8 West Fortieth Street, New York, N. Y.
(Great Britain, France, and Bohemia-
Moravia)

*1G4. The Sacred Heart Roman Catholic Church, Sa-
cred Heart Rectory, Furnace Street, Little
Falls, N. Y. (Poland)
165 Golden Rule Foundation, 60 East Forty-second
Street, New York, N. Y. (Poland and Pales-
tine)

•Kin. United Polish Committees in Racine, Wisconsin,
1809 Howe Street, Racine, Wis. (Poland)

*167. Saint Adalbert's Polish Relief Association, Polish

National Home, Thompsonville, Conn. (Poland)

168. Cercle Frnneais de Seattle, 308 Marion Street,

Seattle, Wash. (France and Great Britain I

*1(19. General Gustav Orlicz Dreszer Foundation for
Aid to Polish Children, Kennedy-Warren,
Washington, D. C. (Poland)
170. Polish Relief Committee of Holyoke, Massa-
chusetts, 200 Main Street, Holyoke, Mass.
(Poland)

•171. Ware Polish Relief Fund, Pulaski Street, Ware,
Mass. (Poland)

172. Milford, Connecticut. Polish Relief Fund Com-

mittee, 61 Lafayette Street, Milford, Conn.
(Poland)

173. Central Council of Polish Organizations, 103 West

Miller Street, New Castle, Pa. (Great Britain,

Poland, and France)
*174. Polish Relief Committee, 138 Bernard Street,

Rochester, N. Y. (Poland)
*175. Polish Relief Fund of Fall River, Massachusetts,

872 Globe Street, Fall River, Mass. (Poland)
•176. American Auxiliary Committee de 1'Union des

Femmes de France, In care of Mr. W. Rodman

Parvin, 524 Fifth Avenue, New York, N. Y.

(France, Great Britain, and Germany)
*177. Massachusetts Relief Committee for Poland, 340

Main Street, Worcester, Mass. (Poland)
♦178. Southbridge Allied Committee for Relief in Po-
land, 10 Old Sturbridge Road, Southbridge,

Mass. (Poland)

•Revoked at request of registrant.

APRIL 4, 194 2

297

179. American Friends Service Committee, 20 South
Twelfth Street, Philadelphia, Pa. (Great
Britain, Poland, Germany, France, Norway,
Belgium, Netherlands, and Italy)

*t80. Refugies d'Alsace-Lorraine en Dordogne, 486
California Street, San Francisco, Calif.
(France)

*1S1. United Polish Societies of Manchester, 158 El-
dridge Street. Manchester, Conn. (Poland)

182. Polish Relief Committee of Jackson, Michigan,
1425 Joy Avenue, Jackson, Mich. (Poland)

*183. Share A Smoke Club, Inc., 504 Stewart Avenue,
Ithaca, N. \". (Great Britain, France, Norway,
Belgium, and Netherlands)

184. Committee of French-American Wives, IS East

Forty-sixth Street, New York, N. Y. (France
and Great Britain)

185. Hadassah, Inc., 1819 Broadway, New York, N. Y.

(Palestine)

186. Federation of Franco-Belgian Clubs of Rhode

Island, In care of Mr. J. O. Oury, Post Office
Box 950, Woonsocket, R. I. (France and
England)

♦187. Soei6t6 Franchise de St. Louis, Inc., In care of
Miss Irma Ponsearme, 5630 Pershing Avenue,
St. Louis, Mo. (France)

•188. American German Aid Society, 2206 West Twenty-
first Street, Los Angeles, Calif. (Germany)
189. French War Relief, Inc., 3511 West Sixth Street,
Los Angeles. Calif. (France and England)

•190. General Taufflieb Memorial Relief Committee for
France, 205 Miramar Avenue, Santa Barbara,
Calif. (France and Great Britain)

*191. Polish Business and Professional Men's Club,
Inc., 138 West Sixty-fourth Street, Los An-
geles, Calif. (Poland)

192. League of Polish Societies of New Kensington,

Arnold and Vicinity, In care of Mr. Andrew
Surowski, 726 Fifth Avenue, New Kensington,
Pa. (Poland)

193. British-American War Relief Association, Room

1819, Exchange Building, Seattle, Wash.

(Great Britain and Greece)
*194. The Fashion Group, Inc., 30 Rockefeller Plaza,

New York, N. Y. (France)
195. Secours Franco-Americain — War Relief, 2555

Woodward Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pa. (Great

Britain)
*196. Mrs. Carroll Greenough, 1408 Thirty-first Street,

NW„ Washington, D. C. (France)
•197. The United Polish Societies of Bronx County,

705-09 Courtlandt Avenue, Bronx, New York,

N. Y. (Poland)
*198. Committee for the Relief of Poland, In care of

Mr. Stephen F. Kluck, 946 Twentieth North,

Seattle, Wash. (Poland and Canada)
199. Polish Women's Relief Committee, 149 East Sixty-

seventh Street, New York, N. Y. (France,
Poland, and Germany)
200. Mrs. Walter R. Tuckerman, Edgemoor, Bethesda,
Md. (Great Britain)

•201. Le Colis de Trianon-Versailles, 17 East Ninetieth
Street, New York, N. Y. (formerly Fernanda
Wanamaker Munn) (France and England)

f 202. The Kyfthaeuser, League of German War Vet-
erans in U. S. A., In care of Mr. Gordon Putter-
worth, 1500 Walnut Street Building, Philadel-
phia. Pa. (Canada, Jamaica, and British
Empire)

f203. Bethel Mission of Eastern Europe, 2316 West
Fifty-fourth Street, Minneapolis, Minn. (Po-
land)

204. Polish Relief Committee of the Polish National

Home Association, 10 Coburn Street, Lowell,
Mass. (Poland)

205. A. Seymour Houghton, Jr., et al., 30 Broad Street,

New York, N. Y. (France)

*206. The Benedict Bureau Unit, Inc., In care of Mr.
J. Henry Harper, 30 Broad Street, New York,
N. Y. (France)

•207. American Friends of the Daily Sketch War Re-
lief Fund, 100 Grand Street, New York, N. Y.
(Great Britain)
208. The British War Relief Society, Inc., 730 Fifth
Avenue, New York, N. Y. (United Kingdom,
Canada, France, Belgium, Netherlands, Nor-
way, and Greece)

*209. French War Veterans, 5722 Benner Street, Los
Angeles, Calif. (France)

210. North Side Polish Council, Relief Committee of

Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 1327 East Kane Place,
Milwaukee, Wis. (Poland)

211. Friends of Poland, 5558 South Fairfield Avenue,

Chicago, 111. (Poland)

*212. British War Relief Association of Southern Cal-
ifornia, 3576 Wilshire Boulevard, Los Angeles,
Calif. (Great Britain, Greece, and Germany)

•213. United Opoler Relief of New York, In care of
Mr. Joe Grossman, 984 East 178th Street, New
York, N. Y. (Poland)

*214. American Field Hospital Corps, 610 Fifth Ave-
nue, New York, N. Y. (United Kingdom,
Greece, Albania, France, Belgium, Holland, and
Ethiopia)

*215. Mrs. Larz Anderson, 19 Congress Street, Boston,
Mass. (France)

♦216. The Catholic Student War Relief of Pax Romana,
Pax Romana Office, Catholic University of
America, Washington, D. C. (Poland, France,
Germany, and Great Britain)
217. Polish Relief Fund Committee, in care of Mrs.
K. Troy, 4351-% Avalon Boulevard, Los An-
geles, Calif. (Poland)

•Revoked at request of registrant.

tRevoked for failure to observe rules and regulations.

298

department: of state bulletin

218. Polish Relief Committee, 63 Clifford Street,

Taunton, Mass. (Poland)

219. Relief Society for Jews in Lublin, 1206 South

Lacienega Boulevard, Los Angeles, Calif. (Po-
land)

*220. American Fund for Wounded in France, Inc., 72
Pearl Street, Worcester, Mas.*. (France)

*221. Polish American Citizens Relief Fund Committee,
R. F. D. Box No. 42A. Shirley, Mass. (Poland)

222. Irvin McD. Garfield, 30 Stale Street. Boston.

Mass. (Great Britain)

223. Society of the Devotees of Jerusalem, Inc., 400

East Houston Street. New York, N. Y. (Pal-
estine I

*224. Association of Former Juniors in France of Smith
College, In care of Smith College Club, 40 East
Fifty -fourth Street, New York, N. Y. ( Frame I

*225. The Friends of Normandy. !>03 Park Avenue, New

York, N. Y. (France)
226. Women's Allied War Relief Association of St.
Louis, 21 Dartford Avenue. Clayton. Mo.
(France and Great Britain)

'227. Basque Delegation in the United States of Amer-
ica, 30 Fifth Avenue. New York, N. Y.
(France)

*228. Greater New Bedford British War Relief Corps,
74 Penniman Street, New Bedford, Mass.
(Great Britain I

*229. Les Amities Feminities de la France, In care of
Mrs. B. A. Weill, 315 Bast Sixty-eighth Street,
New York, N. Y. (France and England)

*230. Bishops' Committee for Polish Relief, 1312 Massa-
chusetts Avenue, NW, Washington, D. C.
(Poland, England. Hungary. France, and
Italy)

f231. American and French Students' Correspondence
Exchange, In care of Prof. H. C. Olinger,
School of Education. New York University,
Washington Square, New York, N. Y.
(France and England)

•232. Les Amis de la Franee a Puerto Rico, Ponce de
Leon Avenue and Cuervillas Street, San Juan,
P. R. (France)

233. English Speaking Union of the United States. 30

Rockefeller Plaza, New York, N. Y. (France,
Great Britain, Union of South Africa, Ger-
many, Canada, Norway, Belgium, Luxem-
bourg, and Netherlands)

234. Relief for French Refugees in England, In care

of Mrs. A. G. Pinckney, Riggs National Bank,
1503 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Washington,
D. C. (France and Great Britain)

235. Bundles for Britain, In care of Mr. John Dela-

field, 20 Exchange Place, New York, N Y.
(Great Britain and Dominions)

236. American Fund for French Wounded, Inc., 100
Beacon Street, Boston, Mass. (France and
England)
*237. Hebrew Christian Alliance of America, 3508
Ogden Avenue, Chicago, 111. (Poland, Ger-
many, and Great Britain)
*23S. United Nowy Dworer Relief Committee, In care
of Mr. Louis Kirstein, 2528 Cruger Avenue,
Bronx, New York. N. Y. (Poland I

239. American Association for Assistance to French
Artists, Inc.. In care of Mrs. David Randall-
Maclver. 1075 Park Avenue. New York, N. Y.
(France)

24(1. Independent Kinsker Aid Association, In care
of Mr. Benj. W. Salzman, Secretary. 51 West
Mosholu Parkway. New York, N. Y. (Poland)

2-11. American MeAll Association, 21)7 Fourth Avenue,

New York. N. Y. (England)
'212. Lafayette Fund, In care of Miss Susan W. Street,
.:::i East Seventy-third Street, New York, N. Y.
( France i

243. The Grand Duke Vladimir Benevolent Fund As-
-uci.it ion, 562 West 144th Street (Apartment
63), New York. N. Y. (France)
*244. United German Societies, Inc., 310 Southwest

Ninth Avenue, Portland, Oreg. (Germany)
•245. Mobile Surgical Unit. Inc., 2!> East Sixty-ninth
Street, New York, N. Y. (France)

246. American Women's Unit for War Relief, Inc., In
care of Mrs. Porter Chandler, 320 East Seventy-
second Street, New York, N. Y. (France and
Great Britain)

I' 17. Committee for Aid to Children of Mobilized Men
of the XX" Arrondissement of Paris, In care
of Mr. Bernard Douglas, 35 W T est Thirty-fourth
Street, New York, N. Y. (France)

24S. Catholic Medical Mission Board, Inc., 8 West
Seventeenth Street, New York, N. Y. (India,
Australia, Canada, New Zealand, and Union
of South Africa)
*240. Polish Young Men's Club. Danielson, Conn. (Po-
land)

250. Fellowship of Reconciliation, 2929 Broadway,

New York, N. Y. (France, England, and Ger-
many)

251. Sociedades Hispanas Confederadas, 59-61 Henry

Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. (France)
*252. Polish American Associations of Middlesex
County, New Jersey, St. Stanislaus Kostka
Rectory, Sandfield Road, Sayreville, N. J.
(Poland)
t253. Polish Aid Fund Committee of St. Casimir's R. C.
Church in the City of Albany, New York, In
care of Miss Valeria C. Sowek, 111 Central Ave-
nue, Albany, N. Y. (Poland)

•Revoked at request of registrant.

f Revoked for failure to observe rules and regulations.

APRIL 4, 1942

299

*254. American Emergency Volunteer Ambulance Corps,
Inc., 60 Wall Tower, New York, N. Y. (Great
Britain and France)

•255. Polish Roman Catholic Priests Union, Group No.
3, of New York Archdiocese, In care of The
Reverend Felix F. Burant, 101 East Seventh
Street, New York, N. Y, (Poland and France)

•256. Caledonian Club of Idaho, 418 North Fifth Street,

Boise, Idaho. (Scotland)
257. Order of Scottish Clans, 150 Causeway Street,
Boston, Mass. (Scotland)

*258. L'Atelier, Room 806, DeYoung Building, San

Francisco, Calif. (France)
259. Joint Committee of the United Scottish Clans of
Greater New York and New Jersey, In care of
Mr. John Calder, 40-18 Sixty-seventh Street,
Woodside, Long Island, N. Y. (Scotland)

*260. Mrs. Nancy Bartlett Laughlin, 139 East Sixty-
sixth Street, New York, N. Y. (France)

*261. Relief Coordination Service, 315 Lexington Ave-
nue, New York, N. Y. (France)

*262. Committee for Relief in Allied Countries, Dum-
barton Oaks, Georgetown, Washington, D. C.
(France, Great Britain, Poland, Luxembourg,
Belgium, Netherlands, and Norway)

*2B3. Children's Crusade for Children, In care of Mr.
Harry Scherman, Treasurer, 3S5 Madison Ave-
nue, New York, N. Y. (France and Polaud)
264. French Relief Association, In care of Miss Lucille
Wakefield, 210 West Fifty-first Street Terrace,
Kansas City, Mo. (France)

*265. La France Post American Legion, 610 Fifth Ave-
nue, New York, N. Y. (France, Great Britain,
and Greece)

266. American Committee for the Polish Ambulance

Fund, In care of Dr. Peter F. Czwalinski,
Wicker Park Medical Center, 1530 North
Damen Avenue, Chicago, 111. (France, Poland,
England, and Canada)

267. Polish-American Volunteer Ambulance Section

(Pavas), Inc., 597 Madison Avenue, New York,
N. Y. (France and England)
*268. American Women's Voluntary Services, Inc.,
1 East Fifty-seventh Street, New York, N. Y.
(England)

269. Mennouite Central Committee, Akron, Pa.

(Great Britain, Poland, Germany, France, Can-
ada, and Netherlands)

270. Grand Lodge Daughters of Scotia, 71 Cabot

Street, Hartford, Conn. (Scotland)
*271. Kate R. Miller, 277 Park Avenue, Apartment S-K,

New York, N. Y. (France)
*272. Spanish Committee Pro-Masonic Refugees, 95

Roosevelt Street, New York, N. Y. (France)
*273. Association of Former Russian Naval Officers in

America, 44—44 Twenty-first Street, Long

Island City, N. Y. (France)

274. British American Comfort League, Post Office

Box 284, Quincy, Mass. (England I

275. Paderewski Fund for Polish Relief, Inc., In care

of Hodges, Reavis, Pantaieoni & Downey, 20
Pine Street, New York, N. Y. (Poland and
Great Britain)

276. The Pawtueket and Blackstone Valley British

Relief Society of Rhode Island, Post Office Box
No. 1094, Pawtueket, R. I. (Great Britain and
Germany)

*277. Five for France, Box 267, Atlanta University,
Atlanta, Ga. (France)
27S. Woman's Auxiliary Board of the Scots' Chari-
table Society, Inc., 170 Bell Rock Street, Ev-
erett, Mass. (Scotland)
279. Polish Inter-Organization "Centrala" of Water-
bury, 87 Oak Street, Waterbury, Conn.
(Poland)

*2S0. Central Committee for Polish Relief, In care of
Mr. A. A. Pawlowski, 908 Detroit Avenue, To-
ledo. Ohio. (Poland)

*281. Helena Rubinstein-Titus, 300 Park Avenue, New
York, N. Y. (Poland)

*282. Foyers du Soldat, Savoy Plaza, New York, N. Y.

(France)
283. Mrs. Mark Baldwin, 25 Claremont Avenue,
Apartment 5A, New York, N. Y. (France)

•284. American War Godmothers, 601 Clyde Street,
Pittsburgh, Pa. (France)

*2S5. Fortra, Incorporated, Suite 312, 61 Broadway,
New York, N. Y. (Germany and Poland)

*286. American Dental Ambulance Committee, In care
of Mr. Benjamin L. Barringer, 32 Broadway,
New York, N. Y. (United Kingdom)
287. Emergency Relief Committee for Kolbuszowa, In
care of Mr. Irving Jackman, 276 Fifth Avenue,
New York, N. Y. (Poland)

*288. Polish Relief Committee of Columbia County,
Sacred Heart Church Rectory, 75 North Second
Street, Hudson, N. Y. (Poland)

*289. Hamburg-Bremen Steamship Agency, Inc., 218
East Eighty-sixth Street, New York, N. Y.
(Germany, Poland, France, Belgium, Norway,
Luxembourg, Netherlands, and Italy)

290. United Bilgorayer Relief, Inc., In care of Mr.

Sam Leifer, 79 Ludlow Street, New York, N. Y.
(Poland)

291. American Committee for the German Relief

Fund, Inc., Post Office Box 736, Grand Central
Annex, New York, N. Y. (Canada. Jamaica,
British West Indies, Dutch Guiana. Australia,
New 'Zealand, Germany, and Poland)
*292. Polish-American Forwarding Committee, Inc., 542
Fifth Avenue, New York, N. Y. (Poland and
Germany)

•Revoked at request of registrant.

300

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

293. Polish Relief Committee of Fitchburg, 167 Sum-
mer Street, Fitchburg, Mass. (Poland)

•294. Aecion Democrata Espauola, 831 Broadway, San
Francisco, Calif. (France)

•295. Sociedades Hispanas Aliadas, 831 Broadway, San
Francisco, Calif. (France)

•296. Allied Relief Ball, Inc., In care of Mr. Alfred C.
Howell, 524 Fifth Avenue, New York. N. Y.
(Great Britain and France)

•297. Greater New York Committee to Save Spanish
Refugees, Room 1004, 55 West Forty-second
Street, New York, N. Y. (France and United
Kingdom)
29S. Superior Council of the Society of St. Vincent de
Paul, 2S9 Fourth Avenue, New York, N. Y.
(France)

299. The British War Relief Association of the Philip-

pines, In care of Fleming and Williamson,
Post Office Box 214, Manila, P. 1. (All bel-
ligerent countries)

300. Marthe Th. Kahn, 390 Riverside Drive, New

York, N. Y. (France)

*301. Club des Femmes de France, 190 Beacon Street,
Boston, Mass. (France)

*302. German American Relief Committee for Victims
of Fascism, 3S1 Fourth Avenue. New York,
N. Y. (France and Great Britain)
303. The Maple Leaf Fund, Inc., 601 Fifth Avenue,
New York, N. Y. (Canada, United Kingdom,
and France)

*304. Erste Pinchover Kranken Unterstuzungs Verein,
Inc., In care of Mr. Alexander Kekoler, 110
Maujer Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. (Poland)

•305 American Association of Teachers of French,
Washington Chapter. In care of Mrs. Corrington
Gill, 2630 Adams Mill Road, NW., Washing-
ton, D. C. (France)

»?06. The Somerset Workroom, Far Hills, X. .1. (Great
Britain and France)

307. The Mother Church, The First Church of Christ,

Scientist, in Boston, U. S. A., 107 Falmouth
Street, Boston, Mass. (Canada, France, and
United Kingdom)

308. Fund for the Relief of Men of Letters and Scien-

tists of Russia, 310 West Ninety-ninth Street,
New York, N. Y. (France, Czechoslovakia, and
Poland )

•309. United American Spanish Aid Committee, 200
Fifth Avenue, New York, N. Y. (Franco and
United Kingdom)

•310. Le Souvenir Franoais, International Center, 2431
Bast Grand Boulevard, Detroit, Mich. ( France
and Belgium)
311. American Employment for General Relief, Inc.,
383 Madison Avenue, Room 1201, New York,
N. Y. (England, France. Norway, Poland, Bel-
gium, Luxembourg, and Netherlands)

•312. French War Relief Fund of the Philippines, Post
Office Box 597, 46 Escolta, Manila, P. 1.
(France)

313. Norwegian Relief, Inc., 135 South LaSalle Street,

Chicago, 111. (Norway)

314. British Sailors' Book and Relief Society, In care

of Mr. Donald Neville-Willing, 18 East Seven-
tieth Street, New York, N. Y. (Bermuda,
Canada, British West Indies, and Newfound-
land)

•315. League of American Writers, Inc., 381 Fourth
Avenue, New York, N. Y. (France, England,
Poland, and Norway)

*316. Scots' Charitable Society, 355 Newbury Street,
Boston, Mass. (Scotland)

317. American Friends of a Jewish Palestine, Inc., 285

Madison Avenue, New York, N. Y. (Palestine,
Germany, Poland, France, and United King-
dom)

318. Central Bureau for Relief of the Evangelical

Churches of Europe, 297 Fourth Avenue, New
York, N. Y. (All belligerent countries)

319. Queen Wilhelmina Fund. Inc., Holland House,

10 Rockefeller Plaza. New York, N. Y. (Neth-
erlands, France, Poland, United Kingdom,
India, Australia, New Zealand, Canada, Union
of South Africa, Norway, Belgium, Luxem-
bourg, and Germany)

*320. The Commission for Relief in Belgium, Inc.,
4'J0 Lexington Avenue, New York, N. Y.
(France, England, Belgium, and Luxembourg)

►321. National Christian Action, Inc., 70 Third Avenue,
Brooklyn, N. Y. (Norway)

822, Unitarian Service Committee of the American
Unitarian Association, 25 Beacon Street, Bos-
ton, Mass. ( France, British Isles, Nether-
lands, and Hungary)

323. The Salvation Army, Inc., 122 West Fourteenth

Street, New York, N. Y. (England, France,
Netherlands, Belgium, and Norway)

324. American Association of University Women, 1034

Eye Street, Washington, D. C. (France, Great
Britain, and Canada)
*325. Anzac War Relief Fund, 405 Lexington Avenue,
New York, N. Y. (Australia and New Zealand)

326. The Kosciuszko Foundation, Inc., 149-151 East

Sixty-seventh Street, New York, N. Y.
(Poland)

327. Belgian Relief of Southern California, 3511 West

Olympic Boulevard, Los Angeles, Calif. (Bel-
gium, France, and Great Britain)
*328. American Civilian Volunteers, In care of Mr.
Gerard Richardson, Hotel Peter Cooper, Lex-
ington Avenue and Thirty-ninth Street, New
York, N. Y. (France)

•Revoked at request of registrant.

APRIL A, 1942

301

329. Netherlands War Relief Committee, In care of
Mr. J. M. E. Nikkels, Netherlands India Com-
mercial Bank, 21 Plaza Moraga, Manila, P. I.
(Netherlands)

•330. Junior Relief Group of Texas, 1111 Main Street,
Houston, Tex. (United Kingdom, France,
Netherlands, Belgium, and Norway)

"331. Vincennes, France Committee of Vincennes, In-
diana, 112 North Seventh Street, Vincennes,
Ind. ( France )

332. Society Israelite Franchise de Secours Mutuels

de New York, In care of Mr. Gaston Meyer,
Secretary, 2305 Grand Avenue, New York, N. Y.
(France)

333. Belgian War Relief Fund. In care of Mr. L. V.

Casteleyn, 344 Regina Building, Manila, P. I.
(Belgium)

334. British American Ambulance Corps, Inc., 420

Lexington Avenue, New York, N. Y. (Great

Britain and France)
*335. Allied Food Relief Committee, 46 Cedar Street,

New York, N. Y. (England and France)
336. The Seventh Column, Inc., West Fairlee, Vt.

(France and England)
•337. Friends of Children, Inc., 36 West Forty-fourth

Street, New York, N. Y. (Great Britain,

France, Belgium, and Netherlands)
•338. Belgian Relief Fund, Inc., Room 426, Graybar

Building, 420 Lexington Avenue, New York,

N. Y. (Belgium, France, and England)

339. United British War Relief Association, 16 Sar-

gent Avenue, Somerville, Mass. (Great Brit-
ain)

340. Independent British American War Relief Society

of Rhode Island, In care of Mrs. Agnes S.
Hutcheon, Main Avenue, Greenwood, R. I.
(Great Britain)

*341. St. Andrews (Scottish) Society of Washington,
D. C, In care of Robert A. Grahame, Inc.,
1524 K Street, N. W., Washington, D. C. ( Scot-
land)

*342. French War Relief Fund of Nevada, 210 South
Center Street, Reno, Nev. (France)

*343. Ukrainian Relief Committee, 78 St. Marks Place,
New York, N. Y. (Germany, France, England,
and Italy)
344. The New Canaan Workshop, New Canaan, Conn.
(British Empire)

•345. Nicole de Paris Relief Fund, 23 East Fifty-fifth
Street, New York, N. Y. (France)

•346. International Federation of Business and Pro-
fessional Women, In care of Miss Isabelle
Claridge, Valley Camp Coal Company, Wheel-
ing, W. Va. (Poland, Norway, Belgium, Hol-
land, and France)
347. American Board of Missions to the Jews, Inc.,
27 Throop Avenue, Brooklyn, N. Y. (France,
Belgium, Germany, and Poland)

348. Great Lakes Command, Canadian Legion of the
British Empire Service League, In care of
Mr. Thomas H. Bussell, 5040 Maplewood Ave-
nue, Detroit, Mich. (Great Britain and Can-
ada)

•349. Scottish Games of New Jersey Association, Box
23, Fairhaveu, N. J. (Great Britain)

•350. Franco-American Federation, In care of Mr. Philip
L. Morency, Secretary, 11 Elm Avenue, Salem,
Mass. (France)
351. Refugees of England, Inc., Room 607, 511 Fifth
Avenue, New York, N. Y. (Great Britain)

*352. American Friends of German Freedom, 342 Madi-
son Avenue, New York, N. Y. (England and
France)

-353. The Louisiana Guild for British Relief, 4534 St.
Charles Avenue, New Orleans, La. (British
Empire)

354. The American Hospital in Britain, Limited, 321

East Forty-second Street, New York, N. Y.
(Great Britain)

355. Czechoslovak Relief, 4049 West Twenty-sixth

Street, Chicago, 111. (Czechoslovakia, Great
Britain and Dominions, France, and Belgium)
350. Emergency Rescue Committee, 2 West Forty-third
Street, New York, N. Y. (France, United King-
dom, Belgium, Norway, and Netherlands)
357. Medical and Surgical Relief Committee of Amer-
ica, 420 Lexington Avenue, New York, N. Y.
(Great Britain, France, Netherlands, Norway,
Poland, Luxembourg, Belgium, Greece, and
Yugoslavia )

*358. Mrs. George Gilliland. 530 East Eighty-fifth Street,
New York, N. Y. (Northern Ireland)

•359. District of Columbia Federation of Women's
Clubs, Broad Branch and Grant Roads, Wash-
ington, D. C. (Great Britain)
360. American-Polish National Council, 4055 West
Melrose Street, Chicago, 111. (Poland)

*361. Funds for France, Inc., 32 East Fifty-seventh

Street, New York, N. Y. (France)
362. Over-Seas League Tobacco Fund, In care of Lam-
bert and Feasley, 9 Rockefeller Plaza, New
York, N. Y. (British Empire)

•363. French Colonies War Relief Committee, 225 West
116th Street, New York, N. Y. (France)

•364. The Canadian Society of New York, Room 500,
2 Wall Street, New York, N. Y. (Canada and
Great Britain)

365. American Friends of Britain, Inc., 502 Park Ave-

nue, New York, N. Y. (Great Britain)

366. Harvard University, In care of Mr. John M. Rus-

sell, 20 University Hall, Cambridge, Mass.
(Great Britain)

367. Methodist Committee for Overseas Relief, 150

Fifth Avenue, New York, N. Y. (France, Po-

•Eevoked at request of registrant.

302

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

•368.
*369.
*370.
*371.

372.
373.

374.

f375.

■f376.

*377.
*37S.
379.
t3S0.

381.
*382.

*3S3.

*385.
*3S6.

•387.

land, Norway, Belgium, Netherlands, United
Kingdom, India, Australia, Canada, Germany,
Greece, Italy, Yugoslavia, and Bulgaria)

British War Relief Fund, 37 East Hudson Ave-
nue, Dayton, Ohio. (Great Britain)

Monmouth War Relief, Red Bank, N. J. (Eng-
land, France, and Greece)

Polish Prisoner's of War Relief Committee, Bos
20, Station W, Brooklyn, N. Y. (Germany)

The Mobile Circle for Benefit of the Royal Navy
Hospital Comforts Fund, In care of Miss Hilda
Broadwood, Chairman, Route 2, Mobile, Ala.
(British Isles)

Isthmian Pro-British Aid Committee, Post Office
Box 621, Ancon, C. Z. (England)

The Fall River British War Relief Society, 79
Campbell Street, Fall River, Mass. (Great
Britain)

American Aid for War Prisoners, 16 Duerstein
Street, Buffalo, N. Y. (Formerly American
Aid for German War Prisoners) (Canada,
Australia, Great Britain. Netherlands, India.
New Zealand, and British West Indies)

Ladies Auxiliary of the Providence Branch of the
Federation of the Italian World War Veterans
in the United States, L'ilG Atwells Avenue,
Providence, R. I. (Italy)

International Children's Relief Association. In
care of Mr. John W. D'Arey. 312 Madison Ave-
nue. Suite 905, New York, N. Y. (Croat
Britain )

Parcels for the Forces, Inc., 45 Rockefeller Plaza.
New York, N. Y. (Great Britain)

William Henry Mooring, 272 South La Peer Drive,
Beverly Hills, Calif. (England)

The Pacific Steam Navigation Company, Cristo-
bal, C. Z. (England)

Universal Committee for the Defense of Democ
racy, 357 West Fifty-fifth Street, New York,
N. Y. (.England and France I

Pelham Overseas Knitting Circle, 252 Irving
Place, Pelham, N. Y. (Scotland)

Solidaridad Internacional Antifascists, Post
Office Box 81, Station D, New York, N. Y.
(France)

Elizabeth Arden Employees Association, 681
Fifth Avenue, New York. X. Y. (Great
Britain)

Canadian Women's Club of New York City, Inc.,
Savoy Plaza Hotel, Fifth Avenue at Fifty-eighth
Street, New York, N. Y. (Great Britain, Can-
ada, and Newfoundland)

Friends of Dover England Fund. 158 Washington
Street, Dover, N. H. (England)

San Angelo Standard, Inc., 17 South Chadbourne,
San Angelo, Tex. (England)

Church of the Pilgrimage, Town Square, Plym-
outh, Mass. (England)

*388. Lord Mayor of Plymouth's Services Welfare Fund,
Plymouth, Mass. (England)

389. Parcels for Belgian Prisoners, 1718 Massachusetts

Avenue, NW„ Washington, D. C. (Germany)

390. Greek War Relief Association, Inc., 730 Fifth

Avenue, New York, N. Y. (Greece)

391. Miss Heather Thatcher, 1334V 2 Miller Drive, Sun-

set Boulevard, Hollywood, Calif. (Great
Britain)

392. Scottish Clans Evacuation Plan, In care of Mr.

Corcoran Thorn, President, American Security
and Trust Company, Washington, D. C. (Great
Britain)
"393. California Denmark Fund, 318 Jules Avenue, San
Francisco, Calif. (Denmark)

394. Royal Air Force Benevolent Fund of U. S. A.,

Inc., 515 Madison Avenue, New York, N. Y.
(Great Britain)

395. Near East Foundation. Inc., 17 West Forty-sixth

Street. New York, N. Y. (Greece)
'390. Wellesley Club of Washington, In care of Mrs.
Ernest J. McCormick, Apartment 743, Arlington
Village, Arlington, Va. (Great Britain)
*:;!)7. American Committee for the Syrian Orphanage
in Jerusalem, 5106 Sixty-third Street, Wood-
side. Long Island, N. Y. (Palestine, Germany,
and British East Africa)

398. Lithuanian National Fund, 359 Union Avenue,

Brooklyn, N. Y. (Lithuania)
•399. The American School Committee for Aid to
Greece, Inc.. Fuld Hall, Institute for Advanced
sillily. Princeton, N. J. (Greece)

4i«). Dodecanesian League of America, Inc., 211 West
Thirty-third Street, New York. x. Y. (Greece)

401. Liberty Link Afghan Society, The Whittier, 415

Burns Drive, Detroit. Mich. (Great Britain)

|402. Federation of the Italian World War Veterans

in the U. S. A., Inc., 626 Fifth Avenue, New

York, N. Y. (Italy)

403. t'oniite Pro Francia Libre, Post Office Box 7S3,

Kan Juan, P. R. (England and France)
.4^1. Nowy-Dworer Ladies and United Relief Associa-
tion. In care of Mr. J. Gertner, 1021 Bryant
Avenue, New York, N. Y. (Poland)

405. The Greek Fur Workers Union, Local 70, 253

West Twenty-eighth Street, New York, N. Y.
(Greece)

406. Ethiopian World Federation, Inc., 200 West 135th

Street. New York. N. Y. (Ethiopia and Great
Britain I
*407. Saints Constant ine and Helen Greek Orthodox
Church, In care of Mr. Soterios Xicholson,
Burlington Hotel, Washington, D. C. (Greece)

•Revoked at request of registrant.

^Revoked for failure to observe rules aud regulations.

APRIL 4, 1942

303

*408. The Allied Civilian War Relief Society, Inc., In
care of Mr. Robert C. Flack, 36 West Forty-
fourth Street, New York, N. T. (Great
Britain)
409. The Order of Ahepa, Investment Building, Wash-
ington, D. C. (Greece)

•410. The American Committee for the Relief of Greece,
Inc., 205 West Fifty-fourth Street, New York,
N. Y. (Greece)
411. National Legion Greek-American War Veterans
in America, Inc., 550 West 157th Street, New
York, N. Y. (Greece)

•412. American Committee to Save Refugees, 156 Fifth
Avenue, New York, N. Y. (France)

413. Phalanx of Greek Veterans of America, Inc., 810

West Harrison Street, Chicago, 111. (Greece)

414. Adopt A Town Committee, Inc., 527 Fifth Ave-

nue, New York, N. Y. (England)

415. American Cameronian Aid, 159 Eastern Parkway,

Brooklyn, N. Y. (Scotland)
*416. United British Societies of Minneapolis, 508

Hodgson Building, Minneapolis, Minn. (Great

Britain and Dominions)
"417. Mid-European Food Package Service, Inc., 400

Madison Avenue, New York, N. Y. (Germany,

Poland, and Luxembourg)
'418. Wellesley College Alumnae Association, Wellesley

College, Wellesley, Mass. (Great Britain)
*419. The American Fund for British War Aid, In care

of Mr. L. Stewart Gatter, 36 West Forty-fourth

Street, New York, N. Y. (Great Britain)
420. Free French Relief Committee, 444 Madison Ave-
nue, Room 411, New York, N. Y. (England,

French Cameroons, Belgian Congo, Nigeria, and

Syria)
*421. Relief for Children of Britain by Children of

America, In care of Mr. Samuel Schaefer, Eisele

& King, 39 Broadway, New York, N. Y. (Great

Britain)
*422. Democracies Allied Relief, 420 Lexington Avenue,

Suite 1419, New York, N. Y. (All belligerent

countries)
*423. U. S. Friends of Greece, 565 Fifth Avenue, New

York, N. Y. (Greece)
♦424. War Relief Association of American Youth, Inc.,

565 Fifth Avenue, New York, N. Y. (Great

Britain)
*425. Hellenic World Newspaper Co., 214 Huntington

Avenue, Boston, Mass. (Greece)
*426. Hias Immigrant Bank, 425 Lafayette Street, New

York, N. Y. (Poland, Netherlands, Belgium,

France, and Germany)
427. Esco Fund Committee, Inc., 88 Central Park West,

New York, N. Y. (Great Britain)
*428. American Labor Committee to Aid British Labor,

9 East Forty-sixth Street, New York, N. Y.

(Great Britain)

429. The Silver Thimble Fund of America, 2G Audubon

Place, New Orleans, La. (Great Britain)
*430. Lithuanian Relief Committee for the Aid of
Lithuanian Victims of Tyranny and War, In
care of Mr. K. Strumskis, 415 Keap Street,
Brooklyn, N. Y. (Germany, France, Italy, and
Great Britain)

431. The British Legion, Inc., 13123 Indiana Avenue,

Detroit, Mich. (Great Britain)

432. Young Friends of French Prisoners and Babies,

67 East Eighty-second Street, New York, N. Y.
(France)

433. Montagu Club of London, In care of Miss Elsie

Burakoff, 1485 Nelson Avenue, The Bronx, New
York, N. Y. (Great Britain)

434. American Committee for British Catholic Relief,

In care of Mr. William E. Schooley, American
Security and Trust Company, Washington, D. C.
(British Isles)
♦435. Friends of British Relief, Inc., 217 North Cal-
vert Street, Baltimore,- Md. (Great Britain)

436. Paderewski Testimonial Fund, Inc., 37 East

Thirty-sixth Street, New York, N. Y. (Great
Britain)

437. Hands Across the Sea Helpers Association, 505

Ovington Avenue, Brooklyn, N. Y. (United
Kingdom)

438. German-American Conference, New York, 109

East Twenty-ninth Street, New York, N. Y.
(Canada and British West Indies)

t439. International Home for Refugees, 16 East Forty-
first Street, New York, N. Y. (England, Po-
land, and France)

•440. Gamma Phi Beta International Sorority, In care
of Miss Edna Buhrer, 5612 Fourteenth Street,
NW., Washington, D. O. (England)

f441. Ethiopian Redemption Committee, Incorporated,
120 South LaSalle Street, Suite 1763, Chicago,
111. (Ethiopia)

t442. Callard of London, 536 South Michigan Avenue,
Chicago, 111. (England)

443. Franco-British Relief, 525 North Howard Street,

Baltimore, Md. (Great Britain)

444. Albanian Relief Fund, 431 South Huntington Ave-

nue, Jamaica Plain, Mass. (Albania)
•445. Vitamins for Britain, Inc., 8S Central Park West,

New York, N. Y. (Great Britain)
♦446. American-Lithuanian Society of Washington,

D. C, In care of Mr. Albert W. Shupienis, 1733

Twentieth Street, N. W., Washington, D. C.

(Germany)
447. Franco-American Committee for the Relief of

War Victims, Hotel Plaza, Fifth Avenue and

Fifty-ninth Street, New York, N. Y. (France)

•Revoked at request of registrant.

fRevoked for failure to observe the rules and regulations.

304

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

*448. Penny-A Plane, Suite 807, 386 Fourth Avenue,
New York, N. Y. (United Kingdom)

449. Comity de Franceses Libres de Puerto Rico, Box

522, Mayagues, P. R. (British Empire)

450. Newtown Committee for Child Refugees, Inc., In

care of Mrs. Jerome P. Jackson, Chairman,
Sandy Hook, Conn. (England)

451. Robert E. Lee Memorial Foundation, Inc., In

care of Miss Helen Knox, 422 Lexington Ave-
nue, New York, N. Y. (Great Britain)

452. Grand Lodge, Free and Accepted Masons, State

of New York, 71 West Twenty-third Street,
New York, N. Y. (Great Britain)

*453. British Aid Committee, In care of Captain Clif-
ford Payne, Post Office Box 2007, Balboa, C. Z.
(Great Britain)
454. Serb National Federation, 3414 Fifth Avenue,
Pittsburgh, Pa. (Yugoslavia)

*455. Club Ukraine, 216-218 Grand Street, Brooklyn,
N. Y. (Great Britain, Germany, Poland, Italy,
and France)

456. Caledonian Pipe Bands Scottish Relief Fund,

1630 Newcastle Road, Grosse Point, Mich.
(Scotland)

457. Union for the Protection of the Human Person,

12 West Seventy-sixth Street, New York, N. Y.
(France)
•458. Secours Franco-Beige, 150 David Street, New
Bedford, Mass. (England, France, and Bel-
gium)

459. Ukrainian Gold Cross, Inc., 149 Second Avenue,

New York, N. Y. (France, Poland, Germany,
Great Britain, and Italy)

460. American Committee for Luxembourg Relief,

Inc., Room 508, 109 North Dearborn Street,
Chicago, 111. (France and England)

•461. American Friends of Canada, In care of Blake,
Stim & Curran, 29 Broadway, New York, N. Y.
(Canada and Great Britain)

*462. La Prevoyance, In care of Mr. Gaston Thierry,

8 Garrison Street, Boston, Mass. (France)
463. The American-Canadian War Council, 72 First
Avenue, Westwood, N. J. (formerly The Cana-
dian American Council) (Canada)

*464. Albanian War Victims Relief Association, Room
1117, 205 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, 111.
(Albania)

465. American Yugoslav Defense League, In care of

Mr. Matt Genero, Box 1046, Cupertino, Calif.
(Yugoslavia)

466. Coordinating Council of French Relief Societies,

Inc., 4 West Fifty-eighth Street, New York,
N. Y. (France)

467. British Distressed Areas Fund, Inc., In care of

Miss Constance Bennett, 280 Carolwood Drive,
Holmby Hills, Los Angeles, Calif. (England)

*46S. War Relief and Bundles for Scotland, 1606 North
Cahuenga Boulevard, Hollywood, Calif. (Scot-
land)

469. United Free France, 465 Lexington Avenue, New

York, N. Y. (Free France)

470. American Friends of Yugoslavia, Inc., Room 808,

8 West Fortieth Street, New York, N. Y.
(Yugoslavia)
*471. The Queen Elizabeth Fund, Inc., Suite 1921, 521
Fifth Avenue, New York, N. Y. (Great
Britain)

472. The I'niversalist Church of America, 6 Beacon

Street, Boston, Mass. (formerly Universalist
General Convention) (England and France)

473. Anglo-American Lodge No. 78 of the American

Order Sons of St. George, 17 East Forty-second
Street, New York, N. Y. (Great Britain)

474. Jugoslav War Relief Association of Southern

California, In care of Mr. Ivo H. Lopizich, 111
West Seventh Street, Los Angeles, Calif. (Yu-
goslavia)
•475. Brooke County Allied War Relief, Follansbee,
W. Va. (Great Britain and Greece)

476. American Red Mogen Dovid for Palestine, Inc.,

220 Fifth Avenue, New York, N. Y. (Pales-
tine)

477. Houston War Fund, Inc., In care of Mr. T. J.

Caldwell, Union National Bank, Houston, Tex.
(Great Britain)

478. Yugoslav Relief Committee of America, 2659

South Lawndale Avenue, Chicago, 111. (Yugo-
slavia )
*479. Bandwagon Ball, Inc., In care of Mrs. William
Astor Chanler, 141 East Nineteenth Street, New
York, N. Y. (England and Greece)

480. National Catholic Welfare Conference, Bishops'

Relief Committee, 1312 Massachusetts Avenue,
NW., Washington, D. C. (All belligerent coun-
tries)

481. Bristol Whittaker Fund, In care of Mr. Gordon D.

Donald, 500 North Broad Street, Elizabeth, N. J.
(Great Britain)

482. Merchant Sailors League, Inc., 284 Main Street,

Buffalo, N. Y. (Canada and British Empire)

483. Aid to British Pharmacists, In care of Mr. S. L.

Hilton, 1033 Twenty-second Street, N. W.,
Washington, D. C. (England)

•4S4. Walter Heidmann Company, 80 Wall Street, New
York, N. Y. (Germany, Poland, and Nether-
lands )

'485. Tadeusz Stefan Wolkowski, 2 East Twenty-third
Street, New York, N. Y. (Belgium, Nether-
lands, France, and Poland)
486. Lithuanian National Relief Fund, Suite 1212, 134
North LaSalle Street, Chicago, 111. (Germany)

•Revoked at request of registrant.

APRIL 4, 1942

487. Yugoslav-American Relief Committee, Inc., In

care of George A. Palandech, Secretary, 536
South Clark Street, Chicago, 111. (Yugoslavia)

488. The Croatian Fraternal Union of America, 3411

Forbes Street, Pittsburgh, Pa. (Yugoslavia)

489. Jugoslav Relief Fund Association, In care of

Mr. John A. Zvetina, 135 South LaSalle Street,
Chicago, 111. (Yugoslavia)
t490. Britain -at Bay Aid Society, 41 Magnolia Drive,
Dobbs Ferry, N. Y. (England)

491. The American British Art Center, Inc., 44 West

Fifty-sixth Street, New York, N. Y. (United
Kingdom and Canada)

492. Committee for Yugoslav War Relief, Suite 750,

Russ Building, San Francisco, Calif. (Yugo-
slavia)

493. Yugoslav War Relief Association of State of

Washington, 2411 Bigelow Avenue North, Seat-
tle, Wash. (Yugoslavia)
'494. Paisley Buddies War Relief Society, 598 Engle-

wood Avenue, Detroit, Mich. (Scotland)
*495. Mr. Alfred S. Campbell, Sevenoaks Farm, Lam-

bertville, N. J. (England)
♦496. Bay Ridge Allied Relief, 370 Seventy-fifth Street,

Brooklyn, N. Y. (Great Britain)
497. Armenian General Benevolent Union, 432 Fourth

Avenue, New York, N. Y. (Syria, Palestine,

Cyprus, Greece, and Bulgaria)
*498. White and Manning Dance Relief, 9S California

Avenue, Highland Park, Mich. (Great Britain)
*49'.>. Mrs. Eveline Mary Paterson, In care of The

Honorable I. H. Morse, Warren, N. H. (Great

Britain and Germany)

500. National America Denmark Association, 2452

West Addison Street, Chicago, 111. (Denmark
and England)

501. The Fields, Inc., 75 Maiden Lane, New York, N. Y.

(Great Britain)

*502. Committee for Emergency Aid to Refugees, Post
Office Box 268, Station D, New York, N. Y.
(Norway, France, United Kingdom, and Ger-
many)
503. Yugoslav War Relief, 2428-30 Washington Road,
Kenosha, Wis. (Yugoslavia)

*504. Agudas Israel of America, 673 Broadway, New
York, N. Y. (All belligerent countries)

505. Aid to Britain, In care of Mrs. Hubert Martineau,

Apartment 1702, Pierre Hotel, Sixtieth Street
and Fifth Avenue, New York, N. Y. (Great
Britain and Germany)

506. Lithuanian Charities Institute, Inc., in the U. S. A.,

1844 West Twenty-first Street, Chicago, 111.
(Lithuania, England, Germany, and Italy)

507. Les Filles de France. 453 Fullerton Parkway, Chi-

cago, 111. (France)

305

508. American Chapter, Emergency Council of Chief

Rabbi of Great Britain, 55 Leonard Street, New
York, N. Y. (Great Britain)

509. Aid for the Cote-Basque, In care of Mrs. Cooper

Howell, Bluebell, Montgomery County, Pa.
(France)

510. Danish American Knitting and Sewing Groups,

88 Eighty-first Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. (All
belligerent countries)
♦511. State Industrial Employes-Aid to Britain Fund,
7 Winthrop Street, Millers Falls, Mass. (Eng-
land)

512. Latvian Relief, Inc., 92 Liberty Street, New York,

N. Y. (Latvia)

513. Camp Little Norway Association, 4833 Thirteenth

Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minn. (Norway
and Canada)

*514. British Civil Defense Emergency Fund, 570 Lex-
ington Avenue, New York, N. Y. (Great
Britain)
515. American Friends of Norway, Inc., 8 West For-
tieth Street, New York, N. Y. (Canada, Eng-
land, and Norway)

•516. Contact Service Company, 122 East Forty-second
Street, Room 533, New York, N. Y. (Great
Britain, Poland, France, and Belgium)

517. Norwegian Seamen's Christmas and Relief, In-

corporated, Room 1306, 80 Broad Street, New
York, N. Y. (Canada and the West Indies)

518. France Forever War Relief Association, 1199 Car-

olina Street, Manila, P. I. (United Kingdom)

519. French War Veterans Association of Illinois, In

care of Mr. Marcel Garancher, 2306 Grace
Street, Chicago, 111. (France and Germany)

520. The San Francisco Committee for the Aid of the

Russian Disabled Veterans of the World War,
2041 Lyon Street, San Francisco, Calif. (Bul-
garia, Yugoslavia, and France)
1521. Scandinavian-American Business Association,
Inc., 4919 Fifth Avenue, Brooklyn, N. Y. (Nor-
way and United Kingdom)

522. Garden City Publishing Company, Inc., Garden

City, N. Y. (Great Britain)

523. Detroit Barrovian War Relief Association, 12035

Woodward Avenue, Highland Park, Detroit,

Mich. (Great Britain)
*524. Yugoslavic American Association, 1432 Girard

Street, NW., Washington, D. C. (Yugoslavia)
*525. Mr. Generoso Pope, 30 Rockefeller Plaza, New

York, N. Y. (All belligerent countries)
526. Friends of Little Norway, 900 Union Commerce

Building, Cleveland, Ohio. (Canada)

•Revoked at request of registrant.

tRevoked (or failure to observe rules and regulations.

306

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

*527. Free Italian Women's Association for Assistance
to Prisoners of War, 570 Lexington Avenue,
New York, N. Y. ( India, Egypt, Australia, and 535.

Union of South Africa)

528. Estonian Relief Committee, Inc., 15 East 125th 536.

Street, New York, N. Y. (Estonia)

529. The International Hebrew Christian Alliance,

4919 North Albany Avenue, Chicago, 111. (Eng-
land, Hungary, and Poland) 537.

*530. Friends of the RAF Comforts Committee, 5514

Blackstone Avenue, Chicago, 111. ( England ) 538.

531. Relief Fund of the Federation of the Belgian
American Societies of North America, 15046
Mack Avenue, Detroit, Mich. (Belgium) 539.

*532. The Swiss Society of New York, 444 Madison Ave-
nue, New York, N. Y. (Great Britain)

533. Committee on Foreign Relief Appeals in the 540.

Churches, 297 Fourth Avenue, New York, N. Y.

(All belligerent countries) 541.

534. American Committee for the Relief and Resettle-

ment of Yemenite Jews, 225 LaFayette Street,

New York, N. Y. (Palestine, Aden, and
Yemen)

American Seeds for British Soil, 18 East Seven-
tieth Street, New York, N. Y. (Great Britain)

War Relief Committee of the Furrier's Joint Coun-
cil, 250 West Twenty-sixth Street, New York,
N. Y. (Great Britain, France, Poland, Greece,
Belgium, Yugoslavia, Holland, and Norway)

Allied Defense Association, 212 Quincy Avenue,
Long Beach, Calif. (England)

The Netherlands Aid Society, Inc., 10 Rockefeller
Plaza, New York, N. Y. (Netherlands East
Indies, Great Britain, and Germany)

Joint Anti-Fascist Refugee Committee, 425 Fourth
Avenue, New York, N. Y. (France, Great Brit-
ain, and Canada)

American Friends of Polish Jews, 22 East Seven-
teenth Street, New York, N. Y. (Germany)

America-Netherlands Indies War Relief Fund,
30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, N. Y. (Neth-
erlands East Indies)

The Foreign Service

RESIGNATION OF AMBASSADOR WEDDELL

[Released to the press by the White House April 2]

The President has received the following let-
ter from the Honorable Alexander W. Weddell,
American Ambassador to Spain :

"My Dear Mr. Presiuent :

"Upon the advice of my physicians I am about
to enter hospital to undergo an operation of
some gravity, which, they tell me further, even
if successful, would be followed by a longish
period of convalescence and observation. My
return to Spain could not, therefore, under most
favorable circumstances, take place for some
months.

"In these circumstances, and in the public in-
terest, I am constrained to ask for permission to
apply for retirement to take effect at the expira-
tion of my leave.

"My deep regret in relinquishing my post is
tempered by the hope that you may later make
use of my services.
"I am, My dear Mr. President,
"Loyally yours,

Alexander W Weddell"

Approving Ambassador WeddelFs request for
retirement, the President wrote under date of
April first :

"Dear Alex :

"I have received your letter of March twenty-
eighth with the deepest regret. In view of what
you tell me that your physicians believe that
you should have a long period of convalescence
after your operation and that you could conse-
quently not return to Spain for some time to
come, I feel it necessary to accept, as you ask,

APRIL 4, 1942

307

your application for retirement as Ambassador
to Spain.

"You have served this Government with great
distinction for many years as a Foreign Service
officer and, more recently, as Ambassador to
Argentina and as Ambassador to Spain. I am
particularly sorry that your illness should make
it necessary for you to retire at this time, but

I hope that your health will soon be completely
restored and I shall call upon you for service
once more when you are well again.

"With my best wishes for a speedy recovery
and with my kindest personal regards, believe
me

"Yours very sincerely,

Franklin D Roosevelt"

PERSONNEL CHANGES

[Released to the press April 4]

The following changes have occurred in the
American Foreign Service since March 21, 1942:

Walter W. Birge, Jr., of New York, N. Y.,
Vice Consul at Nuevo Laredo, Tamaulipas,
Mexico, has been assigned as Vice Consul at
Istanbul, Turkey.

The assignment of Ellis A. Bonnet, of Eagle
Pass, Tex., as Second Secretary of Embassy and
Consul at Panama, Panama, has been canceled.
In lieu thereof, Mr. Bonnet has been designated
Second Secretary of Legation and Consul at
Quito, Ecuador, and will serve in dual capacity.

Ralph N. Clough, of Seattle, Wash., Vice Con-
sul at Toronto, Ontario, Canada, has been des-
ignated Third Secretary of Legation and Vice
Consul at Tegucigalpa, Honduras, and will serve
in dual capacity.

George C. Cobb, of Americus, Ga., Vice Con-
sul at Tahiti, Society Islands, Oceania, has been
appointed Vice Consul at Windsor, Ontario,
Canada.

Raymond E. Cox, of New York, N. Y., Con-
sul General at Wellington, New Zealand, has
been designated Counselor of Legation and Con-
sul General at Wellington, New Zealand, and
will serve in dual capacity.

Basil D. Dahl, of Blair, Wis., Consul at Wel-
lington, New Zealand, has been designated Com-
mercial Attache at Wellington, New Zsaland.

Dudley G. Dwyre, of Fort Collins, Colo., First
Secretary of Embassy and Consul General at
Montevideo, Uruguay, has been designated
Counselor of Embassy and Consul General at

Montevideo, Uruguay, and will serve in dual
capacity.

Robert English, of Hancock, N. H., Consul at
Wellington, New Zealand, has been designated
Second Secretary of Legation and Consul at
Wellington, New Zealand, and will serve in dual
capacity.

Elias G. Garza, of Eagle Pass, Tex., Vice Con-
sul at Nuevo Laredo, Tamaulipas, Mexico, has
been appointed Vice Consul at Veracruz, Vera-
cruz, Mexico.

Julian F. Harrington, of Framingham, Mass.,
now serving in the Department of State, has
been designated First Secretary of Embassy and
Consul at Madrid, Spain, and will serve in dual
capacity.

David H. Henry, 2d, of Geneva, N. Y., Vice
Consul at Montreal, Quebec, Canada, has been
assigned as Vice Consul at Beirut, Lebanon.

The assignment of Heyward G. Hill, of Ham-
mond, La., as Second Secretary of Embassy and
Consul at Madrid, Spain, has been canceled.

Roy Barclay Hodges, of Eagle Pass, Tex.,
Clerk at Puerto Cortes, Honduras, has been ap-
pointed Vice Consul at Puerto Cortes, Honduras.

Oscar C. Holder, of New Orleans, La., Vice
Consul at Montreal, Quebec, Canada, has been
designated Third Secretary of Legation and
Vice Consul at Cairo, Egypt, and will serve in
dual capacity.

John Evarts Horner, of Denver, Colo., Vice
Consul at Wellington, New Zealand, has been
designated Third Secretary of Legation and
Vice Consul at Wellington, New Zealand.

308

J. Jefferson Jones, 3d, of Newbern, Tenn.,
Third Secretary of Embassy and Vice Consul
at Mexico, D.F., Mexico, has been assigned as
Vice Consul at Puerto de la Cruz, Venezuela.

Curtis C. Jordan, of Eagle Rock, Calif., Con-
sul at Madras, India, has been assigned as Con-
sul at San Luis Potosi, San Luis Potosi, Mexico.

Gerald Keith, of Evanston, 111., Second Sec-
retary of Embassy and Consul at Bogota, Colom-
bia, has been assigned for duty in the Depart-
ment of State.

John B. Ketcham, of Brooklyn, N.Y., for-
merly Consul at Medan, Sumatra, Netherlands
Indies, has been assigned as Consul at Madras,
India.

Randolph A. Kidder, of Beverly Farms,
Mass., Vice Consul at Sydney, New South
Wales, Australia, has been designated Third
Secretary of Legation at Canberra, Australia.

David LeBreton, Jr., of Washington, D. C,
Vice Consul at Monterrey, Nuevo Leon, Mexico,
has been designated Third Secretary of Lega-
tion and Vice Consul at Cairo, Egypt, and will
serve in dual capacity.

The assignment of Walter J. Linthicum, of
Baltimore, Md., as Consul at Oporto, Portugal,
has been canceled. In lieu thereof, Mr. Linthi-
cum has been assigned as Consul at Lisbon,
Portugal \

Wilfred V. MacDonald, of St. Louis, Mo.,
Vice Consul at Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada,
has been designated Third Secretary of Legation
and Vice Consul at Cairo, Egypt, and will serve
in dual capacity.

Samuel A. Mcllhenny, Jr., of Dalworth Park,
Tex., Vice Consul at Valdivia, Chile, has been
appointed Vice Consul at Antofagasta, Chile.

George R. Merrell, of St. Louis, Mo., Consul
General at Calcutta, India, has been designated
Secretary to the Personal Representative of the
President of the United States of America at
New Delhi, India.

Paul Paddock, of Marshalltown, Iowa, for-
merly Vice Consul at Batavia, Java, Nether-
lands Indies, has been assigned as Vice Consul
at Melbourne, Victoria, Australia.

Avery F. Peterson, of Boise, Idaho, Second
Secretary of Legation and Consul at Ottawa,

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Ontario, Canada, has been designated Second
Secretary of Embassy and Consul at London,
England, and will serve in dual capacity.

James R. Riddle, of Talladega, Ala., Vice
Consul at Veracruz, Veracruz, Mexico, has been
appointed Vice Consul at Nuevo Laredo,
Tamaulipas, Mexico.

Lester L. Schnare, of Macon, Ga., formerly
Consul General at Rangoon, Burma, has been
assigned as Consul General at Calcutta, India.

Harold Shullaw, of Wyoming, 111., Vice Con-
sul at Windsor, Ontario, Canada, has been
designated Third Secretary of Legation and
Vice Consul at Cairo, Egypt, and will serve in
dual capacity.

Walter Smith, of Oak Park, 111., formerly
Vice Consul at Canton, Kwangtung, China, has
been assigned for duty in the Department of
State.

Walter L. Smith, of Harrisburg. Pa., Vice
Consul at Agua Prieta, Sonora, Mexico, has
been assigned as Vice Consul at Maracaibo,
Venezuela.

Fletcher Warren, of Wolfe City, Tex., now
serving in the Department of State, has been
designated First Secretary of Embassy and
Consul at Bogota, Colombia, and will serve in
dual capacity.

Byron White, of Fayetteville, N. C, Vice
Consul at Nogales, Sonora, Mexico, has been
designated Third Secretary of Legation and
Vice Consul at Asuncion, Paraguay, and will
serve in dual capacity.

Lacey C. Zapf, of Nashville, Tenn., Consul at
Sydney, New South Wales, Australia, has been
designated Commercial Attache at Canberra,
Australia.

Cultural Relations

VISIT TO THE UNITED STATES OF
EDUCATOR FROM NICARAGUA

[Released to the press April 4]

Dr. Salvador Mendieta, president of the Cen-
tral University of Nicaragua in the capital
city, Managua, arrived in Washington by plane

APRIL 4, 1942

April 4. He will spend two months in this
country at the invitation of the Department of
State. After conferring with officers of the
Department of State and the Legation of Nica-
ragua in Washington, and visiting the Pan
American Union and universities and libraries
here, Dr. Mendieta will make a several weeks'
tour of educational centers in the East, the
South, and on the West Coast.

In addition to being one of the leading edu-
cators of Central America, Dr. Mendieta is an
author of distinguished works on national and
international themes. His book, La Enferme-
dad de Centro America, is an often quoted,
acute, and frequently unsparing diagnosis of
what he terms the "disease of Central America".
His later works develop the same general theme,
the necessity of cooperation and union among
peoples.

Treaty Information

Compiled in the Treaty Division
SOVEREIGNTY

Convention on the Provisional Administration
of European Colonies and Possessions in the
Americas

Mexico

By a letter dated March 27, 1942, the Director
General of the Pan American Union informed
the Secretary of State that the instrument of
ratification by Mexico of the Convention on the
Provisional Administration of European Colo-
nies and Possessions in the Americas, signed at
the Second Meeting of the Ministers of Foreign
Affairs of the American Republics at Habana,
July 30, 1940 (Treaty Series 977), was deposited
with the Union on March 21 , 1942. The instru-
ment of ratification is dated February 19, 1942.

Uruguay

The Director General of the Pan American
Union informed the Secretary of State by a
letter dated March 30, 1942, that the instrument

309

of ratification by Uruguay of the Convention on
the Provisional Administration of European
Colonies and Possessions in the Americas,
signed July 30, 1940, was deposited with the
Union on March 26, 1942. The instrument of
ratification is dated February 5, 1942.

The countries which have deposited instru-
ments of ratification of this convention, which
entered into force on January 8, 1942, are the
United States of America, Argentina, Brazil,
Colombia, Costa Rica, Dominican Republic,
Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Haiti, Hon-
duras, Mexico, Panama, Peru, Uruguay, and
Venezuela.

CLAIMS

Agreement With Mexico

On April 2, 1942 the Mexican Ambassador,
Senor Dr. Don Francisco Castillo Najera, and
the Acting Secretary of State, the Honorable
Sumner Welles, exchanged ratifications of the
Claims Convention between the two countries,
signed November 19, 1941. 1 See also release
which appears in this Bulletin under the head-
ing "American Republics".

COMMERCE

Trade-Agreement Negotiations With Mexico

Announcement regarding the intention to ne-
gotiate a trade agreement with Mexico, together
with a list of products on which the United
States will consider granting concessions to Mex-
ico, appears in this Bulletin under the heading
"Commercial Policy".

Trade-Agreement Negotiations With Bolivia

Announcement regarding the intention to ne-
gotiate a trade agreement with Bolivia, together
with a list of products on which the United
States will consider granting concessions to Bo-
livia, appears in this Bulletin under the heading
"Commercial Policy".

1 Bulletin of November 22, 1941, p. 400.

310

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

The Department

Legislation

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

Mr. Edwin A. Plitt, a Foreign Service officer
of class IV; Mr. Frederik van den Arend, a
Foreign Service officer of class V; Mr. Bernard
Gufler, a Foreign Service officer of class VI;
Mr. Eldred D. Knppinger; and Mr. Albert E.
Clattenburg, Jr., a Foreign Service officer of
class VII have been designated Assistant
Chiefs of the Special Division, effective March
28, 1942 (Departmental Order 1041).

An Act To provide for the expeditious naturalization
of former citizens of the United States who have lost
United States citizenship through service with the
Allied forces of the United States during the first or
second World War. Approved April 2, 1942. [S.
2339.] Public Law 513, 77th Cong. 1 p.

Sixth Supplemental National Defense Appropriation
Bill for 1942:

Hearings before subcommittees of the Committee
on Appropriations, House of Representatives,
77th Cong., 2d sess., on H.R. 686S : Part I, Navy
Department (Title II) and General Appropria-
tions (Title III) [passport agencies, pp. 287-289
salaries, ambassadors and ministers, 1942, p. 289
foreign-owned property control, pp. 290-30S]
Part II, Military Activities of the War Depart-
ment (Title I) [defense aid, pp. 11, 42]. Part
I. 528 pp.; Part II, 210 pp.

H. Rept. 1956, 77th Cong., on H.R. 6868. 39 pp.

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. — Price, 10 cents - - - - Subscription price, $2.75 a year

PUBLISHED WEEKLT WITH THE APPROVAL OF THE DIRECTOR OF THE BUREAU OF THE BUDGET

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

BULLETIN

APRIL 11, 1942
Vol. VI, No. 146 — Publication 1725

ontents

The War Page

Joint agricultural arrangements with Canada .... 313
Application of Selective Service Act to Canadian

nationals in the United States 315

Economic assistance to North Africa 318

Address by the American Ambassador to Cuba to the

Cuban Chamber of Commerce in the United

States 319

Rules governing employment of seamen 321

Emergency Advisory Committee for Political Defense . 322
Arrest by Japanese of American officers in French

Indochina 323

Message from the President to the King of Norway . 323
Enumeration of arms, ammunition, and implements of

war : Proclamation by the President 323

American Republics

Economic collaboration with Mexico: Joint statement
by Under Secretary Welles and Foreign Minister
Padilla 325

Burial of Chilean student aviator 326

Commercial Policy

Trade-agreement negotiations with Mexico 327

General

Chinese students in the United States 328

The Foreign Service

Personnel changes 329

The Department

Appointment of officers 329

Iovkb]

U ' S ' s F DOCUMENTl

28 1942

ontents-coNTimED

Page

Publications 329

Treaty Information

Claims: Convention With Mexico 330

Legal assistance : Protocol on Uniformity of Powers of

Attorney Which Are To Be Utilized Abroad ... 330

Telecommunications : International Telecommunica-
tion Convention, Revisions of Cairo, 1938 .... 330

Extradition: Treaty With Great Britain 330

Armed forces: Exchange of Notes With Canada Re-
garding Application of Selective Service Act to
Canadian Nationals in the United States .... 330

Flora and fauna: Convention on Nature Protection
and Wildlife Preservation in the Western Hemi-
sphere 330

Agriculture: Joint Agricultural Arrangements With

Canada 331

Legislation 331

Regulations 331

The War

JOINT AGRICULTURAL ARRANGEMENTS WITH CANADA

[Released to the press by the White House April 10]

The White House announced on April 10 the
approval by the President of two joint arrange-
ments affecting agriculture, which were recom-
mended by the Joint Economic Committees of
Canada and the United States. The arrange-
ments have also met the approval of the Prime
Minister of Canada. The first arrangement
provides for increasing the production of oil-
bearing crops in the United States and of oats,
barley, and flax in Canada, to meet wartime
needs of both countries. The second arrange-
ment provides for facilitating the seasonal
movement of farm labor and machinery across
the common boundary.

The approval of these joint arrangements
marks one of the first positive actions on the
agricultural front to further closer economic
collaboration between the two Nations in the
common war effort. Without changing the ex-
isting tariff structure, these arrangements pro-
vide for more effective utilization of the joint
agricultural resources of the two countries for
the production of certain farm products needed
in the war effort.

Both Nations are confronted by a shortage of
fats and oils due to the loss of imported supplies,
increased wartime requirements, and the neces-
sity of supplying substantial quantities of these
products to our allies. The increase in the acre-
age of oats and barley in Canada will not
only provide more adequate feed supplies for the
expanding livestock program of Canada but
will make possible a greater expansion this sea-
son of soybean production in the corn belt by
permitting crop acreage that would otherwise be

used for feed-grain production to be shifted
without impairing feed resources.

In order to bring about the desired increases
in production, the Canadian Government has
adopted a definite program to encourage wheat
growers to shift surplus wheat land into oats,
barley, and flax. The arrangement further
strengthens the oil-crop-production-goal pro-
gram already set up in the United States and
will aid in the attainment of the goals.

The joint arrangement for facilitating the
movement of seasonal labor and used agricul-
tural machines across the border will assist in
lessening seasonal shortages of both labor and
equipment which threaten to impede the war-
time agricultural programs in both countries.

The full texts of the approved recommenda-
tions and arrangements are printed below. The
President has directed the affected depart-
ments and agencies of the Government to take
all possible action to give effect to the joint
arrangements.

"Joint Economic Committees,
Canada - United States

"Whereas, The United States and Canada
are confronted by a serious shortage of fats and
oils due to inability to obtain customary imports
owing to war operations and the shortage of
shipping, increased wartime requirements, and
the necessity of supjjlying substantial quanti-
ties of these products to the United Nations,
chiefly the United Kingdom and the Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics; and

"Whereas, The United States and Canada, in
addition to meeting their own expanded re-
quirements, have each undertaken to supply the

313

314

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

United Kingdom with extensive quantities of
livestock products involving the necessity of
increasing the supplies of feed grains ; and

"Whereas, An increased supply of oil can be
obtained by expanding the acreage of soybeans
in the United States and of flaxseed in Canada ;
and

"Whereas, A material increase in feed sup-
plies can be obtained by expanding the acreage
of oats and barley in Canada ; and

"Whereas, The facilitating of such a pro-
gram of expansion would contribute to the joint
war effort of the two countries, and at the same
time encourage a more effective use of their
respective resources ;

"Therefore, The Joint Economic Committees
of Canada and the United States recommend :

"A. That the Governments of the two coun-
tries, through their appropriate departments or
agencies, undertake the following:

"(1) The United States to increase its acre-
age of oil-producing crops with the ob-
ject of alleviating the impending short-
age of oils in both the United States and
Canada.

"(2) Canada to increase its acreage of flax-
seed to provide as large a volume as
possible for domestic needs and an excess
to offset in part the reduction in North
American imports of vegetable oil and
oil seeds.

"(3) Canada to increase its acreage of oats
and barley with the object of obtaining
adequate supplies of feed grains for the
expanded livestock program of Canada
and supplementary supplies for the
United States.

"B. That in order to encourage such a pro-
gram, while at the same time providing neces-
sary assurances in the matter of market outlets,
the respective Governments agree, effective from
next autumn, that :

"(1) Canada shall facilitate the delivery in
the United States, at the then current
United States prices, of whatever quan-
tity of flaxseed, oats, and barley Canada
may be in a position to supply;

" (2) The United States shall not impose addi-
tional restrictions on the importation of
flaxseed, oats and barley moving from
Canada to the United States ;
"(3) The United States shall facilitate the
sale to Canada, at the then current United
States prices, of whatever quantity of
vegetable oils or vegetable oil seeds the
United States may be in a position to
supply;
"(4) Canada shall not impose additional re-
strictions on the importation of vegetable
oils or vegetable oil seeds moving from
the United States to Canada.
"February 27, 1942.

W. A. Mackintosh
Chairman, Canadian Committee
Alvin H. Hansen
Chairman, United States Committee*

"The Joint Economic Committees of Canada
and the United States recommend that the Gov-
ernments of the two countries take suitable
action :
"(1) To permit used agricultural machines
and their operators or normal crews, to
move across the border without payment
of duty, with a minimum of restrictions,
and with such regulations as either
country may consider necessary to in-
sure that the machines or members of
the crews return wil bin a specified time
to the country from which they came.
"(2) To facilitate the seasonal movement of
farm labor across the common boundary
under such rules and regulations as will
further the efficient distribution of labor
for peak requirements.

"The reasons for these recommendations are :

"Shortages of agricultural machines and of
farm labor skilled in their use impede the war-
time agricultural programs both in Canada and
in the United States; and scarcities of steel and
other metals limit the current output of labor-
saving machinery. The movement of machines

APRIL 11, 1942

within each country has contributed to econo-
mies in the use of machines and labor and
achieved greater efficiency of agricultural out-
put. The removal of such regulations and re-
strictions as now impede the movements across
the common boundary of both farm machines
and the labor associated with them, would fur-
ther increase their efficient use, thereby contrib-
uting to the common war effort.

"Seasonal requirements for farm labor espe-
cially in adjacent areas of Canada and the

315

United States ordinarily occur in a time se-
quence that gives opportunity for the move-
ment of such labor, especially at planting and
harvest time when labor shortage caused by the
war might have serious effects on farm produc-
tion in many localities on both sides of the
border.

"February 27, 1942.

W. A. Mackintosh
Chairman, Canadian Committee
Alvin H. Hansen
Chairman, United States Committee''''

APPLICATION OF SELECTIVE SERVICE ACT TO CANADIAN NATIONALS IN THE

UNITED STATES

[Released to the press April 10]

The Acting Secretary of State released to the
press the following exchange of notes between
the Government of the United States and the
Government of Canada in regard to the appli-
cation of the United States Selective Training
and Service Act of 1940, as amended, to Ca-
nadian nationals residing in the United States.

Under the procedure provided for in the
agreement, Canadian nationals who have reg-
istered under the act and who have not declared
their intention of becoming American citizens
may elect to serve in the Canadian armed forces.
The detailed procedure to be followed in such
cases is now being worked out by the Selective
Service System and the War Department.

The texts of the notes follow :

The Acting Secretary of State to the Canadian
Minister

"March 30, 1942.
"Sm:

"I have the honor to refer to conversations
which have taken place between officers of the
Canadian Legation and of the Department with
respect to the application of the United States
Salective Training and Service Act of 1940, as
amended, to Canadian nationals residing in the
United States.

"As you are aware the Act provides that with
certain exceptions every male citizen of the

United States and every other male person re-
siding in the United States between the ages of
18 and 65 shall register. The Act further pro-
vides that, with certain exceptions, registrants
within specified age limits are liable for active
military service in the United States armed
forces.

"This Government recognizes that from the
standpoint of morale of the individuals con-
cerned and the over-all military effort of the
countries at war with the Axis Powers, it would
be desirable to permit certain classes of individ-
uals who have registered or who may register
under the Selective Training and Service Act of
1940, as amended, to enlist in the armed forces
of a co-belligerent country, should they desire to
do so. It will be recalled that during the World
War this Government signed conventions with
certain associated powers on this subject. The
United States Government believes, however,
that under existing circumstances the same ends
may now be accomplished through administra-
tive action, thus obviating the delays incident to
the signing and ratification of conventions.

"This Government is prepared, therefore, to
initiate a procedure which will permit aliens who
have registered under the Selective Training and
Service Act of 1940, as amended, who are na-
tionals of co-belligerent countries and who have
not declared their intention of becoming Amer-

316

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

ican citizens to elect to serve in the forces of
their respective countries, in lieu of service in
the armed forces of the United States, at any
time prior to their induction into the armed
forces of this country. Individuals who so elect
will be physically examined by the armed forces
of the United States, and if found physically
qualified, the results of such examinations will be
forwarded to the proper authorities of the co-
belligerent nation for determination of accept-
ability. Upon receipt of notification that an
individual is acceptable and also receipt of the
necessary travel and meal vouchers from the co-
belligerent government involved, the appro-
priate State Director of the Selective Service
System will direct the local Selective Service
Board having jurisdiction in the case to send the
individual to a designated reception point for
induction into active service in the armed forces
of the co-belligerent country. If upon arrival
it is found that the individual is not acceptable
to the armed forces of the co-belligerent coun-
try, he shall be liable for immediate induction
into the armed forces of the United States.

"Before the above-mentioned procedure will
be made effective with respect to a co-belligerent
country, this Department wishes to receive from
the diplomatic representative in Washington of
that country a note stating that his government
desires to avail itself of the procedure and in so
doing agrees that :

"(a) No threat or compulsion of any nature
will be exercised by his government to induce
any person in the United States to enlist in
the forces of any foreign government;

"(b) Reciprocal treatment will be granted
to American citizens by his government ; that
is, prior to induction in the armed forces of
his government they will be granted the op-
portunity of electing to serve in the armed
forces of the United States in substantially
the same manner as outlined above.

"(c) No enlistments will be accepted in the
United States by his government of American
citizens subject to registration or of aliens of
any nationality who have declared their inten-
tion of becoming American citizens and are
subject to registration,

"This Government is prepared to make the
proposed regime effective immediately with re-
spect to Canada upon the receipt from you of a
note stating that your government desires to
participate in it and agrees to the stipulations
set forth in lettered paragraphs (a), (b), and
(c) above.

"Accept [etc.] Sumner Welles"

The Canadian Charge d? Affaires ad interim to
the Acting Secretary of State

"Canadian Legation,
"Washington, April 6, 191$.

"Sir:

"I have the honour to refer to your Note of
March 30, 1942, concerning the application of
the United States Selective Training and Serv-
ice Act of 1940, as amended, to Canadian
nationals residing in the United States.

"2. In your note you make certain proposals
which, so far as they affect Canada, may be set
forth as follows: —

"(1) The Government of the United
States is prepared to initiate a procedure
which will permit non-declarant Canadian
nationals who register under the United
States Selective Training and Service Act of
1940, as amended, to elect, at any time prior
to their induction into the Armed Forces of
the United States, to serve in the Naval, Mili-
tary or Air Forces of Canada in lieu of serv-
ice in the Armed Forces of the United States.
Individuals who elect for service with the
Canadian Forces will be physically examined
by the Armed Forces of the United States;
if they are found to be physically qualified,
the results of the examinations will be for-
warded to the proper authorities of Canada.
On receipt from the Canadian Government of
notification that an individual is acceptable
and also receipt of the necessary travel and
meal vouchers, the appropriate State Direc-
tor of the Selective Service System will di-
rect the local Selective Service Board con-
cerned to send the individual to a designated
reception point for induction into the Naval,

APRIL 11, 1942

317

Military or Air Forces of Canada. If, on ar-
rival at the reception point, the individual is
found to be not acceptable to the Naval, Mili-
tary or Air Forces of Canada, he shall be
liable for immediate induction into the
Armed Forces of the United States.

"(2) The Government of the United States
is prepared to make the proposed regime ef-
fective immediately with respect to Canada on
receipt of a note stating that the Canadian
Government desires to participate in the re-
gime and agrees to the following stipula-
tions : —

"(a) The Canadian Government shall not
exercise any threat or compulsion of any
nature to induce any person in the United
States to enlist in the Naval, Military or
Air Forces of Canada or of any other for-
eign Government;

"(b) The Canadian Government shall
grant reciprocal treatment to United States
citizens, that is, United States citizens sub-
ject to compulsory military service in Can-
ada shall, prior to induction into the Naval,
Military or Air Forces of Canada, be grant-
ed the opportunity of electing to serve in
the Armed Forces of the United States in
substantially the same manner as that out-
lined above;

"(c) The Canadian Government shall not
accept enlistments in the United States from
United States citizens subject to registra-
tion or from aliens of any nationality who
have declared their intention of becoming
United States citizens and are subject to
registration.

"3. The policy of the Canadian Government
and Canadian legislation have been based on the
assumption that measures applying compulsory
military service to aliens should be founded
upon agreement with the interested Govern-
ments. The Canadian Government is of the
opinion that difficulties might arise if there were
general recognition of a right to conscript aliens,
implying corresponding rights in other coun-
tries to conscript Canadian nationals. The Ca-
nadian Government, however, does not wish to

raise a legal objection at the present time. In
view of the close cooperation between Canada
and the United States in the prosecution of the
war, and in view of the time that will be saved
and of the other undoubted, practical advantages
to be derived from the acceptance of these
United States proposals, the Canadian Govern-
ment is prepared to cooperate with the Govern-
ment of the United States by participating in
the regime set forth above, full reciprocity on all
points being assured by the United States
Government.

"4. The Canadian Government agrees to stip-
ulation (a) on the understanding that the United
States Government is willing, if requested, to
make a reciprocal promise. It is understood, of
course, that the engagement set out in stipula-
tion (a) is limited to the present case and, fur-
thermore, that it is not intended to prevent the
Canadian Government from declaring the legal
liability of Canadians everywhere, including the
United States, to serve in the Canadian Forces,
so long as nothing is said or done by the Cana-
dian Government in the United States by way
of threat or compulsion. The reason for this
reservation is that Canada may decide in the
future to create a general legal liability of Cana-
dians abroad to serve in the Canadian Forces
similar to the existing provision in the United
States Selective Training and Service Act im-
posing a liability on United States citizens every-
where. If Canada creates such a liability, the
Canadian Government would not wish to exclude
any part of the globe.

"5. The Canadian Government agrees to stip-
ulation (b) on the understanding, firstly, that
the United States Government is agreeable to
the Canadian Government imposing a liability
to compulsory military service on United States
citizens residing in Canada, and secondly, that
declarant United States citizens in Canada, like
declarant Canadian nationals in the United
States, will not be granted an opportunity of
electing to serve in the armed forces of the
country of which they are nationals.

"6. The Canadian Government agrees to stip-
ulation (c) on a basis of reciprocity, that is, that
the United States will not accept enlistments in

318

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Canada from Canadian nationals or from de-
clarant aliens of any nationality who may be
subject to liability to compulsory military
service under Canadian law.

"7. The Canadian Government assumes that
the words 'active service in the armed forces of
the co-belligerent country' in paragraph four
of your Note mean, so far as Canada is con-
cerned, full time duty in the Naval, Military or
Air Forces of Canada.

"8. The Canadian Government understands
that nothing in this exchange of notes will be
construed as imposing any obligation on the
Canadian Government to return to the United
States Canadian nationals who may be deemed
to be draft delinquents under United States law.

"9. In order that non-declarant Canadian na-
tionals in the United States may be informed
of the conditions of service in the Naval, Mili-
tary and Air Forces of Canada, National De-
fense Headquarters in Ottawa will give the
Selective Service System of the United States
copies of a pamphlet setting forth the condi-
tions of service, on the understanding that the
Selective Service System will make the pam-
phlets available to non-declarant Canadian na-
tionals who are called up for induction into the
Armed Forces of the United States.

"10. The Canadian Government trusts that
Canadian nationals who are permanent resi-
dents of the United States and who elect for
service in the Naval, Military or Air Forces of
Canada and are accepted by one of those Forces
will be permitted to return to the United States
at any time within six months after the termina-
tion of their service with the Canadian Forces.

"I have [etc.]

H. H. Wrong
For the Minister"

The Acting Secretary of State to the Canadian
Charge d' Affaires ad interim

"April 8, 1942.
"Sib:

"I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt
of your note no. 222 of April 6, 1942, referring
to my note of March 30 concerning the applica-

tion of the United States Selective Training and
Service Act of 1940', as amended, to Canadian
nationals residing in the United States and stat-
ing that the Canadian Government is prepared
to cooperate with the Government of the United
States by participating in the regime outlined in
my note of March 30, on the understanding that
full reciprocity on all points contained therein
will be accorded by the Government of the
United States.

"I am pleased to inform you that the Govern-
ment of the United States hereby assures the
Government of Canada full reciprocity with re-
spect to the regime in question and likewise
agrees to the understandings, limitations, and
assumptions set forth in numbered paragraphs 4
through 9 inclusive of your note under acknowl-
edgment.

''With respect to numbered paragraph 10 of
your note relating to the return to the United
States of Canadian nationals who elect to serve
in the Naval, Military or Air Forces of Canada
and are accepted by one of those forces, you are
informed that the Department of State is re-
questing the Department of Justice to recom-
mend to the Congress of the United States the
adoption of appropriate legislation with a view
to simplifying to the fullest extent possible the
reentry to the United States of the individuals
in question at any time within six months after
the termination of their service with the Cana-
dian forces.

"Accept [etc.] Sumner Welles"

ECONOMIC ASSISTANCE TO
NORTH AFRICA

[Released to the press April 7]

As a result of conversations with the French
Government relating to a resumption of the
program of economic assistance under the North
African agreement, 1 satisfactory assurances
with regard to the issues involved have been
received from the French Government, which
will permit the agreed departure of two French

1 Bulletin of Nov. 22, 1941, p. 407.

APRIL 11, 1942

319

vessels now in New York with cargoes of limited
supplies for North Africa.

Conditions governing previous shipments
with the undertaking that the supplies thus re-
ceived or their equivalent shall not in any way
serve to further Axis ends will likewise regu-
late these shipments and their distribution to

the local populations under the direct supervi-
sion of American control officers. No military
supplies of any character are to be included in
the shipments.

It is also agreed that a simultaneous departure
of two ships carrying materials from North
Africa to the United States will take place.

ADDRESS BY THE AMERICAN AMBASSADOR TO CUBA TO THE CUBAN CHAMBER
OF COMMERCE IN THE UNITED STATES 2

[Released to the press April !)]

Mr. Chairman, Excellency, Gentlemen :

To be received with such cheering hospitality
by this distinguished company, under the
auspices of the Cuban Chamber of Commerce, is
an honor which I shall always cherish with
pride and satisfaction. To each of you I ex-
press my sincerest thanks for your courtesy to
me here today.

Your cordial welcome makes it appropriate
and timely that I confide in you, and through
you in our Cuban friends, at least a few of the
many and varied emotions which stir me on this
fine occasion.

To the high privilege of serving in Cuba as
the Ambassador of the United States and of our
great President, Franklin Delano Roosevelt,
there must be added the exhilarating pleasure
with which I anticipate residing in that isle of
enchantment.

That I follow in Habana a line of our ablest
diplomats, such as Sumner Welles, George Mes-
sersmith, and others, impresses upon me the high
standards of representation which have been set
there and inspires me with ambition to approach
those standards so far as my talents permit.

That the friendly and cooperative relations
which bind Cuba and the United States must en-
dure, be fortified, and augmented is imperative.
It places upon my illustrious colleague, His Ex-
cellency Ambassador Concheso, 3 and me a

' Delivered by the Honorable Spruille Braden April
9, 1942.
s Cuban Ambassador to the United States.

454227—42 2

measure of responsibility to which we are fully
alert. Moreover, especially in these grave times,
it exacts from all of us — Cubans or Americans —
our utmost effort.

To the attainment of these and related ends I
shall unremittingly dedicate my every thought
and action.

Never have falsehood, treachery, and murder
been so exalted as principles of government as by
Hitler, Tojo, and their accomplices. Never have
whole nations been so morally debauched as are
the followers of those perfidious gangsters.

Never has liberty been so imperiled. Even
had the American republics failed to win their
independence, life for them would have been
incomparably more endurable than it possibly
could be under the heel of our present enemies.

As one peace-loving nation after another has
tragically learned, no people is safe from unpro-
voked and cruel aggression. Never, never before
have the American republics been so menaced as
they are now by those ruthless fanatics who, in
order to dominate all that is on the earth, would
destroy civilization and, if needs be, even hu-
manity itself. To compromise with such is un-
thinkable. The issue is clearly defined: if we
are to survive, they must perish ; our system and
theirs cannot exist in the same world.

For years the preparations by these would-be
conquerors for the impending conflict distorted
commerce, industry, and finance, until finally
actual hostilities have destroyed trade and tran-
quillity over vast areas. It is therefore perti-

320

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

nent to recollect that clue solely to the efficient
functioning of our prescient inter-American
system, the evil consequences of these develop-
ments have so far been largely minimized on
this hemisphere.

The United States will continue by all appro-
priate means to assist its neighbors; it will pur-
chase liberally from them; it will aid their pub-
lic works ; it will help their industries, especially
in the production of strategic materials; it will
seek to supply their needs with at least as favor-
able treatment as we accord our own civilian
requirements; and it will make secure our inter-
American transportation media.

Nevertheless, I would be less than candid did
I not emphasize that despite all our combined
exertions every country and every citizen of
North, Central, and South America will have
to undergo hardship and privation. This all-
embracing conflict in which we are engaged is
a veritable cataclysm. Its repercussions — eco-
nomic, political, and social — cannot be other-
wise than brutally devastal ing. To win the war
may involve a fabulous expenditure of life and
property, but if thereby we preserve the funda-
mentals of our Christian moralit} 7 and of our
democratic systems of government, we will reso-
lutely pay the price.

To win the war will require the unreserved
dedication and concerted effort of the Amer-
ican republics. In this endeavor Cuba and the
United States will be in the forefront. By geo-
graphical propinquity and for their common
weal they are in all ways inextricably inter-
dependent. I use the word "interdependent"
not in the selfish sense of what either one may
acquire from the other but in the sense of the
good-neighbor policy of self-respect and respect
for the other and for the other's rights. Finally
and most important, there is interdependence in
our ideals and traditions: ideals of liberty and
of equality before the law both between indi-
viduals and between nations, and a tradition of
willingness to give all that we have and all that
we are for these ideals.

It is well to restate those truths today, when
the democracies, precisely because they loved
peace so ardently, were blind to the gathering

clouds of war and are suffering because they
did not prepare for it opportunely or adequate-
ly. However, it is encouraging to recall how
Cuban patriots throughout the nineteenth cen-
tury met setback after setback; how, to defeat
the toe. they freed their slaves and burned their
properties; how Marti, the apostle of independ-
ence, gave his life at Dos Rios; and how ulti-
mately these heroes, never discouraged by
adversity, struggled on to found a sovereign
nation.

Similarly, our forefathers stoically accepted
defeat upon defeat — Lexington, the evacuation
of Boston, Long Island, New York, the retreat
through New Jersey, and the agonies at Valley
Forge — until they too founded a sovereign
nation.

Peoples nurtured in these traditions of inde-
fatigable consecration and determination will
not lie discouraged by reverses. They will face
disappointments and temporary defeats, learn
lessons therefrom, and come back to win. De-
spite all the complicated readjustments in the
methods and quality of our living conditions
and the mistakes made in learning a new job,
we will have more and better arms, more and
better materiel, and more and better fighting
men than our opponents. But, what will be far
more decisive, we will be inspired by ideals of
liberty and decency. Cuba and the United
States, shoulder to shoulder, spiritually and
physically, will go forward to victory. The
triumph will be ours!

When that day of rejoicing comes, there will
be no rest since only half the task will be done.
We will have to exert ourselves no less than
now, not merely to heal our wounds, but with
other independent countries to build for pos-
terity a new world of security, of honesty, and
of progress.

We shall have to proceed so that all men,
freely and without fear, may elect the govern-
ments they desire and so live in dignity and
confidence. There will have to be equality of
opportunity in economic and social matters.
Justice must become a reality for nations and
individuals. There must be genuine freedom of
the seas and an opening of trade channels every-

APRIL 11, 1942

321

where, with equality of access to raw materials.
There should be intellectual collaboration and
the most complete interchange of ideas and of
works of art and of science. Force and threats
thereof must be eliminated from international
relations. Instead, under a system of law and
consultation, there must be a strict observance of
treaties, of non-intervention, and of mutual con-
sideration. There must be progressive disarma-
ment and firm security for large and small, for
strong and weak.

These are among the main objectives sought
by the American governments. Their attain-
ment is no Utopian dream. On the contrary, the
ideals of today will be the practical necessities
of tomorrow. Just as cannibalism, human sac-
rifice, slavery, and other evils have been eradi-
cated through the ages, so shall war, deception,
and injustice be removed from dealings between

nations. Great strides toward the fulfilment of
these aspirations have already been made in the
Western Hemisphere, thus proving that ideals
can be made to work in benefit of all concerned.
That is a basic accomplishment of the good-
neighbor policy. The many measures of an eco-
nomic or cultural character now under way are
valuable implements of our foreign policy ; but
its fundamental achievements are the peace, tol-
erance, and frank confidence which prevail be-
tween the 21 American republics and which are
so conspicuously demonstrated by the relation-
ship of Cuba and the United States. They are
friends — intimate friends — attached each to the
other by sentiments of affection, esteem, and
trust. As in 1898 they were allied to gain lib-
erty, now they are allies to preserve liberty.

It is in that spirit I assume the pleasurable
duties which lie before me in Cuba.

RULES GOVERNING EMPLOYMENT OF SEAMEN

[Released to the press April 9]

The Special Interdepartmental Committee on
Maritime Labor set up by the Department of
State, the Department of Justice, and the War
Shipping Administrator on February 14, 1942
reported on April 9 to the Acting Secretary of
State, the Attorney General, and the War Ship-
ping Administrator.

Its report dealt with the problems resulting
from the fact that seamen on United Nations
ships, under American law, could freely leave
their ships and transfer to other United Nations
ships. The practice of "floating" from ships of
one flag to ships of other flags has occasioned
delay in prompt turn-around of vessels engaged
in the war effort.

The Committee reported that it had secured
adoption by the War Shipping Administrator
of rules having the following results : 1

(1) Employment on Panamanian and Hon-
duran ships has in substance been closed to all
United Nations sailors (other than Americans,
Hondurans, and Panamanians) not heretofore

1 7 Federal Register 2761.

or presently employed on such ships. The
Panamanian and Honduran fleets are thus elim-
inated as competitors for LTnited Nations sea-
men.

(2) That ships flying the United States flag
be permitted to employ no seamen of the United
Nations (other than Americans) except:

(a) Alien seamen employed on American
ships on or prior to April 8, 1942;

(b) Alien seamen of the United Nations,
other than Canada, situated in the West-
ern Hemisphere ;

(c) Alien seamen presently in the United
States who have not been at sea or on
ships (other than American) subsequent
to September 1, 1939.

In addition to the foregoing:

(1) The Committee has recommended, and
the Department of Justice has instituted, en-
forcement of the laws against inducing illegal
entries of seamen into the United States.

(2) Through the Immigration Service and
with the assistance of the Bureau of Marine

322

Inspection and Navigation, the Committee has
instituted an informal spot conciliation and in-
spection service so that disputes which can be
settled on the ship can be heard and disposed
of immediately and without delay, and so that
in respect of conditions such remedial action
as is practicable can, where required, be
promptly secured.

(3) On recommendation of the Committee,
the Department of Justice has made certain var-
iations in its immigration practice. Shore leave
has been substituted for the presumption that a
seaman has a right to enter the United States
seeking other maritime employment. The rule
with regard to holding on board mala-fide sea-
men has been strengthened.

(4) "With the cooperation of the Federal Se-
curity Administration and of the Coast Guard,
the Committee is presently working on measures
which it is hoped will improve the morale of sea-
men. Included in this program are : (a) a better

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

patrolling of port areas; (b) better provisions
for sailors ashore; (c) provision for clubs and
facilities for sailors who are either on furlough
or awaiting ships.

The results of the measures taken have already
substantially reduced the difficulty. More
United Nations seamen have presented them-
selves as willing to ship out, and the number of
seamen who have been "floating" has been ma-
terially reduced.

The measures taken were made possible
through the cooperation of Admiral E. S. Land,
War Shipping Administrator; Attorney Gen-
eral Francis Biddle; the Federal Security Ad-
ministration ; and the Coast Guard.

The Committee is composed of A. A. Berle,
Jr., Assistant Secretary of State, Chairman;
Marshall E. Dimock, Associate Commissioner,
Immigration and Naturalization Service; and
Commissioner Edward Macauley and Robert G.
Hooker, Jr., representing the War Shipping
Administrator.

EMERGENCY ADVISORY COMMITTEE FOR POLITICAL DEFENSE

[Released to the press April 0]

The Governing Board of the Pan American
Union has invited the Government of the United
States to designate one of the seven members of
the Emergency Advisory Committee for Po-
litical Defense, which is being constituted pur-
suant to a resolution of the Third Meeting of the
Ministers of Foreign Affairs of the American
Republics, held in Rio de Janeiro in January
1942.

With the approval of the President, Mr. Carl
Spaeth, former Director of the American Hem-
isphere Office of the Board of Economic War-
fare, and former Assistant Coordinator of
Inter- American Affairs, has been designated a
member of the Committee.

The Emergency Advisory Committee for Po-
litical Defense will study and recommend to each

of the American governments members of the
Pan American Union appropriate measures for
the control of sabotage and all other types of
subversive activities directed by extracontinen-
tal forces against the ideals and security of the
Western Hemisphere. The members of the
Committee will serve not only as spokesmen for
their respective governments but also as the rep-
resentatives of all the American republics in a
collective sense.

The Committee will establish headquarters at
Montevideo upon the invitation of the Govern-
ment of Uruguay and it is anticipated that it
will continue its activities for the duration of
the present emergency. The inaugural meet-
ing of the Committee is scheduled to be held on
April 15.

APRIL 11, 1942

323

ARREST BY JAPANESE OF AMERICAN
OFFICERS IN FRENCH INDOCHINA

[Released to the press April 10]

The French Foreign Office on about March
28 informed the American Ambassador at
Vichy, Admiral William D. Leahy, that the fol-
lowing information had been received from the
Governor General of Indochina.

A captain, an aviation lieutenant, and three
aviation sergeant mechanics of the American
Army in a large American launch (15 by 3
meters) on March 22 arrived at a point close
to a lighthouse in Tourane Bay. The captain
remained in the launch, but the other four were
arrested by Japanese troops and sent to Japanese
barracks nearby. The Governor General in-
structed the French Resident to take possession
of the launch and to intern the commanding
officer. At the same time the Governor General
requested the Japanese mission to turn over the
four Americans to French authorities. The
Japanese, over French protest, seized the
launch and arrested the captain. The Governor
General has made numerous demarches to the
Japanese authorities but up to the time of re-
porting had been unable to obtain the release

of the captured Americans to French jurisdic-
tion. He was continuing his efforts.

The Department of State has instructed Am-
bassador Leahy to urge the French Govern-
ment to continue its efforts to cause the sur-
render of the five Americans to the French
authorities.

MESSAGE FROM THE PRESIDENT TO THE
KING OF NORWAY

[Released to the press April 9]

The President addressed the following tele-
gram on April 9, 1942, to His Majesty King
Haakon VII of Norway :

"On April 9 two years ago Nazi hordes
shocked the civilized world by invading with-
out any provocation your peaceful and law-
abiding country.

"Your Majesty's faith and the faith of the
Norwegian people in the cause of democracy and
the ultimate victory of the forces resisting ag-
gression has been and continues to be an inspira-
tion to the peoples of the United Nations.

Franklin D Roosevelt"

ENUMERATION OF ARMS, AMMUNITION, AND IMPLEMENTS OF WAR
PROCLAMATION BY THE PRESIDENT

[Released to the press April 9]

On April 9 the President issued the following
proclamation (no. 2549) on "Enumeration of
Arms, Ammunition, and Implements of War" :

"Whereas section 12 (i) of the joint resolu-
tion of Congress approved November 4, 1939,
entitled 'Joint resolution to preserve the neu-
trality and the peace of the United States and
to secure the safety of its citizens and their
interests', provides in part as follows (54 Stat.
11 ; 22 U. S. C. 452 (i)):

" 'The President is hereby authorized to pro-
claim upon recommendation of the Board from
time to time a list of articles which shall be

considered arms, ammunition, and implements
of war for the purposes of this section . . .'

"Now, therefore, I, Franklin D. Roosevelt,
President of the United States of America, act-
ing under and by virtue of the authority con-
ferred upon me by the said joint resolution of
Congress, and pursuant to the recommendation
of the National Munitions Control Board, de-
clare and proclaim that the articles listed below
shall, on and after April 15, 1942, be considered
arms, ammunition, and implements of war for
the purposes of section 12 (i) of the said joint
resolution of Congress :

324

"Category I

"(1) Rifles and carbines using ammunition
in excess of caliber .22, and barrels for those
weapons ;

"(2) Machine guns, automatic or autoloading
rifles, and machine pistols using ammunition in
excess of caliber .22, and barrels for those
weapons; machine-gun mounts;

"(3) Guns, howitzers, and mortars of all cali-
bers, their mountings and barrels;

" (4) Ammunition in excess of caliber .22 for
the arms enumerated under (1), (2), and (3)
above, and cartridge cases or bullets for such
ammunition ; shells and projectiles, filled or un-
filled, for the arms enumerated under (3)
above ;

"(5) Grenades, bombs, torpedoes, mines and
depth charges, filled or unfilled, and apparatus
for their use or discharge ;

"(6) Tanks, military armored vehicles, and
armored trains; armor plate and turrets for
such vehicles.
"Category II

"Vessels of war of all kinds, including aircraft
carriers and submarines, and armor plate and
turrets for such vessels.
"Category HI

"(1) Aircraft, unassembled, assembled, or
dismantled, both heavier and lighter than air,
which are designed, adapted, and intended for
aerial combat by the use of machine guns or of
artillery or for the carrying and dropping of
bombs, or which are equipped with, or which by
reason of design or construction are prepared
for, any of the appliances referred to in para-
graph (2)T)elow;

"(2) Aerial gun mounts and frames, bomb
racks, torpedo carriers, and bomb-release or tor-
pedo-release mechanisms; armor plate and tur-
rets for military aircraft.

"Category IV

"(1) Revolvers and automatic pistols using
ammunition in excess of caliber .22 ;

" (2) Ammunition in excess of caliber .22 for
the arms enumerated under (1) above, and car-
tridge cases or bullets for such ammunition.

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

"Category V

"(1) Aircraft, unassembled, assembled or
dismantled, both heavier and lighter than air,
other than those included in category III ;

"(2) Propellers or air-screws, fuselages,
hulls, wings, tail units, and under-carriage
units;

"(3) Aircraft engines, unassembled, assem-
bled, or dismantled.
"Category VI

"(1) Livens projectors, flame throwers, and
fire-barrage projectors;

"(2) a. Mustard gas, (dichlorethyl sul-
phide) ;

b. Lewisite (chlorvinyldichlorarsine

and dichlordivinylchlorarsine) ;

c. Methyldichlorarsine ;

d. Diphenylchlorarsine ;

e. Diphenylcyanarsine;

f . Dipheny laminechlorarsine ;

g. Phenyldichlorarsine;
h. Ethyldichlorarsine ;

i. Phenyldibromarsine ;

j. Ethyldibromarsine;

k. Phosgene ;

1. Monochlormethylchlorf ormate ;
m. Trichlormethylchlorformate (di-
phosgene) ;

n. Dichlordimethyl ether;

o. Dibromdimethyl ether ;

p. Cyanogen chloride;

q. Ethylbromacetate ;

r. Ethyliodoacetate;

s. Brombenzylcyanide ;

t. Bromacetone ;

u. Biommethylethyl ketone.
"Category VII

"(1) Propellant powders;
"(2) High explosives as follows:

a. Nitrocellulose having a nitrogen con-

tent of more than 12%;

b. Trinitrotoluene;

c. Trinitroxylene;

d. Tetryl (trinitrophenol methyl nitra-

mine or 'tetranitro methylani-
line') ;

e. Picric acid;

APRIL U, 1942

325

f. Ammonium picrate;

g. Trinitroanisol;

h. Trinitronaphthalene ;
i. Tetranitronaphthalene ;

j. Hexanitrodiphenylamine ;

k. Pentaerythritetetranitrate (penthrite
or pentrite) ;

1. Trimethylenetrinitramine (hexogen
orT 4 );

m. Potassium nitrate powders (black
saltpeter powder) ;

n. Sodium nitrate powders (black soda
powder) ;

o. Amatol (mixture of ammonium ni-
trate and trinitrotoluene) ;

p. Ammonal (mixture of ammonium
nitrate, trinitrotoluene, and pow-
dered aluminum, with or without
other ingredients) ;

q. Schneiderite (mixture of ammonium
nitrate and dinitronaphthalene,
with or without other ingredients).

"Effective April 15, 1942, this proclamation
shall supersede Proclamation 2237, dated May
1, 1937, entitled 'Enumeration of Arms, Am-
munition, and Implements of War'.

"In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my
hand and caused the Seal of the United States
of America to be affixed.

"Done at the city of Washington this 9th
day of April in the year of our Lord nineteen
hundred and forty-two, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the one hun-
dred and sixty-sixth."

American Republics

ECONOMIC COLLABORATION WITH MEXICO
JOINT STATEMENT BY UNDER SECRETARY WELLES AND FOREIGN MINISTER PADILLA

[Released to the press April 8]

It has been not only a pleasure for us to
renew our friendship formed at the meeting
of Foreign Ministers at Rio de Janeiro but also
a very real opportunity for exchanging views
and reaching agreements regarding matters of
the first magnitude to the two countries.

In the short space of a few days we have
agreed on a number of arrangements that not
only will develop the economic life of Mexico
and the United States but will greatly speed the
war effort of the United States.

(1) Trade agreennent.

Last fall our two Governments agreed to
study the possibilities of negotiating a trade
agreement to expand commerce between the two
countries. The preliminary studies having in-
dicated that a satisfactory basis for a trade
agreement exists, our two Governments made
formal announcement on April 4 of their

intention to negotiate a trade agreement. Nego-
tiations will begin immediately after the com-
pletion of the public hearings required by United
States procedure, which will be held beginning
May 18.

{2) Industrial enterprises.

Continuing the program of cooperation in the
development of industries in Mexico which was
undertaken last fall, we have agreed that our
two Governments shall collaborate in the estab-
lishment in Mexico of a series of basic indus-
tries to meet Mexican consumption needs and
to supply goods required by the war effort of
the United States. These industries will be
established in Mexico through cooperation be-
tween private investors and the Mexican Gov-
ernment, and the Export -Import Bank will give
careful consideration to the possibility of pro-
viding through the Nacional Financiera, S.A.,
credits for the acquisition in individual cases in

326

the United States of materials and equipment
that cannot be provided in Mexico. The obliga-
tions thus acquired by the Export-Import
Bank will bear the guaranty of the Mexican
Government.

Several important specific projects are under
consideration, including a steel- and tin-plate
rolling mill. In the granting of priority rating
for the machinery, equipment, or other material
produced in the United States, the paramount
criterion will be the degree to which each spe-
cific project contributes to the war effort of the
United States and the security of the hemi-
sphere.

(3) Priorities and allocations.

"We have had mutually beneficial conversa-
tions regarding the organization and procedure
for handling priorities and allocations matters,
and arrangements have been concluded for the
Mexican Under Secretary of Finance, Licen-
ciado Kampn Beteta, to establish a special office
and organization in Washington for purposes
of insuring the closest collaboration with the
appropriate authorities of the United States.
The allocation for the second quarter of 1942 by
the Government of the United States of specific
quantities of 45 major export articles, which was
announced on April 4, provides a definite work-
ing basis for export commerce between the
United States and Mexico based on careful ex-
amination of Mexico's needs in relation to the
war production effort of the United States.

(4) Mexican railways.

"We have agreed that an immediate survey of
the needs of the Mexican railway-transporta-
tion system is highly desirable in order to deter-
mine the materials that are required to enable
this system to function properly in the support
of Mexico's economy in order to permit it to
transport to the United States the strategic war
materials being produced in ever-increasing
quantities in Mexico. A United States expert
has been sent to Mexico to make this study
jointly with an expert appointed by the Mexi-
can Government. They have been requested
to present their report within 30 days. In
anticipation of the report of these experts, the

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

War Production Board is taking into con-
sideration Mexico's needs of rolling stock in
formulating the United States manufacturing
program of such materiel for the coming year.

(5) Shipyai'ds.

In view of the urgent need for cargo vessels
and of the existence of certain shipbuilding
facilities in Mexico, we have agreed that experts
from our two Governments should immediately
determine what construction of small cargo ves-
sels in Mexico is feasible. On the basis of this
study the United States Government will en-
deavor, taking into account the demand in the
United States for shipbuilding, to make avail-
able to Mexico the materiel and the tools
required.

(6) Iligh-octane gasoline plant.

In view of the desirability of establishing a
high-octane gasoline plant in Mexico, we have
agreed that a plant should be constructed as
soon as the necessary equipment can be spared.

BURIAL OF CHILEAN STUDENT
AVIATOR

[Released to the press April 6]

Epifanio J. Sobrino, a Chilean student en-
gaged in aviation training under the inter-
American program of the United States
Government, crashed on March 28, 1942 while
on a routine training flight at Garner Field,
Uvalde, Tex. He was buried at Arlington Na-
tional Cemetery on April 6 following requiem
services which took place at Arlington Chapel.
The staff of the Chilean Embassy and repre-
sentatives of the Civil Aeronautics Administra-
tion, the Defense Supplies Corporation, the
War Department, and the State Department
were present.

His brother, Seiior Ernesto Sobrino, a pilot
trainee under the same program at Plains Air-
ways, Cheyenne, "Wyo., accompanied the body
from Texas. Senorita Felise Sobrino, a sister,
resides at Glendale, Calif.

Commercial Policy

TRADE - AGREEMENT NEGOTIATIONS WITH MEXICO

[Released to the press April 11 ]

Pursuant to section 4 of an act of Congress
approved June 12, 1934, entitled "An Act to
Amend the Tariff Act of 1930", as extended by
Public Resolution 61, approved April 12, 1940,
and to Executive Order 6750, of June 27, 1934,
public notice of intention to negotiate a trade
agreement with the Government of Mexico was
issued on April 4, 1942. In connection with
that notice, the Acting Secretary of State pub-
lished a list of products on which the United
States will consider the granting of concessions
to Mexico, and announced that concessions on
products not included in the list would not be
considered unless supplementary announcement
were made.

The Acting Secretary of State now announces
that the products described below have been
added to the list issued on April 4, 1942.

The Committee for Reciprocity Information
has prescribed that all information and views
in writing and all applications for supplemental
oral presentation of views relating to products
included in this supplementary list shall be
submitted to it not later than 12 o'clock noon,
May 4, 1942. They should be addressed to "The
Chairman, Committee for Reciprocity Informa-
tion, Tariff Commission Building, Eighth and
E Streets NW., Washington, D. C." Supple-
mental oral statements with regard to any prod-
uct contained in the supplementary list will be
heard at the public hearing beginning at 10 a.m.
on May 18, 1942, before the Committee for
Reciprocity Information, in the hearing room
of the Tariff Commission in the Tariff Commis-
sion Building, unless persons interested in these
products request that they be heard at a later
date acceptable to the Committee.

Suggestions with regard to the form and con-
tent of presentations addressed to the Committee
for Reciprocity Information are included in a
statement released by that Committee on
December 13, 1937.

Committee tor Reciprocity Information

trade-agreement negotiations with mexico

Public Notice

Supplementary List of Products

Closing date for submission of briefs, May 4.
1942 ; closing date for application to be heard,
May 4, 1942; public hearings open, May 18,
1942.

The Committee for Reciprocity Information
hereby gives notice that all information and
views in writing, and all applications for sup-
plemental oral presentation of views, with re-
gard to the supplementary list of products
announced by the Acting Secretary of State on
this date in connection with the negotiation of a
trade agreement with the Government of
Mexico, shall be submitted to the Committee for
Reciprocity Information not later than 12
o'clock noon, May 4, 1942. Such communica-
tions should be addressed to "The Chairman,
Committee for Reciprocity Information, Tariff
Commission Building, Eighth and E Streets
NW., Washington, D. C."

A public hearing will be held, beginning at
10 a. m. on May 18, 1942, before the Committee
for [Reciprocity Information, in the hearing
room of the Tariff Commission in the Tariff
Commission Building, when supplemental oral
statements will be heard with regard to the
products contained in the supplementary list,
unless persons interested in these products re-
quest that they be heard at a later date accept-
able to the Committee.

827

328

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

scribed made written application for a hearing,
and statements made at such hearings shall be
under oath.

By direction of the Committee for Keci-
procity Information this 11th day of April
1942.

E. M. Whitcomb
Acting Secretary
Washington, D.C.,
April 11, 1942.

In the event that articles which are at present
regarded as classifiable under the descriptions
included in the following list are excluded there-
from by judicial decision or otherwise prior to
the conclusion of the agreement, the list will
nevertheless be considered as including such
articles.

United
States

Tariff Act
of 1930

Paragraph

Description of article

Distilled spirits, not specially provided

for.
Leather (except leather provided for
in subparagraph (d) of paragraph
1530 of the Tariff Act of 1930),
made from hides or skins of cattle
of the bovine species:
(1) Sole or belting leather (including
offal), rough, partly finished,
finished, curried, or cut or
wholly or partly manufactured
into outer or inner soles, blocks,
strips, counters, taps, box toes,
or any forms or shapes suitable
for conversion into boots, shoes,
footwear, or belting.
Photographic-film negatives, imported
in any form, for use in any way in
connection with moving-picture
exhibits, or for making or repro-
ducing pictures for such exhibits,
except undeveloped negative
moving-picture film of American
manufacture exposed abroad for
silent or sound news reel:

Exposed but not developed

Exposed and developed _.

Photographic-film positives, imported
in any form, for use in any way in
connection with moving-picture
exhibits, including berein all mov-
ing, motion, motophotography,
or cinematography film pictures,
prints, positives, or duplicates of
every kind and nature, and of
whatever substance made.

Present rate of
duty

15 per proof gal-
lon.

1i per lin. ft.
3( per lin. ft.
It per lin. ft.

General

"In the trade agreement with the United Kingdom, effective January
1, 1939, the rate ot duty on articles classified under this subparagraph was
reduced from 12H percent ad valorem to 10 percent ad valorem.

CHINESE STUDENTS IN THE
UNITED STATES

[Released to the press April 9]

As a result of abnormal conditions arising out
of the war, a number of the approximately 950
Chinese students now in the United States are
unable to continue their studies or to return to
China. In view of this situation, arrangements
have been made with the Department of Justice
to permit such students, in case of need, to
accept employment in this country.

A few Chinese scientific and technical stu-
dents have already been employed by American
industrial, transportation, and scientific organ-
izations. It is hoped that additional students
may be placed in American industry and that
other Chinese students may find employment in
educational institutions, libraries, foundations,
hospitals, publishing houses, etc.

Organizations and individuals interested in
obtaining information in regard to the quali-
fications of Chinese students should communi-
cate with the Director of the China Institute in
America, an agent of the Chinese Government,
at 119 West Fifty-seventh Street, New York,
N.Y. In cases where employment would in-
volve work under "classified" war contracts, the
organization concerned should also communi-
cate with the War Department or the Navy
Department, which will furnish the alien-
questionnaire forms whereby necessary per-
mission is obtained for non-American employees
to work in certain restricted plants. The War
Department and the Navy Department state
that a number of Chinese students have already
been approved for work on such war production
and that immediate attention will be given to
applications.

The Department of State is confident that
American industrial, educational, and other
organizations and individuals will respond to
the opportunity which is offered to assist Chi-
nese students in this emergency. Such response

APRIL 11, 1942

329

would not only help to solve financial problems
which confront the students thus affected but
would be of assistance to China in the prosecu-
tion of her war effort by enabling additional
numbers of her young men to acquire practical
training along lines which would make them
immediately available for useful service to
their country upon their return to China.

The Foreign Service

PERSONNEL CHANGES

[Released to the press April 11]

The following changes have occurred in the
American Foreign Service since April 4, 1942 :

Austin C. Brady, of Santa Fe, N. Mex., for-
merly Consul General at Rangoon, Burma, is
retiring from the Foreign Service effective
June 1, 1942.

Theodore J. Hadraba, of Omaha, Nebr., now
serving in the Department of State, has been
designated Third Secretary of Legation at
Bern, Switzerland.

George J. Haering, of Huntington Station,
N. Y., Consul at Vigo, Spain, has been desig-
nated Second Secretary of Embassy and Consul
at Madrid, Spain, and will serve in dual
capacity.

The assignment of Douglas Henderson, of
Weston, Mass., as Vice Consul at Colon, Pan-
ama, has been canceled. In lieu thereof, Mr.
Henderson has been assigned as Vice Consul at
Nogales, Sonora, Mexico.

Philip Holland, of Jackson, Tenn., Consul
General at Liverpool, England, is retiring from
the Foreign Service effective September 1, 1942.

J. Winsor Ives, of Champaigne, 111., Consul
at Lisbon, Portugal, has been designated Com-
mercial Attache at Lisbon, Portugal.

Stuart W. Rockwell, of Radnor, Pa., Vice
Consul at Panama, Panama, has been desig-
nated Third Secretary of Embassy and Vice
Consul at Panama, Panama, and will serve in
dual capacity.

James P. Speer, 2d, of Comanche, Okla,,
Third Secretary of Embassy and Vice Consul
at Mexico, D.F., Mexico, has been assigned as
Vice Consul at Valdivia, Chile.

Laurence W. Taylor, of Bakersfield, Calif.,
formerly Third Secretary of Embassy at Paris,
France, has been assigned as Consul at Brazza-
ville, French Equatorial Africa, where an
American Consulate General will be established.

The Department

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

Mr. Felton M. Johnston was appointed
Assistant to Assistant Secretary of State (Mr.
Long) on legislative matters, effective on
April 1, 1942 (Departmental Order 1042).

Publications

Department of State

The Program of the Department of State in Cultural
Relations. Reprinted from the "Department of State
Appropriation Bill for 1943: Hearings Before the
Subcommittee of the Committee on Appropriations,
House of Representatives, Seventy-seventh Congress,
Second Session, on the Department of State Appro-
priation Bill for 1943." Inter-American Series 21.
Publication 1702. 32 pp. 50.

Laws and Regulations Affecting the Control of Persons
Entering and Leaving the United States. February
1, 1942. Publication 1709. iv, 43 pp. 100.

Expropriation of Petroleum Properties : Agreement Be-
tween the United States of America and Mexico —
Effected by exchange of notes signed November 19,
1941. Executive Agreement Series 234. Publication
1710. 7 pp. 50.

Foreign Consular Offices in the United States. Febru-
ary 1, 1942. Publication 1715. iv, 49 pp. 150.

Other Government Agencies

Foreign Trade of the United States in Agricultural
Products [statistics for year 1941]. 1942. (Depart-
ment of Agriculture.) 53 pp. 100.

Treaty Information

Compiled in the Treaty Division

CLAIMS

Convention With Mexico

On April 9, 1942 the President proclaimed
the Convention for the Adjustment and Settle-
ment of Certain Outstanding Claims between
the United States and Mexico, which was
signed at Washington on November 19, 1941.

LEGAL ASSISTANCE

Protocol on Uniformity of Powers of Attorney
Which Are To Be Utilized Abroad

United States

On April 3, 1942 the President ratified the
Protocol on Uniformity of Powers of Attorney
Which Are To Be Utilized Abroad, which was
opened for signature at the Pan American
Union on February 17, 1940 and was signed ad
referendum on behalf of the United States on
October 3, 1941.

TELECOMMUNICATIONS

International Telecommunication Convention,
Revisions of Cairo, 1938

French Colonies

According to information contained in notifi-
cation 395, dated November 16, 1941, from the
International ' Telecommunication Union at
Bern the Bureau received on October 23, 1941
a letter from the Secretary of State of the
Colonies at Vichy stating that the French Gov-
ernment had approved for the French Colonies
the following revisions of the Regulations an-
nexed to the International Telecommunication
Convention of 1932, as adopted at Cairo on
April 8, 1938 : The Telegraph Regulations and
Final Protocol, the General Radio Regulations
and Final Protocol, and the Additional Radio
Regulations and Additional Protocol.
330

EXTRADITION

Treaty With Great Britain

India

By a note dated March 29, 1942 the British
Ambassador at Washington gave notice to the
Secretary of State of the accession of His
Majesty the King of Great Britain, Ireland and
the British Dominions beyond the Seas, Em-
peror of India, on behalf of India to the Extradi-
tion Treaty between the United States and
Great Britain signed on December 22, 1931.
The notice is given under the terms of article
14 of the treaty and states that according to the
Order in Council dated February 23, 1942, the
accession should have effect as from the ninth
of March 1942.

ARMED FORCES

Exchange of Notes With Canada Regarding Ap-
plication of Selective Service Act to Canadian
Nationals in the United States

The texts of notes exchanged between the
Acting Secretary of State, Sumner Welles, and
the Canadian Charge d'Affaires ad interim,
Hume H. Wrong, in regard to the application
of the United States Selective Training and
Service Act of 1940, as amended, to Canadian
nationals residing in the United States, appears
in this Bulletin under the heading "The War".

FLORA AND FAUNA

Convention on Nature Protection and Wildlife
Preservation in the Western Hemisphere

Mexico

The Director General of the Pan American
Union informed the Secretary of State by a
letter dated April 7, 1942 that the instrument of

APRIL 11, 1942

331

ratification by Mexico of the Convention on
Nature Protection and Wildlife Preservation in
the Western Hemisphere, which was opened for
signature at the Pan American Union on Octo-
ber 12, 1940, was deposited with the Union on
March 27, 1942. The instrument of ratification
is dated February 26, 1942.

AGRICULTURE
Joint Agricultural Arrangements With Canada

An announcement regarding the approval by
the President of two joint arrangements affect-
ing agriculture, which were recommended by
the Joint Economic Committees of Canada and
the United States, together with the texts of
the recommendations, appears in this Bulletin
under the heading "The War".

Legislation

Development of United States Foreign Policy: Ad-
dresses and Messages of Franklin D. Roosevelt.
Compiled from official sources, intended to present
the chronological development of the foreign policy
of the United States from the announcement of the
good-neighbor policy in 1933, including the war decla-
rations. S. Doc. 188, 77th Cong. 150 pp.
Sixth Supplemental National Defense Appropriation
Bill for 1942 :
Hearings before the Subcommittee of the Commit-
tee on Appropriations, United States Senate, 77th
Cong., 2d sess., on H.R. 6868. 219 pp.
S. Rept. 1257, 77th Cong., on H.R. 6868. 8 pp.
Red Cross Convention of 1929 : Message from the Presi-
dent of the United States transmitting a report from
the Acting Secretary of State with an accompany-
ing draft bill, designed the more effectively to carry
out our obligations under the Red Cross Convention
of 1929. H. Doc. 693, 77th Cong. 3 pp.

Regulations

Restriction of Employment of Certain Foreign Nationals
on Vessels. April 9, 1942. (War Shipping Adminis-
tration.) 7 Federal Register 2761.

f PRINTING OFFICE: 1942

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. — IMce 10 cents ----- Subscription price, $2.75 a year

PUBLISHED WEEKLY WITH THE APPROVAL OF THE DIBECTOn OP THE BTJBEAU Off THE BUDGET

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

BULLETIN

APRIL 18, 1942
Vol. VI, No. 147 — Publication 1731

(^ ontents

The War p age

United States policy toward France and the French

people 335

Coordination of air training programs of the United Na-
tions: Joint statement by the President of the United

States and the Prime Minister of Canada 336

Economic assistance to North Africa 337

Proclaimed List of Certain Blocked Nationals, Supple-
ment 3 to Revision I 337

Additional duties of the Board of Economic Warfare . . . 337
Severances of diplomatic relations 338

American Republics

Compensation for petroleum properties expropriated in
Mexico :

Agreement with Mexico 351

Exchange of telegrams between the President of the

United States and the President of Mexico 352

Agreements with Haiti 353

Pan American Day : Informal remarks of the President to
Members of the Governing Board of the Pan Ameri-
can Union 355

Visit to the United States of the President of Peru .... 356

The Foreign Service

Personnel changes 356

The Department

Transfer of duties to the Division of Cultural Relations . 357

Appointment of officers 358

[over]

«■ 8. SUPERINTENDENT <£ ftPHKjfft

MAY 6 mi

Qontents-

-CONTINUED

Commercial Policy Pa % e

Suspension of import quotas on certain wheat and wheat

flour 358

Suspension of title II of the Sugar Act of 1937 358

Treaty Information

Fisheries: Convention With Canada for the Preservation
of the Halibut Fishery of the Northern Pacific Ocean
and Bering Sea 358

Commerce : Trade- Agreement Negotiations With Mexico . 358

Agriculture and finance : Agreements With Haiti 358

Petroleum properties : Agreement With Mexico 359

Publications 359

Regulations 359

Legislation 359

The War

UNITED STATES POLICY TOWARD FRANCE AND THE FRENCH PEOPLE

[Released to the press April 14]

The text of a note dated April 13, 1942 from
the Acting Secretary of State to His Excellency
Gaston Henry-Haye, Ambassador of the French
Republic, follows :

"Excellency:

"I have received Your Excellency's communi-
cation of April 9, 1942, containing certain ob-
servations of the French Government at Vichy
with regard to the announcement of the estab-
lishment of a Consulate General of the United
States at Brazzaville.

"In this connection Your Excellency informs
me that your Government trusts that the Gov-
ernment of the United States will make it known
publicly that this step on the part of the United
States should not be interpreted as having any
political implications, and that it should like-
wise not be interpreted as being a step in de-
rogation of the "exclusive rights of the French
Government over the territory in question".

"The considerations advanced in the com-
munication addressed to me by Your Excel-
lency provide an appropriate and welcome op-
portunity for the Government of the United
States to reiterate with the utmost clarity its
policy with regard to France and with regard
to the French people.

"From the earliest days of the independence
of the United States of America the relations
between the people of France and the people of
the United States have been founded upon
ties of more than ordinary friendship and con-
fidence. The Government of France, and many
citizens of France, assisted the people of the
United States in achieving their freedom. The

great principles of liberty, equality and fra-
ternity proclaimed by the French revolution
have been an inspiration to the American people
throughout their national existence, and the
traditional understanding between our two na-
tions has in no small part been due to their com-
mon faith in democratic institutions and in their
like devotion to the cause of human freedom.

"Only twenty-five years ago the armies of
France and of the United States were fighting
side by side against the same ruthless aggres-
sor who has now once more invaded France.

"As this Government has informed Your
Excellency's Government upon several occa-
sions, the Government of the United States
recognizes the sovereign jurisdiction of the
people of France over the territory of France
and over French possessions overseas.

"The Government of the United States fer-
vently hopes that it may see the reestablish-
ment of the independence of France and of the
integrity of French territory.

"But only by the total destruction of the
present criminal regime in Germany, and by
the complete defeat of the armies of Germany
and of the dictatorships which have aligned
themselves with Germany, can that hope be
realized. That is a fact well known to all of
the people of France, including even that
handful of Frenchmen who, in contempt for
the high tradition of liberty and individual
freedom which has made France great, have
sordidly and abjectly, under the guise of 'col-
laboration', attempted to prostitute their coun-
try to that very regime in Germany which is
bent upon nothing less than the permanent
enslavement of France.

335

336

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

"At the present moment continental France
is in great part occupied by German armies.
Your Excellency's Government is bound by the
terms of the armistice agreement into which it
entered with Germany in June 1940.

"Marshal Petain has had occasion to appre-
ciate the full understanding of the Govern-
ment of the United States of the difficulties
under which he and his Government have been
suffering because of these reasons, and the
sympathy of the Government and people of
the United States for the people of France
in the tragic situation in which they have been
placed.

"A part of France's territories overseas re-
mains under the effective jurisdiction of Your
Excellency's Government. Still other terri-
tories of France are under the effective control
of French authorities who do not recognize the
jurisdiction of the French Government at
Vichy, but who are fighting actively on the
side of the forces of freedom.

"This latter situation is the case in French
Equatorial Africa and the Cameroons where
the Government of the United States has re-
cently appointed a Consul General at Brazza-
ville. This is the step to which Your Excel-
lency's communication under acknowledgment
refers.

"Were the French Government at Vichy in
effective control of the territory in question, the
Government of the United States would neces-
sarily have communicated with Your Excel-
lency's Government prior to the establishment

of this Consulate General of the United States,
in accordance with the convention between our
two countries of February 23, 1853 to which
reference is made in Your Excellency's com-
munication.

"The French Government at Vichy, however,
is not in control of that territory.

"Consequently, until the final victory of the
United Nations is won, and the people of France
are once more in full and sovereign control of
their own destinies, the Government of the
United States, in accordance with the policy
above set forth, will continue, with regard to
French territories in Africa or in the Pacific
areas, to maintain, or to enter into, relations
with those French citizens who are in actual
control of such territories.

"The German invaders by deceit, and by their
habitual propaganda of falsehood, are daily
seeking to sow doubt and mistrust of their tra-
ditional and proven friends among the minds of
the French people. That effort has failed, and
will continue to fail. The people of France
have never doubted the sincerity of the friend-
ship of the people of the United States.

"The French people may rest assured that the
Government and people of the United States
will continue to maintain unimpaired their full
respect for the sovereign rights of the people of
France. They may continue to be confident that
by the victory of the United Nations those
rights will be restored intact to them.

"Accept [etc.] Sumner Welles"

COORDINATION OF AIR TRAINING PROGRAMS OF THE UNITED NATIONS

JOINT STATEMENT BY THE PRESIDENT'OF THF UNITED STATES
AND THE PRIME MINISTER OF CANADA

[Released to the press by the White House April 17]

The Prime Minister of Canada and the Presi-
dent announced on April 17 that, at the invita-
tion of the Prime Minister, a conference in
which all the United Nations with air training
programs under way either in the United States
or in Canada would be invited to participate
would be held in Ottawa early in May.

The purpose of the meeting lies along the
lines of further united military efforts. The
meeting in Ottawa would extend the air pro-
grams to take in the training of personnel to
operate the military aircraft to the end that
the most effective use will be made of all re-
sources of personnel.

APRIL 18, 1942

337

Great progress has already been made in pool-
ing the airplane production of the United
Nations.

Plans for the conference developed out of the
recognition of the desirability of more closely
coordinating the British Commonwealth (in-
cluding Britain, Canada, Australia, and New
Zealand) air training plan with the greatly ex-
tended air training program undertaken by the
United States and others of the United Nations.
In addition this would include China, Norway,
the Netherlands, and several others which are
already at war with the Axis.

ECONOMIC ASSISTANCE TO
NORTH AFRICA

The Acting Secretary of State, Sumner
Welles, in answer to a question, told a recent
press conference that the two French vessels
now in New York scheduled to carry supplies
to North Africa had not sailed — nor had the
Red Cross ship with milk and clothing for the
children of France. He added that all these
plans which the Department was carrying out a
few days ago are once more held in abeyance. 1

PROCLAIMED LIST OF CERTAIN BLOCKED
NATIONALS, SUPPLEMENT 3 TO REVI-
SION I

[Released to the press April 13]

The Acting Secretary of State, acting in con-
junction with the Secretary of the Treasury,
the Attorney General, the Secretary of Com-
merce, the Board of Economic Warfare, and
the Coordinator of Inter-American Affairs,
issued on April 13 Supplement 3 to Revision I
of the Proclaimed List of Certain Blocked Na-
tionals, promulgated February 7, 1942.

Part I of this supplement contains 342 addi-
tional listings in the other American republics
and 27 deletions. Part II contains 110 addi-
tional listings outside the American republics
and 3 deletions.

1 Bulletin of April 11, 1942, p. 318.

ADDITIONAL DUTIES OF THE BOARD OF
ECONOMIC WARFARE

In an Executive order of April 13, 1942, the
Board of Economic Warfare is authorized and
directed to "1. . . . (a) Receive and be respon-
sible for executing directives from the Chair-
man of the War Production Board as to
quantities, specifications, delivery time sched-
ules, and priorities of materials and commodi-
ties (other than arms, munitions, or weapons of
war as defined in the President's Proclamation
of May 1, 1937, as amended) required to be
imported for the war production effort and the
civilian economy; and determine the policies,
plans, procedures, and methods of the several
Federal departments, establishments, and agen-
cies with respect to the procurement and pro-
duction of such materials and commodities,
including the financing thereof. ...(b) Di-
rect, with the approval of the President, the
creation, organization, and financing of a cor-
poration or corporations, pursuant to . . . the
Reconstruction Finance Corporation Act, as
amended, the objects and purposes of which
shall be: (1) To obtain from foreign sources
such materials, supplies, and commodities
(other than arms, munitions, or weapons of
war . . .) as are necessary for the successful
prosecution of the war, and provide for the pro-
duction, delivery, sale, or other disposition
thereof; and (2) to take such other action as
may be deemed necessary to facilitate the war
effort and strengthen the international economic
relations of the United States, (c) Advise the
State Department with respect to the terms and
conditions to be included in the master agree-
ment with each nation receiving lend-lease
aid . . . . (d) Provide and arrange for the re-
ceipt by the United States of reciprocal aid and
benefits (other than arms, munitions, or weap-
ons of war . . .) from the government of any
country whose defense shall have been deter-
mined by the President to be vital to the defense
of the United States . . . and determine the
terms upon which such aid and benefits shall be

338

received, including the authorization of other
governmental agencies to receive such aid and
benefits, (e) Kepresent the United States Gov-
ernment in dealing with the economic warfare
agencies of the United Nations for the purpose
of relating the Government's economic warfare
program and facilities to those of such nations.
"2. For the purpose of carrying out its re-

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BTTLLETIN

sponsibilities, the Board of Economic Warfare
may arrange through the Department of State
to send abroad such technical, engineering, and
economic representatives responsible to the
Board as the Board may deem necessary."

The full text of the Executive order (no.
9128) appears in the Federal Register of April
15, 1942, page 2809.

SEVERANCES OF DIPLOMATIC RELATIONS

[Released to the press April 18]

The following table sets forth statements
with respect to severances of diplomatic rela-
tions, or actions which appear to be in the na-
ture of severances of diplomatic relations
between states, effected by any means short of a
declaration of war or the actual beginning of
hostilities. For tabulations of declarations of
war and statements with respect to the outbreak
of hostilities, reference is made to the December
20, 1941 and February 7, 1942 issues of The
Department of State Bulletin, pages 551-561
and 143-145, respectively. Two declarations of

war which do not appear in the above-men-
tioned tabulations are those by Great Britain
and the Union of South Africa against Thai-
land, which declare that a state of war is in
effect between the countries named as from 5
a.m., Greenwich Mean Time, January 25, 1942.
Information is not yet available in the De-
partment of State to confirm all the reported
severances of diplomatic relations which have
been mentioned in the press, and this table does
not include any severances of diplomatic rela-
tions between any two countries which some
time after taking such action reestablished
normal diplomatic relations.

Belgium — Finland.

Belgium — Hungary.

Belgium — Japan .

"I have been charged and I have the
honor to bring to Your Excellency's knowl-
edge that the Belgian Government, having
taken into consideration the recent develop-
ment of the present situation involving the
fact that I am no longer able to carry out
my functions in a satisfactory manner, has
sent me instructions terminating my mis-
sion in Finland." [June 29, 1941.]

No record of a formal severance of diplo-
matic relations has been found.

The American Minister at Budapest re-
ported in telegrams of April 8 and 11, 1941,
respectively, to the Department of State
that the Belgian Minister had received
orders from his Government to leave Hun-
gary and had departed on April 11, 1941.

"I have the honor to inform Your Excel-
lency that my Government has instructed
the Belgian Ambassador in Tokio to leave
his post at the same time as his American
and British Colleagues, ..."

Translation of a note of June 29,
1941 from the Belgian Minister at
Helsinki to the Finnish Minister of
Foreign Affairs, as reported in a des-
patch of June 30, 1941 from the
American Legation at Helsinki.
(Files of the Department of State.)

Telegrams of Apr. 8 and 11, 1941
from the American Legation at Buda-
pest. (Files of the Department of

State.)

Note of Dec. 10, 1941 from the Bel-
gian Ambassador at Washington to
the Secretary of State. (Files of the
Department of State.)

APRIL 18, 1942

339

Belgium — Rumania .

Bolivia — Germany, Italy,
Japan.

Brazil — Germany, Italy,
Japan.

Bulgaria — Belgium, Nether-
lands, Poland.

China — Germany, Italy.

Colombia — Germany, Italy..

No record of a formal severance of diplo-
matic relations has been found.

The American Minister at Bucharest re-
ported in a telegram of February 15, 1941
to the Department of State that the Belgian
Minister left Bucharest on February 14,
1941.

"In compliance with the Resolution sub-
scribed to at the Third Consultative Meet-
ing of Foreign Ministers and as an act of
solidarity with the nations of America, the
diplomatic relations of the Republic of
Bolivia with the Japanese Empire, the Ger-
man Reich and the Kingdom of Italy are de-
clared broken from this date. . . . Given
in the Palace of Government of the city of
La Paz on the twenty-eighth day of Janu-
ary, nineteen hundred and forty-two."

". . . the Brazilian Government has
today resolved to break off, today [January
28, 1942], its diplomatic and commercial
relations with Japan, Germany and
Italy, ..."

"The Secretary General of the Foreign
Office . . . informed [on March 4, 1941]
the Belgian Minister and the Dutch Charge
d'Affaires that the Bulgarian Government
would like them to leave this country.
. . . [The Polish Minister was also re-
quested to depart] as soon as possible, cer-
tainly not later than this week . . . The
three chiefs of mission then informed the
Secretary General that their countries would
break off relations with Bulgaria when their
ally, Great Britain, did, namely, tomorrow
morning [March 5, 1941]."

The Chinese Embassy at Washington
informed the Department of State on July 2,
1941 of the receipt of a telegram of July 2,
1941 from the Chinese Foreign Office
stating that the Chinese Government had
decided to sever diplomatic relations with
Germany and Italy.

"In accordance with instructions re-
ceived from my Government, I have the
honor to inform Your Excellency that, in
view of the declaration of war on the United
States by Germany and Italy and in ac-
cordance with the engagements of con-
tinental solidarity, the Colombian Govern-
ment has declared diplomatic and consular
relations between the Government of

Telegram of Feb. 15, 1941 from the
American Legation at Bucharest.
(Files of the Department of State.)

Translation of a supreme decree of
Jan. 28, 1942 of the President of
Bolivia, as reported in a despatch of
Jan. 29, 1942 from the American Lega-
tion at La Paz. (Files of the Depart-
ment of State.)

Translation of a note of Jan. 28,
1942 from the Brazilian Ambassador
at Washington to the Secretary of
State. (Files of the Department of
State.)

Telegram of'Mar. 4, 1941 from the
American Legation at Sofia. (Files of
the Department of State.)

Files of the Department of State.

Translation of a note of Dec. 20,
1941 from the Colombian Ambas-
sador at Washington to the Secretary
of State. (Files of the Department
of State.)

340

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Colombia — Germany, Italy-
(Continued).

Colombia — Japan

Denmark — Belgium, Nether-
lands, Norway.

Denmark — Union of Soviet
Socialist Republics.

Ecuador — Germany, Italy,
Japan.

Colombia and the Governments of Ger-
many and Italy broken." [December 19,
1941.]*

". . . the Council of Ministers approved
unanimously the following conclusions
presented for its consideration by the Presi-
dent of the Republic and by the Minister of
Foreign Relations: 'The aggression which
took place yesterday by the armed forces
of the Japanese Empire against the United
States constitutes the case clearly foreseen
in Resolution Number Fifteen approved at
the Second Meeting of Foreign Ministers at
Habana on "reciprocal assistance and de-
fensive cooperation of the American na-
tions" by which it is declared that "every
attempt of a non-American State against
the integrity or inviolability of territory,
against the sovereignty or political inde-
pendence of an American State will be con-
sidered as an act of aggression against the
States which sign this declaration." ' This
declaration signed by the Government of
Colombia and approved by Law No. 20 of
1941 creates for Colombia obligations to
which the nation will be entirely faithful.
As a consequence the Government resolves
to declare broken its diplomatic relations
with the Empire of Japan . . ."

"Senate last night [December 9, 1941]
heartily endorsed and voted absolute con-
formity with action taken by Government
in breaking relations with Japan."

"Foreign Office confirms press reports
[of] this morning that Danish diplomatic
representatives [have been] recalled from
Belgium, Holland, and Norway. [Their]
Activities ceased as of July 15th [1940]."

". . . the Danish Legation at Moscow
has been recalled and relations between
Denmark and the Soviet Union have been
broken off."

". . . the Government of Ecuador . . .
determined yesterday, January 29 [1942],
to break its diplomatic and consular rela-
tions with the Governments of Germany,
Italy and Japan."

Statement handed to the American
Ambassador at Bogota by the Presi-
dent of Colombia on Dec. 8, 1941.
Printed in the Bulletin of Dec. 13,
1941, p. 489.

Telegram of Dec. 10, 1941 from
the American Embassy at Bogotd.
(Files of the Department of State.)

Telegram of July 17, 1940 from the
American Legation at Copenhagen.
(Files of the Department of State.)

Statement issued by the Danish
Government on June 26, 1941, as
reported in a telegram of June 28,

1941 from the American Legation at
Copenhagen. (Files of the Depart-
ment of State.)

Translation of a note of Jan. 30,

1942 from the Acting Minister of
Foreign Affairs of Ecuador to the
American Minister at Quito, as re-
ported in a despatch of Feb. 3, 1942
from the American Legation at
Quito. (Files of the Department
of State.)

"The American Embassy at Bogota reported in a telegram ot December 19, 1941 that "At eleven o'clock today Foreign Mh
German and Italian Ministers that diplomatic and consular relations were severed at that time."

ster officially notified

APRIL 18, 1942

341

Egypt — Bulgaria, Finland.

Egypt — France.

Egypt — Germany.

Egypt — Hungary, Rumania.

Egypt— Italy.

Egypt — Japan.

"The Foreign Office has transmitted a
note to the Legation stating that Egypt
ruptured diplomatic relations with Bulgaria
and Finland as of January 5 [1942]."

"The termination of official relations be-
tween Vichy and Egypt has been announced
in the local press and today's Pr ogres
Egyptien carries an editorial . . . which
contains a statement by the Under Secre-
tary of the Foreign Office who is quoted as
follows: 'Strictly speaking a rupture of
diplomatic relations between the Egyptian
Government and the Government of Vichy
has not taken place. It is simply an inter-
ruption or cessation of these relations.
This measure aims only at the official
representation of the Government of Vichy,
it does not imply any modification of the
status of French nationals.' "

"At the request of my Government, I
have the honour to advise you that diplo-
matic relations with Germany have been
severed by the Egyptian Govern-
ment, . . ."*

"Foreign Office has addressed [a] note [to
the] Legation stating [that the] Egyptian
Government broke off diplomatic relations
with Hungary and Rumania as of December
15 [1941]."

"The Under Secretary of State of the
Egyptian Foreign Office . . . [today re-
ferred to] the severance of relations with
Italy yesterday [June 12, 1940] . . ."

"... the Royal Egyptian Government
has decided to sever its diplomatic relations
with the Imperial Government of Japan as
of December 9, 1941."

Egypt Thailand.

"Egypt having broken off diplomatic re-
lations with Thailand, Proclamation No.
234 issued by the Military Governor of
Egypt under date of March 5, 1942 estab-
lishes the treatment to be accorded Thai-
land nationals, their property in Egypt and
trade with Thailand."

On July 28, 1941 the Finnish Minister of
Foreign Affairs handed to the British Min-
ister at Helsinki an aide-mtmoire which con-
tains the statement that ". . . the Finnish
Government have come to the conclusion
•A telegram ot September 4, 1939 from the American Legation at Alexandria reports that "As a
night [September 3, 1939] diplomatic relations with Germany have been broken off and the German
on September 4, 1939]."

455622 — 42 2

Finland — Great Britain.

Telegram of Jan. 9, 1942 from the
American Legation at Cairo. (Files
of the Department of State.)

Telegram of Jan. 7, 1942 from the
American Legation at Cairo. (Files
of the Department of State.)

Note of Sept. 6, 1939 from the
Egyptian Minister at Washington to
the Secretary of State. (Files of the
Department of State.)

Telegram of Dec. 17, 1941 from the
American Legation at Cairo. (Files
of the Department of State.)

Telegram of June 13, 1940 from the
American Legation at Cairo. (Files
of the Department of State.)

Translation of a note of Dec. 13,
1941 from the Egyptian Foreign Of-
fice to the American Legation at
Cairo, as reported in a despatch of
Dec. 18, 1941 from the Legation.
(Files of the Department of State.)

Despatch of Mar. 14, 1942 from
the American Legation at Cairo.
(Files of the Department of State.)

Copy of aide-mtmoire enclosed
with a despatch of July 30, 1941 from
the American Legation at Helsinki.
(Files of the Department of State.)

result of a decision of the Council of Ministers last
Charge d' Affaires handed his passport [presumably

342

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Finland — Great Britain
(Continued).

Finland — Poland .

France — Belgium, Luxem-
bourg, Netherlands, Nor-
way.

France — Great Britain...

that . . . the Finnish Legation in London
should suspend its functions for the time
being."

The British Minister informed the
Finnish Minister of Foreign Affairs on
August 1, 1941 that Great Britain was not
contemplating any action to sever its rela-
tions with Finland but that if relations
were severed by Finland the break would
not be in the nature of a "temporary sus-
pension".

On August 2, 1941 an official Finnish
communique which was printed in the
Finnish newspapers stated that diplomatic
relations with Great Britain had been
broken off.

"Since the Government of Finland con-
siders that . . . your diplomatic mission
in Helsinki as well as the activity of your
Legation [i.e., the Polish Legation] is now
without foundation and without practical
purpose, I have the honor to inform you
that beginning the twenty-fourth instant
[June 24, 1941] the Government of Finland
will no longer be able to recognize you in
the quality of Envoy Extraordinary and
Minister Plenipotentiary and that con-
sequently your Legation will no longer be
recognized as a diplomatic representation."

"Foreign Minister Baudoin has orally
informed within the past few days the
diplomatic representatives at Vichy of the
'occupied countries' of Belgium, the Nether-
lands, Norway and Luxemburg that to its
great regret the French Government felt
compelled 'temporarily to break off diplo-
matic relations' with the Governments con-
cerned. . . . the effective date of the
simultaneous rupture of relations with the
four countries concerned . . . was finally
fixed as of September 5 [1940] midnight."

"Orders have been sent recalling the
French Charge d'Affaires in London."

"The French Charge d'Affaires . . .
received today [July 7, 1940] by telegram*
instructions from his Government to inform
Lord Halifax that formal relations between
France and Great Britain are severed.
. . . [The French Charge d'Affaires] ad-
vised the Foreign Office of the foregoing
informally this afternoon and will deliver
a formal note to Lord Halifax personally
tomorrow [July 8, 1940]."

•According to the final paragraph of the telegram here quoted, the telegram received by the French Charge d' Aflaires was "despatched from Vich y
on July 4th."

Telegram of Aug. 1, 1941 from the
American Legation at Helsinki. (Files
of the Department of State.)

Telegram of Aug. 2, 1941 from the
American Legation at Helsinki. (Files
of the Department of State.)

Translation of a note of June 23,
1941 from the Finnish Foreign Office
to the Polish Minister at Helsinki, as
reported in a despatch of June 25,
1941 from the American Legation at
Helsinki. (Files of the Department
of State.)

Telegram of Sept. 2, 1940 from the
American Embassy at Vichy. (Files
of the Department of State.)

Telegram of July 5, 1940 from the
American Embassy in France. (Files
of the Department of State.)

Telegram of July 7, 1940 from the
American Embassy at London. (Files
of the Department of State.)

APRIL 18, 1942

343

France — Poland-

France — Union of Soviet So-
cialist Republics.

France — Yugoslavia.

Great Britain — Bulgaria-

Great Britain — Hungary _

Great Britain — Rumania.

". . . the French Government had
given notice that Polish diplomatic repre-
sentation should be withdrawn on Septem-
ber 23 [1940]."

"The French Government, . . . has
decided k> break off diplomatic relations
with the U.S.S.R.

"The French Ambassador at Moscow
has been instructed to bring this decision to
the knowledge of the Soviet Government
while the Soviet Ambassador at Vichy has
been informed thereof this morning, June
30 [1941] by Admiral Darlan, Vice President
of the Council, Ministry Secretary of State
for Foreign Affairs."

". . . the French Government in Vichy
has [on August 15, 1941]* informed the
Royal Yugoslav Minister there that begin-
ning August 22nd [1941] the Royal Yugoslav
Diplomatic and Consular representatives
have to cease their functions on French
territory."

". . . the presence, in ever-increasing
force, of German troops on Bulgarian terri-
tory . . . combined with the growing sub-
servience of the Bulgarian Government to
German policy, is, in the opinion of His
Majesty's Government, incompatible with
the maintenance of British diplomatic
representation in Bulgaria.

"I have accordingly been instructed to
withdraw His Majesty's diplomatic Mis-
sion from Sofia and I request that I may be
furnished with the necessary facilities for
myself and my staff to leave the county."

"The British Minister tonight [April 7,
1941] asked the Foreign Minister for his
passport . . ."

". . . His Majesty's Government in the
United Kingdom have decided to recall me
and to withdraw the diplomatic mission and
Consular officers under my control. I
therefore propose to leave this country on
February 15th, 1941 . . ." **

Telegram of Apr. 7, 1941 from the
American Legation at Budapest.
(Files of the Department of State.)

Note of Feb. 10, 1941 from the
British Minister at Bucharest to the
Rumanian Conducator and Minister
of Foreign Affairs, as reported in a
despatch of Feb. 28, 1941 from the
American Legation at Bucharest.
(Files of the Department of State.)

•According to a telegram of August 16, 1941 from the American Embassy at Vichy to the Department of State, "M. Pouritch, Minister from
Yugoslavia, informs me today that on August 15 he was informed by Rochat that through Qerman pressure the Yugoslav Legation and Consulates in
France must close and cease all official functions by August 22."

••According to a despatch of July 14, 1941 from the American Embassy at London to the Department of State the British Secretary of State for
Foreign Affairs declared in the House of Commons on July 2, 1941 that "As regards Rumania, diplomatic relations with that country were broken off
on 10th February, 1941, . . ."

Report in a despatch of Sept. 2 1

1940 from the American Ambassador
near the Government of Poland
established in England regarding a
statement made by the Polish Foreign
Minister on Sept. 21, 1940. (Files of
the Department of State.)

Translation of an official French
communiqui of June 30, 1941, as
reported in a telegram of June 30,

1941 from the American Embassy at
Vichy. (Files of the Department of
State.)

Note of Aug. 21, 1941 from the
Yugoslav Minister at Washington to
the Secretary of State. (Files of the
Department of State.)

Note of Mar. 5, 1941 from the
British Minister at Sofia to the Bul-
garian Minister of Foreign Affairs, as
reported in a despatch of March 7,
1941 from the American Legation at
Sofia. (Files of the Department of
State.)

344

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Greece — Japan.

Hungary — Greece.

Hungary — Poland.

". . , Greece has broken off diplomatie
relations with Japan and instructed her
Minister to Tokio to notify the Japanese
Government that from the moment Japan
declared war against Great Britain and the
United States [December 7, 1941, London
and Washington time; December 8, 1941,
Tokyo time] Greece decided to sever rela-
tions with Japan."

"The Greek Minister called . . . last
evening [June 24, 1941] and informed me
that he had been called to the Foreign Office
and asked by the Under Secretary what
Greek Government he represented. He re-
plied that he represented the legal govern-
ment whereupon . . . [the Under Secretary]
requested him to close the Legation ..."
"The Royal Government [of Hungary]
felt obliged to ask me by note of the Royal
Ministry for Foreign Affairs . . . dated
December 7, 1940, to take the necessary
measures to end all activities of the Polish
Legation at Budapest. After having re-
ferred this to My Government and having
received instructions relative thereto, I have
the honor to bring to the knowledge of Your
Excellency that the Polish Legation will
cease its activities on the date of January 1,
1941 ..."

"Hungarian Telegraph Bureau last night
[June 23, 1941] laconically announced Hun-
gary's rupture of diplomatic relations with
Russia 'with regard to the state of war en-
tered into between the German Reich and
Soviet Russia' . . . ".

"The Hungarian Prime Minister at 8
p. m. the evening of December 11 informed
the American Minister that . . . Hungary
was obliged to break diplomatic relations
with the United States."

"The terms put forward by His Majesty's
Government and the Soviet Government,
and now accepted by the Iranian Govern-
ment,* provide that the German Minister
and his staff must leave Teheran at once
and that the German Legation must be
closed. This also applies to the Italian,
Hungarian and Roumanian Legations.
The Iranian Government state that the
four Legations have been informed of this
decision and requested to comply forth-
with."

'According to a telegram of September 9, 1941 from the American Legation at Tehran to the Department of State, "The Foreign Minister this
morning on behalf of the Prime Minister who was present but very ill read to the Medjliss the texts of the notes exchanged with the British and
Russian Governments. He disclosed that the Iranian Government has acceded perforce to the demands made and has already taken steps to require
the withdrawal of the German, Italian, Hungarian, and Rumanian Legations and nationals. . ."

Hungary — Union of Soviet
Socialist Republics.

Hungary — United States.

Iran — Germany, Hungary,
Italy, Rumania.

Note of Dec. 10, 1941 from the
Greek Foreign Minister to the Ameri-
can Minister near the Government of
Greece established in England, as re-
ported in a dsepatch of Dec. 12, 1941
from the American Minister. (Files
of the Department of State.)

Telegram of June 25, 1941 from the
American Legation at Budapest.
(Files of the Department of State.)

Translation of a note of Dec. 24,
1940 from the Polish Minister at
Budapest to the President of the
Royal Hungarian Council of Minis-
ters, as reported in a despatch of Dec.
31, 1940 from the American Legation
at Budapest. (Files of the Depart-
ment of State.)

Telegram of June 24, 1941 from the
American Legation at Budapest.
(Files of the Department of State.)

Department of State press release
of Dec. 11, 1941. Printed in the
Bulletin of Dec. 13, 1941, p. 482.

Statement made by the British
Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs
in the House of Commons on Sept. 10,
1941. Printed in Parliamentary De-
bates, House of Commons, vol. 374,
no. 98, col. 159.

APRIL 18, 194 2

345

Iran — Japan .

Iraq — France, Japan _

Iraq — Germany .

Italy — Belgium .

Italy — Norway, Netherlands,
Poland.

Japan — Poland.

Mexico — Bulgaria.

"Prime Minister last evening [April 12,
1942] informed Japanese Minister that his
Legation must depart from Iran within a
week."

"... notes from Ministry Foreign
Affairs dated yesterday [November 16, 1941]
notify that Iraq has broken off relations
with Vichy France and Japan on grounds
of unfriendly acts of those countries against
the Crown and country . . ."

"The Iraqi Council of Ministers decided
yesterday [September 5, 1939] to sever
diplomatic relations with Germany . . ."

"The Iraq Charge d'Affaires is under-
stood officially to have notified the German
Government that Iraq was breaking off rela-
tions with Germany yesterday [September
11, 1939] and later in the day the Charge
d'Affaires and his staff were permitted to
leave Berlin."

"The Belgian Ambassador informs me
that he was called to the Foreign Office this
morning [June 11, 1940] and informed that
he and his staff would be required to leave
Rome. . . . the 15th was discussed as a
possible date."

No record of a formal severance of diplo-
matic relations has been found.

On June 13, 1940 the diplomatic and con-
sular representatives of Norway, the Nether-
lands, and Poland left Rome.

"The Imperial [Japanese] Government
decided to close its Embassy in Poland . . .
The Government simultaneously regards
the Polish Embassy in Tokyo as having
ceased functioning and notification to that
effect has been made to the Polish Ambas-
sador."

"Pursuant to telegraphic instructions
from the Secretary of Foreign Relations of
Mexico, I have to inform you that my Gov-
ernment deems that the declaration of war
by Bulgaria on the United States of America
. . . is incompatible with the existence of
its diplomatic relations with the Bulgarian
Government, to which Article 2, of the
Treaty of Amity signed in Washington,
D.C., on November 5, 1936, refers. There-

Telegram of Apr. 13, 1942 from the
American Legation at Tehran. (Files
of the Department of State.)

Telegram of Nov. 17, 1941 from the
American Legation at Baghdad.
(Files of the Department of State.)

Telegram of Sept. 6, 1939 from the
American Legation at Baghdad.
(Files of the Department of State.)

Telegram of Sept. 12, 1939 from the
American Embassy at Berlin. (Files
of the Department of State.)

Telegram of June 11, 1940 from the
American Embassy at Rome. (Files
of the Department of State.)

Telegram of June 14, 1940 from the
American Embassy at Rome. (Files
of the Department of State.)

Translation of an official Japanese
announcement concerning a decision
reportedly conveyed on Oct. 4, 1941
to the Polish Ambassador at Tokyo
by the Japanese Foreign Office;
translation quoted in a telegram of
Oct. 5, 1941 from the American
Embassy at Tokyo. (Files of the
Department of State.)

Translation of a note of Dec. 20,
1941 from the Mexican Ambassador
at Washington to the former Bul-
garian Minister at Washington. A
copy of this note was enclosed with a
note of Dec. 20, 1941 from the Mexi-
can Ambassador at Washington to
the Secretary of State. (Files of the
Department of State.)

•According to the Mexico, D.F., Excelsior, Dec. 24, 1941, p. 1, the Mexican Department of Foreign Affairs issued a statement to the press on Dec. 23, 1941
which declared (translation), "With respect to Bulgaria, a country with which Mexico concluded a Treaty of Friendship in November 1936, though
diplomatic relations between the two countries have not been established to date, instructions were also given to our Ambassador in Washington to
advise the representative of Bulgaria in the said city that the Government of Mexico considers that the declaration of war which his country has made
against the United States is incompatible— for reasons of continental solidarity— with the diplomatic relations referred to in Article 2 of the above-
mentioned Treaty of Friendship."

455662—42 3

346

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Mexico — Bulgaria
tinued).

(Con-

Mexico — Germany, Italy.

Mexico — Hungary _

Mexico — Japan _

Translation of a statement issued
on Dec. 11, 1941 by the Mexican
Minister of Foreign Affairs, as re-
ported in a despatch of Dec. 12, 1941
from the American Embassy at
Mexico, D.F. (Files of the Depart-
ment of State.)

fore, the Mexican Government has decided
to sever such relations as of this date [De-
cember 20, 1941]."*

"Faithful to the commitments under-
taken by our country at the meeting of
Foreign Ministers in Havana and animated
by the same spirit of strong continental
solidarity which guided her conduct in the
case of the attack made by forces of the
Japanese Empire upon the United States,
the Government of Mexico has decided
forthwith to break off diplomatic relations
with those two powers [Germany and
Italy].

"The Ministry for Foreign Affairs today
[December 11, 1941] officially communi-
cated this decision to the Ministers Pleni-
potentiary of Germany and Italy and gave
instructions by cable to General Ascarate,
Minister of Mexico in Berlin, and Sefior
Maples Arce, Charg6 d'Affaires ad interim
in Rome, to notify the respective Chancel-
leries of the foregoing."

"On telegraphic instructions from the
Secretary of Foreign Affairs of Mexico, I
have the honor to advise }'ou that my Gov-
ernment considers that the declaration of
war made against the United States of
America by Hungary ... is incompatible
with the maintenance of its diplomatic rela-
tions with the Hungarian Government; for
which reason the Government of Mexico
has decided to break off such relations, as
of this date [December 19, 1941], . . ." *

"The Government of Mexico . . . can-
not fail to consider . . . that the mainte-
nance of its diplomatic relations with
Japan is incompatible with the act of ag-
gression which the latter has committed
against the United States of America.

"Accordingly, instructions have been
given to our Minister in Tokyo that, after
notification of the foregoing to the authori-
ties near which he is accredited, he shall
proceed to close the Legation and Con-
sulate in Yokohama.

"The above decision has been communi-
cated to the Minister of Japan in this capi-
tal for similar effects, there having been
cancelled, from this date [December 8,
1941], the provisional authorization granted
to Consular Agents of the said Empire in
the Mexican Republic."

• The statement quoted in the preceding footnote declared (translation), "As the Hungarian representative accredited in Mexico resides in the
capital of the United States, instructions were duly given to our Ambassador in Washington to the effect that he should communicate the decision
adopted by our Government."

Translation of a note of Dec. 19,
1941 from the Mexican Ambassador
at Washington to the former Hun-
garian Minister at Washington. A
copy of this note was enclosed with a
note of Dec. 19, 1941 from the Mexi-
can Ambassador at Washington to the
Secretary of State. (Files of the
Department of State.)

Translation of a declaration made
by the Mexican Foreign Office on
Dec. 8, 1941, as reported in a note
of Dec. 8, 1941 from the Mexican
Chargg d'Affaires at Washington to
the Secretary of State. (Files of the
Department of State.)

APRIL 18, 1942

347

Mexico — Rumania.

Netherlands — Finland .

Netherlands — Rumania.

Norway — Finland.

Norway — Japan .

"The declarations of war made by Bul-
garia, Hungary and Rumania on the United
States of America brings the said coun-
tries — so far as our own is concerned — into
the same category as Germany, Italy and
Japan. In consequence, the Government
of Mexico has resolved to declare its diplo-
matic relations with those nations to be
severed. ... As regards Rumania, it may
be said that Mexico has no Treaty of
Friendship with that country nor do diplo-
matic relations with it exist."

No record of a formal severance of diplo-
matic relations has been found.

"Netherlands Charge 1 d'Affaires has re-
ceived instructions from his Government
and expects today [June 29, 19411 to ad-
dress note to Finnish Government to the
effect that in view of political and military
developments in Finland he is unable satis-
factorily to carry out his duties here and is
therefore leaving for Stockholm. . . .
Netherlands Government has taken this
action in anticipation of action by Finnish
Government at the instance of the Germans
to terminate Dutch diplomatic representa-
tion here."

No record of a formal severance of diplo-
matic relations has been found.

The Minister of the Netherlands, who
was also accredited to Yugoslavia, left
Bucharest on February 17, 1941 to take up
his residence at Belgrade.

"... I have the honor to advise Your
Excellency that . . . the Royal Norwegian
Minister in Helsingfors has been instructed
to inform the Finnish Foreign Minister as
follows: '. . . Considering . . . that Fin-
land now is at war on Germany's side, not
only with Russia but also with England,
which both fight together with Norway
against the common enemy Germany, the
Norwegian Government . . . feel them-
selves obliged to withdraw their diplomatic
representation in Helsingfors.' "*

"Foreign Office states Norwegian Gov-
ernment [established in England) is severing
diplomatic relations with Japan and its
Legation at Tokyo has been instructed to
leave with American and British Embas-
sies."

Translation of a statement which
was issued to the press on Dec. 23,
1941 by the Mexican Department of
Foreign Affairs. Printed in the Dec.
24, 1941 edition of Excelsior, p. 1.

Telegram of June 29, 1941 from the
American Legation at Helsinki. (Files
of the Department of State.)

Despatch of Feb. 28, 1941 from the
American Legation at Bucharest.
(Files of the Department of State.)

Note of Dec. 8, 1941, from the
Norwegian Counsellor of Legation at
Washington to the Secretary of State.
(Files of the Department of State.)

Telegram of Dec. 9, 1941 from the
American Minister near the Govern-
ment of Norway established in Eng-
land. (Files of the Department of
State.)

•According to a despatch of December 10. 1941 from the American Minister near the Government of Norway established in England to the Depart-
ment of State, a note regarding the withdrawal of Norwegian diplomatic representation from Finland was sent to the Finnish Foreign Minister by the
Norwegian Minister at Helsinki on December 7, 1941.

348

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Norway — Rumania.

Paraguay — Germany, Italy,
Japan.

Peru — Germany, Italy, Japan.

Rumania — Brazil _

Rumania — Greece.

Rumania — Poland-

No record of a formal severance of diplo-
matic relations has been found.

The Norwegian Minister, who was also
accredited to Yugoslavia, left Bucharest on
February 21, 1941 to take up his residence at
Belgrade.

"The President of the Republic of Para-
guay decrees, with force of law:

" 'Art. 1°. The political, commercial
and financial relations between the Govern-
ment of the Republic of Paraguay and those
of Japan, Germany and Italy be declared
ruptured. . . .' " [January 28, 1942.]

"Acting on instructions from my Govern-
ment, I have the honour to inform Your
Excellency that Peru, in accordance with
the expression of solidarity with the United
States voted at Rio de Janiero by the For-
eign Ministers of the American Republics —
as a consequence of Japan's aggression and
Germany and Italy's declaration of war on
the United State9 of America — has broken
relations with the three afore-mentioned
nations, as from 6 p.m., January the 24th.,
1942."

"I have the honor to advise Your Excel-
lency, in accordance with instructions which
I have just received from my Government,
that, from the 6th of March current
[March 6, 1942], diplomatic and commer-
cial relations between Brazil and Rumania
ceased, as the Rumanian Government in-
formed the Legation of Brazil atjBucharest
on that date, that, because of the obliga-
tions of solidarity with the countries of the
Axis, it saw itself obliged to interrupt its
diplomatic relations with Brazil."

"The Greek Charg<§ d'Affaires has just
called to say that yesterday evening [June
24, 1941] the Secretary General of the For-
eign Office informed him that 'inasmuch as
Rumania is now at war and has a military
alliance with Germany,' the Rumanian
Government regrets not being in a position
to permit the continued functioning of
Greek diplomatic and consular^officers in
Rumania, ..."

"The departure [on November 5, 1940] of
the Polish diplomatic and consular repre-
sentatives in Rumania is characterized in
the [Polish] Embassy's note to the Foreign
Office ... as a 'suspension' of j Polish Ru-
manian relations."

Despatch of Feb. 28, 1941 from the
American Legation at Bucharest.
(Files of the Department of State.)

Translation of Paraguayan De-
cree-Law No. 10.793 of Jan. 28,
1942, as reported in a despatch of
Jan. 31, 1942 from'the American Le-
gation at Asunci6n. (Files of the
Department of State.)

Note of Jan. 26, 1942 from the
Peruvian Ambassador at Washington
to the Secretary of State. (Files of
the Department of State.)

Translation of a note of Mar. 12,
1942 from the Brazilian Ambassador
at Washington to the Secretary of
State. (Files of the Department of
State.)

Telegram of June 25, 1941 from the
American Legation at Bucharest.
(Files of the Department of State.)

Telegram of Nov. 5, 1940 from the
American Legation at Bucharest.
(Files of the Department of State.)

APRIL 18, 1942

349

Saudi Arabia — Italy-

Union of South Africa —
France.

Uruguay — Germany, Italy,
Japan.

Venezuela — Germany, Italy,
Japan.

Yugoslavia — Finland _

Yugoslavia — Rumania.

". . . in December [1941] he [King Ibn
Saud] . . . advised the Italian Minister
that in view of the friendly relations exist-
ing between his Government and the British
... it was of vital importance to him to do
nothing to impair those relations. The
maintenance of diplomatic representation
by Italy in Saudi Arabia did constitute a
source of difficulty in this respect and in the
circumstances he felt impelled to ask the
Italian Minister to close down his Legation
and leave. . . . According to the most re-
cent information available the Italians left
Riad February 17 [1942] . . ."

According to a note of April 23, 1942
from the Minister of the Union of South
Africa at Washington to the Secretary of
State, the Legation of the Union of South
Africa at Washington had received tele-
graphic information from the Government
of the Union of South Africa to the effect
that the Union Government would sever
relations with France on April 23, 1942.

". . . on January 25, 1942 the Govern-
ment of the Republic of Uruguay decreed
the severance of diplomatic, commercial and
financial relations with the Japanese Em-
pire, the German Reich and the Kingdom of
Italy."

"I have the honor to inform Your Ex-
cellency that the President of Venezuela,
General Isafas Medina A., yesterday [De-
cember 30, 1941], in a meeting with the
Cabinet, decided upon the rupture of diplo-
matic relations with Germany, Italy and
Japan. The pertinent communication will
be made today [December 31, 1941] to the
diplomatic representatives of the three
countries, who will be given their passports
to leave Venezuelan territory."

"The Yugoslav Minister presents his
compliments to the Honorable the Secre-
tary of State and has the honor to inform
[him] that the Royal Yugoslav Government
has severed diplomatic relations with the
Finnish Government in view of the recogni-
tion of the so-called independent state of
Croatia by the Finnish Government and
due to the fact that Finland is fighting on
the side of our enemies."

"The Yugoslav Minister has informed me
that late yesterday evening [May 9, 1941]
he handed a note to the Foreign Office offi-
cially breaking off relations between his
country and Rumania."

Telegram of Feb. 24, 1942 from the
American Minister accredited to Saudi
Arabia and resident at Cairo. (Files
of the Department of State.)

Files of the Department of State.

Translation of a note of Jan. 29,
1942 from the Uruguayan Ambassa-
dor at Washington to the Secretary
of State. (Files of the Department
of State.)

Translation of a note of Dec. 31,
1941 from the Venezuelan Ambassa-
dor at Washington to the Secretary
of State. (Files of the Department
of State.)

Note of Aug. 22, 1941 from the
Yugoslav Minister at Washington to
the Secretary of State. (Files of the
Department of State.)

Telegram of May 10, 1941 from the
American Legation at Bucharest.
(Files of the Department of State.)

350

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Severances of Diplomatic Relations and
Actions Which Appear To Be in the Na-
ture of Severances of ' Diplomatic Rela-
tions, as Noted in the Preceding Tabula-
tion

"L" indicates that the country named in the
left-hand column severed diplomatic relations
(or took action which appears to be in the na-
ture of a severance of diplomatic relations)
with the country named in the upper row.

"B" indicates that steps were taken to sever
diplomatic relations (or action was taken

which appears to be in the nature of a sev-
erance of diplomatic relations) by both the
country named in the left-hand column and
the country named in the upper row.

"N" indicates that, while diplomatic rela-
tions have been severed (or action has been
taken which appears to be in the nature of a
severance of diplomatic relations), it is not
clear at present whether the country named in
the left-hand column or the country named in
the upper row severed the relations (or took
the action which appears to be in the nature
of a severance of relations).

2
n

a
o

5
S

•o
6-

■-

L
L

—

L
L

B
L

L
L

—

L
L

Italy

N
L

L
L

Peru .

L
L

American Republics

COMPENSATION FOR PETROLEUM PROPERTIES EXPROPRIATED IN MEXICO

AGREEMENT WITH MEXICO

[Released to the press April 19]

The text of the agreement reached by the two
experts appointed in accordance with the agree-
ment of November 19, 1941 between the United
States and Mexico, as received by telephone
from the American Embassy at Mexico City,
follows :

"Franklin Delano Roosevelt

"President of the United States of America
"Manuel Avila Camacho

"President of the United Mexican States
"Sms:

"As provided in the exchange of notes dated
November 19, 1941, 1 between His Excellency
Cordell Hull, Secretary of State of the United
States, and His Excellency Francisco Castillo
Najera, Mexican Ambassador to the United
States, the undersigned were appointed by our
respective Governments as experts authorized
to determine according to 'equity and justice'
for purposes of indemnification the compensa-
tion to be paid the nationals of the United
States of America whose properties, rights or
interests in the petroleum industry were af-
fected to their detriment by acts of the Govern-
ment of Mexico subsequent to March 17, 193S,
and in respect of which no settlement has here-
tofore been effected.

"Expropriation, and the exercise of the right
of eminent domain, under the respective consti-
tutions and laws of Mexico and the United
States, are a recognized feature of the sover-
eignty of all modern States.

"We have surveyed the works and lands in-
volved and studied the records of the proper-
ties, rights and interests appertaining thereto

* Bulletin of November 22, 1941, p. 401.

and have mutually agreed that their value, as
of March 18, 1938 should be fixed, in the sum
of $23,995,991, covering all elements of tangible
and intangible value, allocated as follows :

"Standard Oil of New Jersey group, $18,391,-
641:
"1. Huasteca Pejtroleum Company;
"2. Mexican Petroleum Company ;
"3. Tuxpam Petroleum Company ;
"4. Pamiahua Petroleum Company;
"5. Compania Petrolera Ulises S.A. ;
"6. Compania Transcontinental de Petroleo

S.A.;
"7. Compania Petrolera Minerva S.A.

"Standard Oil of California group, $3,589,158 :
"1. California Standard Oil Company of

Mexico S.A. ;
"2. Richmond Petroleum Company.

"Consolidated Oil Company, $630,151 :
"1. Consolidated Oil Company of Mexico

S.A.;
"2. Compania Franco Espanola S.A. ;
"3. Compania Petrolera Aldamas y Brava

S.A.

"Sabalo group, $897,671 :

"1. Sabalo Transportation Company ;
"2. Compania Petrolera 'Claripa' S.A. ;
"3. Compania Petrolera Cacalilao S.A.

"Seaboard group, $487,370:

"1. International Petroleum Company;
"2. Compania International de Petroleo y
Oleo Ductos S.A.

"Therefore, according to the said Oil Agree-
ment of November 19, 1941, it is our joint judg-
ment that:

351

352

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

"l.-The Government of the United Mexican
States shall pay to the Government of the
United States of America, on behalf of the
above-mentioned claimants, the amount of
$23,995,991, in accordance with schedule of pay-
ments finally approved by the two Governments.

"2.-Before any payment is made on account
of these awards the corporations affected shall
deposit in escrow and, when final payment has
been made, shall deliver to the Government of
Mexico all documents and instruments of title
pertaining to the expropriated properties.

"3.-The Government of Mexico and each of
the said claimants shall release each other re-
spectively of all reciprocal claims that may still
be pending against one another, with the excep-
tion of those of the Mexican Government
against the companies for unpaid taxes and
duties, as well as those based on payments le-
gally made by the Mexican Government for the
account of the said companies.

"The Mexican Government will assume lia-
bility for all private claims which may be in-

stituted after this date by private individuals
against these companies as a result of expro-
priation, but not for the private claims against
these companies now pending before the Mexi-
can courts.

"4.-Recommendation is hereby made that the
amount determined be paid as follows: One-
third on July 1, 1942, and the balance in five (5)
equal annual installments, payable on July 1
of each subsequent year.

"5.-A11 balances as shown to be due these said
claimants on the several dates prescribed shall
bear interest at the rate of 3% per year dating
from March 18, 1938.

"Done in duplicate, in both Spanish and
English, on this date April 17, 1942.

Morris L. Cooke
Representing the United States
of America

Manuel J. Zevada •
Representing the Republic af
Mexico"

EXCHANGE OF TELEGRAMS BETWEEN THE PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES AND THE

PRESIDENT OF MEXICO

[Released to the press April 18]

The texts of telegrams exchanged between
the President' of Mexico and the President of
the United States follow :

[Translation]

"Mexico, D.F., April 18, 191,2.
"Excellency :

"In accord with the bases established be-
tween our respective Governments, engineers
Manuel J. Zevada and M. L. Cooke, State ex-
perts to determine the compensation of Mexico
to nationals of the United States affected by
the measures of expropriations made by my
country as of March 18, 1938, have been able
to achieve the formulation of a joint agree-

ment which carries with it a definite settle-
ment of the so-called 'petroleum question.'

"On this pleasing occasion, I wish to express
to Your Excellency that it is a positive satis-
faction for my Government and for the peo-
ple of Mexico and for me personally that
through a loyal endeavor of reciprocal and
effective comprehension, it has been possible to
arrive at the solution of a problem, which is
not sufficient ever to separate our two nations
nor could be considered at any certain moment
as a motive of doubt or of controversy.

"I have the certainty that so significant an
act must be considered, because of the spirit
of conciliation which it shows, as a confirma-
tion of the attitude of my Government in its

APRIL 18, 1942

353

desire to grant ample guarantees to the par-
ticipation of private capital, national or for-
eign, in the exploitation and development of
the material resources of this Republic.

"Such a policy, clearly defined and properly
supported, has already been made felt with
useful results in various fields of activity,
among which may be cited as an example that
of the mineral industry, which is called upon
to reach given necessities of the actual epoch,
development without precedent.

"Having been happily settled, this question
of the compensation which Mexico is disposed
to pay, within the general terms fixed in the
Convention of November 19, 1941, the path
remains open, so that in close collaboration we
may go forward, redoubling our effort in the
struggle for the common cause which we have
embraced, the triumph of democracy and the
defense of continental solidarity.

"I reiterate to Your Excellency, with the
greatest cordiality, the assurances of my high-
est consideration.

Manuel Avtla Camacho"

"April 18, 1942.
"I wish to acknowledge the gracious message
of Your Excellency with regard to the agree-
ment reached by the experts representing our
two Governments with respect to the amount of

compensation to be paid to the citizens of the
United States in compensation for certain oil
properties expropriated by Mexico subsequent
to March 17, 1938.

"From the moment that our two Governments
agreed upon a procedure for settling the so-
called 'petroleum question' I have had every
confidence that a settlement would be reached
and I was happy therefore to learn that this
confidence has been justified by the agreement
arrived at as the outcome of the joint delibera-
tions of our two experts. Mexico and the
United States once again have given a demon-
stration to the world that the most difficult in-
ternational problems can be satisfactorily solved
when approached with good-will and in a spirit
of fair play.

"I welcome this opportunity to express to you
and to the people of Mexico the very deep appre-
ciation of my country for the active and con-
structive collaboration and assistance of Mexico
in the cause of freedom and democracy. Our
two nations are joined together in unity of pur-
pose, determination, and effective cooperation,
and the triumph of our cause is certain.

"I extend to Your Excellency my deep ap-
preciation for your friendly communication
and I send my warm personal greetings and the
assurance of my highest regard.

Franklin D Roosevelt"

AGREEMENTS WITH HAITI

[Released to the press April 13]

Upon the occasion of the visit of His Excel-
lency President Elie Lescot of the Republic of
Haiti to Washington, a series of conferences
was held with representatives of several agencies
of the United States Government. These meet-
ings were held with a view to strengthening and
implementing the resolutions adopted at the re-
cent meeting of the foreign ministers of the
American republics held at Rio de Janeiro and
to making more effective, under present interna-
tional conditions, the Declaration of the United
Nations signed at Washington on January 2,
1942 and the Lend-Lease agreement between the

United States of America and the Republic of
Haiti signed at Washington September 16, 1941.

As a consequence of these meetings, which
were also attended by His Excellency M. Mau-
rice Dartigue, the Haitian Minister of Agri-
culture, and by His Excellency Fernand Dennis,
Minister of Haiti at Washington, several agree-
ments were reached. These agreements were
covered in an omnibus memorandum initialed
at Washington on April 6, 1942 by President
Lescot and the Acting Secretary of State, Sum-
ner Welles.

The text of the memorandum follows :

354

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

"I. There will be an exchange of notes
whereby the two Governments will give their
formal approval to a Memorandum of Under-
standing signed on March 28, 1942 by the
Haitian and United States Secretaries of Agri-
culture, regarding the purchase by the Com-
modity Credit Corporation of the United States
of the surplus cotton production of Haiti. Ac-
cording to the understanding the Commodity
Credit Corporation will take over, at an agreed
price, the carry-over of cotton from last year's
crop as well as all of the surplus of the crop of
1942. The United States Government agrees to
purchase, subject to an agreed price and within
specified limitations of amount, the 1943 cotton
crop and all subsequent cotton crops produced in
Haiti during the present war. The Haitian
Government on its part will take steps to re-
strict the production of cotton and to bring
about an improvement in quality and an in-
crease in the staple length of cotton produced in
future years. The United States Department
of Agriculture will be pleased to lend its assist-
ance in the carrying out of the cotton improve-
ment program.

"II. The Export-Import Bank of Washing-
ton has extended a line of credit to the National
Bank of the Republic of Haiti in amounts which
may be agreed upon as necessary for the pur-
pose of strengthening the Haitian Gourde -
United States dollar exchange relationship
which is peculiarly affected by the influence of
shipping availability on exports and imports
into the Republic. The Government of Haiti
has agreed, on its part, to take all feasible meas-
ures to improve its budgetary position.

"The two Governments will continue to ex-
plore the possibilities of extending assistance to
the Republic of Haiti in handling the surpluses
of its agricultural products.

"III. In view of the pledge of the two Gov-
ernments to employ their full resources against
the common enemy, and the need for an imme-
diate increase in the production of sisal in order
to prosecute the common war effort, the two
Governments agreed in principle to arrange-
ments providing for the planting of approxi-
mately 24,000 additional acres of sisal in Haiti.

"As much land as can be planted within one
year's time from the present date, up to a max-
imum of 12,000 acres will be undertaken through
the Societe Haitiano-Americaine de Developpe-
ment Agrieole ; and as much additional acreage
as practicable will be planted by private inter-
ests within one year's time from today's date,
up to a maximum of 12,000 acres. The details
of the financial arrangements necessary for the
planting of the additional acreage are to be
worked out with the appropriate agencies of the
two Governments.

"The Haitian Government agrees to grant
every facility to the Societe Haitiano-Ameri-
caine de Developpement Agrieole and to the
private interests concerned in order that they
may obtain possession of the necessary lands,
whether government or privately owned, and
to facilitate the employment of such United
States technical personnel as may be necessary.
In so far as practicable, the areas operated by
the Societe Haitiano-Americaine de Developpe-
ment Agrieole will be developed through a sys-
tem of small holdings within short transporta-
tion distance of the decorticating machinery of
the Societe Haitiano-Americaine de Developpe-
ment Agrieole.

"If the planting of any additional acreage ap-
pears to be necessary to the successful prosecu-
tion of the joint war effort, the two Governments
will consult together as to the method to be fol-
lowed in any further sisal development.

"P7. In order to assist the Government of
Haiti to defend its own territory and to par-
ticipate in the defense of the Hemisphere, the
Government of the United States, through its
appropriate military and naval agencies is
taking steps:

"a. To grant assistance in the construction
of a marine railway at Port-au-Prince.

"b. To station vessels suitable for coast
guard and patrol purposes in Haitian waters.
Provision will be made to train Haitian cadets
on these vessels.

"c. To make available a number of units of
artillery for coast defense and other purposes.

"d. To make available a number of military
aircraft with mechanics and instructors who

APRIL 18, 1942

will give training to members of the Garde
d'Haiti.

"e. To construct a new patrol boat to be used
in the defense of Haitian coastal waters.

"f. To undertake the overhaul and repair
of additional shipping of Haitian registry to
be used for coastal and patrol duties."

Furthermore, communications were ex-
changed on April 7, 1942 by President Lescot
and the Acting Secretary of State, providing
for the active collaboration of the two Gov-

355

ernments in carrying out a number of health
and sanitation projects within the Republic of
Haiti, to be undertaken in accordance with
resolution XXX regarding health and sani-
tary conditions adopted at the recent confer-
ence at Rio de Janeiro. The United States
Government will send a small group of experts
to Haiti to cooperate in the development of
the specific program which will be decided
upon in agreement with the appropriate
Haitian officials.

PAN AMERICAN DAY

INFORMAL REMARKS OF THE PRESIDENT TO MEMBERS OF THE GOVERNING BOARD
OF THE PAN AMERICAN UNION »

[Released to the press by the White House April 14]

Do not let us be formal. We are not hav-
ing any formalities today because whenever
I make a speech it takes me one week to prepare
it, and I have no spare weeks at the present
time.

I think it is a fine thing that again we are
celebrating Pan American Day. I hope that
we are celebrating it in every republic, because
I think it has more significance this year than
at any previous time in the history of the hemi-
sphere. I know that some of you have — one or
two of you have — certain problems back home.
And I do think that the idea is being under-
stood more than ever before what would happen
if any part of any of the hemisphere were dom-
inated by a successful Germany. We wouldn't
live the same kind of lives — that is the easiest
way of putting it. Because that new — not the
old German civilization — that new German civ-
ilization is so totally different from what all
of us have been accustomed to since we were
born. I shudder to think of what would happen
to any part of the hemisphere that came under
German domination.

So I am looking for a word — as I said to
the newspapermen a little while ago — I want
a name for the war. I haven't had any very
good suggestions. Most of them are too long.

1 Delivered on April 14, 1942.

My own thought is that perhaps there is one
word that we could use for this war, the word
"survival". The Survival War. That is what
it comes pretty close to being: the survival of
our civilization, the survival of democracy, the
survival of a hemisphere — the newest hemi-
sphere of all of them — which has developed in
its own ways. On the surface these ways may
be a bit different, but down at the bottom there
is the same kind of civilization that has come
from a love of liberty and the willingness to
pioneer. So I think that survival is what our
problem is, survival of what we have all lived
for for a great many generations. I think in
all of the republics we have, relatively speak-
ing, quite an ancient civilization — reckoned
since we have had independence and even for
a good many years before that. That is why
I hope that continental hemispheric solidarity
and unanimity are going to continue. At the
last Pan American conference of the hemisphere
down at Rio — while some people felt it had not
gone so far as it would like to go — we did man-
age to retain the objective of unanimity.

There may be other problems after the war
that we will have to work out among our-
selves, sitting around the table, but at the pres-
ent time we have substantial unanimity. That
is a great thorn in the flesh of Herr Hitler. He
felt that the success of the Rio Conference was

356

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

a very serious blow to the Axis efforts to dom-
inate the world.

And so I hope that we will go on as we have
in the past. A few of you were here at the
time — in the summer of 1933, after I had been
in here for a few months — we had a bit of
trouble in the Republic of Cuba. I asked all
the ambassadors and ministers of the hemi-
sphere to come in and sit around the table in an
informal way. And I told them that I didn't
want the United States to do anything with-
out everybody's knowing all about it, and that
my thought was that it was a problem for
Cuba to decide for herself. Cuba did, and
many old-fashioned commentators in this
country said it was a terrible thing to let Cuba
handle the affairs of Cuba.

So I hope we will continue to have the una-
nimity of the past. And when it comes to
cleaning up the mess at the end of this war,
after the Axis is defeated, we will have again
a hemispheric council around here to see what
we are going to do all over the world, because
we will have a very great voice in preventing
in the future an attack on our American
civilization.

I haven't prepared any speech. These are
just some thoughts that come to me every day —
day and night.

We are going places. We will get some-
where. And we are going to have a couple of
years, perhaps three years, before we can make
sure that our' type of civilization is going to
survive. I am perfectly confident of it my-
self. We have all got to sacrifice. But we are
going to come out the winner in the long run.

It is good to see you all, and I hope that
next year we will be in an even better state
than we are in 1942. Good luck to you.

VISIT TO THE UNITED STATES OF THE
PRESIDENT OF PERU

[Released to the press April 12]

His Excellency Manuel Prado, President of
Peru, will visit the United States as the guest
of this Government on the invitation of Presi-

dent Roosevelt, arriving at Miami on May 3.
From Miami he will go directly to Washington,
where he will be the guest of the President at
the White House. Following his visit to the
Capital, President Prado will visit other Ameri-
can cities, including New York, Boston, and
Detroit.

The Foreign Service

PERSONNEL CHANGES

[Released to the press April 18]

The following changes have occurred in the
American Foreign Service since April 11, 1942 :

J. Webb Benton, of Pen Ryn, Cornwells
Heights, Pa., formerly First Secretary of Lega-
tion at Bucharest, Rumania, has been assigned
as Consul at Marseille, France.

The assignment of Henry Hanson, Jr., of
Middletown, Conn., as Vice Consul at Van-
couver, British Columbia, Canada, has been
canceled. In lieu thereof Mr. Hanson has been
designated Third Secretary of Legation and
Vice Consul at Stockholm, Sweden, and will
serve in dual capacity.

Parker T. Hart, of Medford, Mass., Vice Con-
sul at Manaos, Brazil, has been assigned as Vice
Consul at Para, Brazil.

The assignment of Martin J. Hillenbrand, of
Chicago, 111., as Vice Consul at Bombay, India,
has been canceled. In lieu thereof Mr. Hillen-
brand has been assigned as Vice Consul at Cal-
cutta, India.

Marcel E. Malige, of Lakwai, Idaho, Consul
at Martinique, French West Indies, has been
assigned as Consul General at Martinique,
French West Indies.

Guy W. Ray, of Wilsonville, Ala., Second
Secretary of Embassy and Vice Consul at Mex-
ico, D.F., Mexico, has been designated Second
Secretary of Embassy and Consul at Mexico,
D.F., Mexico, and will serve in dual capacity.

APRIL 18, 1942

Harold D. Robison, of Pleasant Grove,
Utah, formerly Consul at Singapore, Straits
Settlements, has been assigned as Consul at
Brisbane, Queensland, Australia.

Harold Shantz, of Rochester, N.Y., First
Secretary of Embassy at London, England, has
been assigned as Consul General at Lagos,
Nigeria, West Africa.

The assignment of Walter J. Stoessel, Jr., of
Beverly Hills, Calif., as Vice Consul at Wind-
sor, Ontario, Canada, has been canceled. In
lieu thereof Mr. Stoessel has been assigned as
Vice Consul at Caracas, Venezuela.

George Tait, of Monroe, Va., Consul at Mont-

357

real, Quebec, Canada, has been designated First
Secretary of Legation at Bern, Switzerland.

Charles O. Thompson, of Fairbanks, Alaska,
formerly Vice Consul at Singapore, Straits Set-
tlements, has been assigned as Vice Consul at
Perth, Western Australia.

Carlos J. Warner, of Chagrin Falls, Ohio,
formerly Second Secretary of Embassy at Ber-
lin, Germany, has been designated Second Sec-
retary of Legation and Consul at Reykjavik,
Iceland, and will serve in dual capacity.

Clifton R. Wharton, of Boston, Mass., Second
Secretary of Legation and Consul at Monrovia,
Liberia, has been assigned as Consul at Tana-
narive, Madagascar.

The Department

TRANSFER OF DUTIES TO THE DIVISION OF CULTURAL RELATIONS

Departmental Order 1047, issued by the Act-
ing Secretary of State on April 15, 1942, trans-
fers certain duties from the Division of the
American Republics to the Division of Cul-
tural Relations. The text of the order reads
as follows:

"In order to provide maximum concentra-
tion of responsibility and administration in
matters involving cultural cooperative rela-
tions with the other American republics, there
is hereby transferred from the Division of the
American Republics to the Division of Cul-
tural Relations responsibility for the conduct
of the Department's participation in the work
of the Interdepartmental Committee on Co-
operation with the American Republics, which
was established at the instance of the Presi-
dent in May 1938, and under the provisions of
Public No. 355, 76th Congress, entitled 'An Act
to authorize the President to render closer and
more effective the relationship between the
American republics,' approved August 9,
1939; and responsibility for matters involved
in the administration of Public No. 63, 76th

Congress, approved May 3, 1939, and entitled
'An Act to amend the Act entitled "An Act
authorizing the temporary detail of United
States employees, possessing special qualifica-
tions, to governments of American republics
and the Philippines, and for other purposes,"
approved May 25, 1938,' in so far as the ad-
ministration of that Act is vested in the De-
partment of State.

"In carrying out these functions, the Divi-
sion of Cultural Relations shall have
responsibility for enlisting the approval of
the Division of the American Republics of all
cooperative projects and personnel assign-
ments, and for enlisting the collaboration of
other interested divisions and offices of the De-
partment, and it shall maintain effective liai-
son with other interested departments and
agencies of the Government.

"Upon the written authorization of the As-
sistant Secretary of State and Budget Officer,
or in his absence another Assistant Secretary
of State, the Chief of the Division of Cultural
Relations, or in his absence the Acting Chief,

358

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

is hereby authorized to certify vouchers and
to sign contracts involving obligations and ex-
penditures, other than printing and binding,
under the Department of State allotment from
the appropriation 'Cooperation with the
American Eepublics'.

"The provisions of this Order are effective
as of this date and supersede and cancel the
provisions of any existing Orders in conflict
therewith."

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

Mr. Clarke L. Willard has been appointed
an Assistant Chief of the Division of Inter-
national Conferences, effective as of January
1, 1942 (Departmental Order 1046).

Mr. Francis H. Eussell has been appointed
an Assistant Chief of the Division of World
Trade Intelligence, effective as of October 1,
1941 (Departmental Order 1048).

Mr. T. Ross Cissel, Jr., and Mr. Livingston
T. Merchant have been appointed Assistant
Chiefs of the Division of Defense Materials,
effective as of February 17 and March 30, 1942,
respectively (Departmental Order 1050).

Commercial Policy

SUSPENSION OF IMPORT QUOTAS ON CER-
TAIN WHEAT AND WHEAT FLOUR

The President, on April 13, 1942, on the basis
of a supplemental investigation and report by
the Tariff Commission with respect to certain
wheat and wheat flour, proclaimed that the pro-
visions of Proclamation 2489, of May 28, 1941, 1
are suspended effective immediately, so far as
they apply to (1) wheat and wheat flour for
experimental purposes, (2) seed wheat, and (3)
distress diversions of wheat and wheat flour.
The text of the proclamation of April 13, 1942
(no. 2550) appears in the Federal Register of
April 16, 1942, page 2825.

SUSPENSION OF TITLE II OF THE SUGAR
ACT OF 1937

The operation of title II (quota provisions)
of the Sugar Act of 1937 (50 Stat. 903) was sus-
pended by proclamation of April 13, 1942 (no.
2551) upon the finding by the President that "a
national economic emergency exists with respect
to sugar". For the full text of the proclama-
tion, see the Federal Register of April 16, 1942,
page 2826.

Treaty Information

1 Bulletin of May 31, 1941, p.

Compiled in the Treaty Division

FISHERIES

Convention With Canada for the Preservation
of the Halibut Fishery of the Northern Pacific
Ocean and Bering Sea

The Federal Register for April 16, 1942
(vol. 7, no. 74) publishes on pages 2849-2852
regulations adopted by the International
Fisheries Commission pursuant to the Conven-
tion for the Preservation of the Halibut Fish-
ery of the Northern Pacific Ocean and Bering
Sea between the United States and Canada
signed January 29, 1937 (Treaty Series 917).

COMMERCE
Trade-Agreement Negotiations With Mexico
Announcement of a supplementary list of
products on which the United States will con-
sider granting concessions to Mexico, in addi-
tion to those products listed on April 4, 1942
at the time of public notice of intention to
negotiate a trade agreement with Mexico, ap-
peared in the Bulletin of April 11, 1942, page
328.

AGRICULTURE AND FINANCE
Agreements With Haiti
A memorandum covering several agreements
dealing with agriculture, finance, and defense

APRIL 18, 1942

359

which were reached by the Government of
Haiti and the Government of the United
States during the occasion of the visit to the
United States of President Elie Lescot of
Haiti, appears in this Bulletin under the
heading "American Republics".

PETROLEUM PROPERTIES
Agreement With Mexico

The text of an agreement reached by the
United States and Mexican experts assigned
to determine just compensation for expropri-
ated petroleum properties in Mexico, together
with an exchange of notes between President
Roosevelt and President Avila Camacho of
Mexico regarding the agreement, appears in
this Bulletin under the heading "American
Republics".

Publications

Department of State

Cultural Relations Among the Democracies. Inter-
American Series 22. Publication 1714. vi, 20 pp.

100.

Radiocommunications : Agreement Between the United
States of America and Other American Republics
(Revision of Habana Radiocommunications Ar-
rangement of 1937) — Signed at Santiago, Chile-.
January 26, 1940; notification of approval by the

United States of America communicated to the
Government of Chile June 26, 1941. Executive
Agreement Series 231. Publication 1716. iv, 69 pp.
150.
The Proclaimed List of Certain Blocked Nationals.
Supplement 3, April 11, 1942, to Revision I of Feb-
ruary 7, 1942. Publication 1722. 19 pp.

Regulations

Postal Censorship Regulations : Mail to Foreign Coun-
tries, Etc. April 15, 1942. (Office of Censorship.)
[Regulation No. II.] 7 Federal Register 2905.

Legislation

Amending the Nationality Act of 1940 to furnish
copies of any part of the records or information
therefrom to agencies or officials of a State without
charge. H. Rept. 2019, 77th Cong., on H.R. 6529.
2 pp.

Message from the President of the United States
transmitting a brief resume' of the third report of
the United States High Commissioner to the Philip-
pine Islands covering the calendar year 1938 and
the first six months of 1939. H. Doc. 706, 77th
Cong. 4 pp.

Message from the President of the United States
transmitting a brief resumed of the fourth report
of the United States High Commissioner to the
Philippine Islands covering the fiscal year begin-
ning July 1, 1939, and ending June 30, 1940. H.
Doc. 707, 77th Cong. 6 pp.

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. — Price 10 cents ----- Subscription price, $2.75 a year

PUBLISHED WEEKLY WITH THE APPROVAL OF THE DIRECTOR OF THE BUREAU OF THE BUDGET

7<r,

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

BULLETIN

APRIL 25, 1942
Vol. VI, No. 148— Publication 1735

ontents

The War page

Statement by the Secretary of State 363

Exchange of diplomatic and consular personnel . . . 363
Demands for surrender of General Mihajlovic of Yugo-
slavia 364

Lend-Lease operations 365

American Republics

Economic collaboration with Peru 365

Economic collaboration with Nicaragua 368

Radio address by Philip W. Bonsai on inter-American

relationships 369

Payment by Bolivian Government to Standard Oil

Company 372

Mixed commission, United States and Argentina . . . 373

Commercial Policy

Trade-agreement negotiations with Mexico 373

Cultural Relations

Visit to the United States of Peruvian congressman . . 374

Visit to the United States of Peruvian engineer. . . . 375

Visit to the United States of Paraguayan official. . . . 375

The Foreign Service

Death of wife of Ambassador Leahy 375

Personnel changes 375

[over]

U. S. SUPERINTENDENT OF 00CUMENT3
MAY 14 1942

OlltentS-CONTWVED

Treaty Information Page
Labor: Agreement with Canada Regarding Unemploy-
ment Insurance 376

Publications: Agreement for the Exchange of Official

Publications with Panama 376

Strategic materials and finance:

Agreements with Peru 377

Agreement with Nicaragua 377

Commerce: Trade Agreement with Argentina .... 377

Regulations 377

The Department

Appointment of officers 377

Legislation 377

Publications 377

The War

STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY OF STATE

[Released to the press April 20]

The following statement has been made by the
Secretary of State :

"I have observed with keen satisfaction the
splendid showing made in the whole war effort
of the country during recent months, and par-
ticularly in the production of war supplies for
the fighting fronts. The greatly expanded vol-
ume of output is far larger than was even hoped
for the first of the year. This increased pro-
duction placed in the hands of our fighting
forces will both hasten and make certain the
utter defeat of our enemies.

"The United Nations, of which we are one,
will win this war.

"Victory will come sooner and with a vast
saving in suffering, in life, and in property in
proportion as every man and woman in this

country and in each of the United Nations real-
izes the extreme danger from the purposes of the
worst barbarian leaders in all history, who plan
to conquer and brutally subjugate the world by
methods of unparalleled savagery. Victory will
be hastened by every additional ounce of effort
which each one of us puts forth in a situation
that is as threatening as if his own house were
on fire. It will be delayed and will involve an
incalculable and unnecessary increase in suffer-
ing and in losses with any weakening of such
realization and with any lagging in effort and
exertion.

"I am confident that our Nation and all those
who are with us have only one watchword: to
move forward today and not tomorrow. With
this will to victory, free men the world over will
triumph over the forces of barbarism."

EXCHANGE OF DIPLOMATIC AND CONSULAR PERSONNEL

[Released to the press April 20]

The Swedish steamship Drottningholm under
charter to the American Government sailed from
Goteborg, Sweden, on April 19. It has on board
114 American citizens who have been stranded
in Sweden since 1940. The vessel is traveling
under the safe conduct of all the belligerent
governments, who are pledged not to stop it
nor to detain or search any of its passengers.

A number of Axis nationals, some of them
diplomatic and consular officers, are on the way

to the United States from South American
countries which have broken relations with the
Axis. The American vessels on which they are
traveling are proceeding under the safe conduct
of all the belligerent nations. En route from
their port of arrival in this country to New
York for embarkation on the S.S. Drottning-
holm, these persons will be accommodated some-
where for a few days. Because of the crowded
condition at White Sulphur Springs they will
not be taken there. A large number of these

364

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

persons will be placed on board the S.S. Drott-
ningholm, which is to leave New York on or
about May 5 with a capacity passenger list of
Axis officials and certain non-official Axis na-
tionals expelled from this hemisphere. As the
number of Axis officials and other Axis nationals
to be repatriated to Europe is far greater than
the capacity of the S.S. Drottningholm, this
vessel, on returning from Lisbon with Ameri-

can citizens and nationals of the American re-
publics being evacuated from Europe, will make
at least one other trip to Lisbon. It will prob-
ably be required for additional trips thereafter
until the number of persons being repatriated
from Europe and this hemisphere is reduced to a
point where existing commercial means will be
sufficient to accommodate the persons left
behind.

DEMANDS FOR SURRENDER OF GENERAL MIHAJLOVIC OF YUGOSLAVIA

[Released to the press April 23]

The following note has been sent by the
Secretary of State to His Excellency Constantin
Fotitch, the Yugoslav Minister at Washington,
in the matter of the order recently issued at
Belgrade demanding the surrender of General
Mihajlovic and his staff.

It is in reply to a note from the Yugoslav
Minister, the substance of which, together with
the list of officers to whom the order referred,
has already appeared in the press.

"April 22, 1942.
"Sir:

"I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt
of your note of April 13 1 in which you place on
record the protest of the Royal Yugoslav Gov-
ernment with respect to the order of the au-
thorities now in control at Belgrade, demanding
the surrender of General Draza Mihajlovic and
his staff, and announcing, in the event of non-
compliance, that their families will be taken as
hostages, and further that the families of other
persons having contact with, or rendering as-
sistance to the campaign of General Mihajlovic
will be held in reprisal, and their property held
subject to confiscation.

1 Not printed.

"The position of this Government with re-
spect to the taking of hostages has already been
made known. This barbarous practice as a Ger-
man method of warfare was stigmatized in a
declaration made public by the President of the
United States on October 25, 1941, which in turn
was cited, as your Government is aware, in the
joint declaration recently signed at London by
the representatives of nations whose territory is
now under German tyranny, proclaiming to the
world the resolve of outraged peoples that
retribution would be exacted.

"The Government and people of the United
States have watched with admiration the re-
sourceful and heroic operations of General Mi-
hajlovic and his men and are proud to acknowl-
edge the contribution of Yugoslav patriots
in the common struggle against the forces bent
(in the destruction of free nations throughout
the world. The shocking proclamation to which
your note has reference is but another of a series
of savage and ruthless measures whereby Ger-
man terrorism has sought to break the spirit
of brave men.

"Accept [etc.]

"For the Secretary of State :

Sumner Welles"

APRIL 25, 1942

365

LEND-LEASE OPERATIONS

[Released to the press by the White House April IS]

Thomas B. McCabe, Acting Lcnd-Lease Ad-
ministrator, has given the President a brief sum-
mary of lend-lease operations as of March 31,
1942. The summary says, in part :

1. Lend-lease aid has increased every month
since (he inauguration of the program. Aid in

the month of March amounted to nearly 600 mil-
lion dollars.

2. Total lend-lease aid to the end of January
amounted to 2 billion dollars. At the end of
March it amounted to more than 3 billion dol-
lars, an increase of a billion dollars in two
months.

3. The amount of aid sent to Russia in March
was 2~y 2 times as great as that sent in February.

American Republics

ECONOMIC COLLABORATION WITH PERU

I Released to the press April 23]

The visit to Washington of His Excellency
Senor David Dasso, Minister of Finance and
Commerce of Peru, was brought to a close on
April 23 with the exchange with the Secretary
of State of notes incorporating a series of im-
portant decisions on matters of collaboration
between Peru and the United States in attain-
ing a number of the objectives of the resolutions
of the Third Meeting of Ministers of Foreign
Affairs of the American Republics at Rio de
Janeiro. These matters include: (1) measures
for the mobilization of the resources of Peru
for the production of strategic materials es-
sential for the security of the hemisphere, in-
volving especially (a) the establishment by
Peru of a Peruvian Amazon Corporation and
(b) arrangements for the acquisition by the
Rubber Reserve Company over a period of five
years of all rubber produced in Peru other
than a specified amount required for essential
uses in Peru; (2) establishment by the Export-
Import Bank of a credit in favor of Banco
Central de Reserva del Peru in the sum of
$25,000,000 to assist in financing purchases in
the United States of materials and equipment
required in connection with the construction

and development in Peru of useful public works
and of agricultural, mining, and industrial pro-
jects; (3) agreement with the Secretary of Ag-
riculture for the establishment of an agricul-
tural experiment station at Tingo Maria and
arrangements for the loan to the Government
of Peru of the services of experts of appro-
priate agencies of the United States in high-
way engineering, erosion control, coal mining,
and tea processing; and (4) agreement for the
purchase by the Department of Agriculture,
through the Commodity Credit Corporation,
for the duration of the war, of that portion
of the Peruvian cotton production which is in
excess of sales for Peruvian consumption and
for export to other purchasers.

In addition, the Minister of Finance and
Commerce has announced the recent adoption
by his Government of further measures to con-
trol the commercial and financial operations of
firms and persons whose activities are deemed
inimical to the security of the hemisphere, and
the readiness of his Government to consult with
the Government of the United States regarding
any measures which may be necessary to pre-
vent persons whose activities are thus deemed
inimical from benefiting in the agreements

366

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

reached between the two Governments. He has
also stated that he is engaged in discussions
with the Foreign Bondholders Protective Coun-
cil, Incorporated, looking toward a resumption
of payments on the Peruvian dollar debt.

While in Washington the Minister also dis-
cussed a number of other matters of mutual in-
terest to the two Governments, including de-
tails of arrangements under the Lend-Lease
agreement signed on March 11, 1912 and ex-
port control, priorities, and allocations ques-
tions relating to the importations by Peru from
the United States of materials and equipment
needed for the maintenance of Peruvian min-
ing production, transportation, and essential
civilian needs.

The texts of the notes follow :

The Peruvian Minister of Finance and Com-
merce to the Secretary of State

Peruvian Embassy,
Washington, April 23, 19J$.
Mr. Secretary:

I wish to express my sincere appreciation for
the courtesies which have been extended to me
and to my companions during our visit to Your
Excellency's country. During my stay, I have
had the opportunity to discuss with officials of
a number of agencies of Your Excellency's Gov-
ernment a program of close collaboration to at-
tain many of the objectives of the Resolutions
of the Third Meeting of the Ministers of For-
eign Affairs of the American Republics at Rio
de Janeiro, and a series of important decisions
have been reached on several points of this
program.

In order to carry out its undertaking in ac-
cordance with Resolution II on the Production
of Strategic Materials, the Government of
Peru is establishing a Peruvian Amazon Cor-
poration to develop the production and en-
courage the collection of wild rubber and other
tropical products. Moreover, I have today
transmitted to Your Excellency a note 1 contain-
ing a proposal of the Government of Peru, in

1 Not printed.

furtherance of the provisions relating to the
production of strategic materials in Resolution
II of the Third Meeting of the Ministers of For-
eign Affairs of the American Republics at Rio
de Janeiro, for developing the production of
rubber in Peru and for making available to the
United States all rubber produced in Peru other
than a specified amount required for essential
uses in Peru. This proposal provides for the
purchase of such rubber by Rubber Reserve
Company over a five-year period. The pro-
posal also contemplates the establishment of a
fund of $1,125,000 to be made available to Peru
for the purpose of increasing the production of
wild rubber in Peru.

I have taken up with the Export-Import Bank
of Washington the question of obtaining an ap-
propriate credit to assist in financing purchases
in the United States of materials and equipment
required in connection with the construction and
development in Peru of useful public works and
of agricultural, mining and industrial projects.

In order to provide the fullest technical fa-
cilities and cooperation necessary to the success-
ful development in Peru of production of rubber
and other important and strategic tropical
products, discussions were begun with members
of the United States Delegation at the Rio de
Janeiro Meeting looking towards the establish-
ment of an agricultural experiment station in
the Amazon region of Peru. These discussions
have culminated in an agreement with the Sec-
retary of Agriculture of the United States, a
copy of which is enclosed, 1 for the immediate
establishment of such an experiment station at
Tingo Maria. During my visit to Washington
I have also taken up with appropriate officials of
Your Excellency's Government the desire of
the Government of Peru to obtain the services
of experts in highway engineering, erosion con-
trol, coal mining, and tea processing.

Discussions have also taken place with the
Secretary of Agriculture and officials of the
Commodity Credit Corporation regarding pro-
posals for the purchase through the latter Cor-
poration, for the duration of the war, of that

APRIL 25, 1942

367

portion of the Peruvian cotton production
which is in excess of sales for Peruvian con-
sumption and for export to other purchasers.
These discussions have resulted in the conclu-
sion with the Secretary of Agriculture of an
agreement, a copy of which is attached, 1 which
should contribute in large measure to the main-
tenance of the Peruvian agricultural economy
and the orderly handling of cotton crops in the
face of dislocations of trade occasioned by the
war.

As Your Excellency is aware, the Govern-
ment of Peru has just adopted measures
implementing further the recommendations con-
tained in Resolution V on Severance of Com-
mercial and Financial Relations adopted at the
Third Meeting of the Ministers of Foreign Af-
fairs at Rio de Janerio. By these measures the
Government of Peru will control the commer-
cial and financial operations of firms and per-
sons whose activities are deemed inimical to
the security of the hemisphere. In this con-
nection, the Government of Peru will consult
with the Government of the United States re-
garding any measures which may be necessary
to prevent such persons and firms from benefit-
ing from the agreements which have been
reached between our two Governments.

The Peruvian Government wishes to inform
Your Excellency's Government that it has en-
tered into discussions with the Foreign Bond-
holders Protective Council, Incorporated,
looking toward the early resumption of pay-
ments on the Peruvian dollar debt. These
discussions with regard to the scale and amount
of payments will be continued after my return
to Lima and subsequent announcement will be
made by my Government.

In conclusion I wish to express to Your Ex-
cellency my firm conviction that the program
of further collaboration between our Govern-
ments developed during my visit will contribute
greatly to the realization of our common aim of
hemisphere security.

I avail myself [etc.] David Dasso

1 Not printed.

The Secretary of State to the Peruvian Minister
of Finance and Commerce

Department of State,
Washington, April 23, 191$.
Excellency :

I have received with deep gratification Your
Excellency's cordial note of April 23, 1942 with
reference to the matters which I and other offi-
cials of the Government of the United States
have had the privilege of discussing with you
during your visit to Washington. I need not
assure you of the personal satisfaction which it
has been for me to collaborate with you in the
establislunent of a program to attain certain of
the objectives of the Resolutions of the Third
Meeting of Ministers of Foreign Affairs of the
American Republics at Rio de Janeiro, and I
am convinced that the decisions taken will con-
tribute in important degree to the security of
the hemisphere.

My Government is pleased to note that, in fur-
therance of Resolution II on the Production of
Strategic Materials, Your Excellency's Govern-
ment is creating a Peruvian Amazon Corpora-
tion to undertake and stimulate the production
of strategic tropical products. In this connec-
tion I have today transmitted to Your Excel-
lency a note ' accepting the proposal of the Gov-
ernment of Peru with respect to the acquisition
by the Rubber Reserve Company over a period
of five years of all rubber produced in Peru
other than the specified amount required for
essential uses in Peru. This agreement marks
an important step in the carrying out of the
broad program for the mobilization of strategic
material resources for the security of the hemi-
sphere which was undertaken at the recent Rio
de Janeiro Meeting.

I am informed by the Secretary of Commerce
that the Export-Import Bank finds itself heart-
ily in sympathy with the objectives of the pro-
gram of the Government of Peru and is prepared
to establish a credit in favor of Banco Central
de Reserva del Peru in the sum of $25,000,000

368

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

to assist in financing purchases in the United
States of materials and equipment required in
connection with the construction and develop-
ment in Peru of useful public works, and of agi'i-
cultural, mining and industrial projects. It is
recognized that the United States cannot under-
take to furnish machinery and equipment in
short supply due to the exigencies of war, and
that priorities necessary to acquire such items
in the United States will be granted only after
careful study and determination that the estab-
lishment of the industry for which they are
needed will contribute directly in important
measure to the war effort of the United States
and the security of the hemisphere.

I have noted with satisfaction and interest the
agreements entered into by Your Excellency
with the Secretary of Agriculture for the estab-
lishment of an agricultural experiment station
at Tingo Maria and for the purchase through the
Commodity Credit Corporation of that portion
of the Peruvian cotton production which is in
excess of sales for Peruvian consumption and for
export to other purchasers. I also take pleasure
in informing you that my Government has
found it possible to arrange to make available to
Your Excellency's Government the services of

competent experts in highway engineering,
erosion control, coal mining, and tea processing.

My Government has noted with great satis-
faction the measures adopted by the Peruvian
Government to control the commercial and
financial operations of persons whose activities
are deemed inimical to the security of the hemi-
sphere, which are referred to in Your Excellen-
cy's note, as well as Your Excellency's statement
that the Government of Peru will consult
with the Government of the United States
regarding any measures which may be necessary
to prevent such persons from benefiting from
the agreements reached between our two Govern-
ments. It is understood that the two Govern-
ments will consult particularly with respect to
the policies and procedures to be adopted for
dealing with cotton which may be produced by
persons or firms on the United States Pro-
claimed List of Certain Blocked Nationals.

I likewise welcome the information that the
Government of Peru is carrying on discussions
with the Foreign Bondholders Protective Coun-
cil, Incorporated, looking towards an early re-
sumption of payments on the Peruvian dollar
debt.

Accept [etc.] Cordell Hull

ECONOMIC COLLABORATION WITH NICARAGUA

[Released to the press April 25]

The Nicaraguan Minister of Foreign Affairs,
Dr. Mariano Arguello, and the President of the
National Bank of Nicaragua, Dr. Jesus Sanchez,
have concluded their visit in Washington, dur-
ing the course of which negotiations were under-
taken relating to the construction of the Nicara-
guan section of the Inter-American Highway,
an extension of credit by the Export -Import
Bank, the availability of supplies and equip-
ment for the maintenance of certain industries
vital to the economy of Nicaragua, defense meas-
ures of mutual interest, and the development of
rubber production for purchase by the United
States.

1. Notes were exchanged on April 8, 1942 pro-
viding for the cooperation of the United States
in the construction of the Inter-American High-
way in Nicaragua, in accordance with the Inter-
American Highway Act signed by the President
of the United States on December 26, 1941.
This exchange of notes provides for the com-
pletion of the Inter- American Highway in Nica-
ragua on the basis that Nicaragua will assume
one third of the cost of the construction of the
Highway in Nicaragua; the remaining two
thirds will be borne by the United States under
the above-mentioned Act.

The section of the Inter- American Highway
from Managua, the capital of Nicaragua, north

APRIL 25, 1942

369

65 miles to Sebaco and south 29 miles to Diri-
amba, has been largely completed by the Nicara-
guan Government. The exchange of notes
effected on April 8 will permit the completion
of this part of the Highway, and its extension
to the Honduran and Costa Rican frontiers, in-
volving about 175 miles of construction.

2. Negotiations were concluded relating to
the extension of a line of credit, not to exceed
$500,000, in favor of the Banco Nacional de
Nicaragua by the Export-Import Bank of
Washington.

3. Expression was given by Dr. Arguello to
the vital importance of certain industries in the
internal economy of Nicaragua and to the re-
quirements of those industries for supplies and
equipment essential to their continued opera-
tion. The Government of the United States
has assured the Nicaraguan Government that, so
far as the materials are available in the United
States under present conditions, every effort
will be made to assist those industries essential
to the national economy of Nicaragua to obtain
supplies and equipment for the maintenance of
production at normal levels.

4. Dr. Arguello also discussed, while in Wash-
ington, a number of matters of interest to the
two Governments in relation to continental de-
fense. Agreement was reached regarding the
cooperation of the United States in the con-
struction of a highway which will join the At-
lantic and Pacific sections of Nicaragua and
will at the same time have an important bearing
upon the defense of this highly important area,

5. An agreement in principle has been
reached whereby the Nicaraguan Government,
acting through the Banco Nacional de Nica-
ragua, will make available for purchase by the
Rubber Reserve Company all crude rubber pro-
duced in Nicaragua which is available for
export.

6. The Government of the United States, act-
ing through the Department of Agriculture, has
agreed to assist the Nicaraguan Government in
the establishment of an agricultural-demonstra-
tion station with a view to increasing Nicara-
guan agricultural production, particularly with
respect to the development of rubber and abaca,
and to that end will send a group of competent
experts to Nicaragua,

RADIO ADDRESS BY PHILIP W. BONSAL ON INTER-AMERICAN RELATIONSHIPS

[Released to the press April 25]

I am deeply grateful to Edward Tomlinson
for affording me this opportunity of address-
ing his radio audience. Mr. Tomlinson is a pio-
neer and remains a leader among those who on
the air and in the press have made and con-
tinue to make important contributions to that
mutual understanding and community of in-
terest which is at the basis of the relations today
so happily existing between the 21 American
republics. His work has been well and favor-

1 D slivered over the Blue Network on April 25, 1942.
Mr. Bonsai is Chief of the Division of the American
Republics, Department of State.
456620—42 2

ably known to all of us who are familiar with
this important phase of the political and
economic relations of our country.

Unfortunately the work of Mr. Tomlinson
and his colleagues, based as it is upon intimate
knowledge of American problems — and I use
the term American in the broadest sense of the
word — is from time to time counteracted by ir-
responsible and unfounded statements which
are widely circulated. One such statement was
called to my attention recently. It was to the
effect that at the recent meeeting in Rio de
Janeiro the United States representatives made
a large number of promises which they did not
have the ability to carry out. It was alleged

370

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

that our delegation offered to the other Amer-
ican republics priorities in the furnishing of a
long list of supplies, equipment, and machinery
urgently needed by the fighting fronts and by
our own war industries. The purpose of the
offer is alleged to have been to secure certain
commitments, presumably of a political nature,
from our neighbors. Those promises, it is
stated, have not been fulfilled, and our neigh-
bors are alleged in this statement to feel that
they were deceived at Rio.

These allegations are completely false. The
American republics understand and have con-
fidence in each other. Furthermore, they under-
stand the world conditions and particularly the
world emergency today confronting free nations.
They are conscious of the interdependence of
their economies. They appreciate the factors
which make it more or less possible to transport
goods between them. They have resolved to-
gether to take all adequate measures for the
maintenance of their economic stability.

They know, however, that that stability as
well as the prospect of an increased development
of their own economic possibilities is intimately
tied to the achievement of the military victory
to which the peoples of the Americas look with
the utmost confidence.

Those who lightly accuse our Government of
deliberately making false promises demonstrate
among other things their own ignorance of the
background of the inter-American relationship
as it exists today. That relationship is not the
creation of a moment's inspiration. Its founda-
tions were laid over a century ago.

The 21 American republics are, in fact, united
in many measures to meet danger threatening
them all. However, the action which they are
now taking is possible because the machinery
for collaboration and the mutual confidence
necessary for solidarity had been created before
the danger arose in its present form. In other
words, ours is not an improvised policy.

A very brief survey of the major steps taken
over the past few years in order to build up our
inter-American solidarity to the point where it
is now successfully meeting almost daily emer-
gencies of an international character is appro-

priate. The first of these steps was taken at
Montevideo in 1933 at the seventh of a series of
international conferences of American states
which had been held since 1889. There the 21
American republics defined the rights and duties
of sovereign states and renounced any inter-
vention in each other's internal affairs. By
treaty the United States renounced the right
which it had previously asserted in certain in-
stances to intervene forcibly in the affairs of
its neighbors. By its actions in the succeeding
years the United States demonstrated its ad-
herence to the new principles and its dedication
to the policy of the good neighbor. Thus was
the specter of imperialism laid to rest in the
political field and the juridical equality of each
sovereign nation firmly established.

Nineteen hundred and thirty-three — this was
the year in which the American republics laid
the cornerstone of international confidence and
cooperation in this hemisphere; it was also the
year of Hitler's coming to power in Germany.

Three years later the American republics
assembled at Buenos Aires at a special confer-
ence called by President Roosevelt. It was
there agreed that the peace of any one of the
American republics was a cause of common
concern to all. A procedure of consultation
was devised and the obligation to consult to-
gether was assumed in the case that peace were
threatened from any source.

Many of the statesmen of our hemisphere
were in 1936 already thoroughly aware of the
degree to which the path of the aggressor in
Europe and Asia had been smoothed because
those nations interested in the maintenance of
international law and order had failed to stand
together and to agree upon common measures
of resistance. In 1936 the fatal policies of
appeasement and self-delusion had already
borne fruit, and the Third Reich had been
allowed unilaterally and by force to overthrow
the international statutes upon which the peace
of Europe rested.

Still further seeking to weld together their
continental community, the American republics
met at Lima in December of 1938. Europe was
already in the shadows. Munich had come and

APRIL 25, 1942

371

gone, and few believed that even the highly
favorable terms which Hitler had there ex-
tracted from the unprepared democracies would
long be respected by him.

At Lima the American republics magnificently
reaffirmed their continental solidarity and pro-
vided that in order to facilitate the necessary
consultations the Ministers of Foreign Affairs
of the American republics or their representa-
tives, when deemed desirable and at the initia-
tive of any one of them, would meet together.

Within three weeks of the outbreak of the
war in September of 1939 there was assembled at
Panama the First Consultative Meeting of the
Foreign Ministers of the continent. At that
meeting emphasis was upon immediate measures
for keeping the effects of the conflict from the
hemisphere. Procedures with regard to neutral-
ity and security were adopted. In retrospect,
however, perhaps the most important achieve-
ment was the establishment of the Inter- Amer-
ican Financial and Economic Advisory Com-
mittee, consisting of one representative of each
of the 21 governments, which has been in per-
manent session in Washington since November
of 1939 and has furnished a constant medium,
for the consideration of the many and serious
economic problems resulting from the ever-
spreading war and for the adoption of far-
reaching measures designed to meet those prob-
lems. For example : that Committee is respon-
sible for the Inter- American Coffee Agreement ;
it devised the arrangements under which 100
former Axis vessels immobilized in American
ports are now serving the Americas.

In the summer of 1940 the surrender of France
brought the war much closer to our hemisphere.
France has had for generations colonial pos-
sessions in the West Indies and on the mainland
of South America. Those possessions, in the
hands of a government subservient to the aggres-
sor nations, might prove a source of great dan-
ger to the free nations of the continent. Under-
standing this situation thoroughly, the 21 Amer-
ican republics before the end of July 1940 had
adopted at the Second Consultative Meeting of
Foreign Ministers held at Habana an Act and a

Convention providing for the provisional ad-
ministration of European possessions by an
inter-American organization in case of the dan-
ger of a change in sovereignty over those regions.

At the same meeting the representatives of the
American republics took occasion to declare
"that any attempt on the part of a non-American
State against the integrity or inviolability of
the territory, the sovereignty or the political in-
dependence of an American State shall be con-
sidered as an act of aggression against the States
which sign this declaration". All 21 represent-
atives signed the declaration.

On December 7 the United States of America,
one of the 21 American republics, became the
victim of aggression of one of the Axis partners ;
the other partners declared war on us. Again
the procedure of consultation was called into
play. Again the American republics affirmed
the declaration which they had made at Habana.
The Foreign Ministers acted, reaffirming the
complete solidarity of the countries which they
represented and their determination to cooperate
jointly for their mutual protection until, in the
words of the important resolution which they
there adopted, "the effects of the present aggres-
sion against the Continent have disappeared."
They recommended that each country break off
its diplomatic relations with the Axis powers
in accordance with the procedures established
by its own laws and in conformity with the posi-
tion and the circumstances pertaining to each
country in the existing continental conflict.

The Rio Meeting covered a very wide field
of matters of inter-American interest. It was
fitting that it should do so since it met at a time
of unparalleled crisis and since it was the third
in a series of meetings held under the consul-
tative procedure. It would not be possible here
to attempt to review all that was accomplished.
The record has been published. 1 Suffice it to
say that in 40 carefully drafted resolutions the
entire field of the political and economic prob-
lems of the Americas was covered. And in

1 For test of Final Act, see the Bulletin of February
7, 1942, p. 117.

372

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

addition to these tangible and concrete resolu-
tions it is important to stress the tremendous
power of the intangible forces which are to-
day influencing the course of inter-American
relations.

At a gathering such as this at Rio — not a
conference in the usual and formal sense but
rather a meeting of friends and colleagues —
statesmen responsible for guiding the foreign
policies of 21 sovereign nations meet on in-
formal terms. They sit down in subcommit-
tees and work together in formulating their
common policies. Their exchanges of views
are not confined to formal sessions but are
continued in small groups at the luncheon
table or at social gatherings. Many familiar
faces are seen — old friends who have partici-
pated in previous inter-American gatherings.
The intimate bonds of friendship generated
through this simple and effective mechanism
have had and are continuing to have a signifi-
cant effect in promoting mutual understand-
ing and a feeling of common responsibilities
in the face of the dangers threatening our
continent.

We in the Americas have behind us over a
decade of experience in the practical applica-
tion of international fair-dealings. We do not
make promises to each other which we know
we can not make good. There is not the
slightest foundation for the allegation that
promises were made at Rio which this Govern-
ment was in no position to make good. Our
friends know that we are fighting a war of
survival; many of them are fighting at our
side. They know too that the officially stated
economic policy of this Government is to aid
in maintaining the economic stability of the
other American republics by recognizing and
providing for their essential civilian needs on
the basis of equal and proportionate considera-
tion with our own. Just as no one can predict
the exact future course of the war to the day
of ultimate victory, so no one can predict the
extent of the privations and sacrifices to which
the civilian populations in the United States
and the other American republics may be sub-

jected before that day arrives. Equally cer-
tainly the maintenance of economic stability
in each one of the American republics, which
are making so important a contribution to our
own war effort, is an important objective of
this Government's war-time policy. The de-
tails of that policy are being worked out daily
in friendly consultation and conference be-
tween the officials of the various governments
concerned.

Those officials and their governments believe
in the Rio resolutions. They believe that the
United States will carry out its stated policy.
They have daily evidence of the carrying out
of that policy. They know that since the Rio
Meeting about 50 scarce articles, including
important groups of iron and steel products,
rayon, certain chemicals, and farm machinery,
have been the subject of allocation for export
by our Government in accordance with its
slated policy regarding civilian needs in the
United States and in the other American
republics.

Since Rio eight of the other American
republics have sent official delegations to Wash-
ington for the purpose of entering into recipro-
cal commitments with this Government in a
large variety of matters, mostly of an economic
character. These commitments continue to be
entered into in a spirit of mutual understand-
ing, confidence, and knowledge. Surely the
record is a clear demonstration that the Ameri-
cas both in peace and in war have found and
are following a course of cooperation for the
benefit of all.

PAYMENT BY BOLIVIAN GOVERNMENT
TO STANDARD OIL COMPANY

I Released to the press April 22]

In compliance with the agreement signed on
January 27, 1942 at Rio de Janeiro by the
Minister of Foreign Relations of Bolivia and
the authorized representative of the Standard
Oil Company of Bolivia and the Standard Oil
Company (New Jersey), 1 the Bolivian Gov-

1 Bulletin of February 21, 1942, p. 172.

APRIL 25, 1942

373

eminent has paid the Standard Oil Company
(New Jersey) the sum of $1,729,375. This
amount represents the principal of $1,500,000
with interest at the rate of three percent per
annum from March 13, 1937, and is in payment
for all the rights, interest, and properties in
Bolivia of the Standard Oil Company (New
Jersey) and of its subsidiary, the Standard
Oil Company of Bolivia, as they existed im-
mediately prior to March 13, 1937 and for the
sale of the existing maps and geological studies
which are the result of their explorations in
Bolivia.

MIXED COMMISSION, UNITED STATES
AND ARGENTINA

[Released to the press April 22]

In accordance with the provisions of the
second paragraph of article XII of the trade
agreement between the United States and Ar-
gentina, which became provisionally effective on
November 15, 1941, there has been established in
Buenos Aires a commission consisting of rep-
resentatives of the Governments of the United
States and Argentina. The commission will
study the operation of the agreement, make
recommendations relating thereto, and consider
such other matters as may be submitted to it
by the two governments. The representatives
of the Government of the United States are
members of the staff of the American Embassy
at Buenos Aires who participated in the nego-
tiation of the agreement ; those of the Govern-
ment of Argentina are members of the Inter-
Ministerial Committee.

The commission will function as a conven-
ient agency for informal discussion of trade-
agreement matters of interest to one or both
governments. It will not supersede in any
way the usual diplomatic channels of commun-
ication between the two governments; nor will
it, either as a joint commission or as separate
United States and Argentine commissions,
supersede established channels in either coun-
try for communication between private indi-
viduals or firms and the government concerned

in regard to matters affecting the trade agree-
ment, or the established organization and pro-
cedure for reaching decisions relating to such
matters.

Commercial Policy

TRADE-AGREEMENT NEGOTIATIONS
WITH MEXICO

[Released to the press April 21]

Pursuant to section 4 of an act of Congress
approved June 12, 1934, entitled "An Act To
Amend the Tariff Act of 1930", as extended by
Public Resolution 61, approved April 12, 1940,
and to Executive Order 6750, of June 27, 1934,
public notice of intention to negotiate a trade
agreement with the Government of Mexico was
issued on April 4, 1942. In connection with
that notice, the Acting Secretary of State pub-
lished a list of products on which the United
States will consider the granting of concessions
to Mexico, and announced that concessions on
products not included in the list would not be
considered unless supplementary announce-
ment were made.

The Acting Secretary of State announced
on April 11, 1942 that certain other products
had been added to the list issued on April 4,
1942.

The Secretary of State now announces that
the products described below have been added
to the lists issued on April 4, 1942 and on April
11, 1942.

374

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

gard to any product contained in this list will
be heard at the public hearing beginning at
10 a.m. on May 18, 1942, before the Committee
for Reciprocity Information, in the hearing
room of the Tariff Commission in the Tariff
Commission Building, unless persons interested
in these products request that they be heard
at a later date acceptable to the Committee.

Suggestions with regard to the form and
content of presentations addressed to the Com-
mittee for Reciprocity Information are in-
cluded in a statement released by that Com-
mittee on December 13, 1937.

SECOND SUPPLEMENTARY LIST OF PRODUCTS

United States

Tariff Act ot 1930

Paragraph

Description of article

Rice polish.
Rice bran...

Ht per lb.

Committee for Reciprocity Information

trade-agreement negotiations with mexico

Public Notice

Second Supplementary List of Products

Closing date for submission of briefs, May 11,
1942 ; closing date for application to be heard,
May 11, 1942 ; public hearings open, May 18,
1942.

The Committee for Reciprocity Information
hereby gives notice that all information and
views in writing, and all applications for sup-
plemental oral presentation of views, with re-
gard to the second supplementary list of prod-
ucts announced by the Secretary of State on
this date in connection with the negotiation of
a trade agreement with the Government of
Mexico, shall be submitted to the Committee for
Reciprocity Information not later than 12
o'clock noon, May 11, 1942. Such communica-
tions should be addressed to "The Chairman,
Committee for Reciprocity Information, Tariff
Commission Building, Eighth and E Streets
NW., Washington, D.C."

A public hearing will be held, beginning at
10 a.m. on May 18, 1942, before the Committee
for Reciprocity Information, in the hearing
room of the Tariff Commission in the Tariff
Commission Building, when supplemental oral
statements will be heard with regard to the
products contained in the second supplementay
list, unless persons interested in these products
request that they be heard at a later date
acceptable to the Committee.

Six copies of written statements, either type-
written or printed, shall be submitted, of which
one copy shall be sworn to. Appearance at
hearings before the Committee may be made
only by those persons who have filed written
statements and who have within the time pre-
scribed made written application for a hearing,
and statements made at such hearings shall be
under oath.

By direction of the Committee for Reciprocity
Information this 21st day of April 1942.
E. M. Whttcomb
Acting Secretary

Washington, D.C,
April 21, 1942.

Cultural Relations

VISIT TO THE UNITED STATES OF
PERUVIAN CONGRESSMAN

[Released to the press April 25]

Dr. Jose Angel Escalante, a member of the
Chamber of Deputies of the Congress of Peru, is
expected to arrive in Washington on April 28, at
the invitation of the Department of State. Dr.
Escalante, who represents one of the provinces
of the Department of Cuzco, is owner of El
Comercio, a daily newspaper that has been in
circulation for more than a quarter of a cen-
tury. In 1930 he was Minister of Education and
Justice in the President's Cabinet.

Dr. Escalante is an ardent supporter of de-
mocracy and is an energetic advocate of hemi-

APRIL 25, 1942

375

spheric solidarity. Last year he introduced a
motion, which the Chamber of Deputies passed,
that a message "reaffirming democratic prin-
ciples" be sent by the Peruvian Congress to
the other legislative bodies of the American
republics.

Dr. Escalante is especially interested in the
subject of Indians throughout the Americas
and is planning to confer with authorities on
Indian affairs in this country. He is also keenly
interested in pre-school instruction, secondary
education, and our newspapers.

VISIT TO THE UNITED STATES
OF PERUVIAN ENGINEER

[Released to the press April 25]

Enrique Laroza, director of the National
School for Engineers at Lima, Peru, arrived
in "Washington by plane on April 25, at the
invitation of the Department of State, for a
visit to engineering centers in this country.

Senor Laroza, who is himself an electrical
engineer educated in the United States and in
Europe, is especially interested in sanitary-
engineering methods and in recent develop-
ments in laboratory equipment. While here
he plans to visit Yale, Johns Hopkins, a num-
ber of well-known foundations, and various
factories. His visit will include a side trip to
Toronto to confer with directors of the Inter-
national Petroleum Company, who grant two
fellowships annually to the School for En-
gineers which he heads.

VISIT TO THE UNITED STATES
OF PARAGUAYAN OFFICIAL

[Released to the press April 25]

Dr. Sigfrido Gross-Brown, Collector of In-
ternal Revenue of the Republic of Paraguay,
will arrive in Washington on April 27. Dr.
Gross-Brown, who is coming here at the invita-
tion of the Department of State, will make a
study of United States methods of tax adminis-
tration, collection, and control. He will also
visit representative law schools and colleges of
business administration. He has been a pro-
fessor of law at the University of Paraguay

at Asuncion, a judge in the commercial courts,
and a member of the Civil Court of Appeals.

Dr. Gross-Brown has also served as an offi-
cer of the Paraguayan Army and as a member
of the Superior Military Court.

The Foreign Service

DEATH OF WIFE OF AMBASSADOR
LEAHY

[Released to the press April 21]

On April 21 the Secretary of State sent the
following telegram to Admiral William D.
Leahy, American Ambassador at Vichy, re-
garding the death of Mrs. Leahy :

"Mrs. Hull and I were greatly distressed and
pained by the sad news which has just reached
us. "We are grieving with you in the great loss
which you have suffered in serving your country
and send you our very deepest sympathy."

PERSONNEL CHANGES

[Released to the press April 25]

The following changes have occurred in the
American Foreign Service since April 18, 1942 :

F. Willard Calder, of New York, N.Y., Vice
Consul at Belfast, Northern Ireland, has been
appointed Vice Consul at Foynes, Ireland,
where an American Consulate will be estab-
lished.

Samuel H. Day, of Berkeley, Calif., Consul
at Toronto, Ontario, Canada, has been desig-
nated Commercial Attache at Pretoria, Trans-
vaal, Union of South Africa.

Oscar W. Frederickson, of Tacoma, Wash.,
Vice Consul at Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, has
been appointed Vice Consul at Asuncion,
Paraguay.

Charles Gilbert, of Brooklyn, N.Y., Vice Con-
sul at Madrid, Spain, has been appointed Vice
Consul at La Paz, Bolivia.

James G. McCargar, of Palo Alto, Calif., has
been appointed Vice Consul at Vladivostok,
U.S.S.R.

376

Lynn W. Meekins, of Hershey, Pa., Commer-
cial Attache at Pretoria, Transvaal, Union of
South Africa, has been designated First Secre-
tary of Legation at Pretoria, Transvaal, Union
of South Africa.

Paul G. Minneman, of Mendon, Ohio, now
serving in the Department of Agriculture, has
been designated Agricultural Attache at Ha-
bana, Cuba.

Shiras Morris, Jr., of Hartford, Conn., Third
Secretary of Embassy and Vice Consul at Mon-

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

tevideo, Uruguay, has been assigned for duty
in the Department of State.

John Randolph, of Niagara Falls, N.Y., now
serving in the Department of State, has been
assigned as Consul at Edmonton, Alberta,
Canada.

G. Frederick Reinhardt, of Oakland, Calif.,
Third Secretary of Embassy and Vice Consul
at Moscow, U.S.S.R., has been assigned for duty
in the Department of State.

Treaty Information

Compiled in the Treaty Division

LABOR

Agreement with Canada Regardint:
Unemployment Insurance

By an exchange of notes dated March 6 and
12, 1942 an agreement was entered into between
the Government of the United States of
America and the Canadian Government re-
specting coordination and integration of the
unemployment-insurance laws of the United
States and Canada, so that duplication of con-
tributions with respect to the same services
and duplication of insurance payments with
respect to the same period of unemployment
may be avoided.

The agreement entered into force on April
12, 1942. It may be terminated by either
Government after 60 days' notice to the other
Government.

Provision for the maintenance of a federal-
state unemployment-insurance program in the
United States is contained in the Social Se-
curity Act (Act of August 14, 1935, ch. 531,
title III, §302, 49 Stat. 626, as amended by
Act of August 10, 1939, ch. 666, title III,
§301, 53 Stat. 1378). Provision for an un-
employment-insurance program in Canada is
contained in the Unemployment Insurance Act,

1940, Chapter 44 of the Statutes of Canada.
1940. It was considered desirable by the repre-
sentatives of the U.S. Social Security Board
and the Canadian Unemployment Insurance
Commission that the application of such laws
be coordinated.

PUBLICATIONS

Agreement for the Exchange of Official
Publications with Panama

An agreement for the exchange of official
publications between the United States and
Panama was concluded by an exchange of notes
dated November 27, 1941 and March 13, 1942,
effective as from November 27, 1941.

Each Government furnished to the other a
list of the publications to be exchanged. The
publications will be received by the Library
of Congress on behalf of the United States
and by the Ministry of Foreign Relations on
behalf of Panama. Each Government agreed
to bear the postal, railroad, steamship, and
other charges arising in its own country and to
expedite the shipments as far as possible. It
was also agreed that new and important publi-
cations which may be initiated in the future
shall be included in the lists for exchange with-
out the necessity of subsequent negotiations.

APRIL 25, 1942

377

STRATEGIC MATERIALS AND FINANCE

Agreements with Peru

An announcement regarding a series of de-
cisions on matters of collaboration between
Peru and the United States, together with an
exchange of notes between the Secretary of
State and the Peruvian Minister of Finance
and Commerce, appears in this Bulletin under
the heading ''American Republics".

Agreement with Nicaragua

An announcement regarding negotiations
concluded between the Government of Nica-
ragua and the Government of the United
States relating to various matters of collabora-
tion between the two Governments, appears in
this Bulletin under the heading "American
Republics".

COMMERCE

Trade Agreement with Argentina

An announcement regarding the establish-
ment of a Mixed Commission, consisting of
representatives of the Governments of Argen-
tina and the United States, as provided in the
trade agreement between the two countries
which entered into effect provisionally Novem-
ber 15, 1941, appears in this Bulletin under the
heading "American Republics".

The Department

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

Mr. Rafael Gimenez has been appointed an
Assistant Chief of the Central Translating
Office, effective April 1, 1942 (Departmental
Order 1051).

Mr. George L. Brandt, a Foreign Service
officer of class I, has been designated an Exec-
utive Assistant to Assistant Secretary of State
Mr. Long, effective April 21, 1942 (Depart-
mental Order 1054).

Legislation

Sixth Supplemental National Defense Appropriation
Bill, 1942. H. Kept. 2030, 77th Cong., on H.R. 6S68.
10 pp.

Amending the Act Requiring Registration of Foreign
Agents. H. Rept. 2038, 77th Cong., on S. 2399. 12 pp.

Publications

Regulations

Safeguarding Technical Information : Authority for
Admission of Foreign Nationals. (Army: War De-
partment.) [Cir. 109, W.D., April 13, 1942.] 7
Federal Register 2963.

Department of State

The Problem of Economic Peace After the War:
Address by Leo Pasvolsky, Special Assistant to the
Secretary of State, delivered at Delaware, Ohio,
March 4, 1942. Commercial Policy Series 72. Pub-
lication 1720. 22 pp. 5C.

Diplomatic List, April 1942. Publication 1724. ii, 96
pp. Subscription, $1 a year ; single copy, 100.

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. — Price, 10 cents - - - - Subscription price, $2.75 a year

PUBLISHED WEEKLY WITH THE APPROVAL OF THE DIRECTOR OP THE BUREAU OF THE BUDGET

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

BULLETIN

MAY 2, 1942
Vol. VI, No. 149— Publication 1736

ontents

The War Pag6

Address by the President to the Nation 381

Lend-lease aid: Iraq and Iran 383

Exchange of diplomatic and consular personnel . . . 383

American Republics

Conference of representatives of central banks or equiv-
alent institutions of the American republics . . . 383
Visit to the United States of the President of Peru . . 384
Death of General Iglesias of Peru 384

Commercial Policy

Exchange of notes with Haiti regarding trade agree-
ment 384

Cultural Relations

Visit to the United States of Costa Rican author and

educator 385

General

Death of Mrs. Lea Burdett 385

Contributions for relief in belligerent countries .... 385

International Conferences, Commissions, Etc.

Eighth Pan American Child Congress 386

The Foreign Service

Diplomatic confirmations 386

Treaty Iniormation

Extradition: Treaty with Canada 387

Flora and fauna: Convention on Nature Protection and

Wildlife Preservation in the Western Hemisphere. 387

Publications 387

Legislation 388

MAY 14 1942

The War

ADDRESS BY THE PRESIDENT TO THE NATION

[Released to tlie press by the White House April 28]

It is nearly five months since we were at-
tacked at Pearl Harbor. For the two years
prior to that attack this country had been gear-
ing itself up to a high level of production of
munitions. Yet our war efforts had done little
to dislocate the normal lives of most of us.

Since then we have dispatched strong forces
of our Army and Navy to bases and battle fronts
thousands of miles from home. We have
stepped up our war production on a scale that
is testing our industrial power and our engi-
neering genius and our economic structure to
the utmost. We have had no illusions about
the fact that this would be a tough job — and a
long one.

American warships are now in combat in the
North and South Atlantic, in the Arctic, in the
Mediterranean, and in the North and South
Pacific. American troops have taken stations
in South America, Greenland, Iceland, the Brit-
ish Isles, the Near East, the Middle East, the
Far East, the Continent of Australia, and many
islands of the Pacific. American warplanes,
manned by Americans, are flying in actual com-
bat over all the continents and all the oceans.

On the European front the most important
development of the past year has been the crush-
ing offensive on the part of the great armies of
Russia against the powerful German army.
These Russian forces have destroyed and are
destroying more armed power of our enemies —
troops, planes, tanks, and guns — than all the
other United Nations put together.

broadcast April 2S, 1942. The complete text of
the address is printed in the Congressional Record for
April 29, 1942 (vol. 88, no. 83), p. A1719.

In the Mediterranean area matters remain,
on the surface, much as they were. But the
situation there is receiving very careful atten-
tion.

Recently we have received news of a change
in government in what we used to know as the
Republic of France — a name dear to the hearts
of all lovers of liberty — a name and an institu-
tion which we hope will soon be restored to full
dignity.

Throughout the Nazi occupation of France
we have hoped for the maintenance of a French
Government which would strive to regain inde-
pendence, to reestablish the principles of "Lib-
erty, Equality, and Fraternity", and to restore
the historic culture of France. Our policy has
been consistent from the very beginning. How-
ever, we are now concerned lest those who have
recently come to power may seek to force the
brave French people to submission to Nazi
despotism.

The United Nations will take measures, if
necessary, to prevent the use of French territory
in any part of the world for military purposes
by the Axis powers. The good people of France
will readily understand that such action is essen-
tial for the United Nations to prevent assistance
to the armies or navies or air forces of Germany,
Italy, and Japan. The overwhelming majority
of the French people understand that the fight
of the United Nations is fundamentally their
fight, that our victory means the restoration of
a free and independent France — and the saving
of France from the slavery which would be im-
posed upon her by her external enemies and her
internal traitors.

We know how the French people really feel.
We know that a deep-seated determination to

381

382

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

obstruct every step in the Axis plan extends
from occupied France through Vichy France
to the people of their colonies in every ocean and
on every continent.

Our planes are helping in the defense of
French colonies today, and soon American Fly-
ing Fortresses will be fighting for the liberation
of the darkened continent of Europe.

In all the occupied countries there are men,
women, and even little children who have never
stopped fighting, never stopped resisting, never
stopped proving to the Nazis that their so-called
"New Order" can never be enforced upon free
peoples.

In the German and Italian peoples them-
selves there is a growing conviction that the
cause of Nazism and Fascism is hopeless — that
their political and military leaders have led
them along the bitter road which leads not to
world conquest but to final defeat. They cannot
fail to contrast the present frantic speeches of
these leaders with their arrogant boastings of a
year ago and two years ago.

On the other side of the world, in the Far
East, we have passed through a phase of serious
losses.

We have inevitably lost control of a large por-
tion of the Philippine Islands. But this whole
Nation pays tribute to the Filipino and Ameri-
can officers and men who held out so long on
Bataan Peninsula, to those grim and gallant
fighters who still hold Corregidor, and to the
forces which are still striking effectively at the
enemy on Mindanao and other islands.

The Malayan Peninsula and Singapore are in
the hands of the enemy; the Netherlands East
Indies are almost entirely occupied, though re-
sistance there continues. Many other islands
are in the possession of the Japanese. But there
is good reason to believe that their southward
advance has been checked. Australia, New
Zealand, and much other territory will be bases
for offensive action — and we are determined
that the territory which has been lost will be
regained.

The Japanese are pressing their northward
advance in Burma with considerable power,

driving toward India and China. They have
been opposed with great bravery by small Brit-
ish and Chinese forces aided by American fliers.

The news in Burma tonight is not good. The
Japanese may cut the Burma Road ; but I want
to say to the gallant people of China that no
matter what advances the Japanese may make,
ways will be found to deliver airplanes and mu-
nitions of war to the armies of Generalissimo
Chiang Kai-shek.

We remember that the Chinese people were
the first to stand up and fight against the ag-
gressors in this war ; and in the future an uncon-
querable China will play its proper role in
maintaining peace and prosperity not only in
eastern Asia but in the whole world.

For every advance that the Japanese have
made since they started their frenzied career of
conquest, they have had to pay a very heavy
toll in warships, in transports, in planes, and
in men. They are feeling the effects of those
losses.

It is even reported from Japan that some-
body has dropped bombs on Tokyo and on other
principal centers of Japanese war industries.
If this be true, it is the first time in history that
Japan has suffered such indignities.

Although the treacherous attack on Pearl
Harbor was the immediate cause of our entry
into the war, that event found the American
people spiritually prepared for war on a world-
wide scale. We went into this war fighting.
We know what we are fighting for. We realize
that the war has become what Hitler originally
proclaimed it to be — a total war.

Not all of us can have the privilege of fighting
our enemies in distant parts of the world.

Not all of us can have the privilege of work-
ing in a munitions factory or shipyard, or on the
farms, or in oil fields or mines, producing tho
weapons or the raw materials which are needed
by our armed forces.

But there is one front and one battle where
everyone in the United States — every man,
woman, and child — is in action and will be
privileged to remain in action throughout this
war. That front is right here at home, in our
daily lives and in our daily tasks. Here at home

MAY 2, 1942

383

everyone will have the privilege of making
whatever self-denial is necessary, not only to
supply our fighting men but to keep the eco-
nomic structure of our country fortified and
secure during the war and after the war.

LEND-LEASE AID: IRAQ AND IRAN

[Released to the press by the White House May 2]

The President announces that he has found
the defense of Iraq vital to the defense of the
United States in accordance with provisions of
the Lend-Lease Act of March 11, 1941. Conse-
quently, upon completion of the formalities
required by sections 4 and 7 of the Act, Iraq
will be eligible to receive lend-lease assistance.

The President also announces that he has
found the defense of Iran to be vital to the
defense of the United States in accordance with
the provisions of the Lend-Lease Act of March
11, 1941. The representations required by sec-
tions 4 and 7 of the Act having been made by
the Iranian Government, Iran is now eligible
to receive lend-lease assistance.

EXCHANGE OF DIPLOMATIC AND
CONSULAR PERSONNEL

[Released to the press April 27]

The Department of State announces that a
group of about 500 Axis officials from South
American countries, to be exchanged for cor-
responding personnel from Europe, arrived at
New Orleans and departed by train. It was the
original intention to transport them directly to
the vessel which would repatriate them to Eu-
rope, but the arrival of that vessel having been
delayed, it became necessary to accommodate
them a few days in the United States. Their
journey from New Orleans to New York was
interrupted at Cincinnati where they presently
are and where they will remain for a few days
until the expected arrival of the Drottningholm
from Sweden.

The party is composed of Germans and
Italians bound for Europe, and some Japanese.
The Japanese are not proceeding upon the first
vessel to sail and will consequently be in the
United States a longer period, or until there
shall depart from New York the vessel which
will effect the exchange of American officials
from the Far East.

American Republics

CONFERENCE OF REPRESENTATIVES OF CENTRAL BANKS OR EQUIVALENT
INSTITUTIONS OF THE AMERICAN REPUBLICS

The Inter- American Financial and Economic
Advisory Committee at its regular session on
April 16, 1942 approved a resolution (no. XXV)
on the convening of a conference of representa-
tives of central banks or equivalent or analogous
institutions of the American republics. The
text of the resolution follows :

"The Inter-American Financial and Eco-
nomic Advisory Committee considers that it is
now the opportune time to convene a Conference
of Representatives of Central Banks or Equiva-
lent or Analogous Institutions of the American

Republics, for the purpose of drafting stand-
ards of procedure for the uniform handling of
bank credits, collections, contracts of lease and
consignments or merchandise, involving real or
juridical persons who are nationals of a S'ate
which has committed an act of aggression
against the American Continent, pursuant with
the terms of Resolution VI of the Third Meeting
of Consultation of the Ministers of Foreign Af-
fairs of the American Republics held in Rio de
Janeiro.

"The Committee recommends, therefore, that,
allowing for a sufficient time to make adequate

384

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

preparations and in order that the delegates
may attend with the best information of their
respective Governments on the topics to be dis-
cussed, the aforesaid conference be held prior
to July 1st of the present year in the City of
Washington.

"When a report on this resolution is sent to
the Governments, they shall be requested to sub-
mit their particular points of view regarding
the Agenda of the Conference. They shall like-
wise be requested to send data relative to the
control systems and administrative practices
applied in their respective countries with re-
gard to the operations listed in Resolution VI
of Rio de Janeiro, such as texts of the laws and
regulations now in force in this matter; de-
scription of the government organization
charged with the enforcement of said laws and
regulations ; rules of procedure adopted by said
government organization; various types of
operations authorized by the abovementioned
organization in the performance of its official
functions, and all other information which they
may deem useful in the study of the problems to
be faced by the Conference."

VISIT TO THE UNITED STATES OF THE
PRESIDENT OF PERU

On May 5 President Manuel Prado of Peru,
with members of the presidential party, will
arrive, on an official visit to the United States,
at Miami, Fla., where he will be received by
United States and Peruvian officials.

He will proceed to Washington, where he will
be the guest of the President at the White House
and will attend a state dinner. The Peruvian
President will be received by the Senate and
the House of Representatives in session sep-
arately and will attend several luncheons and
dinners in his honor. During his stay in the
United States he will visit Annapolis and West
Point, war industries in Detroit and Buffalo,
and other points of interest.

After a few days' stay in New York City,
President Prado will, according to the present
schedule, leave for South America on May 20.

DEATH OF GENERAL IGLESIAS OF PERU
STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY OF STATE

[Released to the press April 30]

It is with the deepest regret that I have
learned of the death of General Iglesias, the
distinguished Peruvian statesman and soldier, in
Washington. For many years he gave his great
and varied talents unselfishly to the service of
his country, culminating his career as Minister
of Finance and Commerce and then as Minister
of War. I know that his many friends in the
United States join me in extending to his coun-
try and his family our sincere condolences.

Commercial Policy

EXCHANGE OF NOTES WITH HAITI RE-
GARDING TRADE AGREEMENT

[Released to the press April 27]

Notes were exchanged on April 25, 1942 be-
tween Mr. John Campbell White, American
Minister at Port-au-Prince, and M. Charles
Fombrun, Minister of Foreign Affairs of Haiti,
regarding certain provisions of the trade agree-
ment with Haiti signed on March 28, 1935. 1

The translated text of the note from the Hai-
tian Foreign Minister, the reply to which is in
similar terms, is, in part, as follows :

"Excellency:

"I have the honor to refer to the recent con-
versations regarding the trade agreement be-
tween the Republic of Haiti and the United
States of America, signed on March 28, 1935,
and to confirm the understanding reached as a
result thereof that the Government of the Re-
public of Haiti and the Government of the
United States of America are in agreement as
follows :

1 Executive Agreement Series 78.

MAY 2, 1942

385

"1. The provisions of Articles I and II of
the trade agreement of March 28, 1935 shall not
prevent the Government of either country from
imposing at any time on the importation of any
article a charge equivalent to an internal tax
imposed in respect of a like domestic article or
in respect of a commodity from which the
imported article has been manufactured in
whole or in part. Moreover, the provisions
of Article IV of the said agreement shall not
prevent the application to cigarettes originat-
ing in the United States of America of an
increase in the internal tax to the same extent
that the internal tax on domestic cigarettes is
increased.

"2. Nothing in the trade agreement of March
28, 1935 shall be construed to prevent the adop-
tion or enforcement by either country of meas-
ures relating to public security, or imposed for
the protection of the country's essential inter-
ests in time of war or other national emergency.

"I avail myself [etc.]"

Cultural Relations

VISIT TO THE UNITED STATES OF COSTA
RICAN AUTHOR AND EDUCATOR

[Released to the press April 27]

Rogelio Sotela, Costa Rican man of letters,
Secretary of the University of Costa Rica, and
former Governor of Punt arenas, arrived in
Washington on April 26, accompanied by
Senora Sotela, for a tour of educational insti-
tutions in this country. Seiior Sotela has edited
the well-known literary review Athenea and is
author of historical and critical works as well
as of a series of volumes of poetry. During his
career as a poet he has been awarded numerous
prizes and medals in national and international
competitions. Senor Sotela has also been dec-
orated by the Government of Peru and is a
member of various learned societies at home and
abroad.

In addition to having served as Governor,
Seiior Sotela has been a deputy to the National
Congress of Costa Rica, Attorney General of
the Republic, and Secretary of the Costa Rican
Embassy in Peru. He taught a survey course
on Hispanic-American literature in the Inter-
American Summer University at San Jose and
has given a lecture course at the University of
Panama.

Seiior Sotela's most recent works include a
literary history of Costa Rica and a volume
of poetry, Rimas Serenas.

General

DEATH OF MRS. LEA BURDETT

[Released to the press April 2G]

The Department has been informed by the
American Consul at Tabriz, Iran, that Mrs. Lea
Burdett, of Italian nationality and the wife of
Mr. Winston Burdett, a representative of the
Columbia Broadcasting System, was shot and
killed in an automobile by a member of a band
of five Kurds near Miandoab on April 24. Mrs.
Burdett, who was the representative of the news-
paper PM, was touring Kurdistan accompanied
by an interpreter, policemen, and two Kurds, all
of whom escaped unharmed. She was buried at
the Catholic cemetery at Tabriz.

CONTRIBUTIONS FOR RELIEF IN
BELLIGERENT COUNTRIES

A tabulation of contributions collected and
disbursed during the period September 6, 1939
through March 1942, as shown in the reports
submitted by persons and organizations regis-
tered with the Secretary of State for the solici-
tation and collection of contributions to be used
for relief in belligerent countries, in conformity
with the regulations issued pursuant to section
3 (a) of the act of May 1, 1937 as made effec-
tive by the President's proclamations of Sep-
tember 5, 8, and 10, 1939, and section 8 of the

386

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

act of November 4, 1939 as made effective by
the President's proclamation of the same date,
has been released by the Department of State
in mimeographed form and may be obtained
from the Department upon request (press re-
lease of April 28, 1942, 42 pages).

This tabulation has reference only to contri-
butions solicited and collected for relief in bel-
ligerent countries (France; Germany; Poland;
the United Kingdom, India, Australia, Canada,
New Zealand, and the Union of South Africa ;
Norway; Belgium; Luxembourg; the Nether-
lands; Italy; Greece; Yugoslavia; Hungary;
and Bulgaria) or for the relief of refugees
driven out of these countries by the present war.

International Conferences,
Commissions, Etc.

EIGHTH PAN AMERICAN CHILD
CONGRESS

[Released to the press May 1]

The President has approved the designation
of the following persons as delegates on the part
of the United States to the Eighth Pan Ameri-
can Child Congress which will convene at
Washington, D. C, on May 2, 1942. 1

Katharine F. Lenroot, LL.D., Chief, Children's Bureau,
United States Department of Labor ; Member of the
International Council of the American International
Institute for the Protection of Childhood; Chairman
of the Organizing Committee of the Congress; Chair-
man of the Congress

Frank G. Boudreau, M.D., Executive Director, Milbank
Memorial Fund, New York, N.T. ; Chairman, Food
and Nutrition Board, National Research Council

M. O. Bousfield, M.D., Director for Negro Health,
Julius Rosenwald Fund, Chicago, 111. ; Member of the
Planning Committee, White House Conference on

Children in a Democracy ; Secretary, National Citi-
zens Committee, White House Conference on Children
in a Democracy

William G. Carr, Ph.D., Associate Secretary, National
Education Association, Washington, D.C. ; Member of
the Organizing Committee

Edward C. Ernst, M.D., Medical Director, United States
Public Health Service; Assistant Director, Pan
American Sanitary Bureau, Washington, D.C.

Jane M. Hoey, Director, Bureau of Public Assistance,
Social Security Board, Federal Security Agency,
Washington, D.C.

Bess Goodykoontz, D.Ped., Assistant Commissioner of
Education, United States Office of Education, Federal
Security Agency, Washington, D.C.

Henry F. Helmliolz, M.D., Professor of Pediatrics,
Graduate School of Medicine, University of Minne-
sota, Section on Pediatrics, Mayo Clinic, Rochester,
Minn.; Member of the Organizing Committee

The Right Reverend Monsignor Bryan J. McEntegart,
LL.D., Past President, National Conference of Catho-
lic Charities, New York, N.Y. ; National Secretary,
Catholic Near East Welfare Association ; Member of
the Organizing Committee

Mrs. Maria Pintado Rahn, Associate Professor of Social
Work, College of Education, University of Puerto
Rico, San Juan, P.R.

Felix J. Underwood, M.D., Chairman, Committee on
Maternal and Child Health, Association of State and
Territorial Health Officers; Executive Officer, State
Board of Health, Jackson, Miss.

The Foreign Service

1 Bulletin of March 7, 1942, p. 222.

DIPLOMATIC CONFIRMATIONS

On May 1, 1942 the Senate confirmed the
nominations of the following officers in the
Diplomatic Service:

Carlton J. H. Hayes, of New York, to be
Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipoten-
tiary of the United States of America to Spain.

Cornelius Van H. Engert, of California, now
a Foreign Service officer of class I and consul
general at Beirut, Lebanon, to be Envoy Ex-
traordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of
the United States of America to Afghanistan.

Treaty Information

Compiled in the Treaty Division

EXTRADITION

Treaty with Canada

[Released to the press April 29J

The Secretary of State, Mr. Cordell Hull,
and the Canadian Minister, Mr. Leighton Mc-
Carthy, signed an extradition treaty between
the United States and Canada on April 29,
1942.

The extradition treaty entered into by the
United States and Great Britain in 1931
(Treaty Series 849) does not apply to Canada,
and provisions in regard to extradition in sev-
eral treaties and conventions concluded between
the United States and Great Britain from 1842
to 1905, which were superseded in the relations
between the United States and Great Britain
by the treaty of 1931, have continued to apply
between the United States and Canada. The
provisions in these older treaties and conven-
tions will be superseded by the new treaty in
the relations between the United States and
Canada when it is brought into force by ratifi-
cation by the two countries and exchange of
ratifications.

States of America, Bolivia, Cuba, the Domini-
can Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Nicaragua,
Peru, and Venezuela, and subsequently was
signed on behalf of Argentina, Brazil, Chile,
Colombia, Costa Rica, Guatemala, Haiti,
Mexico, and Uruguay.

The convention provides for the establish-
ment, whenever practical, of national parks,
national reserves, nature monuments, and strict
wilderness reserves, including the protection
of natural fauna and flora.

Instruments of ratification of the convention
have been deposited by the United States of
America, the Dominican Republic, El Salvador,
Guatemala, Haiti, Mexico, and Venezuela. In
accordance with the provisions in section 3 of
article XI of the convention which stipulates
that the convention "shall come into force three
months after the deposit of not less than five
ratifications with the Pan American Union",
the convention entered into force on April 30,
1942, three months after January 31, 1942, the
date of the deposit of the fifth ratification,
which was the ratification of Haiti.

FLORA AND FAUNA

Convention on Nature Protection and Wildlife
Preservation in the Western Hemisphere

[Released to the press April 30]

On April 30, 1942 the President proclaimed
the Convention on Nature Protection and Wild-
life Preservation in the Western Hemisphere
which was opened for signature at the Pan
American Union on October 12, 1940 and was
signed on that day on behalf of the United

Publications

Department of State

Publications of the Department of State (a list cumu-
lative from October 1, 1929). April 1, 1942. Publi-
cation 1723. 30 pp. Free.

The Proclaimed List of Certain Blocked Nationals.
Supplement 4, May 1, 1942, to Revision I of February
7, 1942. Publication 1734. 21 pp.

387

388 DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Legislation

An Act To amend the Act entitled "An Act To require
the registration of certain persons employed by
agencies to disseminate propaganda in the United
States, and for other purposes", approved June 8, 1938,
as amended. Approved April 29, 1942. [S. 2399.]
Sixth Supplemental National Defense Appropriation Act, Public Law 532, 77th Cong. 12 pp.

1942 : An Act Making additional appropriations for Relating to the Payment by Certain Persons in the

the national defense for the fiscal year ending June Armed Forces of the United States Entitled To Be

30, 1942, and for other purposes [defense aid, pp. 5, 9; Naturalized Under Title III of the Nationality Act

passport agencies, p. 21 ; salaries, ambassadors and of 1940, as Amended, of Fees for the Issuance of

ministers, p. 21]. Approved April 28, 1942. [H. R. Certificates of Arrival. H. Rept. 2061, 77th Cong.,

6S68.] Public Law 528, 77th Cong. 25 pp. on H. R. 6972. 2 pp.

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. — Price, 10 cents - - - - Subscription price, $2.75 a year

PUBLISHED WEEKLY WITH THE APPROVAL OF THE DIRECTOB OF THE BUREAU OF THE BUDGET

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

BULLETIN

MAY 9, 1942
Vol. VI, No. 150— Publication 1740

ontents

The War Page

Occupation of Madagascar by the British 391

Developments in Martinique 391

Fall of Corregidor:

Statement by the Secretary of State 392

Message from New Zealand 392

Exchange of diplomatic and consular personnel. . . . 392

Commodities allocated to other American republics . . 393
Argentine appreciation for assistance to crew of tanker

Victoria 394

Proclaimed List: Supplement 4 to Revision I . . . . 394

American Republics

Visit to the United States of the President of Peru:

Statement of President Roosevelt 395

Program of visit 395

The Far East

Cultural Factors in the Far Eastern Situation: Address

by Joseph W. Ballantine 397

Europe

Embassy rank for representation between the United

States and the Netherlands 402

The Near East

Presentation of letters of credence by the Minister of

Iraq 403

Australasia

New Zealand postal concessions to Allied forces . . . 404

[OVER]

ontents-coNriNVED

International Conferences, Commissions, Etc. Page
Eighth Pan American Child Congress:

Address by Assistant Secretary Long 405

Address by Assistant Secretary Berle 406

The Foreign Service

Foreign Service conference in Mexico City 408

Retirement of Consul General Carter 409

Personnel changes 409

Commercial Policy

Trade agreement with Peru 410

Treaty Information

Legal Assistance: Protocol on Uniformity of Powers of

Attorney Which Are To Be Utilized Abroad ... 422
Postal: Universal Postal Convention and Parcel Post

Agreement, 1939 423

Commerce:

Trade Agreement with Peru 423

Trade Agreement with Haiti 423

Regulations 423

Publications 423

The War

OCCUPATION OF MADAGASCAR BY THE BRITISH

[Released to the press May 4]

The French Ambassador in Washington was
informed on the evening of May 4 in the fol-
lowing sense:

The President of the United States has been
informed that Madagascar has been occupied
by British forces. This occupation has the full
approval and support of the Government of
the United States. The island of Madagascar
presents the definite danger to the United Na-
tions of occupation or use by the Axis powers,
especially Japan. Such occupation by the Axis
powers would constitute a definite and serious
danger to the United Nations in their fight to
maintain the kind of civilization to which
France and to which the United Nations have
been so long accustomed.

The Government of the United States is at
war with the Axis powers, and if it becomes
necessary or desirable for American troops or
ships to use Madagascar in the common cause,

the United States will not hesitate to do so at
any time.

The United States and Great Britain are in
accord that Madagascar will, of course, be re-
stored to France after the war or at any time
that the occupation of Madagascar is no longer
essential to the common cause of the United
Nations.

In view of the fact that the island of Mada-
gascar will be held in trust for France, in
order to protect it from attack by any one of
the Axis powers, any warlike act permitted by
the French Government against the Govern-
ment of Great Britain or the Government of
the United States would, of necessity, have to
be regarded by the Government of the United
States as an attack upon the United Nations
as a whole.

The American Charge at Vichy was in-
structed to convey this message to the French
Government.

DEVELOPMENTS IN MARTINIQUE

[Released to the press May 9]

The President has directed a visit by Ad-
miral John H. Hoover, as Commander of the
Caribbean Sea Front, accompanied by a rep-
resentative of the Department of State, to Mar-
tinique for the purpose of seeking with the
French High Commissioner there an under-
standing with respect to the local problem
presented by the French possessions in the

Caribbean area arising out of the collaboration
policy of Monsieur Laval.

Admiral Hoover and Mr. Samuel Reber, As-
sistant Chief of the Division of European Af-
fairs, Department of State, arrived at Mar-
tinique the morning of May 9.

Admiral Hoover is authorized to propose
an arrangement whereby the French flag may
continue to fly over the French Caribbean pos-
sessions and French sovereignty there will re-

391

U. S. SUPER1NTFNDENT OF DOCUMENT*
MAY 23 1942

392

main unchanged, and whereby Admiral Rob-
ert will continue to be recognized as the ulti-
mate governing authority of French Caribbean
possessions.

Should mutually satisfactory arrangements
be reached with Admiral Robert as High Com-
missioner, assuring that the French authorities
in the French Caribbean - Atlantic Coast area
will not furnish aid or comfort to Axis forces,
the United States is prepared to safeguard the
interests of France in these areas, to maintain
their economic life, and to assure that all assets
of the French Government in the French Car-
ibbean possessions be held for the ultimate use
of the French people.

FALL OF CORREGIDOR
STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY OF STATE

[Released to the press May 6]

Corregidor and Bataan will live forever in
the memory of Americans. They stand for
reverses that are but preludes to victory. The
heroism and the glorious sacrifice of their de-
fenders are a fire in which the soul of America
is being tempered into invincible steel.

MESSAGE FROM NEW ZEALAND

[Released to the press by the White House May 7]

The President has received the following
cable message from the Right Honorable Peter
Fraser, Prime Minister of New Zealand :

"Will you kindly inform President Roosevelt
how profoundly the Government, Parliament
and people of New Zealand have been moved by
the fall of Corregidor.

"The very gallant defense of the fortress
against overwhelming odds has been, and ever
will be an inspiration and a glorious example
to all of us who are banded together to resist
aggression and to preserve and restore freedom.

"Corregidor has not been in vain — it will live
forever in the memory of man as one of the
great feats of arms of all time."

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

EXCHANGE OF DIPLOMATIC AND
CONSULAR PERSONNEL

[Released to the press May 4]

The S.S. Drottningholm is expected to sail
from New York on May 7 with Axis officials
and nationals en route to Lisbon.

The Department of State is endeavoring to
make arrangements to charter the S.S. Grips-
holm of Swedish registry for use in the ex-
change of United States and Latin American
diplomats and nationals from Japan.

[Released to the press May 7]

The Swiss Government has consented to act
as guarantor for the compliance of the various
governments concerned with the terms of the
agreement reached by these governments for
the exchange of Axis and American diplomats
and nationals.

Lt. Col. Charles Gossweiler of the Swiss
Army was designated by the Swiss Govern-
ment to act as its representative and is aboard
the S.S. Drottningholm together with Mr.
Frederick B. Lyon, an officer of the Depart-
ment of State. The Portuguese Government
has consented to act for all the governments
concerned as guarantor for the exchange on
Portuguese territory. It is contemplated that
a number of similar exchanges will be carried
out as soon as possible.

[Released to the press May 7]

Ambassadors and ministers of the Axis, with
their staffs and other nationals, who departed
on May 7 on the S.S. Drottninghohn for Lisbon
to be exchanged with American officials and
nationals formerly in Germany, Italy, Hun-
gary, Rumania, and Bulgaria, have been con-
centrated during their stay in the United States
at Asheville, N. C, White Sulphur Springs,
W. Va., and Cincinnati, Ohio.

This part of the exchange has been arranged
with the cooperation of the following Ameri-
can republics which have broken relations with
Germany, Italy, and Japan : Bolivia, Colombia,

MAY 9, 1942

Costa Rica, Cuba, Dominican Republic, Ecua-
dor, El Salvador, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras,
Mexico, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, and Vene-
zuela.

The Governments of Brazil, Paraguay, and
Uruguay, which have also broken relations with
the Axis, have cooperated among themselves
and with the United States for a direct con-
temporaneous exchange of officials and nation-
als from Rio de Janeiro and Montevideo.

The groups arrived in Jersey City on six
special trains on May 7. The group from Ashe-
ville, composed of 226 Italian, Rumanian, and
Bulgarian officials and nationals left Asheville
in two trains at 3 : 40 p.m. and 4 : 30 p.m., May 6.
The group from White Sulphur Springs, com-
posed of 426 German officials and nationals, left
White Sulphur Springs in three trains at 11 : 45
p.m., May 6, and 12:45 a.m. and 1:05 a.m.,
May 7. The group from Cincinnati, Ohio, com-
posed of 215 German and Italian officials and
nationals, left Cincinnati on one train at 6:30
p.m., May 6. The remaining persons depart-
ing on the Drottningholm were non-officials and
were collected in New York.

All of these persons arrived in New York on
the morning of May 7 and were transported by
bus from the Pennsylvania Railroad Station in
Jersey City direct to the American Export Line
pier, where the Drottningholm was lying.
They were immediately embarked as the busses
reached the gangway.

[Released to the press May 7]

The Swedish-American steamship Drott-
ningholm sailed from Jersey City on May 7,
1942 with German, Italian, Hungarian, Ruma-
nian, and Bulgarian officials from the United
States and the other American republics, and
their families, staffs of their respective mis-
sions, and accompanying nationals, totaling 948
persons. A list of passengers, showing their
status, nationality, and the countries from
which they have departed, was released on May
7, 1942 as Department of State press release no.
197. This voyage is the first exchange, of Axis
diplomats and nationals.

393

A list of United States officials, officials of
certain of the other American republics, and
American newspaper correspondents being ex-
changed for Axis officials and newspaper
correspondents sailing on the steamship Drott-
ningholm on May 7, 1942 was issued as
Department of State press release no. 205.
The American diplomats and nationals will
board the vessel on its return trip from Lisbon.

A list of other United States nationals and
nationals of the other American republics who
will return on the Drottningholm, from Lisbon
will be announced later.

COMMODITIES ALLOCATED TO OTHER
AMERICAN REPUBLICS

[Released to the press May 4]

The Government of the United States, as a
further measure of inter-American cooperation,
has announced in Washington a list of addi-
tional commodities allocated to the other Amer-
ican republics for the second quarter of 1942.

This list, announced jointly by the Depart-
ment of State, the Board of Economic Warfare,
and the War Production Board, supplements
the allocations announced on April 4, 1942 x and
comprises the following materials: Iron and
steel; lead; natural amorphous graphite; fluor-
spar; uranium salts and compounds; ascorbic
acid; thiamine hydrochloride; sulf anilimide ;
sulfaguanidine; cranes, hoists, and derricks;
and mechanical household refrigerators.

The Board of Economic Warfare and the
War Production Board are developing admin-
istrative procedures which are expected to
implement more effectively the allocations to
the other American republics. In order to
avoid undue congestion of export shipments at
ports and railway terminals and to insure that
the commodities most urgently needed by our
neighboring republics are given preference
over less essentinl goods, consideration is being
given to a plan to coordinate the issuance of
export, licenses with the availability of ocean
freight.

1 Bulletin of April 4, 1942, p. 274.

394

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

ARGENTINE APPRECIATION FOR
ASSISTANCE TO CREW OF TANKER
"VICTORIA"

! Released to the press May 9]

The following message of appreciation was
received by the Under Secretary of State from
the president and the secretary of the Argen-
tine. Navigation Company Mihanovich:

"Buenos Aires, May 7, 191$.
"On behalf of the. Argentine Navigation
Company Mihanovich, I have great honor in
expressing to Your Excellency our deepest ap-
preciation of the chivalrous attitude adopted
by the American Government in connection
with the misadventure experienced by our
motor vessel Victoria. Under the existing cir-
cumstances, such an attitude, of which we have
at this moment been notified by our Minister of
Foreign Affairs, is most particularly appreci-
ated by us and calls for our most profound and
sincere gratitude. Please accept the expression
of the Company's and our personal respects.
Alberto A. Dodero, President
Angelo Sanchez Elia, Secretary"

The following reply was sent by the Under
Secretary of State :

"Washington, May 8, 19J t 2.
"On behalf of the Government of the United
States, I thank you and Doctor Sanchez Elia
and the members of the Mihanovich company
for the very generous message concerning the
assistance rendered by the United States Naval
Patrol to the officers and crew of the Argen-
tine tanker Victoria. My Government is of
course particularly happy that, in being en-
abled to render assistance after the torpedoing
of the Victoria, it was able to effect the rescue
of officers and men who can continue to main-
tain commerce between the American republics

despite the indiscriminate and lawless attacks
of a ruthless enemy. With warm personal re-
gards and best wishes to the members of your
company.

Sumner Welles"

Ambassador Armour at Buenos Aires has
repoi'ted that Sehor Dodero, president of the
Mihanovich organization, also called upon him
personally to express appreciation. At the
same time, Seiior Dodero presented Ambas-
sador Armour with a gift of $20,000 for the
Navy Relief Society in Washington, which he
stated the Mihanovich organization wished to
contribute to the relief of American naval sea-
men as a testimonial of the organization's ap-
preciation of the part played by the United
States Navy in saving the officers and crew of
the Victoria. Ambassador Armour has been
requested to express the deep appreciation of the
Navy Relief Society.

PROCLAIMED LIST: SUPPLEMENT 4 TO
REVISION I

(Released to the press May 4]

The Secretary of State, acting in conjunction
with the Secretary of the Treasury, the Attor-
ney General, the Secretary of Commerce, the
Board of Economic Warfare, and the Coordi-
nator of Inter-American Affairs, on May 4
issued Supplement 4 to Revision I of the Pro-
claimed List of Certain Blocked Nationals,
promulgated February 7, 1942. 1

Part I of this supplement contains 477 addi-
tional listings in the other American republics
and 25 deletions. Part II contains 114 addi-
tional listings outside the American republics
and 18 deletions.

1 List printed in 7 Federal Register 3293.

American Republics

VISIT TO THE UNITED STATES OF THE PRESIDENT OF PERU
STATEMENT OF PRESIDENT ROOSEVELT

[Released to the press by the White House May 7]

I am particularly happy to welcome His
Excellency, the President of Peru, to the United
States and to Washington. This unprecedented
visit of the Chief Executive of Peru during his
active inciunbency in that high office is a con-
crete indication of the strong bonds which today

exist between Peru and the United States.
President Prado's visit is, I believe, a splendid
example of the friendly and cooperative rela-
tionships between the American republics
which are determined to preserve freedom and
democracy in the Americas.

PROGRAM OF VISIT

[Released to the press May 7]

The revised program for the visit of His
Excellency Manuel Prado, President of the
Republic of Peru, follows.

Wednesday, Mat 6
President Manuel Prado, with the following
members of the presidential party, will arrive
at Miami late in the afternoon.

His Excellency Dr. Francisco Tudela
His Excellency Dr. Victor Andres Belaunde
The Honorable Dr. Roberto MacLean Estenos
The Honorable Sefior Carlos Holguin de

Lavalle
Dr. Pedro Bustamente, Presidential Secre-
tary
Gen. of Aviation Fernando Melgar, Military

Aide
Capt. of the Navy Jose R. Alzamora, Naval

Aide
Col. Jose M. Tamayo, Military Aide
American Ambassador R. Henry Norweb

The President of Peru will be received by the
following officials :

His Excellency Manuel de Freyre y San-
tander, Ambassador of Peru at Wash-
ington

The Honorable George T. Summerlin, Chief
of the Division of Protocol of the De-
partment of State

The Honorable Gonzalo N. de Aramburu, Di-
rector of Protocol of the Ministry of
Foreign Affairs of Peru

Brig. Gen. John B. Coulter, U.S.A., Military
Aide to President Prado

Capt. Paulus P. Powell, U.S.N., Naval Aide
to President Prado

Thtjhsdat, Mat 7

9:15 a.m. President Prado and the mem-
bers of the presidential party will leave from
Miami for Washington.

4:15p.m. The President of Peru and the
presidential party will arrive at Washington,
D.C., where they will be received by an official
reception committee. Military honors will be
rendered.

5: 30 p.m. President Prado will arrive at the
White House.

8:00 p.m. State dinner at the White House.
President Prado will remain at the White
House for the night.

395

396

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Friday, May 8

10:30 a.m. President Prado will leave the
White House for the Blair House, 1651 Penn-
sylvania Ave.

11:30 a.m. Leave for visit to Annapolis.

1:00 p.m. Luncheon in honor of the Presi-
dent at the Naval Academy.

5:30 p.m. Reception for chiefs of mission
at the Blair House.

8:15 p.m. The Under Secretary of State,
Mr. Sumner Welles, will give a dinner at Oxon
Hill Manor in honor of President Prado.

Saturday, May 9

10:00 a.m. Leave for visit to Arlington
Cemetery (Tomb of the Unknown Soldier) and
Mount Vernon.

1 :00 p.m. Luncheon at Blair House.

4:00 p.m. Reception at the Pan American
Union.

5:30 p.m. Press conference at the Blair
House.

8:15 p.m. Dinner at Peruvian Embassy in
honor of President Prado, followed by recep-
tion.

Sunday, May 10

1:00 p.m. Luncheon in honor of President
Prado by Assistant Secretary of State and Mrs.
Adolf A. Berle.

P.M. Open.

. Monday, May 11

A.M. Visit to the Capitol.
P.M. Open.

4 -30 p.m. Leave Blair House for Union Sta-
tion.

5:10 p.m. Leave Washington for Detroit.

Tuesday, May 12

8:15 a.m. Arrive Detroit.

8 :30 a.m. Leave for Ford Willow Run Plant
and return to the River Rouge Plant. Lunch-
eon at Dearborn Inn by Mr. Edsel Ford.

1:30 p.m. Leave for Chrysler Tank Ar-
senal.

2:00 p.m. Arrive Tank Arsenal.

3:45 p.m. Leave for Proving Grounds.
4:30 p.m. Leave for hotel.
7:30 p.m. Dinner by Chrysler Corporation
at Detroit Club.

Wednesday, May 13

2:55 a.m. Leave Detroit for Buffalo.

7:45 a. m. Arrive Buffalo.

A.M. Visit to Curtiss-Wright Airplane
Plant No. 1.

1:00 p.m. Luncheon by the Curtiss-Wright
Company in honor of President Prado.

P.M. Visit to Curtiss-Wright Airplane
Plant No. 2.

P.M. Visit to Niagara Falls.

7:30 p.m. Dinner at the Statler Hotel.

10:00 p.m. Leave Buffalo for Boston.

Thursday, May 14

9:10 a. m. Arrive Boston.

10:30 a. m. Visit to Harvard University.

1 : 30 p. m. Luncheon in honor of President
Prado by the Governor of Massachusetts.

4:00 p. m. Leave Boston for New York.

9:05 p.m. Arrive New York. Proceed to
Waldorf Astoria Hotel.

Friday, May 15

9:00 a. m. Leave for West Point.

1 : 00 p. m. Luncheon in honor of President
Prado at the Military Academy.

3: 30 p. m. Departure for New York City.

7 : 15 p. m. Dinner in honor of President
Prado by the Council on Foreign Relations.

Saturday, May 16

12:30 p. m. Leave for Belmont Park.
1 : 15 p. m. Luncheon in honor of President
Prado at the Turf and Field Club, given by
Mr. George D. Widener, President of Belmont
Park.

Sunday, May 17
Open.

Monday, May 18

1:00 p. m. Luncheon in honor of President
Prado by the Federal Reserve Bank of New
York. Dinner — open.

MAY 9, 1942

397

Tuesday, Mat 19

1:00 p.m. Luncheon — open.
8: 00 p.m. Farewell dinner in honor of Pres-
ident Prado given by the Pan American Society.

Wednesday, May 20
A. M. Open.

1:00 p. m. Luncheon — open.

..'.■ OS p. m. Leave for Miami by train.

Thursday, May 21

3:05 p. 7)t. Arrive Miami.

Friday, May 22

Leave Miami by plane for Peru.

The Far East

CULTURAL FACTORS IN THE FAR EASTERN SITUATION
ADDRESS BY JOSEPH W. BALLANTINE 1

[Released to the press May !1]

I feel especially privileged today to be the
guest of a society with so long and honorable
a record of dedication to the advancement of
culture and to the cultivation of interest in
public affairs. I feel that our greatest hope of
rebuilding a new world on progressive lines
out of the sorry plight in which we now find
ourselves lies in enlightened and far-sighted
leadership, which can only be provided by men
of broad and liberal culture.

The direction which emphasis upon culture
or the converse gives to national policies is well
illustrated in the history of the Far East.

China early in its history recognized the
value to society of men of letters and accorded
its four principal social groups a relative pre-
cedence in the following order : Literati, farm-
ers, artisans, and merchants. Today in China's
resistance against Japanese aggression this
social grouping has no practical significance.
Chinese armies are recruited from all classes,
and the courage with which military leaders
such as Chiang Kai-shek and Pai Chung-hsi
are keeping up their struggle against heavy odds

1 Delivered before the American Whig Cliosophic
Society, Princeton, N.J., and broadcast over station
WTTM, Trenton, N.J., May 9, 1942. Mr. Ballantine
is a Foreign Service officer assigned to the Division
of Far Eastern Affairs, Department of State.
4,1!>S14 — 42 2

has caused the Chinese people to revise their
estimates of the place of the soldier in society.
This, however, is beside the point which I wish
to bring out, namely, that in traditional Chinese
political philosophy the emphasis has been upon
national policies of peace rather than those of
war.

Japan, which borrowed from China much of
its culture and philosophy as well as its system
of writing, accepted in name the Chinese order
of social precedence, but with characteristic
Japanese adaptability used the Chinese ideo-
graph which in China was employed to desig-
nate the literati class to designate the samurai
or warrior class.

Membership in the literati class in China was
not a matter of birth but of the successful pass-
ing of rigorous examinations which were con-
ducted by the state and which were open to all.
Throughout the 400 years of the Han dynasty
various systems for the selection of men for
public offices were tried. But from the begin-
ning of the seventh century to the beginning of
the twentieth century, for 1,300 years, the main
sj'stem of selection of men for office was by
competitive examination open to all people,
irrespective of lineage, wealth, or religion.
Throughout the centuries there has thus been
developed a deep-rooted tradition that officials
are not born of a class but should be selected

398

through some system of open and competitive
examinations. In this way China came to be
governed not by an hereditary aristocracy but
by a civil service deeply and widely rooted
among the people at large. Traditionally,
Chinese officialdom has been sensitive to the
voice of public opinion and averse to disregard-
ing manifestations of the will of the people.
Although in Imperial China the Emperor was
theoretically the wielder of absolute power, this
was a power circumscribed by important limi-
tations. Notwithstanding his exalted title,
"Son of Heaven", the Emperor was not regarded
as a divine being but merely as the person upon
whom Heaven had for the time being conferred
its mandate to rule the Chinese Empire. If the
Emperor ruled badly, this was regarded as
evidence that he had forfeited the confidence of
Heaven, and anyone who succeeded in over-
throwing him could rightfully establish a new
Imperial line which in turn could enjoy the
support of Heaven. Such concepts constitute
an important factor in accounting for the
essentially democratic nature of the Chinese
social system and for the remarkably enduring
character of Chinese political institutions.

On the other hand, in Feudal Japan the
ruling classes consisted of an hereditary aris-
tocracy comprising the daimyo, or feudal lords,
and their warrior retainers, the samurai. The
samurai developed traditions and ethics which
were peculiar to themselves. In such a society
as that in Japan there also naturally developed
class interests, and the samurai class, jealous of
its prerogatives and power, strove always to
place its own interests foremost. When the
feudal system was declared at an end in 1868,
there was wide-spread dissatisfaction among the
samurai over their being shorn of their privi-
leged position and especially over the adoption
of universal conscription whereby the privilege
of bearing arms was extended to commoners.
Although the system of universal education
which was introduced enabled commoners to
compete for entry into the government service,
this development, owing to various circum-
stances, did not have the effect of liberalizing

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

and broadening the political outlook and inter-
ests of those who controlled the armed services.
The Japanese restoration of 1868 marked the
ascendancy of the western clans led by Choshu
and Satsuma over the eastern clans repre-
sented by the Tokugawa Shogunate. The in-
fluence of the Choshu clan predominated in the
Army and that of the Satsuma clan predomi-
nated in the Navy. For a considerable period,
statesmen of these two clans alternated in office
as Prime Ministers. The Army and the Navy
thus competed with each other for political
power and for appropriations for expansion
whereby to increase their political influence.
The unique position of the two armed services
in the Japanese national polity has been an
important contributory factor to the aggressive
courses which Japan has pursued during the
last decade. In the case of the Army, inde-
pendence of civilian control is assured by the
direct access to the Throne enjoyed by the Min-
ister of War and the Chief of the General Staff
and by the fact that by law the Minister of War
must be an Army officer of at least the rank
of Lieutenant General. Thus the Minister of
War is not responsible to the Prime Minister or
to the Diet, and the Army is in a position to
dictate to the Cabinet through the fact that the
Cabinet must collapse if no one qualified for
the post of Minister shall agree to serve. A
parallel situation exists with respect to the
Navy. The size, the recruitment, and the equip-
ment of both the Army and the Navy, according
to Prince Ito's interpretation of the Japanese
constitution, belongs to the sovereign power of
the Emperor, and no interference with it by
the Diet should be allowed.

How this system has affected the Japanese
Government's course of policy and action is
clearly illustrated by the developments which
led to the occupation of Manchuria in 1931.

With its officers inheriting the traditions of
the landed gentry and its ranks recruited
largely from the peasantry, the Army's point
of view is largely agrarian. Prior to 1925
the Army had more or less confined its interest
in domestic political questions to matters con-

MAY 9, 1942

399

cerned with military affairs. But the popular
unrest, particularly among the farmer peasants,
arising from the severe economic distress of
the years following 1929 afforded the Army an
opportunity to bid for greater political power.
The Army felt itself directly affected by the
economic crisis, as it believed that disaffection
among the peasantry might result in disaffec-
tion in the fighting services. Denouncing the
parliamentary parties and the capitalists, who
were charged with selfishly exploiting the
masses and with betrayal of national interests
by tolerating Chinese disregard for Japan's al-
leged rights and by pursuing a policy of inter-
national cooperation, the military leaders came
forth in 1930 and 1931 with a program of social
and economic reconstruction, of extreme re-
actionary nationalism, and of a strong and
independent foreign policy.

Conscious of its rising political power, grow-
ing out of popular dissatisfaction with the exist-
ing leadership, and aware of the inability of
the government to interfere materially in its
activities, the Japanese Army struck suddenly
in Manchuria in 1931, confident that a success-
ful campaign there would enhance its popu-
larity and power and contribute to the allevia-
tion of the economic situation at home. Its
confidence in the popularity of the action taken
was justified; public opinion ratified whole-
heartedly the fait accompli in Manchuria.

From 1931 onward, Japanese national policies
came to be more and more dominated by a mili-
tant military class, bigoted, arrogant, grasping,
and steeped in the traditions of a stultifying
feudal code which inculcated a distorted sense
of values. It was not to be expected that such a
class could furnish Japan a leadership capable
of working out along constructive lines liberal
and progressive policies which would be de-
signed to promote the real interests of the Jap-
anese people as a whole and at the same time
be consistent with consideration for other
peoples.

Japan's courses in recent years reveal a steril-
ity of intellectual and moral leadership which
is not only barren of any ideas calculated to
benefit humanity at large but does not even offer

a constructive plan for bettering the livelihood
and welfare of the masses of the Japanese peo-
ple themselves. For a long time Japan has had
an objective of expansion as well as a plan, the
execution of which was governed by a policy
of opportunism. Japanese military leaders
have bid for the support of the Japanese people
by developing the slogan of a crusade to free
China and the rest of East Asia from what they
call "the shackles of white domination", and by
alleging that the white powers were encircling
Japan militarily and stifling her economically.
In their appeal they have effectively used sen-
tentious slogans, such as "The New Order in
Greater East Asia" and "The Greater East Asia
Co-Prosperity Sphere", which have been suc-
cessfully revised and expanded as Japan's con-
quests have extended to embrace progressively
expanding objectives. These slogans are omi-
nous in their implication of Japan's purposes of
unlimited conquest and domination.

When Japan first came into contact with the
western world, its military leaders were im-
pressed only with the material side of western
civilization. They cared little for the social
gains which had been achieved by the Occident,
but what they set about doing was to develop
Japan's economic strength in order that Japan
might become powerful militarily. In the
space of a few decades Japan built up an indus-
trial system which in respect to its productive
power compared favorably with that of many
occidental nations. While this did result to a
certain extent in raising the standard of living
of the people, a much greater part of Japan's
increased production than was necessary for
real defense needs, instead of being distributed
to the public, went into armaments. Thus it
was that Japan was able to maintain itself
both as a first-class military power and as a
naval power. How far Japan has achieved
this status at the expense of the welfare and
standards of living of the masses of the Japa-
nese people it is difficult to say, but it is per-
tinent to observe that Japan has a death rate
70 percent greater than that of the United
States and much greater also than that of any
western European industrial nation. It is

400

true, of course, that Japan's death rate is
much lower than those of China or India, but
these countries are much less developed eco-
nomically than is Japan, owing to causes which
are unrelated to any question of a dispropor-
tionately heavy burden of armaments.

Much as one may sympathize with the legiti-
mate desires of any people to improve their
opportunities and better their livelihood, it is
questionable whether such an aspiration can be
permanently realized through the out-moded
techniques of nineteenth-century imperialism,
whereby the objectives sought can be attained
only at the expense of other peoples through
the establishment of a master-and-slave rela-
tionship. Such a program leads only to in-
creased human unrest and insecurity, to waste-
ful and unsound commercial policies based upon
strategic rather than economic considerations,
and to accelerating unlimited international
competition in armaments which adds to the
burdens of the population.

Japan's occupation successively of Formosa,
of Korea, and of Manchuria did not benefit
the standard of living either of the native
population or of the masses of the Japanese
people. In Formosa, after Japanese occupa-
tion, the native farmers were forced to divert
to cane production large areas which were
better adapted for rice production, and the
Japanese taxpayer had to bear the burden
of a highly protected sugar industry which
thus yielded profits only to a few Japanese
capitalists. In Manchuria it is probable that
Japan has wasted huge sums in unproductive
strategic enterprises which a normal peace
economy would never have warranted. In oc-
cupied China elsewhere* than in Manchuria
Japan's economic gains have been achieved
chiefly by dispossessing Chinese property own-
ers in favor of Japanese instead of by the
creation of new wealth.

There is no apparent reason why Japan
should not have been able through policies
of peace and fair-dealing to have assured the
future well-being and prosperity of the Japa-
nese people. Japan has easy access to the con-
tinent of Asia and the Western Pacific region,

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

areas which possess vast resources of raw mate-
rial and which provide almost unlimited mar-
kets for manufactured products. Japan thus
is exceptionally well situated to provide for
its future by developing as an industrial and
commercial power. With many comparative
advantages for the production of a great vari-
ety of manufactured goods, Japan has stood
tn gain more than almost any other country
by accepting and applying the principle of
non-discrimination in international commercial
relations. The adoption of such a liberal pol-
icy cannot, however, be expected unless Japan
should got rid of her present reactionary lead-
ers, who cling to exploded theories of military
and political domination.

The best safeguard against a country's
adopting courses of aggression is democratic
institutions, which insure that control of poli-
cies is vested in the people, as the people stand
most to lose by .policies of aggression.
Through the spread of education the people can
best prepare themselves for responsible self-
government on a basis which makes for liberal
policies most likely to promote international
peace and stability.

There is a close connection between the essen-
tially democratic character of Chinese national
institutions and the historically peaceful char-
acter of Chinese national policies. One can-
not but be impressed by the fact that the
Chinese, notwithstanding the fact that they
have been engaged in a bitter struggle with
Japan for their survival as a nation, have not
neglected the matter of education, but have
transferred to Free China many of the insti-
tutions of learning situated in areas under
Japanese occupation. It may be expected that
when peace in the Far East is restored and
the Chinese are able to turn their energies from
their struggle of resistance to peaceful pursuits
they will be able to give fuller play to their
traditional love of learning, and thus there
will be spontaneously assured the future prog-
ress and strengthening of their democratic way
of life.

May we not also hope that in Japan, too,
defeat of Japanese armed forces will result in

MAY 9, 1942

401

the thorough discrediting among the Japanese
people of their military leaders for having
brought suffering and disaster to the nation
through pursuit of policies of aggression. It
may be expected that at the same time the
samurai cult and all that it implies will fall
into disrepute. The Japanese nation would
then be free to hearken to the voice of coun-
selors of truer vision and greater wisdom whose
leadership would take Japan along courses of
peace and worthwhile international coopera-
tion.

In the new Asia which we expect to see emerge
from the present war, what wdll be the role of
the United States? This is a question of great
concern and importance to all of us. There is
a tendency on the part of many Americans in
considering this question to emphasize the con-
tributions which the United States is to make to
Asia, I do not wish to appear to deny the
validity of the maxim that it is more blessed to
give than to receive, but in order to bring out
the point of view that our future cultural contri-
butions should not be a one-way proposition I
wish to call attention to the desirability that we
in America realize more fully and more general-
ly that Asia possesses treasures of great value
to us besides silks and other material goods —
intellectual and spiritual treasures whose in-
spiration may contribute much toward helping
us to adjust our sense of values and enabling
us to adapt ourselves to new conditions and to
play a more useful role in the world to come.

Let me illustrate by one example. All the
religions of Asia, including Christianity, em-
phasize spiritual values as compared with
material values. Because of our war effort our
people must now look forward to giving up for
some time to come at least many of the material
things which we have come to regard as essen-
tial for the enjoyment of life. It seems to me
that we will be able to adjust ourselves more
happily and more readily to the new situation
which is impending if we can take lessons from
the people of Asia in simplifying our daily
lives and in looking more to nature to inspire
our lives. A decade ago, at the time of the
serious depression when people in this country

were complaining of hard times, I happened
to be stationed in Canton, China. I often used
to watch the boat people, and it was a never-
ending source of pleasurable wonderment to
me to see how cheerful those people were
notwithstanding the inadequacies, by our
standards, of their lives. For shelter they had
a covered boat not much larger than an ordinary
rowboat, For bedding each member of the
family had a blanket. With a small charcoal
brazier for cooking and a monthly budget of
perhaps $2 for food, the housewife managed
to provide the family with a well-balanced diet.
Hardly a boat was without a sprig of flowers,
tastefully arranged, and perhaps a scroll paint-
ing or two with which these people satisfied
their craving for the beautiful. I often won-
dered whether those boat people would not have
considered themselves rich beyond the dreams
of avarice if they had had as much to live on
as many in this country whom we might regard
as being on the verge of destitution. I do not
advocate our trying to live as the Cantonese
tanka, but I think we could profit much by
cultivating the Oriental's love of nature, his
love of art, and his appreciation of simple and
useful things. With such a beginning we
would be better prepared to appreciate the
profound teachings of Oriental philosophies,
with their emphasis upon values which we have
overlooked in our preoccupation with material
standards. We have a national habit of meas-
uring both effort and result in terms of money :
we say that this work of art cost so many
hundreds of thousands of dollars or that our
national war effort during the current year is to
cost so many billions. Vast as are our natural
resources and our national wealth, I do not
believe that we can expect material factors to
win the war for us. We cannot measure in
dollars and cents the amount of moral force,
faith in ourselves and in our cause, courageous
resolve, and the spirit of sacrifice that must be
mobilized and applied to bring us victory.

A wider diffusion in this country of an
understanding and appreciation of the culture
of Asiatic peoples will not only benefit us in
meeting our own problems of living but will

402

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

also assist us in meeting our responsibilities as
members of a world society. While most of us
accept as an abstract ideal the principle of the
equality of peoples and of nations, are we not
lacking in real conviction that it has any sound
basis in fact — for we are apt to look down upon
the other fellow because he is not like us? We
must therefore endeavor to broaden our outlook
to a point where we can become capable of
judging others by standards of value other than
our own. By so doing we shall be better quali-
fied to appraise other peoples at their true
worth. Only then may we expect to view more
realistically the ideal of equality.

In considering how best we may prepare our-
selves for an important role in the future of
Asia we must not proceed on the basis of an
assumption of our own superiority, nor should
we assume that all that we find good in our
civilization must also be good for the people
of Asia. I hope that our contributions can be
large along spiritual and intellectual lines —
especially in the field of political ideologies — as
well as along material and scientific lines. We

must clearly recognize, however, that it is for
the Asiatics to decide what they are going to
take of our civilization. We must also remem-
ber that much that we have come to regard as
axiomatic in our political ideology is not neces-
sarily so to Asiatics.

The importance of the role which we shall
play in Asia in the future will depend not only
upon the intrinsic merits of our civilization and
our culture but upon the measure of our success
in gaining the respect and confidence of the peo-
ples of Asia. Our success in this direction will
depend in turn upon the success of our efforts
to develop a genuine sympathy for those peoples
based upon an understanding of their problems
and aspirations and an intelligent appreciation
of their cultures and their human worth. With
such a beginning we shall be better qualified to
address ourselves to concrete measures of prac-
tical cooperation in the task of laying the foun-
dations for a regime of progress and peace with
justice and fair-dealing in the Pacific area —
and wherever we have relationships.

Europe

EMBASSY RANK FOR REPRESENTATION BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES AND

THE NETHERLANDS

[Released to the press May 7]

Just two years ago the peace-loving Dutch
people were treacherously attacked by German
armies, and since that time the territory of the
Netherlands has been treated as a slave state
by Germany. But the cruel oppression to
which they have been subjected has never im-
paired the unfaltering determination of the
Dutch people to regain their independence.

Since that time the Netherlands East Indies
have been invaded by Japan, and the gallant
defense of the Dutch forces against over-
whelming odds has constituted an outstanding
chapter in the history of the present war.

The matchless resistance of the Dutch people

throughout the world for these past two years
proves their heroic stature in the defense of
their liberties.

With this in mind the President recently sug-
gested to the Queen of the Netherlands that the
rank of the diplomatic representation between
the two countries should be raised to that of an
embassy.

The steps toward the accomplishment of this
proposal have now been completed, and the
President will receive, on May 7, Dr. Alexander
Loudon, until now Minister of the Netherlands
to the United States, who will present his let-
ters of credence as the first Ambassador of the
Netherlands in Washington.

MAY 9, 194 2

[Released to the press May 7]

The text of the letter from Her Majesty
Queen Wilhelmina of the Netherlands accred-
iting Dr. Alexander Loudon as first Ambassa-
dor of the Netherlands to the United States
which was presented to the President at noon
on May 7, follows :

"With you I feel, Mr. President, that it is
fitting to give adequate expression to the ties
of especially close friendship which have come
into being between our countries through their
joint sacrifices in our common endeavour to up-
hold, together with the other united nations, a
proper balance between the rights and the
duties of human beings and of states against
those who, in order to satisfy ambition and
greed, are out to enslave others. I share your
conviction that this purpose can be served by
resolving that the diplomatic envoys we ex-
change should henceforth have the status of
Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipoten-
tiary, and it gives me great pleasure to know
that you agree when I hereby accredit Dr.
Alexander Loudon in that capacity to the
United States.

"I trust that he will continue to prove himself
worthy of this new mark of my confidence and
to merit your approbation."

403

[Released to the press May 8]

The text of the credentials presented by the
Honorable Anthony J. Drexel Biddle, Jr., to
Her Majesty Queen Wilhelmina of the Nether-
lands as first Ambassador of the United States
to the Netherlands, follows:

"Your Majesty:

"The stouthearted courage and gallant spirit
which Hollanders have shown on every front
in their determined resistance to wanton ag-
gression by Germany and by Japan have
stirred the imagination of the American people.

"We are proud that the men of our armed
forces have in recent months fought side by side
with the brave soldiers, sailors and airmen of
the Netherlands forces in the Indies and in the
Caribbean.

"It seems fitting therefore that the United
States and the Netherlands should as a mark of
their united efforts against their common ene-
mies henceforth exchange diplomatic repre-
sentatives with the rank of Ambassador. I
have been very pleased to learn that you have
agreed to receive the Honorable Anthony J. D.
Biddle as Ambassador Extraordinary and
Plenipotentiary of the United States of Amer-
ica near Your Majesty's Government, and I
trust that you will give full faith to any action
which he may take on behalf of his Government.
Franklin D Roosevelt"

The Near East

PRESENTATION OF LETTERS OF CREDENCE BY THE
MINISTER OF IRAQ

[Released to the press May 4]

The remarks of the newly appointed Minister
of Iraq, Mr. Ali Jawdat, upon the occasion of
the presentation of his letters of credence,
follow :

"Mr. President:

"I have the honor to hand to you the letters
by which His Royal Highness the Regent, acting
on behalf of my August Sovereign King Faisal
II. has accredited me as Envoy Extraordinary

and Minister Plenipotentiary of Iraq to the
United States of America.

"It is a source of especial pride to me that
His Royal Highness should have selected me to
be the first representative of Iraq in this great
country. The bonds between the Arabs and the
United States are many. In particular Ameri-
can institutions have played a part unique in
international relations by their contribution
to the constructive and cultural development

404

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

of the Arab renaissance, of which my presence
here today is but one symbol.

"I take up my office at a time when humanity
as a whole is passing through perhaps the
severest test to which it has ever been subjected,
and when all who love liberty and justice must
stand together to defend these priceless treas-
ures. It will be my constant endeavor to
strengthen the close relations which have now
for so many years existed between the two peo-
ples, and I trust that I shall merit the confidence
and good-will of yourself, Mr. President, and
those of your administration, which are so
necessary for the success of my mission.

"I am particularly charged to convey to you
in the name of my Sovereign cordial greetings
and wishes for your personal happiness and for
the prosperity of the United States of America,
and to these I beg leave to add my own.''

The President's reply to the remarks of Mr.
Ali Jawdat follows:

"Mr. Minister:

''It gives me great pleasure to receive from
you the letters by which His Royal Highness
the Regent, acting on behalf of your August
Sovereign King Faisal II, has accredited you
as Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Pleni-
potentiary of Iraq to the United States of
America.

"I am particularly happy to welcome you as
the first representative of Iraq in this country.

"The long and noble history of the Arabs and
their contributions to the progress of civiliza-
tion are well known. You have been good
enough to allude to the assistance which Ameri-
can institutions have afforded to the modern
Arab world, and I should like to express my
sincere hope that the ties now existing between
our two countries will be maintained and
strengthened in all fields of effort. I am con-
vinced that each of our two peoples has much
to contribute to the well-being and advancement
of the other. You may rest assured, Mr. Min-
ister, that in the performance of your important
task you will meet with the most sincere co-
operation and good-will on our part.

"You have arrived at a period when the way
of life and the principles cherished by the peo-
ples of our two countries are seriously threat-
ened. I am sure that we shall stand together,
as we must, and that as the result of the common
efforts put. forth by all free peoples, your labors
here will be performed in happier circumstances
than those which we are now witnessing.

"I shall be grateful, Mr. Minister, if you
will convey to His Royal Highness, on behalf
of your Sovereign, my deep appreciation of the
cordial message which you have voiced and my
warm greetings and best wishes for your Sov-
ereign's personal happiness and for the pros-
perity of Iraq."

Australasia

NEW ZEALAND POSTAL CONCESSIONS
TO ALLIED FORCES

I Released lo tile press May K]

The Department of State has been advised
by the New Zealand Legal ion in Washington
that special postal concessions have been made
to American Army personnel stationed in New
Zealand. These concessions are as follows:

1. Free surface postage within and beyond
New Zealand.

2. Reduced airmail postage to Australia 3d.
each half ounce.

3. Reduced inland-telegram rate Id. word
without charge for address.

These concessions will extend to any British
or Allied forces stationed in or passing through
New Zealand. In addition, in respect of par-
cels received from or posted to the United States
by members of the United States armed forces
in New Zealand the usual New Zealand termi-
nal credits of 30^ per inward parcel and 2d.
per pound outward parcel respectively will be
waived.

International Conferences, Commissions, Etc.

EIGHTH PAN AMERICAN CHILD CONGRESS
ADDRESS BY ASSISTANT SECRETARY LONG '

[Released to the press May 3]

Madam President, Your Excellencies, Dis-
tinguished Delegates and Guests:

It is my pleasure and privilege on behalf of
President Roosevelt and the Honorable Cor-
dell Hull, Secretary of State, to welcome you
to Washington and to extend to you their most
cordial greetings. The President and Mr. Hull
have also requested that I convey an expression
of their deep interest in the humanitarian work
which has inspired you to come to Washington
for this important meeting.

I have received the following personal mes-
sage from President Roosevelt which he has
asked me to deliver to you :

The White House,
Washington, May 1, 1942.

Personal Message to the Eighth Pan American
Child Congress

It is my great pleasure to extend a most
cordial welcome to the delegates from the
American republics to the Eighth Pan Ameri-
can Child Congress. I wish that it were pos-
sible for me personally to greet you in this
opening session, and to thank you for coming
such long distances, at great personal inconven-
ience, in order that we may counsel together
concerning the ways in which childhood may be
safeguarded in the midst of war and assured
the fullest opportunity in the future, which we
are struggling to make one of hope and free-
dom and development for all human beings.
You will feel, I trust, that the city named for
the first President of the oldest American re-
public is truly your home, a place where the
ideals of Washington, Bolivar, San Martin,

1 Delivered at the Pan American Union May 2, 1942.

Tiradentes, O'Higgins, and the other great lib-
erators may find expression in a congress de-
voted to the interests of children.

Your deliberations and the firmness of your
purpose to apply to the practical concerns of
everyday life the principles which you will
here declare, will contribute in great measure
to the extension and fulfilment of the good-
neighbor policy as the basic principle of inter-
national association.

Franklin D Roosevelt

The Eighth Pan American Child Congress
convenes at an hour when the democratic proc-
esses of free peoples are being seriously threat-
ened. It meets at a time when law and order
are being challenged and when the regime of
security and opportunity which we in the West-
ern Hemisphere have so long enjoyed is placed
in grave jeopardy. The medieval oppression
and brutality revived by certain nations as in-
struments of national and international policy
now cast shadows on all the peace-loving nations
of the world. One of the worst tragedies of
the present situation is the devastating effect
which it will have upon many of the children
in different parts of the world. Many children
who are innocent of any responsibility for the
vicious acts of oppression will pay in blighted
lives, broken spirits, and lost opportunities for
the devastation and carnage which is being
wrought.

The effects of the world-wide conflagration
are already being felt throughout the Americas
in economic and social dislocations. It is im-
perative in our all-out efforts to prosecute this
war to a successful conclusion that we do not
lose sight of the less dramatic but equally press-
ing duty of safeguarding the welfare of our

405

406

children. The great struggle which we are
waging against the powers of evil is primarily
to guarantee for the coming generations a leg-
acy of peace and brotherhood, untrammeled by
the threats and fears of greed and brute force.
It is most encouraging that in these difficult
times the peaceful processes of mutual collabo-
ration of free peoples for the purpose of pro-
moting the welfare of their children may go
on unabated. This series of conferences, of
which this is the eighth, was inaugurated over
a quarter of a century ago during the first
World War. In war as in peace, the peoples of
the American republics are convinced that the
welfare of their children is of paramount im-
portance. While the children of the independ-
ent nations which have been ruthlessly overrun
by the Axis countries are undergoing malnutri-
tion and are being subjected to privation and
suffering, the free democracies of the Americas
are meeting in one of their periodic conferences
to formulate plans for their children's welfare.

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

and at the same time the armed forces of these
governments are taking steps to secure for them
a decent future. You will, of course, discuss
special problems arising from the present war
situation, but you will also continue your col-
laboration on a broad, constructive program
during the post-war period.

You have undertaken, therefore, a heavy re-
sponsibility to plan for the protection of chil-
dren of the Americas during the present emer-
gency and to strengthen the foundations for
a great continental program to assure for them
their birthright of peace, freedom, health, and
security. Your task will be facilitated and your
efforts encouraged by the splendid opportunity
of friendly collaboration and mutual respect
which happily prevails among the free nations
of the Americas.

On behalf of the Government and people of
the United States, I extend hearty greetings
and best wishes for the success of the Eighth
Pan American Child Congress.

ADDRESS BY ASSISTANT SECRETARY BERLE "

[Released to the press May 7]

It is always a high privilege to welcome the
distinguished group of representatives of the
American family of nations. The privilege is
all the greater when the subject of the confer-
ence is that of the care of children.

In the presence of so many people who have
given their lives to this most important of social
studies, I speak with the greatest diffidence. As
a layman in the field, I can only make a few
very simple observations.

The entire subject of the care and assistance
which government and private organizations
can give to children has been pioneered by a
few brave and noble souls who long ago realized
that the principal work of the mature genera-
tion is to clear the path for stronger and more
successful generations to come after. One of
my earliest memories is of the discussion held
on this subject by Jane Addams, at Hull House
in Chicago — that great training school from

' Delivered at the White House May 6, 1942,

which came a succession of brilliant women
whose names are known throughout the con-
tinent. Later, I had the happy privilege of
breakfasting often with Florence Kelly, whose
kindly mind of cold steel planned the early
American laws which restrained the evils of
child labor. Nor can one forget the gracious
presence at those frequent breakfasts of Grace
Abbott, whom Miss Lenroot worthily succeeds.

We have passed, in the United States,
through two phases of development in our deal-
ing with the problems of child study. I think
we are about to emerge from a third phase.
Perhaps you will permit me, even as an outsider,
to speak of these three phases.

A generation ago the approach toward chil-
dren was always sentimental. Such institutions
as we had to deal with the problem were largely
based on pity for children who were being
badly dealt with by life: institutions for the
care of orphans; societies for the prevention
of cruelty to children; arrangements to give

MAY 9, 1942

407

occasional pleasure to the children of the poor.
These were splendid and worthy ; they reflected
every credit on the many kindly souls who es-
tablished them and maintained constant interest
in their work.

But, as time wore on, we came to realize that
pity was not enough. We learned that it was
insufficient to attempt to right wrong after the
harm was done. We began to think in terms of
social science and of community organization.

We learned to consider that it was a social
crime to separate a mother from her children
merely because of poverty, and systems of
mothers' pensions were worked out. We learned
that it was futile to provide medical charity for
babies unless assistance for prenatal care was
worked out, that while children's hospitals were
necessary, it was even more necessary to set up
standards and methods under which children
should be adequately nourished and adequately
taken care of — so that children's diseases should
be prevented. We found out that while it was
a great thing to provide vacations and play-
grounds for city children, it was even more im-
portant to see to it that children were not
driven by thousands into factories or other
forms of labor which injured their health and
crippled their spirits.

We even learned that while it was a generous
impulse to provide orphanages for children
without parents, it was far more intelligent to
place children in homes capable of rearing them
under normal circumstances. We discovered
that all our work to correct juvenile delin-
quency must be secondary to programs of cre-
ating conditions in which the child should not
be steered toward a life of degradation and
ultimate crime.

The list could be extended indefinitely, but
the point is sufficiently plain. God forbid that
the swift and gracious human reaction which
makes all civilized people kindly toward chil-
dren should ever die out. But with it must go
cooler, more analytical treatment of the basic
problem — an organized, disciplined attack
upon those conditions, social, intellectual, and
moral, which lie at the roots of the misfortune
of children.

So began the scientific phase of children's

work. It has been a long and fruitful period —
and is far from being ended. Through it have
come major advances in the field of medicine
and medical care for mothers and infants and
children and adolescents. As a result of it,
there have come the beginnings of an organized
body of knowledge in the fields of psychiatry
and child psychology. In jurisprudence and
law we are gradually learning to adapt the old
procedure of the police and criminal courts to
the newer technique of studying children as in-
dividuals and of endeavoring to correct delin-
quency exactly as a doctor tries to correct a
physical ailment. Our schools have become
centers in which not merely the minds of chil-
dren are taught but in which their bodies can
be strengthened, their nutrition guided, and
their awareness of the community can be in-
creased. Our industry is at length learning,
and our laws are beginning to assure, that chil-
dren shall not become industrial cannon fodder.

Throughout the American Continent you
will find in varying degree codes of laws and
professional practices more advanced than any
in the world.

A third phase has begun to suggest itself.
This is the idea that youth, as such, should be
set apart from the body of society and should be
separately dealt with by all agencies of private
and public organization.

I am not clear that I agree with this new
suggestion. Bluntly, and speaking merely as
an individual, I am inclined to question the
value of what are called "youth movements".
I doubt if children and young people have a
separate interest, apart from society as a whole.
The results of the last 20 years of work seem to
me to show beyond doubt that you cannot take
care of the interests of children unless you also
consider and deal with the conditions of
homes — that is to say, of parents. While there
are endless things which can be and should be
done for young people, the object must be not
to separate young people from the community
but to bring them rapidly into it. The lessons
we have learned would seem to indicate that
there can be no fragmentation of society, that
personality is indivisible. If this be so, it fol-
lows that our endeavor to raise the standards

408

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

of childhood must be an integral part of our
entire program for raising the standards of
living and the standards of the entire commu-
nity. The more we work at the problem of
children, the more we find that they are at the
heart of society as a whole.

Precisely here, I think, the attitude of the
Americas branches off from many of the atti-
tudes which have recently been coming to us
from Europe. It must be remembered that
youth movements began as adjuncts to mili-
tarism: they were frankly intended to raise
youth which would enter the continental armies.
This origin of the attempt to set youth apart
from the life of a nation as a whole goes back
even to the close of the Napoleonic wars. Later
it was made use of by certain of the European
revolutionary movements. Particularly, and
more viciously, it was used by the Nazi move-
ment, which began by endeavoring to seize
control of all of the youth movements in its
area, promised a glorification of youth, and has
just completed its singularly evil work by de-
creeing that all children from 10 years old up
should be condemned to forced labor. Still
worse, these children — including, today, every
German child — are seized and put to forced
labor, not primarily for the work they can do
but so that they can be held as hostages for the
behavior of their parents. It is not the first
time that a movement of this kind has been
perverted into an instrument of hideous oppres-
sion.

But this perversion does point a moral. It
evidences the weakness of a society in which
any age group is set apart and encouraged to
assert interests adverse to the nation as a whole.
In social science, as well as in the human heart
and in the Christian religion, we are all of us
members of one body, and none of us lives to
himself or dies to himself. As the sentimental
regard for a lonely child brought the orphan-
age, and as the scientist re-created from the old
orphanage the normal home, so we, in entering
the third phase, see the problem of children
as a part of the problem of advancing civiliza-
tion as a whole.

You will pardon this brief review of the so-
cial history of a great movement. I like to
think that for us, members of the American
family of nations, there is a symbolism which
we can take to heart. In our international life
we have learned that sentimental affection be-
tween nations is great but that it must be supple-
mented by the careful, realistic, and scientific
consideration and solution of problems. And
we have learned that no nation, and no group of
nations, can set itself apart from the great body
of world affairs. In international life as in
individual life, no one lives to himself and no
one dies to himself.

Therefore, a meeting of this kind, in the
shadow of the greatest war in history, is a happy
portent for the future. Like the rainbow in
the tempest clouds, it offers the sovereign gift
of hope.

The Foreign Service

FOREIGN SERVICE CONFERENCE IN MEXICO CITY

A conference of Foreign Service officers in
charge of consular posts of the United States
in Mexico was held in Mexico City from April
27 to May 2, 1942. The conference, held under
the chairmanship of George S. Messersmith,
American Ambassador to Mexico, afforded a
full opportunity for the exchange of views and

discussions of those matters which concern For-
eign Service officers in their actual work at their
respective posts. Wayne C. Taylor, Under Sec-
retary of Commerce of the United States, and
Jaime de Torres Bodet, Mexican Acting
Foreign Minister, addressed the opening ses-
sion of the conference. The meeting was at-

MAY 9, 1942

409

tended by the following officers from the De-
partment of State: John G. Erhardt, Chief,
Division of Foreign Service Personnel ; Chris-
tian M. Ravndal, Chief, American Hemisphere
Exports Office; Herbert S. Bnrsley, Assistant
Chief, Division of the American Republics;
Walter X. Walmsley, Jr., Assistant Chief, Di-
vision of the American Republics; Francis H.
Russell, Assistant Chief, Division of World
Trade Intelligence; and William W. Butter-
worth, Jr., Foreign Service officer assigned to
the Department of Commerce.

This meeting took place in accordance with
the practice inaugurated some years ago of con-
sular officers' in various sections of the world
meeting for the purpose of discussing consular
practice, particularly with the end of securing
uniformity.

RETIREMENT OF CONSUL GENERAL
CARTER

[Released to the press May 7]

Mr. James G. Carter, American Consul Gen-
eral at Tananarive, Madagascar, will retire from
the Foreign Service effective as of December
31, 1942. Mr. Carter will have completed over
:56 years of duty in the Foreign Service at the
time of his retirement, which is mandatory
under the law requiring the retirement of all
Foreign Service officers upon reaching the age
of 65.

Mr. Carter has served with distinction at
Tamatave and Tananarive, Madagascar, and
Calais. France. At the end of 19i0, when it
became essential to have an officer of high rank
and experience at Madagascar, Mr. Carter was
assigned to that post. He has served there with
the same distinction and to the entire satis-
faction of the Department. He will be suc-
ceeded by Mr. Clifton R. Wharton, a Foreign
Service officer now detailed as Consul and Sec-
ond Secretary, and temporarily in charge, at
Monrovia, Liberia. The quality of Mr. Whar-
ton's work, in the Department's judgment,
fully warrants his transfer to this post, which
at the present time has assumed particular
importance.

In recognition of his many years of useful
service the Secretary of State is addressing to

Consul General Carter a letter expressing ap-
preciation of his services.

PERSONNEL CHANGES

[Released to the press May 9]

The following changes have occurred in the
American Foreign Service since April 25, 1942 ;

George D. Andrews, of Chattanooga, Tenn.,
Second Secretary of Embassy and Consul at
Panama, Panama, has been designated Second
Secretary of Embassy and Consul at Santiago,
Chile, to serve in dual capacity.

J. Webb Benton, of Pen Ryn, Cornwell
Heights, Pa., Consul at Marseille, France, has
been assigned as Consul General at Marseille,
France.

Howard A. Bowman, of Calexico, Calif.,
Consul at Glasgow, Scotland, has been assigned
as Consul at Cali, Colombia.

John W. Dye, of Winona, Minn., Consul at
Nassau, New Providence, Bahamas, has been
assigned as Consul General at Nassau, New
Providence, Bahamas.

James B. Engle, of Chicago, 111., has been
ajopointed Vice Consul at Quito, Ecuador.

Daniel Gaudin, Jr., of Philadelphia, Pa., Vice
Consul at Alexandria, Egypt, has been assigned
as Consul at Alexandria, Egypt.

Rupert A. Lloyd, of Phoebus, Va., has been
appointed Vice Consul at Monrovia, Liberia.

Timothy John Mahoney, of Petaluma, Calif.,
Clerk at Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, has been ap-
pointed Vice Consul at Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.

Terry B. Sanders, Jr., of Edinburg, Tex.,
Vice Consul at Puerto de la Cruz, Venezuela,
has been appointed Vice Consul at Managua,
Nicaragua.

The assignment of Winfield H. Scott, of
AVashington, D. G, as Consul at Bombay, India,
has been canceled. In lieu thereof, Mr. Scott
has been assigned as Consul at Paramaribo,
Surinam.

Alfred T. Wellborn, of New Orleans, La.,
formerly Vice Consul at Hong Kong, has been
assigned as Vice Consul at Kunming, China.

Arthur R. Williams, of Golden, Colo., Consul
at Cali, Colombia, has been designated Third
Secretary of Embassy and Consul at Panama,
Panama, and will serve in dual capacity.

Commercial Policy

TRADE AGREEMENT WITH PERU 1

[Released to the press May 7]

A trade agreement between the United States
and the Republic of Peru, negotiated under the
authority of the Trade Agreements Act, was
signed on March 7, 1942, at Washington by the
Honorable Cordell Hull, Secretary of State of
the United States, and His Excellency Sehor
Dr. David Dasso, Minister of Finance and Com-
merce of the Republic of Peru. The agreement
will enter into force 30 days following the day
of its proclamation by the President of the
United States and by the President of Peru. or.
if the proclamations do not take place on the
same day, on the thirtieth day following
the later in time. It is expected that proclama-
tion of the agreement here and in Lima will
occur in the near future. The text of the agree-
ment will shortly be printed in the Executive
Agreement Series.

The agreement is designed to improve trade
relations between the two countries, and the
reciprocal concessions for which it provides
cover a substantia] portion of the trade between
them. The concessions include reductions, by
each country, of its tariffs on specified products
of the other country; binding of certain tariff
rates against increase ; and bindings of specified
commodities free of duty. The general provi-
sions of the agreement include, among other
things, important assurances against discrimi-
natory tariff, quota, or exchange treatment of
imports from either country into the other.

1 The information in this release has been prepared
by representatives of the Department of State, the
Department of Agriculture, the Department of Com-
merce, the Department of the Treasury, and the Tariff
Commission. These Government agencies, under the
reciprocal-trade-agreements program, cooperate in the
formulation, negotiation, and conclusion of all trade
agreements entered into by the United States under
the provisions of the Trade Agreements Act of 1934,
as extended by joint resolutions of Congress approved
March 1, 1937, and April 12, 1940.
410

Trade between the United States and Peru
has increased in recent years. Total trade be-
tween the two countries, which amounted to
$56,343,000 in 1929, fell sharply during depres-
sion years to a low of $7,647,000 in 1932. Total
trade had risen by 1939 to $33,205,000, however,
and in 1940, under the stimulus of the war, to
$41,066,000.

The United States had an export balance in
its trade with Peru during the decade 1921-30
as well as during the period since 1930. During
the period 1921-30 United States exports to
Peru averaged $22,424,000, and imports from
Peru averaged $20,917,000. During the period
1931-40, exports to Peru averaged $13,064,000
and imports from Peru $10505,000. Normally
a large portion of total United States imports
from Peru has represented imports of copper
for refining and export to other countries.

United States exports to Peru consist pri-
marily of manufactured and processed articles.
Imports from Peru, on the other hand, are
chiefly raw materials. Of total exports of do-
mestic merchandise to Peru in 1940, amounting
to $22,596,000, machinery and vehicles ac-
counted for $8,564,000; other metal manufac-
tures, $4,812,000; chemical products, including
paints, $2,563,000; wood and paper products,
$1,502,000; and food products, $638,000. Total
imports for consumption from Peru in 1940
were valued at $15,364,000, of which metallic
minerals accounted for $11,064,000; hair, wool,
and cotton fibers, $2,001,000; cane sugar, $716,-
000; and hides and skins, $562,000.

Analysis of Text of Agreement

The reciprocal concessions provided for in
the trade agreement are listed in schedules I
and II appended thereto. Schedule I includes
concessions made by Peru on imports from the
United States, and schedule II covers conces-
sions made by the United States on Peruvian
products.

MAY 9, 1942

411

I. CONCESSIONS OBTAINED FROM PERU ON EXPORTS
OF UNITED STATES PRODUCTS

Peru grants concessions on products im-
ported from the United States involving 50
paragraphs of the Peruvian tariff schedule. In
the case of 40 of these, the agreement provides
for duties lower than those now in effect and in
the case of 10 for the binding of existing cus-
toms treatment during the life of the agree-
ment. In the case of 19 of the 40 paragraphs
for which lower duties are provided, the re-
duced rates are lower than the rates of duty
in effect prior to December 1941, when ordinary
Peruvian import duties (which are specific)
were increased generally by 20 percent to com-
pensate for depreciation of the currency.

Imports from the United States into Peru of
products on which concessions were obtained
amounted in 1940 to 43,600,000 2 Peruvian soles 3
($7,068,000) or 26 percent of total Peruvian
imports from the United States in that year.
Of this amount, approximately $5,111,000 rep-
resents imports of products which will benefit
from duty reductions, while about $1,957,000
represents imports of products which receive
the benefit of bindings against increase in duty.

Duty reductions

The principal products on which Peru grants
reductions in duty to imports from the United
States are: Automobiles and trucks; parts for
automobiles and trucks; typewriters and cal-
culating machines; certain dried fruits; cer-
tain canned vegetables ; canned fruits ; prepared
oats ; and fresh apples, pears, and plums.

Typewriters and parts (Peruvian tariff item
1022)

The existing rate of duty i on typewriters
and parts is 0.96 sol per gross kilogram, equiva-
lent to approximately 8 percent ad valorem.

3 Partly estimated.

3 This figure and other Peruvian import figures
mentioned in the text have been converted at the rate
of $0.1621 per sol.

* The Peruvian rates of duty referred to through-
out the text are ordinary rates of duty and do not
include various supplementary import charges. Such
supplementary charges are bound against increase in
article VII of the agreement.

Under the trade agreement this rate is reduced
to 0.80 sol per kilogram. Peruvian require-
ments for typewriters and parts are met en-
tirely by imports, amounting in 1940 to $140,-
000, of which the United States supplied $123,-
000 or more than 87 percent. Other suppliers
in normal times are Germany and Switzerland.

Calculating machines and parts (Peruvian tariff
item 1023)
The existing rate of duty on calculating
machines and parts is 1.44 soles per gross kilo-
gram. Under the trade agreement the rate is
reduced to 1.20 soles per gross kilogram. The
ad valorem equivalent of the existing rate
ranges from approximately 4 percent to 12
percent ad valorem. ^Requirements are met
entirely by imports, chiefly from the United
States, Germany, and Sweden. Of total im-
ports in 1940 valued at $52,000, the United
States supplied $45,000 or 87 percent.

Trucks and truck chassis and trailers (Peruvian
tariff item 1226)

On automobile trucks, chassis, and trailers,
the agreement establishes a rate of duty on im-
ports from the United States of 0.02 sol per
gross kilogram. The existing rate of duty of
0.024 sol per kilogram is equivalent to approxi-
mately 1 percent ad valorem.

The United States is by far the largest sup-
plier of Peruvian imports of trucks, chassis, and
trailers. In 1940 total imports into Peru were
valued at $1,129,000 and those from the United
States at $1,096,000.

Passenger automobiUs (pars. 1228, 1229, 1230,
1231, and 1236)
On passenger cars the agreement provides for
more favorable customs treatment for five tariff
classifications constituting approximately 77
percent of total Peruvian imports of passenger
cars in the last seven months of 1940, 6 or for im-
ports valued at $638,000 as compared with
total passenger-car imports valued at $829,000.
While existing ordinary rates of duty are not

5 Because of a change in tariff classifications, imports
of automobiles for the first 5 months of 1940 are not
comparable with imports during the remainder of
the year.

412

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

reduced by the agreement, it is provided that
automobiles within these five classifications
shall be classified for customs purposes, and
duties shall be imposed, on a legal-weight basis
rather than on gross weight, as previously. In
practice, this means that the weight of the ship-
ping cases in which automobiles are imported
will not result in subjecting such automobiles
to a rate of duty higher than that which would
be imposed if the automobiles were imported
unboxed, and that the cases themselves
will not be dutiable at the rate established for
automobiles.

Parts for automobiles, omnibuses, truck*, motor-
cycles, bicycles {Peruvian tariff item 1275 )

This tariff item includes spare parts and re-
placements of all kinds for the articles speci-
fied, except axles and batteries. The existing
rate of duty of 0.24 sol per gross kilogram,
which is equivalent to approximately 6 percent
ad valorem, is reduced under the provisions
of the agreement to 0.20 sol per gross kilogram.
As the United States is the predominant sup-
plier of automobiles, busses and trucks, vir-
tually all imports of spare parts originate in
the United States. Total imports of articles
classified in tariff item 1275 amounted in 1940
to $631,000, of which imports from the United
States accounted for more than 93 percent.
Oats prepared as a foodstuff {Peruvian tariff
item 14.67)

The existing rate of duty on prepared oats
is 0.06 sol per gross kilogram when imported
from the United States and 0.03 sol per gross
kilogram when imported from Chile. Under
the trade agreement the rate to the United
States is reduced to 0.04 sol per gross kilogram
for prepared oats when imported in containers
with a net content not in excess of two kilo-
grams. Total Peruvian imports of prepared
oats in 1940 were valued at $69,000, of which
$21,000 were imported from the United States
and $48,000 were imported from Chile. Im-
ports from the United States are chiefly in
packaged form whereas those imported from
Chile are chiefly in bulk.

Preserved legumes and vegetables prepared in
any form: asparagus, soaps, baked beans,
and corn {Peruvian tariff item 1^88)
The existing rate of duty on canned vege-
tables under tariff item 1488 (excluding such
products as canned mushrooms, tomato sauce,
pickles, etc.) is 0.24 sol per gross kilogram on
imports from the United States (equivalent to
about 21 percent ad valorem) and 0.12 sol per
gross kilogram on imports from Chile. Under
the trade agreement the rate to the United
States is reduced by 50 percent, or to 0.12 sol
per gross kilogram, on canned asparagus, soups,
baked beans, and corn. Total imports of all
products under this tariff item in 1910 were
$38,000, of which imports valued at $23,000
originated in the United States and imports
valued at $10,000 in Chile.

Fn sh fruits of all kinds: apples, pears, and
plains {Peruvian tariff item 1505)
The existing rate of duty of 0.02 sol per kilo-
gram on imports of fresh fruits, which is
equivalent to approximately 5 percent ad valo-
rem, is applicable to imports from all countries
except Chile, imports from which are duty
free. Under the trade agreement the United
States obtains duty-free treatment for imports
of fresh apples, pears, and plums for seasonal
periods corresponding to the months of greatest,
export from the United States, when imports
from Chile are negligible. These seasons are
as follows: Fresh apples, from September 1 to
the last day of the following February; fresh
pears, from July 1 to December 31; and fresh
plums, from May 1 to October 31. Total im-
ports into Peru of fresh fruits, except fruits
imported from Ecuador (which consist largely
of bananas), amounted in 1940 to $39,000.
Imports from the United States in that year
were valued at $10,000 and imports from Chile
at $27,000.

Dried fruits and nuts {Peruvian tariff items
1506, 1510, 1511, and 1513)
The agreement reduces by 50 percent exist-
ing rates of duty on walnuts (item 1506) ; dried
fruits in boxes (item 1510, which includes such
dried fruits as raisins, prunes, and apricots in

MAY 9, 1942

bulk) ; dried fruits, including shelled nuts, in
containers other than boxes (item 1511) ; and
dried fruity which are stoned or cut (item 1513).
The ad valorem equivalents of the present rates
of duty on imports of these products from the
United States range from about 8 percent in
the case of walnuts to about 60 percent in the
case of dried fruits in boxes. Total Peruvian
imports of all dried fruits under the tariff items
listed above amounted to $77,000 in 1940, of
which $38,000 were imported from the United
States. Imports from Chile, which are free of
duty, amounted to $30,000 in the same year.

Canned fruits in water, syrup, or their juices
(Peruvian tariff item 151Jf)
Under existing tariff treatment canned fruits
imported from the United States are dutiable
at a rate of 0.30 sol per gross kilogram, the ad
valorem equivalent of which, according to Uni-
ted States trade figures, ranges from about 28
to 42 percent. Under the trade agreement the
rate to the United States is reduced by 50 per-
cent, or to 0.15 sol per gross kilogram. The
principal canned fruits exported to Peru from
the United States are peaches, pineapples, pears,
and salad fruits. Total Peruvian imports of
canned fruits in 1940 amounted to $53,000. Of
this amount, imports from the United States
accounted for $21,000 and imports from Chile,
which benefit from duty-free entry, for $29,000.

Other duty reductions

Rates of duty below those now effective in
Peru are also provided by the agreement for
the following, among other, important products
imported from the United States : Douglas fir
and similar woods; radio and telegraph trans-
mitters and receivers; tools and utensils not
specially provided for; dentifrices; electric re-
frigerators; storage and dry-cell batteries;
metal furniture; certain types of paints and
lacquers; radio receiving tubes; safety razors
and safety-razor blades; chewing gum; sar-
dines in tomato sauce; and canned salmon. In
addition, the duty surcharge on certain pharma-
ceutical specialties when imported in large
containers is removed. Detailed information
on these products is included in the statistical

413

analysis of concessions granted by Peru printed
below (Table A).

Duty bindings

Products on which existing Peruvian tariff
rates are bound by the agreement against in-
crease include the following : Agricultural and
mining machinery; wheat flour; radio trans-
mitting tubes; sewing machines; plate glass;
certain pharmaceutical specialties; and mov-
ing-picture projectors and exposed films. Trade
and tariff data on these items are also included
in Table A.

II. CONCESSIONS GRANTED ON IMPORTS OF PERUVIAN
PRODUCTS INTO THE UNITED STATES

Imports from Peru of products on which con-
cessions are accorded in the agreement amounted
to $4,084,000 in 1940 or 26 percent of total Uni-
ted States imports for consumption from Peru
in that year. Of this amount, $2,058,000 repre-
sents reductions in duty, $71,000 bindings of
duties which had been previously reduced in
trade agreements with other countries, and
$1,955,000 bindings on the free list.
Duty reductions

The principal commodities on which reduc-
tions in existing rates of duty are accorded by
the United States are sugar; long-staple cot-
ton; hair of the alpaca, llama, and vicuna; bis-
muth; and coca leaves. In the following dis-
cussion, paragraph numbers refer to paragraphs
of the Tariff Act of 1930.

Sugar (par. 501)

The agreement establishes a tariff rate on
Peruvian sugar equivalent to $0.9375 per 100
pounds of 96° sugar. This rate will apply to
all imported sugar which is dutiable at the
maximum rate. Under the Tariff Act of 1930
the rate to Peru and other full-duty countries
was $2.50 per 100 pounds ; this rate was reduced
to $1,875 per 100 pounds under section 336 of
the Tariff Act in connection with the imposition
of restrictions on the marketing of sugar in
the United States pursuant to the provisions of
the Jones-Costigan Act of 1934. The rate of
$1,875 per 100 pounds was equivalent to 137
percent ad valorem on the basis of 1939 imports
of sugar from full-duty countries.

414

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Imports of sugar have been subject to quotas
under the Jones-Costigan Act and the Sugar
Act of 1937. In accordance with the provisions
of title II of the latter act, import quotas es-
tablished on imports of Peruvian sugar
amounted to 5,557 short tons, raw value, in 1937 ;
to 5,967 short tons in 1938; to 5,944 short tons
in 1939 ; and to 5,377 short tons in 1940. How-
ever, imports of sugar from Peru charged
against the Peruvian quotas in those years were
53.682 short tons, 56,256 short tons, 38,599 short
tons, and 13,250 short tons, respectively. This
is accounted for chiefly by the fact that there
were reallocated to Peru certain portions of un-
filled full-duty quotas pertaining to other for-
eign countries and to the Philippine Islands.
Imports of sugar from Peru in the first 9 months
of 1941 were valued at $1,305,000, as compared
with total imports of full-duty sugar in that
period valued at $3,007,000.

In order to permit the utilization during the
emergency of supplies of sugar originating in
areas not provided for or not adequately pro-
vided for, in the sugar quotas established under
title II of the Sugar Act of 1937, title II was
suspended by a proclamation of the President
issued on April 13, 1942.

Long-staple cotton {cotton having a staple of
one and one-eighth inches or more in
length) (par. 783)
Under the trade agreement the duty on cot-
ton having a. staple of iy s inches or more is re-
duced from 7 to Sy 2 cents per pound. Before
passage of the Tariff Act of 1930, long-staple
cotton was duty-free.

The trade agreement does not affect the total
quantity (45,656,420 pounds) of long-staple
cotton iy 8 inches and over but less than l 11 /i6
inches permitted to be entered into the United
States per quota year beginning September 20, 1

1 Pursuant to section 22 of the Agricultural Adjust-
ment Act of 1933, as amended, the President on Sep-
tember 5. 1939 issued a proclamation (effective Sep-
tember 20, 1939), imposing absolute import quotas on
long-staple and certain other types of cotton. The
quota on long-staple cotton was imposed by the Presi-
dent pursuant to a finding by the United States Tar-
iff Commission that such cotton was being imported

and the right is reserved, in article X of the
agreement to maintain or impose quotas in con-
nection with governmental measures designed
to control production, market supply, or prices
of like domestic articles. However, in connec-
tion with this item, the Peruvian negotiators
requested that an investigation be undertaken
immediately, under section 22 of the Agricul-
tural Adjustment Act, with a view to deter-
mining whether it would be possible at this time
to consolidate all the present country quotas on
cotton having a staple length of 1% inches or
more but less than l n / 16 inches into a single,
global quota, and it was agreed to request the
Tariff Commission to make such an investi-
gation.

Long-staple Peruvian cotton is characterized
by its uniformity, roughness, and tensile
strength, which make it suitable for a number
of specialized uses, particularly for manufac-
ture of underwear, part-wool textiles, asbestos,
and cotton duck and other strong fabrics, all in
demand in the war effort.

Long-staple cotton, principal export crop of
Peru, accounted in 1940 for 58 percent of the
value of Peru's total agricultural exports.
Production in most recent years has ranged
from about 360,000 to 380,000 bales (of 500
pounds), of which approximately 10 percent
lias been consumed by the local textile industry.

Only a small percentage of United States
cotton production is long-staple. Production
during the period 1937-39 averaged approxi-
mately 840,000 bales (of 500 pounds), only
about 6 percent of total annual average United
States production of all staple lengths during
that period (14,235,000 bales).

Hair of the alpaca, llama, and vicuna (par.
1102 (I))

Under the Tariff Act of 1930 the duty on
hair of the alpaca, llama, and vicuna was as

under such conditions and in sufficient quantities as to
tend to render ineffective the export-subsidy aspect of
the program undertaken under the Soil Conservation
and Domestic Allotment Act with reference to cotton.
Subsequently, on December 19, 1940, the President sus-
pended the quota limitations as applied to cotton with
a staple length of l 1 %e inches and over.

MAY 9, 1942

415

follows : In the grease or washed, 34 cents per
pound ; scoured, 37 cents per pound ; on the skin,
32 cents per pound ; sorted or matchings, if not
scoured, 35 cents per pound. Under the trade
agreement with Peru the duties on these classes
are reduced respectively to 18 cents, 21 cents, 16
cents, and 19 cents per pound.

Alpaca, llama, and vicuna hair is produced
chiefly in Peru. No hair of these types is
grown in the United States. Such hair is used
in the manufacture of luxury outer wear or is
blended with wool in making less expensive
specialty weaves of types which cannot be ob-
tained from wool alone. United States con-
sumption of this hair constitutes a very small
part of the total consumption of apparel wool
and hair. In 1939 the apparent consumption of
hair represented less than 1 percent of that of
apparel wool.

Coca leaves (par. 36)

The duty on coca leaves under the Tariff Act
of 1930 was 10 cents per pound. Under the
trade agreement with Peru, the duty is reduced
to 5 cents per pound. The ad valorem equiva-
lent of the 10-cent rate was 54 percent in 1939.

Coca leaves are obtained from a tropical
shrub native to Peru, which is not grown in
the United States. The leaves are used as a
raw material for medicinal alkaloid cocaine.
In addition to their cocaine content, the leaves
contain certain other constituents which are
utilized in the preparation of soft drinks.

Peru is the principal source of United States
imports of coca leaves. Total United States
imports of coca leaves in 1940 amounted to
830,000 pounds, valued at $156,000; imports
from Peru in that year totaled 658,000 pounds,
valued at $116,000.

Bismuth (par. 377)

Under the Tariff Act of 1930 bismuth was
dutiable at 7% percent ad valorem. In the
agreement with Peru this duty is reduced to B%
percent ad valorem.

Peru is one of the world's largest producers
of bismuth and is almost the sole supplier of
imports entered into the United States under
this tariff paragraph. Bismuth is produced in
the United States as a byproduct of the lead-

refining industry. Beginning in 1930 there
have been large imports of bismuth contained
in lead bullion. United States production,
therefore, comes from the processing of both
domestic and imported lead ore and bullion.
Total United States imports of bismuth under
par. 377 in 1940 amounted to 124,000 pounds
valued at $118,000; all imports in that year
came from Peru.

In addition to the products described in the
foregoing paragraphs, the agreement provides
for reductions in duty, or in the import tax,
which were not previously granted in other
agreements, on the following articles: certain
insecticide materials advanced in value or con-
dition, including pyrethrum or insect flowers,
and derris and barbasco root (par. 35) ; certain
cabinet woods not further manufactured than
sawed and flooring of such woods (par. 404) ;
certain cabinet-wood lumber, rough, or planed
or dressed on one or more sides (Internal Reve-
nue Code, section 3424) ; candied, preserved, or
ground ginger root (pars. 778 and 781) ; and
certain types of hemp (par. 1001). Tariff and
trade data relating to these products are in-
cluded in the statistical analysis of concessions
granted to Peru (Table B).

Bindings of rates of duty reduced in previous
trade agreements

Various rates of duty or import tax which
were reduced by the maximum percentage per-
missible under the Trade Agreements Act in
trade agreements with other countries are bound
against increase in the trade agreement with
Peru. The products to which such rates apply
are ground barbasco or cube root (par. 35) ;
certain types of flax (par. 1001) ; and balsa lum-
ber, rough, or planed or dressed on one or more
sides (Internal Revenue Code, section 3424).

Trade and tariff data relating to the fore-
going products will be found in the statistical
analysis of concessions granted to Peru
(Table B).

Free list

The agreement binds on the free list imports
of certain commodities that are not produced at
all in the United States or are not produced in
quantities sufficient to supply domestic demand.

416

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

The following products are bound on the free
list in the agreement with Peru and have not
been bound on the free list in other agreements:
Crude pyrethrum or insect flowers (par. 1602) ;
cochineal (par. 1609) ; tara (par. 1670) ; guano
(par. 1685) ; leche caspi (par. 1686) ; vanadium
ore (par. 1719) ; and oiticica oil (par. 1732).

The following articles, bound on the free list
in the agreement with Peru, have also been
bound on the free list in other agreements:
Cinchona and other barks from which quinine
may be extracted (par. 1619) ; coffee, except
coffee imported into Puerto Rico (par. 1654) ;
undressed otter skins (par. 1681) ; crude india
rubber (par. 1697) ; crude gutta balata (par.
1697) ; crude or unmanufactured barbasco or
cube root (par. 1722) ; quinine sulphate and
cinchona-bark derivatives (par. 1748) ; raw
reptile skins (par. 1765) ; raw goat and kid skins
(par. 1765) ; unground ginger root, not pre-
served or candied (par. 1768(1)); tagua nuts
(par. 1778) ; tamarinds (par. 1779) ; sawed
balsa lumber and timber, not further manufac-
tured than planed, and tongued and grooved
(par. 1803(1)); and balsa, Spanish cedar,
granadilla, mahogany, rosewood, and satin-
wood, in the log (par. 1803(2)).

Trade and tariff data relating to products
bound on the free list are found in the statis-
tical analysis of concessions granted to Peru
(Table B).

III. GENERAL PROVISIONS AND EXCHANGE OF NOTES

The general provisions of the agreement
embody the basic principle of equality of treat-
ment essential to the development of interna-
tional trade upon a sound and nondiscrimina-
tory basis. They define the nature of the
obligations assumed by each country in making
tariff concessions to the other, set forth recipro-
cal assurances of nondiscriminatory treatment
with respect to all forms of trade control, and
contain provisions relating to various other
matters affecting the trade between the two
countries.

Provisions relating to treatment of trade in
general
Article I provides that the United States
and Peru shall in general accord to each other

unconditional most-favored-nation treatment
with respect to customs duties and related
matters, including methods of levying duties
and charges and the application of rules and
formalities. This means that each country ob-
ligates itself to extend to the other, immediately
and without compensation, the lowest rates of
customs duties which are granted to any other
country, either by autonomous action or in
connection with a commercial agreement with
a third country.

Article II of the agreement relates to the im-
position of internal taxes or charges levied in
either country on products imported from the
other and provides that such taxes or charges
shall not be higher than those imposed on like
articles of domestic or other foreign origin.

Article III applies the principle of nondis-
criminatory treatment to import quotas, pro-
hibitions, and other forms of restriction on im-
ports. Any such restriction is to be based upon
a predetermined amount of imports of the
article, i.e., a global quota. If either country
establishes such restrictions and if any third
country is allotted a share of the total amount
of permitted importations of any article, the
other country shall also be allotted a share
which shall be based upon the proportion of the
total imports of such article which that country
supplied in a previous representative period.

Article IV extends the principle of nondis-
criminatory treatment to any form of exchange
control by either country over the transfer of
payments for imports originating in the other
country. Accordingly, provision is made that
the Government of either country shall accord
to any product originating in the other country,
in regard to restrictions or delays on payments,
exchange rates, and taxes or charges on ex-
change transactions, treatment no less favorable
than that accorded the like product originating
in any third country.

Article V extends the principle of nondis-
criminatory treatment to foreign purchases by
the Government of either country or by govern-
ment monopolies.

Article VI provides for the prompt publica-
tion of laws, regulations, and administrative
and judicial decisions relating to the classi-

MAY 9, 1942

417

fication of articles for customs purposes or
to rates of duty. With certain customary ex-
ceptions relating to anti-dumping duties, health
or public-safety measures, etc., the article also
provides that no administrative ruling by
either country effecting advances in rates of
duties or in charges applicable under an estab-
lished and uniform practice to imports origi-
nating in the other country, or imposing any
new requirement with respect to such importa-
tions shall, as a general rule, be effective retro-
actively or with respect to articles imported
prior to 30 days from the publication of notice
of such ruling in the usual official manner.

Provisions relating to concessions

Articles VII and VIII of the agreement
relate to the tariff concessions granted by each
country on products of the other and provide
that products included in the schedules annexed
to the agreement shall, upon importation into
the other country, be exempt from ordinary cus-
toms duties higher than those specified in the
schedules and from all other charges in con-
nection with importation in excess of those im-
posed on the day of signature of the agreement
or required to be imposed thereafter by laws
in force on that day.

Article IX permits either country, notwith-
standing the provisions of articles VII and
VIII, to impose on any product imported from
the other country an import charge equivalent
to an internal tax imposed on a similar domestic
product or on any article from which the im-
ported product has been made.

Article X contains a general undertaking
that no quantitative restrictions shall be im-
posed by either country on importations from
the other country of any of the products listed
in the schedules annexed to the agreement, with
a reservation that this provision does not apply
to quantitative restrictions imposed by either
country in conjunction with governmental
measures which operate to regulate or control
the production, market supply, or prices of like
domestic articles, or which tend to increase the
labor costs of production of such articles, or
which are necessary to maintain the exchange
value of the currency of the country. Para-
graph 3 of article X excepts from the general

undertaking not to impose quantitative restric-
tions on articles listed in the schedules, measures
imposed by the United States on imports of
coffee from Peru pursuant to the provisions of
the Inter-American Coffee Agreement or of any
other international agreement.

Article XI contains a provision for broad
consultation between the Governments of the
two countries in regard to all matters affecting
the operation of the agreement through the
medium of a mixed commission to be established
under the terms of paragraph 2 of the article.
Paragraph 1 of the article provides that if the
Government of either country considers that
an industry or the commerce of that country is
prejudiced, or any object of the agreement is
nullified or impaired as a result of any circum-
stance or of any measure taken by the other
Government, the latter Government shall con-
sider such representations or proposals as may
be made by the former Government; and if
agreement is not reached, the Government mak-
ing the representations or proposals shall be
free to suspend or terminate the agreement in
whole or in part on 30 days' written notice.

Provisions as to application of the agreement
Article XII provides that the agreement
shall apply, on the part of both countries, to
the territories and possessions included in their
customs territories, the most important of
which in the case of the United States are
Alaska, Hawaii, and Puerto Rico. The most-
favored-nation provisions of the agreement
will, however, apply also to those possessions
of the United States which have separate tar-
iffs, including the Philippines, the Virgin
Islands of the United States, American Samoa,
and the island of Guam.

Article XIII excepts from the application of
the agreement special advantages granted by
the Government of either country to adjacent
countries to facilitate frontier traffic, and ad-
vantages accorded to any third country as a
result of a customs union. There is also in-
cluded the usual exception relating to special
advantages accorded by the United States and
its territories and possessions or the Panama
Canal Zone to one another or to the Republic of
Cuba.

418

Furthermore, in an exchange of notes ac-
companying the agreement, the Government of
the United States agrees not to invoke the pro-
visions of article I of the agreement in respect
of any tariff preferences which Peru may ac-
cord to a contiguous country, provided such
tariff preferences conform to the formula rec-
ommended by the Inter-American Financial
and Economic Advisory Committee on Septem-
ber 18, 1941, pursuant to resolution LXXX of
the Seventh International Conference of Amer-
ican States at Montevideo, approved Decem-
ber 24, 1933. This formula stipulates : ( 1) That
any such tariff preferences shall be made effec-
tive through trade agreements embodying tariff
reductions or exemptions; (2) that the parties
to such agreements should reserve the right to
reduce or eliminate the customs duties on like
products imported from other countries; and
(3) that any such tariff arrangements should
not be an obstacle to any broad program of eco-
nomic reconstruction involving the reduction
of tariffs and the scaling down or elimination
of tariff and other trade preferences with a view
to the fullest possible development of interna-
tional trade on a multilateral unconditional
most-favored-nation basis.

Article XIV provides that nothing in the
agreement shall prevent the adoption or
enforcement by either country of measures
relating to imports or exports of gold, sanitary

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

regulations and the like, or measures relating
to public security, or imposed for the protection
of the country's essential interests in time of
war or other national emergency.

Article XV provides for sympathetic consid-
eration of representations in regard to customs
regulations and related matters and the appli-
cation of sanitary regulations. If there should
be disagreement between the two Governments
with respect to sanitary laws or regulations, a
committee of experts including representatives
of both Governments may be established upon
request of either Government. This committee
would then study the matter and submit recom-
mendations with respect thereto.

Article XVI provides that the agreement will
come definitively into force 30 days after its
proclamation by the President of the United
States and the President of Peru, or, in the
event the proclamations do not take place on the
same day, 30 days after the proclamation which
is later in time. Article XVI also provides that
the agreement shall remain in force for a period
of 1 wo years from its effective date unless termi-
nated earlier pursuant to the provisions of
article XI. If neither Government has given
the other, prior to the expiration of the two-
year period, notice of intention to terminate the
agreement, it will continue in force thereafter,
subject to termination on six months' notice.

TABLE A

Itemized List of Tariff Concessions Obtained From Peru (Schedule I)

(n.a.=statistics not available)

Peruvian
tariff
item

number

Description of article (abbreviated)

Dutiable

Ordinary rates of duty
in soles

unit

Pre-agree-

ment

Under agree-
ment

43.20
0.60

36.00.

0.60

Gross kilo...

0.48
0.216

2.00 per 100.
0.216

Gross kilo...

Sq. metor...

0.06

0.05

Each

Free

Frco

Gross kllo...

0.18

0.13

Grosskilo...

0.84

0.70

Gross kilo...

0.144

0.12

Gross kilo...

1.20

0.90

Gross kilo...

0.96

0.80

Gross kilo...

1.44

1.20

Gross kilo...

0.75

0.144

Peruvian

imports

from U. S.

in 1940
(1,000 soles)

Hats for men and boys

Metal furniture

Safety-razor blades

Plate glass. -

Ordinary woods, including Douglas flr, pine, etc.

Wooden railway ties

Plywood -..

1022.
1023.
1077.

Enamel paint* _ _ _

Oil paints. ,

Pigmented lacquer

Typewriters and parts

Calculating machines and parts

Paraffined cardboard containers for packing butter and assimilated products.

See footnotes at end of table.

MAY 9, 1942

419

TABLE A— Continued
Itemized List of Taeiff Concessions Obtained From Peru (Schedule I) — Continued

Description of article (abbreviated)

Peruvian

Imports
from U. S.

in 1940
(1,000 soles)

Tools and utensils, including abrasive paper and cloth —

Automobile trucks, chassis, and trailers

Passenger automobiles weighing up to 1,350 gross kilos '

Passenger automobiles, weighing over 1,350 but not over 1,400 gross kilos J

Passenger automobiles, weighing over 1,400 but not over 1,450 gross kilos « _

Passenger automobiles, weighing over 1,450 but not over 1,500 gross kilos'

Passenger automobiles, weighing more than 1,700 but not more than 1,750 gross kilos 2 . .

Machinery directly employed in agriculture, stockraising, and mining.

Machinery for industries derived directly from agriculture and mining, and marine
machinery.

Sewing machines and parts

Parts for motor vehicles, not specified -- —

Cylinders for dictating machines _.

Dictating machines and parts -

Storage batteries and plates, and dry-cell batteries

Radio and telegraph transmitting and receiving apparatus...

Electric refrigerators and parts

Bulbs for flashlights and miners' lamps

Radio tubes:

For receiving

For transmitting...

Moving-picture projectors and parts _

Moving-picture films, exposed

(The Republic of Peru agrees to permit temporary entry of films under bond for
preliminary showing and censorship and no duties will be collected If films are
reexported within 20 days without public showing.)

Oats prepared as a foodstuff in containers with net contents not in excess of 2 kilos

Canned asparagus, soups, baked beans and corn

Chewing gum.

Fresh apples, when imported from September 1 to the last day of the following Febru-
ary, inclusive.

Fresh pears, when imported from July 1 to December 31, inclusive..

Fresh plums, when imported from May 1 to October 31, inclusive..

Walnuts

Dried fruits, in boxes

Dried fruits in other containers, including shelled nuts... _

Dried fruits, stoned or cut _

Canned fruits..

Wheat flour

Flour of oats, rye, corn, rice, and farina, when imported in containers with net contents
not in excess of 2 kilos.

Canned salmon

Sardines prepared in tomato sauce

Pharmaceutical specialties in oils, emulsion, or in suspension

Pharmaceutical specialties in tablets, pills, capsules, perles. and granules

(The Republic of Peru agrees that it will not subject articles classified under items
1842 and 1846 to duty surcharges because of the size of the container. At present
there is a surcharge of 50% for articles under item 1842 when imported in con-
tainers of over 500 c. c. and for articles under item 1846 when imported in
containers of over 100 units.)

Safety razors.

Dentifrices-

Gross kilo.
Gross kilo.
Gross kilo..

Gross kilo.
Gross kilo.

Gross kilo.
Gross kilo.
Gross kilo.
Gross kilo.
Gross kilo.
Gross kilo.
Gross kilo.
Doz

Doz

Gross kilo.
Legal kilo.

Gross kilo.
Gross kilo.
Gross kilo..
Gross kilo.

Gross kilo.
Gross kilo.
Gross kilo.
Gross kilo.
Gross kilo.
Gross kilo.
Gross kilo.
Gross kilo.
Gross kilo.

Gross kilo.
Gross kilo.
Legal kilo.
Legal kilo.

Legal kilo.
Gross kilo.

0.18...
0.024..
0.216..

0.24...

0.276..

0.312. .

0.676..

0.012. .
0.018...

0.018. .
0.24....
0.84...
2.40...
0.30...
2.16...
0.456..
1.80....

21.60—
21.60...
4.80.-.
14.40..

0.06....
0.24....
2.16....
0.02....

0. 02. . . .
0.02...
0.072...
0.30....
0.64— -
0.36—
0.30—
0.05....
0.072...

0.18-.-.
0.24— .
0.60— -
9.60—

0.15

0.02

0.210 (legal

kilo).
0.24 (legal

kilo).
0.276 (legal

kilo).
0.312 (legal

kilo).
0.676 (legal

kilo).

0.012

0.018

0.20

0.50

1.20.

0.26

1.80

0.40

0.90.

11.00

21.60

4.80

14.40

0.04.
0.12.
1.20.

Free.

Free.
Free.
0.036
0.15.
0.27.
0.18.
0.16.
0.05.
0.04.

0.12.
0.16.
0.60.

2.50
1.10.

1 Includes pyroxylin paints and solvents for diluting it. 8 Under the agreement "gross kilos" is changed to read "loga kilos". 3 Juno I-
December 31, inclusive. ' Covers all canned legumes and vegetables. » Estimated. • Covers all fresh frnlta.

420

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

TABLE B

Itemized List of Tariff Concessions Made to Peru (Schedule II)

Except as otherwise noted import data do not include imports free of duty under special provisions of the Tariff Act of 1930, or imports from Cuba
subject to preferential reductions in duty; n.a. = statistics not available.

Description of article (abbreviated)

Before agreement

After agreement

Ad valorem equiv-
alent on basis of
imports in 1939

Before

agree-
ment
(percent)

After
agree-
ment
[percent)

U. S. imports for consumption
(in 1,000 dollars)

A. Reductions in Duty

Pyrethrum or insect flowers, and derris,
tube or tuba root, advanced in value
or condition, not containing alcohol.

Barbasco or cube root, advanced in value
or condition, other than ground, not
containing alcohol.

Coca leaves

Bismuth...

Spanish cedar, granadilla, mahogany, rose-
wood, and satinwood: In the form of
sawed boards, planks, deals, and all
other forms not further manufactured
than sawed, and flooring.

Sugars, taDk bottoms, sirups of cane juice,
melada, concentrated melada, concrete
and concentrated molasses . . . and
all mixtures containing sugar and
water . . .

Ginger root, candied or otherwise prepared
or preserved.

Spices and spice seeds:
Ginger root, not preserved or candied,
ground.

Cotton having a staple length of \H inches
or more in length.

Hemp and hemp tow

Hackled hemp

Hair of the alpaca, llama, and vicuna:

In the grease or washed

Scoured

On the skin

Sorted or matchings, if not scoured-

B. Bindings of Present Duty

Barbasco or cube root, ground, not con-
taining alcohol.

Flax straw _ __

Flax, not hackled... ._

Flax, hackled, including "dressed line"

Flax tow and flax noils

C. Bindings on Free List

Pyrethrum or insect flowers, crude, not
containing alcohol.

Cochineal, and extracts thereof, not con-
taining alcohol.

Barks, cinchona or other, from which
quinine may be extracted.

See footnotes at end of table.

10% ad val

10* per lb

7\i% ad val

15% ad val. (See
below, I.R.C.,
section 3424).

$1,875 per 100

20% ad val- ..
5* per lb

7* per lb

2* per lb

3ht per lb....

34* per lb

37* per lb

32* per lb

35* per lb

T » 5% ad val..

■$1.50 per ton

10 Hi per lb...
>' lh* per lb.

11 H* per lb...

Free..

Free

Free..

5% ad val

5* per lb

3?4%adval

7H% ad val.
(See below,
I. B.C., section
3424).

$0.9375 per 100
lbs. of 96°
sugar.

10% ad val

2).v*perlb

1* per lb ...
IHt per lb.

18* per lb .
21* per lb..
16* per lb.
19* per lb.

5% ad val.

$1.50 per ton.

Ht per lb

Hit per lb...

H>* per lb

Bound free.
Bound free..

> (Less
than
500).

(Less
than
500).

MAY 9, 1942

421

TABLE B— Continued
Itemize) List of Tariff Concessions Made to Peeu (Schedule II) — Continued

Para-

Description of article (abbreviated)

Rate of duty

Ad valorem equiv-
alent on basis of
imports in 1939

U. S. imports for consumption
(in 1,000 dollars)

nun] bcr

in Tariff

Act of

1930

Before agreement

After agreement

Before
agree-
ment
(percent)

After

agree-
ment
(percent)

From Peru

From all coun-
tries

1939

1940'

1939

1940'

C. Bindings on Free List— Continued

Coffee, except coffee imported into Puerto
Rico and upon which a duty is im-
posed under the authority of section 319.

»3

205

"36

16
992
13S

"20
5

139, 546

i>4

149

212

'» 198

179, 658

265
992
168

1,708
1,392

274

15, 396

190

'• 1, 890

126, 771

'•78
45

1,217

186

India rubber, crude, including Jelutong or
pontianak.

Barbasco or cube root, crude or unmanu-
factured, not specially provided for.

Oiticica oil, expressed or extracted

Quinine sulphate and all alkaloids and salts
of alkaloids derived from cinchona
bark.

2,218

336

273

15, 887

1768(1)...

Ginger root, not preserved or candied, if
unground.

1803(1)...

Sawed balsa lumber and timber, not fur-
ther manufactured than planed, and
tongued and grooved, not specially
provided for.

Balsa, Spanish cedar, granadilla, ma-
hogany, rosewood, and satinwood, in
the log.

Free (See below,
I.R.C., sec-
tion 3424).

Bound free (See
below, I.R.C.,
section 3424).

211

'•18

'•13

'• 2, 111

' Preliminary.

' Not including derris, tube or tuba root.

3 No imports of derris or tuba root.

' Includes derris or tuba root and ground barbasco or cube-'root.

• Includes ground barbasco or cube root.

• Includes imports of lignum-vitae, lancewood, ebony, and boxwood.

7 Covers hair of the Cashmere goat, alpaca, Angora rabbit, and other like animals.

»• The duty on ground barbasco or cube root was reduced from 10 percent ad valorem to 6 percent ad valorem in the agreement with Venezuela,
effective December 16, 1939.

8 Included above under par. 35, "Barbasco or cube root, advanced In value or condition, other than ground, not containing alcohol."

9 The duty on flax straw was reduced from $3 per ton to $1.50 per ton in the agreement with Canada, effective January 1, 1939.

» The duty on flax, not hackled, was reduced from Hi cents per pound to fi cent per pound in the agreement with the United Kingdom, effective
January 1, 1939.

" The duty on flax, hackled, was reduced from 3 cents per pound to 1M cents per pound in the agreement with the United Kingdom.

11 The duty on flax tow and flax noils was reduced from one cent per pound to H cent per pound in the agreement with the United Kingdom.

'• "Crude articles, n.s.p.f., for tanning", including tara.

» "Crude articles, n.s.p.f., for dyeing, coloring, staining, or tanning", including tara.

18 "Gums and resins, n.s.p.f.", including leche caspi.

>• Not including granadilla.

422

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

TABLE B — Continued
Itemized List of Tariff Concessions Made to Pebu (Schedule II) — Continued

Section

number ol

Internal

Revenue

Code

Description of article (abbreviated)

Rate of tax

Ad valorem equiv-
alent on basis of
imports in 1939

U. S. imports for consumption
(in 1,000 dollars)

Before

'agree-

Jment

(percent)

lAfter
agree-
ment
(percent)

From Peru

From all coun-
tries

1939

1940 >

1939

1940 >

Balsa lumber, rough or planed or dressed
on one or more sides.

Spanish cedar, granadilla, mahogany, rose-
wood, and satinwood lumber, rough,
or planed or dressed on one or more
sides.

"$1.50 per 1,000

bd. ft.
$3.00 per 1,000
bd. ft.

$1.50 per 1,000

bd. ft.
$1.50 per 1,000

bd. ft.

» The import tax of $3 per 1,000 board feet was reduced to $1.50 per 1,000 board feet in the agreement with Ecuador, effective October 23, 1938.

Treaty Information

Compiled in the Treaty Division

LEGAL ASSISTANCE

Protocol on Uniformity of Powers of Attorney
Which Are To Be Utilized Abroad

United States

The instrument of ratification by the United
States of the Protocol on Uniformity of Powers
of Attorney Which Are To Be Utilized Abroad,
which was opened for signature by the states
members of the Pan American Union on Febru-
ary 17, 1940, was deposited with the Union on
April 16, 1942.

The protocol is now in effect between the fol-
lowing states: the United States of America,
Brazil, El Salvador, and Venezuela.

Article I of the protocol sets forth rules to
which powers of attorney must conform by
providing that the attesting official shall certify
to the identity and legal capacity of the person
executing the instrument; to the authority of a
representative executing a power of attorney
in the name of a third person and that such
representation is legal according to documents

exhibited; and in addition, in the case of a
power of attorney executed in the name of a
juridical person, to the due organization, home
office, and legal existence of the juridical person
and that the purposes for which the instrument
is granted are within the scope of its objects
or activities.

In addition to laying down the rules to which
powers of attorney must conform the principal
purposes of the protocol are to place the burden
of proof on the party challenging the power of
attorney (article II) ; to recognize the validity
of general powers of attorney to consummate
administrative acts (article TV) ; to provide
that powers of attorney executed in one country
in conformity with the protocol, and legalized
in accordance with the special rules governing
legalization, shall be given full faith and credit
in the other countries (article V) ; and to permit
representation of any person, who may inter-
vene or become a party to a suit, by a volunteer
pending due substantiation of the volunteer's
authority (article VIII).

MAY 9, 1942

423

POSTAL

Universal Postal Convention and Parcel Post
Agreement, 1939

Venezuela

There is quoted below, in translation, a note
received from the Swiss Minister at Washing-
ton regarding the change in the status of Vene-
zuela under article IV, table 2, Transit Charges
of the Parcel Post Agreement signed at Buenos
Aires May 23, 1939 :

"Febbuaby 24, 1942.
"Mb. Secretary of State :

"By order of my Government, I have the
honor to advise you that, on the proposal of
the Postal Administration of the United States
of Venezuela and with the unanimous consent
of the Administrations which adhered to the
Agreement of Buenos Aires relative to parcel
post, the final protocol of the said agreement,
Article IV, Table 2, Transit Surcharges, No. 13
Venezuela (United States), may receive the
following additions:

"Column 6 : 100

"Column 7 : 150

"Column 8: 200

"The present declaration is made in applica-
tion of Article 23, Paragraph 1, of the Univer-
sal Postal Convention.

"In requesting you to be good enough to take
cognizance of the foregoing, I avail myself
[etc.]

Bruggmann"

COMMERCE

Trade Agreement with Peru

On May 7, 1942 a trade agreement between
the United States and Peru was signed at Wash-
ington by the Secretary, of State and the Peru-
vian Minister of Finance and Commerce. It

will shortly be printed in the Executive Agree-
ment Series.

An analysis of the general provisions and
reciprocal benefits of the agreement appears in
this Bulletin under the heading "Commercial
Policy."

Trade Agreement with Haiti

An exchange of notes between the American
Minister to Haiti and the Foreign Minister of
Haiti regarding certain provisions of the trade
agreement between the two countries signed on
March 28, 1935 (Executive Agreement Series
78), appeared in the Bulletin of May 2, 1942,
page 384.

Regulations

Imports of Strategic Materials. May 4, 1942. (War
Production Board.) [Amendment No. 5 to General
Imports Order M-63.] 7 Federal Register 3327.

Publications

Department of State

Detail of Military Officer of the United States To Serve
us Assistant to Adviser of Remount Service of the
Peruvian Army — Signed March 11, 1942; effective
February 14, 1942. Executive Agreement Series 240.
Publication 1730. 10 pp. 5tf.

Other Government Agencies

Annual Report of the American Historical Associa-
tion, 1939. (H. Doc. 962, 76th Cong.) xxvi, 115 pp.
55tf (cloth).

Latin American Songs. Recordings of Latin American
Songs and Dances : Annotated Selected List of
Popular and Folk Music. By Gustavo Duran.
[Music Series 3.] (Pan American Union.) 67 pp.,
illus. 304 (paper).

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. — Price, 10 cents - - - - Subscription price, $2.75 a year

PUBLISHED WKEKI.Y WITH THE APPROVAL OF THE DIRECTOR nF THE RI7READ OF THE BUDGET

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

BULLETIN

MAY 16, 1942
Vol. VI, No. 151— Publication 1742

ontents

The War Page
Commemoration of second anniversary of invasion of
the Netherlands, Belgium, and Luxembourg:

Address by Assistant Secretary Berle 427

Chronology, December 1941 to April 1942 428

Proclaimed List: Revision II 433

Advisory Mission to India 433

Lend-lease operations . . . . 434

General

Address by Assistant Secretary Berle before the Council

on Books in Wartime 434

Travel of seamen 437

American Republics

Paraguay: Anniversary of independence 437

Europe

Embassy rank for representation between the United

States and Norway 438

The Near East

Opening of direct radio-photo service between the
United States and Egypt: Statement by the
President 439

Cultural Relations

Visit to the United States of Mexican editor 439

Visit to the United States of Colombian historian. . . 439

The Foreign Service

Death of Vice Consid and Mrs. John M. Slaughter in

Guayaquil earthquake 440

Personnel changes 440

[over]

U. S. SUPFRINTFNDFNT OF DOCUMENT*

JUN 2 1942

OJltGTL tS— CONTINUED

Page

Legislation 440

Treaty Information

Publications: Agreement with Bolivia 441

Sovereignty: Act of Habana Concerning the Provi-
sional Administration of European Colonies and

Possessions in the Americas 441

Visa fees: Agreement with Argentina 441

Publications ; 442

The War

COMMEMORATION OF SECOND ANNIVERSARY OF INVASION OF THE
NETHERLANDS, BELGIUM, AND LUXEMBOURG

ADDRESS BY ASSISTANT SECRETARY BERLE !

[Released to the press May 10]

On May 10, 1940, two years ago, the criminal
masters of Germany directed the German armies
to invade Holland, Belgium, and Luxembourg.
They did not quibble about war guilt. They
boasted of their war guilt. They announced
that these countries would not emerge from Ger-
man chains for a thousand years.

These two years have proved beyond possible
question that all the Nazi spies, Gestapo, S.S.,
and Black Hundreds have been, and will con-
tinue to be, powerless to break the spirit of these
loyal countries.

As the third year of occupation begins, the
German tide is already beginning to ebb.

The weapons for German defeat have been
forged : the anger of all civilization ; the gird-
ing of Britain; the resistance of Russia; the
mighty, developing power of the United States;
the knitting together of the United Nations.
There is no longer a doubt that the Netherlands,
Belgium, and Luxembourg will be liberated.
Their freedom is only a matter of time.

These two years have seen the destruction of
Nazi hopes.

Their political plans for Europe are every-
where breaking up as the invaded countries re-
fuse to accept slavery.

Their economic plans have resulted in a ris-
ing tide of starvation and want.

Only the military lines remain, and these are
merely a facade concealing a crumbling founda-
tion within. The masters of Germany, and

1 Broadcast from New York, N.Y., on May 10, 1942.

their servants, even today are anxiously ex-
amining the facts and the figures which foretell
ultimate and inescapable disaster.

It is, therefore, time to begin to think about
that justice which must be done when the war
ends. For it is plain that justice must be done.

The Atlantic Charter made it plain that none
desires to enslave, annihilate, or destroy the
German people. Yet, clearly, it will be impos-
sible to protect Germans who are in countries
which they have savagely and brutally op-
pressed. The Germans who now sit in Holland,
in Belgium, and in Luxembourg are merely
awaiting their own destruction. Safety for
them must lie in flight back to their own coun-
try. In the coming day of victory it may not
be easy for them to go back.

The individual Gestapo agents, Black Troop-
ers, and others guilty of cruelty, robbery, and
oppression of civilians and prisoners must be
held to account. The names of many of these
men are already known to the United Nations.
They will learn that none can break the laws
of civilization with impunity. Account should
also be taken of those occasional instances in
which the Germans in occupying countries have
behaved with honor and respect toward the peo-
ple in their care. The fate of these men must
be determined by their own deeds.

Europe has long known that nations with
brave hearts, however small they may be, are
deathless and unconquered. The past two years
have proved this anew. Again we in the United
States salute the bravery of the Belgian people.

427

428

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

We are today giving pledges to the future by
establishing for the first time in American his-
tory an embassy to the Royal Netherlands
Government. Happily, the Government of
Luxembourg, established in Canada, is our near
neighbor.

That these countries and all free countries
might live, Belgians, Dutch, and Luxembourg-
ers have given their lives. By doing so they
have affirmed a faith which inspires the United
Nations to ever greater efforts for final and ulti-
mate triumph.

CHRONOLOGY, DECEMBER 1941 TO APRIL 1942 '

December 7

{December 8, Tokyo time)

Japan attacked United States and British ter-
ritory beginning at 1:20 p.m. (7:50 a.m.,
Honolulu time) and occupied the Interna-
tional Settlement at Shanghai. New York
Times, December 8, 1941, pp. 1, 4 ; Decem-
ber 9, p. 14 ; Department of State Bulletin,
December 20, 1941, Vol. V, pp. 534-535.

Japan rejected United States document dated
November 26 delivered at 2:20 p.m. at
Washington. Department of State Bulle-
tin, December 13, 1941, Vol. V, pp. 466-
470 ; ibid., December 20, 1941, Vol. V, pp.
534-535.

The Japanese Emperor declared war on the
United States and the British Empire.
New York Times, December 9, 1941, p. 28 ;
Department of State Bulletin, December 20,
1941, Vol. V, p. 557.

Canada declared a state of war with Japan.
Department of State Bulletin, December
20, 1941, Vol. V, p. 558.

Peru offered its assistance to the United
States in war with Japan. Ibid., Decem-
ber 13, 1941, Vol. V, p. 501.

Greece announced (on December 10) its sev-
erance of diplomatic relations with Japan.
Ibid., p. 509 ; ibid., April 18, 1942, Vol. VI,
p. 344.

Yugoslavia announced (on January 19, 1942)
a state of war with Japan. Ibid., February
7, 1942, Vol. VI, p. 144.

1941
December 8

Japan invaded Thailand, which capitulated.
New York Times, December 9, 1941, p. 10.
Great Britain declared war on Japan. New
York Times, December 9, 1941, p. 1; De-
partment of State Bulletin, December 20,

1941, Vol. V, p. 557.

The United States declared a state of war
with Japan (4:10 p.m.). Department of
State Bulletin, December 13, 1941, Vol. V,
p. 475 ; ibid., December 20, 1941, Vol. V,
p. 557.

Australia declared a state of war with Japan.
Ibid., December 20, 1941, Vol. V, p. 559.

Brazil announced its solidarity with the
United States in war with Japan. Ibid.,
December 13, 1941, Vol. V, p. 488.

Colombia severed diplomatic relations with
Japan. Ibid., pp. 489-490; ibid., April 18,

1942, Vol. VI, p. 340.

Costa Rica declared war on Japan. Ibid.,

December 13, 1941, Vol. V, pp. 490-^91;

ibid., December 20, 1941, Vol. V, p. 558.
The Dominican Republic declared war on

Japan. Ibid., December 13, 1941, Vol. V,

p. 492.
Ecuador announced its solidarity with the

United States in war with Japan. Ibid.,

p. 493.
El Salvador declared war on Japan. Ibid.,

p. 493.

1 For chronology covering period March 1938 to De-
cember 1941, see the Bulletin of December 27, 1941, p.
590.

MAY 16, 194 2

429

1941

December 8 — Continued.

French National Committee, established at
London, and its Pacific territories declared
war on Japan. New York Times, Decem-
ber 9, 1941, p. 18; Department of State
Bulletin, December 20, 1941, Vol. V, p.
559.

Guatemala declared war on Japan. Depart-
ment of State Bulletin, December 13, 1941,
Vol. V, p. 494.

Haiti declared war on Japan. Ibid., p. 495.

Honduras declared war on Japan. Ibid.,
p. 496.

Mexico severed diplomatic relations with
Japan. Ibid., pp. 497-498; ibid., April 18,
1942, Vol. VI, p. 346.

The Netherlands and the Netherlands Indies
declared war on Japan. New York Times,
December 8, 1941, p. 7 ; Department of State
Bulletin, December 20, 1941, Vol. V, pp.
558-559.

New Zealand declared a state of war with
Japan. Department of State Bulletin, De-
cember 20, 1941, Vol. V, p. 559.

Panama declared war on Japan. Ibid., De-
cember 13, 1941, Vol. V, p. 500.

Venezuela anounced its solidarity with the
United States and other American nations
in war with Japan. Ibid., p. 503.
December 9

Argentina announced that it does not con-
sider the United States "in the position of a
belligerent country in this conflict" with
Japan. Ibid., pp. 485^86.

China declared war on Germany, Italy, and
Japan. Ibid., pp. 506-507.

Cuba declared war on Japan. Ibid., pp. 491-
492.

Egypt severed diplomatic relations with
Japan. Ibid., April 18, 1942, Vol. VI, p.
341.

Nicaragua announced a state of war with
Japan (effective December 11). Ibid.,
December 13, 1941, Vol. V, p. 499.

1941
December 9 — Continued.

The Union of South Africa declared a state
of war with Japan. Ibid., December 20,
1941, Vol. V, p. 559.
Uruguay announced its solidarity with the
United States and that it does not consider
the United States as belligerent. Ibid.,
December 13, 1941, Vol. V, p. 502.

December 10

Bolivia announced that it does not consider
the United States and other American re-
publics at war in self-defense as belliger-
ent. Ibid., pp. 487-488.

Chile announced that it does not consider
the United States and other American na-
tions in the "present conflict" as belligerent.
Ibid., p. 489.

The Lebanese Republic offered its assistance
to the United States. Ibid., p. 510.

Paraguay announced its solidarity with the
United States in war with Japan. Ibid.,
pp. 500-501.

December 11

Germany declared a state of war with the

United States. Ibid., pp. 481-482.
Italy declared a state of war with the United

States. Ibid., p. 482.
The United States declared a state of war

with Germany (3: 05 p.m.) and with Italy

(3:06 p.m.) Ibid., pp. 475-476.
Costa Rica declared war on Germany and

Italy. Ibid., p. 491.
Cuba declared war on Germany and Italy.

Ibid., p. 492 ; ibid., December 27, 1941, Vol.

V, p. 583.
The Dominican Republic declared war on

Germany and Italy. Ibid., December 20,

1941, Vol. V, p. 547.
Guatemala declared war on Germany and

Italy. Ibid., December 13, 1941, Vol. V, p.

495.
Mexico severed diplomatic relations with

Germany and Italy. Ibid., p. 498; ibid.,

April 18, 1942, Vol. VI, p. 346.

430

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

1941

December 11 — Continued.

The Netherlands announced (on December
30) a state of war with Italy. Ibid., Feb-
ruary 7, 1942, Vol. VI, p. 144.

Nicaragua declared war on Germany and
Italy. Ibid., December 13, 1941, Vol. V,
p. 499.

Poland declared war on Japan. Ibid., p. 507.
December 12

El Salvador declared a state of war with
Germany and Italy. Ibid., February 7,
1942, Vol. VI, p. 145.

Haiti declared war on Germany and Italy.
Ibid., December 13, 1941, Vol. V, p. 495;
ibid., December 20, 1941, Vol.V, p. 548.

Honduras declared war on Germany and
Italy. Ibid., December 13, 1941, Vol. V,
p. 496; ibid., December 20, 1941, Vol. V, p.
548.

Panama declared war on Germany and Italy.
Ibid., December 13, 1941, Vol. V, p. 500.

Rumania declared a state of war with the
United States. Ibid., p. 483.

Uruguay decreed the prohibition of German
and Italian commercial activity. Ibid., p.
503.

Venezuela announced that it does not consider
American states at war with non-American
states as belligerent. Ibid., December 20,
1941, Vol. V, p. 549.
December IS

Argentina announced that it does not con-
sider the United States as belligerent in
war with Germany and Italy. Ibid., pp.
545-546.

Bulgaria declared a state of war with the
United States and Great Britain. Ibid.,
December 13, 1941, Vol. V, p. 483.

Colombia announced its inter-American sol-
idarity in the war of Germany and Italy
with the United States. Ibid., December
20, 1941, Vol. V, p. 546.

Great Britain announced (on December 27)
a state of war with Bulgaria. Ibid., Feb-
ruary 7, 19 12, Vol. VI, p. 144.

Hungary declared a state of war with the
United States. Ibid., December 13, 1941,
Vol. V, p. 482.

December 13 — Continued.

The Union of South Africa announced (on
December 31) a state of war with Bulgaria.
Ibid., February 7, 1942, Vol. VI, p. 144.

December 15
Costa Rica recalled its Minister from France.
New York Times, December 16, 1941, p. 9.
Egypt severed diplomatic relations with
Hungary and Rumania. Department of
State Bull, tin. April 18, 1942, Vol. VI, p.
341.

December 16

Czechoslovakia, through President Benes,
proclaimed a state of war with all coun-
tries at war with Great Britain, the Soviet
Union, or the United States. Ibid., De-
cember 20, 1941, Vol. V, p. 543.

December 17

Albania's declaration of war on the United
States reported. New York Times, De-
cember 18, 1941, p. 6; Department of State
Bulletin, December 20, 1941, Vol. V, p. 561.

December 18

Great Britain announced the occupation of
Portuguese Timor by Australian-Dutch
forces. New York Times, December 19,
1941, p. 1.

December 19

Colombia severed diplomatic relations with

Germany and Italy. Department of State

Bulletin, December 20, 1941, Vol. V, p. 547;

ibid., April 18, 1942, Vol. VI, pp. 339-340.
Mexico severed diplomatic relations with

Hungary. Ibid., April 18, 1942, Vol. VI,

p. 346.

December 20

Belgium announced a state of war with

Japan. Ibid.. February 7, 1942, Vol. VI,

p. 143.
Mexico severed diplomatic relations with Bul-
garia. Ibid., April 18, 1942, Vol. VI, pp.

345-346.
Nicaragua announced its declaration of war

on Bulgaria, Hungary, and Rumania.

Ibid., December 27, 1941, Vol. V, p. 584;

ibid., February 7, 1942, Vol. VI, p. 143.

MAY 16, 1942

431

December 22

Prime Minister Winston Churchill of Great
Britain arrived at the White House as
President Roosevelt's guest. Ibid., De-
cember 27, 1941, Vol. V, pp. 573-578.
December 23

Joint United States - Canadian agreement on
war production policy announced. Ibid.,
pp. 578-579.

Mexico announced an absence of diplomatic
relations with Rumania. Ibid., April 18,
1942, Vol. VI, p. 347.
December 2 %

Haiti declared war on Bulgaria, Hungary,
and Rumania. Ibid., February 7, 1942,
Vol. VI, p. 144.
December 25

Forces of French National Committee estab-
lished at London seized St. Pierre and
Miquelon. New York Times, December 26,
1941, p. 1; Department of State Bulletin,
December 27, 1941, Vol. V, p. 580.
December 31

Venezuela severed diplomatic relations with

Germany, Italy, and Japan. Department

of State Bulletin, January 3, 1942, Vol. VI,

p. 6; ibid., April 18, 1942, Vol. VI, p. 349.

December {date not given)

Saudi Arabia asked the Italian Legation
there to close. Ibid., April 18, 1942, Vol.
VI, p. 349.

191,2
January 1

Led by President Roosevelt, Prime Minister
Churchill, Ambassador Maxim Litvinoff,
and Foreign Minister T. V. Soong, 26
United Nations signed a Joint Declaration
at Washington, reaffirming the Atlantic
Charter of August 14, 1941, and pledging
their cooperative war effort. Ibid., Jan-
uary 3, 1942, Vol. VI, pp. 3^.
January 5

Egypt severed diplomatic relations with Bul-
garia and Finland. Ibid., April 18, 1942,
Vol. VI, p. 341.

1942
January 6

Egypt suspended diplomatic relations with
France. The Times (London), January 7,
1942, p. 3 ; Department of State Bulletin,
April 18, 1942, Vol. VI, p. 341.
January 13

Nine allied governments-in-exile (Poland,
Norway, the Netherlands, Belgium, Free
France, Yugoslavia, Greece, Czechoslo-
vakia, and Luxembourg) signed a resolu-
tion on their war aims, at London. New
York Times, January 14, 1942, p. 6.
Janicary 21

Spain closed the Polish Legation there.
Files of the Department of State.

January 23

The Czechoslovak and Polish Governments-
in-exile at London signed an agreement for
confederation after the war. New York
Times, January 24, 1942, p. 2.
January 24

Peru severed diplomatic relations with Ger-
many, Italy, and Japan. Department of
State Bulletin, April 18, 1942, Vol. VI, p.
348.
January 25

Thailand announced (on January 31) its dec-
laration of war on Great Britain and the
United States. Ibid., February 7, 1942,
Vol. VI, p. 144.

Great Britain and the Union of South Africa
announced (subsequently) a state of war
with Thailand. Ibid., April 18, 1942, Vol.
VI, p. 338.

Uruguay severed diplomatic relations with
Germany, Italy, and Japan. Ibid., p. 349.
January 26

Coordination of United States - British war
effort announced. Ibid., January 31, 1942,
Vol. VI, pp. 87-88.
January 27

Eire protested United States armed forces in
Northern Ireland. New York Times, Janu-
ary 28, 1942, p. 4.
January 28

Bolivia severed diplomatic relations with

432

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

19J#

January 28 — Continued.

Germany, Italy, and Japan. Department
of State Bulletin, April 18, 1942, Vol. VI,
p. 339.
Brazil severed diplomatic relations and com-
mercial relations with Germany, Italy, and
Japan. Ibid.
Paraguay severed diplomatic relations with
Germany, Italy, and Japan. Ibid., p. 348.
Final Act on cooperation signed at Rio de
Janeiro by the 21 American republics.
Ibid., February 7, 1942, Vol. VI, pp. 117-
141.
January 29

Alliance treaty signed at Tehran between
Great Britain, the Soviet Union, and Iran.
Ibid., March 21, 1942, Vol. VI, pp. 249-252.
Ecuador severed diplomatic relations with
Germany, Italy, and Japan. Ibid., April
18, 1942, Vol. VI, p. 340.
Ecuador and Peru signed protocol settling
their boundary dispute. Ibid., February
28, 1942, Vol. VI, pp. 195-196.
February 5
Iran severed diplomatic relations with France.
New York rwn.es,' February 6, 1942, p. 4.
February 6

Uruguay declared that it considered Great
Britain as non-belligerent. Ibid., Feb-
ruary 7, 1912, p. 7.
February 15 .

Singapore surrendered to the Japanese.
Ibid., February 16, 1942, p. 1.
February 23

Mutual-aid agreement between the United
States and Great Britain signed. Depart-
ment of State Bulletin, February 28, 1942,
Vol. VI, p. 190.
February 27

Executive order signed by the President au-
thorizing the creation of a Joint Mexican -
United States Defense Commission. Ibid.,
p. 193.
February 28

United States recognized the administrative

February 28 — Continued.

control of the French National Committee
established at London over New Caledonia
and other French island possessions in the
Pacific. Hid., March 7, 1942, Vol. VI, p.
208.

March 5

Egypt severed diplomatic relations with
Thailand. Ibid., April 18, 1942, Vol. VI,
p. 341.

March 6

Announcement made of United States Mis-
sion to India. Ibid., March 7, 1942, Vol.
VI, p. 209.

Rumania severed diplomatic relations with
Brazil. Ibid., April 18, 1942, Vol. VI, p.
348.

March 9

The United States and Great Britain jointly
created the Anglo-American Caribbean
Commission. Ibid., March 14, 1942, Vol.
VI, p. 229.

March 17

Gen. Douglas MacArthur arrived in Aus-
tralia to become Supreme Commander of
the United Nations forces in the South-
western Pacific. New York Times, March
18, 1942, p. 1.

March 18

Notes exchanged between the United States
and Canada in regard to the detailed ar-
rangements for the construction of a mili-
tary highway to Alaska. Department of
State Bulletin, March 21, 1942, Vol. VI,
p. 237.

March 20

Russia and Japan extended temporary fisher-
ies agreement for an additional year.
New York Times, March 21, 1942, p. 1.

March 21

The United States and China signed an agree-
ment for financial aid to China. Depart-
ment of State Bulletin, March 28, 1942,
Vol. VI, p. 263.

MAY 16, 1942

433

1942
March 29

Great Britain offered dominion status to
India after the war in return for Indian co-
operation in the war against the Axis
powers. New York Times, March 30, 1942,
p. 1.
March 30

Pacific War Council established in Washing-
ton. Ibid., March 31, 1942, p. 1.

April 4

The United States recognized the administra-
tive control of the French National Com-
mittee established at London over the
French territories of Equatorial Africa and
the French Cameroons and announced its
decision to establish an American Consulate
at Brazzaville. Department of State Bul-
letin, April 4, 1942, Vol. VI, p. 273.

April 9

Bataan captured by the Japanese. New York
Times, April 10, 1942, p. 1.

April 11

The All-India Congress Party and the Mos-
lem League rejected the British proposals
for Indian dominion status after the war.
Ibid., April 12, 1942, p. 1.

April 12

Iran severed diplomatic relations with Japan.
Department of State Bulletin, April 18,
1942, Vol. VI, p. 345.

April 14

Pierre Laval restored to power in France by
Marshal Henri Petain. New York Times,
April 15, 1942, p. 1.

April 17

Admiral William D. Leahy, American Am-
bassador to France, recalled to Washing-
ton for consultation. Ibid., April 18, 1942,
p.l.

April 23

The Union of South Africa severed diplo-
matic relations with France. Department
of State Bulletin, April 18, 1942, Vol. VI,
p. 349.

1942
April 28

President Roosevelt, in his "fireside chat", de-
clared that the United Nations will take
measures, if necessary, to prevent the use
of French territory in any part of the world
for military purposes by the Axis powers.
New York Times, April 29, 1942, p. 1.

PROCLAIMED LIST: REVISION II

[Released to the press May 15]

The Secretary of State, acting in conjunc-
tion with the Secretary of the Treasury, the
Attorney General, the Secretary of Commerce,
the Board of Economic Warfare, and the Coor-
dinator of Inter- American Affairs, pursuant to
the proclamation by the President of July 17,
1941 providing for "The Proclaimed List of
Certain Blocked Nationals", on May 15 issued
Revision II x of the Proclaimed List. Revision
II supersedes and consolidates Revision I, dated
February 7, 1942, and the four supplements
thereto.

No new additions to or deletions from the
Proclaimed List are made in this revision. Cer-
tain minor amendments are made.

Revision II follows the listing arrangement
used in Revision I. The list is divided into two
parts : Part I relates to listings in the American
republics and part II to listings in countries
other than the American republics. Revision
II contains a total of 8,241 listings, of which
5,972 are in part I and 2,269 in part II.

ADVISORY MISSION TO INDIA

[Released to the press May 14]

The Department has been informed that Col.
Louis Johnson, Personal Representative of the
President in India, recently has undergone an
operation for a nasal infection at New Delhi.
Upon the advice of his physicians he plans to
return to the United States within the near
future.

1 Printed in 7 Federal Register 3587.

434

LEND-LEASE OPERATIONS

[Released to the press by the White House May 15]

1. Total lend-lease aid in April 1942 to all
countries amounted to $677,000,000.

2. Lend-lease aid has been rising steadily
each month since the program started. In
March 1941 lend-lease aid amounted to $18,-
000,000. In March of 1942 it amounted to $588,-
000,000. Lend-lease aid in April was at an an- ,
nual rate of more than $8,000,000,000, compared
with an annual rate of $4,000,000,000 last
December.

3. Total lend-lease aid from the inauguration

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

of the program to May 1, 1942, amounted to
$3,835,000,000.

4. Since the start of the program the pro-
portion of fighting weapons to food, drugs, raw
materials, and other industrial materials has
steadily increased. Today the major part of
the aid supplied is in the form of finished mu-
nitions.

5. The division of the guns, planes, ships,
and industrial materials between our own armed
forces and industries and those of our Allies
is made by military, naval, and industrial ex-
perts in a manner aimed at putting the supplies
to their most effective use in fighting our com-
mon enemies.

General

ADDRESS BY ASSISTANT SECRETARY BERLE BEFORE THE COUNCIL ON
BOOKS IN WARTIME *

[Released to the press May 13]
I

In the next few weeks practically everyone
in the United States will enter upon a very inter-
esting experience. A great part of civilian ac-
tivity will be turned from present use to war
production. Rationing will limit the use of
most things. By summer's end it will no longer
be possible to occupy leisure time in motoring.
It will not be as easy to visit the moving pic-
tures. Quiet will descend on even the most
crowded roads. Civilian life will have less in
it of sound, of light, and of motion.

This means that we shall have once more the
great luxury of living again in our own minds.
The experience will be no hardship. We shall
merely return to habits of life and thought
which served the country well up to a genera-
tion ago.

Our fathers, in simpler upbringing, had to
seek contact with ideas through their education,
from their churches (they went to church, and
wanted to), but most of all from their books.

1 Delivered at Times Hall, New York, N. Y., May 12,
1942.

These ideas were examined and reexamined;
they entered the very pattern and substance of
life ; they were drawn into the habit of experi-
ence; they became an integral part of personal
and national life.

This explains, in part, the passionate thirst
for access to books which characterized Ameri-
can life as late as 30 years ago. We forget too
easily the struggles by which community after
community sought to have a public library.
You do not now find a young worker in a steel
mill anxiously seeking a library as did the
young Andrew Carnegie, or resolving that the
first fruits of his fortune will be devoted to ex-
tending that privilege to other people. A gen-
eration has grown up which never rode seven
miles in a buckboard to the village center of a
Saturday afternoon, because that was "library
day", and spent an eager hour searching for the
right books to take home to the family to read
evenings when work was done.

Now, by the good fortune of enforced sim-
plicity, we are coming back to that phase in its
modern equivalent. As the casual stimuli of
motion and sight are no longer readily avail-
able, books come into their own.

MAY 16, 1942

435

It thus becomes imperative that everyone who
has anything to do with books shall take good
care that the books are worthy of the place
which is vouchsafed them. Authors, pub-
lishers, universities, and the self-constituted
guardians of our intellectual life must at length
perform their appointed function. They must
make the pattern and the texture of this Ameri-
can age of war. If these war years have any-
thing to say to their own time, or to the times
which come after, here is the rostrum and this
the occasion. With nations, as with men: as
they think, so they are.

It is time now to recall that great division of
literature which DeQuincey taught us a cen-
tury ago. You will recall DeQuincey's famous
distinction between the "literature of informa-
tion" and the "literature of power". The lit-
erature of information could teach, but the
literature of power could move the spirit of
men. Information dealt with facts, with
impressions, and with reason, cast in the mould
of the existing circumstances. But the litera-
ture of power reached to the very wellspring
of the human soul, and it was timeless because
it sought eternal values in ideas and in human
life.

Of the literature of information we have
enough and more than enough. The scientific
age through which we have passed has indeed
produced a volume and a wealth of teaching
literature beyond parallel — if collection of facts
be the criterion. The publishers' lists furnish
instruction in every kind of subject, from the
habits of words (for instance, Hayakawa's
Language in Action) to the facts of the Far
Eastern war recently compiled by Mr. Harold
Quigley. Even a non-technical reader can
range from greatly written history, like Pro-
fessor Sam Morrison's Admiral of the Ocean
Sea or Forrest Davis' The Atlantic System, to
the cool economics of Alvin Hansen's Fiscal
Policy and Business Cycles or to the last popu-
larization of mechanical science. If you are
given to light literature, you can read the rush
of books about South America, generally by

excellent reporters or novelists whose command
of English is rather better than their knowl-
edge of the American continents — a rush of
books which, by the way, has provoked a secret
treaty between a brilliant Mexican diplomat and
the Assistant Secretary of State. It calls for
the production (by us, but under a pseudonym)
of a book about North America as seen by a
South American reporter who had eight days to
visit the country, and a publisher's contract to
turn out an exhaustive philosophical, social,
and economic interpretation of these United
States for the edification of a thirsty and un-
suspicious public in the South American
capitals.

All this is well enough. Yet there are solid
reasons for believing that this new American
public about to find itself, these men and
women newly asked to live in their own minds,
these newly parted from the artificial support
of things outside, deep in their hearts are now
passionately searching, not for the literature of
information but for the literature of power.

For the great experiences of the time and the
intimate experiences of people are swiftly
bringing close the deepest and most funda-
mental questions. They are not questions of
fact. They are the riddles of human life. Those
of us who have the high privilege of contact
with the people directly affected by the his-
torical forces of today have little doubt of this.
A man goes out with a bomber command; his
comrade is left behind, watching moment by
moment the record of his flight, his struggle,
his success, or his death. An exile comes in to
fire a shot for the liberation of his country ; his
family, hostages to an invader, may be tortured
or killed as a result. A girl waits endlessly
without news of her lover on a far-away naval
unit. A family scans the brief communiques in
the vain hope of learning where a son, a father,
or a brother may be. A businessman is asked to
tear down the work in which he has spent his
life. The teachers, who have lived in certain
currents of ideas, find that in middle or late
life they must build a new life from the ground
up.

In different ways all are asking the same ques-

436

tion, seeking the same answer, looking for the
same light. Whence comes the strength that
enables men and women to look with clear eyes
on these huge, blind forces and, in terror, pain,
or death, still to assert that life is great, that
the human spirit is supreme, that there is an
infinite plan which at the end is infinitely kind?
For this they must believe, else life is chaos;
and to accept chaos is to accept death before its
time.

Ill

Rightly, our guide, DeQuincey, insisted on
the overwhelming superiority, indeed on the
sheer necessity, of the literature of power.
From it alone comes the real answer to these
spoken— and oftener unspoken— questions
which arise again and again as the quiet deepens.

They are the poignant questions which have
been asked since the birth of the human mind.
Perhaps no greater example exists of the litera-
ture of power than that brought forth in Greece
when Greece stood up against the darkening
hosts of empire and defended for our modern
world the privilege of thought. You remember
Aeschylus' tragedy of Prometheus— Prome-
theus, who had assaulted Zeus himself to find
the immortal fire; Prometheus, finding himself
alone and merely a man amid the clashing nat-
ural forces which he did not understand, with
the cynical, mocking Hermes by his side. In
the midst of tempest, earthquake, and strug-
gling with, certain destruction, Prometheus
hurled at Zeus his great assertion of faith:

... let him fling my form

Down whirling gulfs, the central storm

Of being ; let me lie
Plunged in the black Tartarean gloom;
Yet — yet — his sentence shall not doom

This deathless self to die.

That question and that answer, appearing
in the triumphant literature of power 500 years
before the birth of Christ, has not changed,
though two and a half millennia have run their
course. The glorious answer thunders down
the course of history — and men who never heard
of Prometheus are the stronger for it.

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Today the question is doubly asked. It must
be doubly answered. Men who are asked to
toss their hopes, their lives, and the lives of
their dearest into the crucible of world war and
revolution may properly inquire why they, as
individuals, are bound to this battle against
chaos. Even more, they have a right to ask
what spiritual forces are building which can
draw from the diverse agonies of struggle and
horror those values on which a newer and more
glorious civilization can be built. Hermes, the
realist, counseled the followers of Prometheus
to run away, to save themselves, to make terms.
He said that Prometheus was a madman who
did not understand the lesson of force when
he saw it. His counsel of realism and cow-
ardice is Mein Kampf verbatim — the German
propaganda poured out today by every Berlin
radio and even by some weaklings in the Ameri-
can press. Precisely because of Aeschylus, for
2,500 years men have been braver than they
were; nations have been less willing to accept
the compromises of cowardice. Because of the
literature of power, Quislings have not suc-
ceeded and conquerors have not had their way
with the spirits of the weak.

For an unbroken half century we have chiefly
dealt in the literature of information. Actu-
ally, our last really great adventure in the
literature of power was probably the product
of the Civil War. Universities have taught.
They have not led. Toying too much with the
undoubted truth that knowledge is power, too
little have we dealt with the greater truth that
power is never an end in itself. As a result our
country has had no authentic saint since Lin-
coln, and our most splendid literature is humble
beside the priceless bits of simple prose in which
a war president called for strength to do right
as God might give us to see the right.

Books in warime ! They must be some-
thing more than objects of trade. It was an
aphorism of my father's that every man could
at his choice make of his mind a warehouse,
a palace, or a temple. Out of books which we
are given there will largely be constructed these

MAY 16, 1942

437

buildings in -which all of us must dwell. In
the greatest of our individual crises — the crisis
of long parting, the crisis of bereavement, the
crisis of fear, the crisis of death — in these we
must live in these mind-dwellings alone. Then
the teacher is silent, at length ; the voices which
come must speak as with the voice of God.

Without this the prophecies fail, the tongues
cease, the knowledge vanishes away. Truly we
have a right to ask of those who write, of uni-
versities who nurture writers, and of all asso-
ciated with them that they keep faith — faith
with the men and women who for them are
going through the dark hours. If authors still
may write, if publishers still may print, if uni-
versities still may teach, it is because, and only
because, many and many men for faith alone
are prepared to give their lives, their children's
lives, and all they have for the defense of that
right.

There is no scientific formula which justifies
this. Courage was not born in a physical
laboratory, nor sacrifice and endurance in a
school of economics.

Rather, we seek, from whatever source we
can, that hope and faith and strength which
assert a spiritual triumph beyond reach of
weapons of destruction. Rather, we claim —
albeit humbly and pitifully — that we, too, are
a part of that humanity which is also partly di-
vine. From those who can call out in us these
qualities, by which alone knowledge becomes
wisdom and strength becomes virtue, we must
draw the qualities which let us look beyond the
travail of the dying days.

On the face of dark waters we all must set
our individual, unimportant, and forgotten
courses. But we have a right to ask that the
navigators shall show us the way by the light
of great and distant stars.

TRAVEL OF SEAMEN

The Secretary of State on April 30, 1942 is-
sued regulations stating that a seaman who is
a national of the United States and who is
traveling in the pursuit of his vocation may

travel on a vessel of any state named in any
proclamation issued by the President under au-
thority of section 1 (a) of the joint resolution
of Congress of November 4, 1939 x on or over
the north Atlantic Ocean, north of 35 degrees
north latitude and east of 66 degrees west longi-
tude, or on or over other waters adjacent to
Europe, upon compliance with the provisions
of the rules and regulations relating to the con-
trol of American nationals entering and leaving
territory under the jurisdiction of the United
States, which were issued by the Secretary of
State on November 25, 1941 2 and subsequently
amended.

American Republics

PARAGUAY: ANNIVERSARY OF
INDEPENDENCE

[Released to the press May 14]

The text of a telegram sent by the President
of the United States to General Higinio
Morinigo, President of the Republic of Para-
guay, follows :

"Mat 14, 1942.

"It gives me great pleasure on this national
anniversary of the independence of Paraguay to
send Your Excellency my personal greetings
and my best wishes for the well being of the
people of Paraguay.

"In these critical times, when the independ-
ence of the American republics has assumed an
even greater significance, Paraguay may well
take pride in the sacrifices it has made to win
and preserve its liberty. The people of the
United States have welcomed the convincing
demonstrations which your Government has
given that it is vigilantly determined to resist
the forces of unbridled aggression threatening
free peoples everywhere.

Franklin D Roosevelt"

1 54 Stat. 4.

'Bulletin of November 29, 1941, p. 431.

Europe

EMBASSY RANK FOR REPRESENTATION BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES AND

NORWAY

I Released to the press May 12)

Upon the occasion of the nomination by the
President of the Honorable Anthony J. Drexel
Biddle, Jr., as the first American Ambassador
near the Government of Norway, the following
statement was issued by the Department:

For two years the annals of the age-old
struggle of free men to preserve their liberties
have been enriched by the heroic feats of Nor-
wegian men, women, and even children in their
unrelenting resistance to the vicious German
invaders who now occupy their country.

Assailed from without by overwhelming
military force and betrayed from within by a
handful of traitors headed by a man whose very
name has become synonymous with perfidy,
the Norwegian people and their King have
nevertheless been unfalterable in their determi-
nation to restore their freedom.

Accordingly, as an indication of the im-
portance which this Government attributes to
the participation of the Norwegian Govern-
ment and of Norwegians throughout the world
in the war effort of the United Nations, the Pres-
ident has proposed to the King of Norway that
henceforth the two countries exchange diplo-
matic representatives with the rank of ambas-
sador. The King of Norway having agreed to
the President's proposal, the President has
today sent to the Senate the nomination of the
Honorable Anthony J. Drexel Biddle, Jr., who
has twice served as American Minister to Nor-
way, as first Ambassador of the United States
near the Government of Norway.

[Released to the press May 13]

The text of the credentials from the King of
Norway accrediting the Honorable Wilhehn
von Munthe af Morgenstierne as first Nor-
438

wegian Ambassador near the Government of the
United States follows:

"I greatly appreciate your proposal that the.
representatives of our respective countries
should be given the rank of Ambassador in rec-
ognition of the special ties of friendship and
collaboration which unite our peoples in their
common fight against the enemies of all free
nations.

"In consequence I hereby accredit Mr. Wil-
hehn von Munthe af Morgenstierne to you as
my Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipo-
tentiary and I am convinced that he will con-
tinue to merit your full confidence in his new
capacity."

[Released to the press May 13)

The text of the credentials from the President
of the United States accrediting the Honorable
Anthony J. Drexel Biddle, Jr., as the first Am-
bassador of the United States near the Govern-
ment of Norway is given below. Mr. Biddle
presented these credentials to the King of Nor-
way in London at noon, London time, May 13.

"Your Majesty:

"It is with great satisfaction that I have
learned of your agreement to receive the Honor-
able Anthony J. Drexel Biddle, Jr., as first Am-
bassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary
of the United States of America near the Gov-
ernment of Norway.

"In peace, and now in war, unique ties link
the destinies of the peoples of Norway and of
the United States. Norwegian-born men and
women by the hundreds of thousands have
found in the New World a warm welcome among
kindred people and have made immeasurable
contributions to the spiritual and material de-
velopment of their adopted land.

MAY 16, 1942

439

"Intrepid Norwegian sailors on every sea face
daily dangers alongside their comrades in arras
of the United States to the end that the horror
of war brought on both our nations by a ruth-
less enemy shall give way to a peaceful world
dedicated to the uninterrupted advancement of
the principles of freedom.

"It is peculiarly fitting, therefore, that the
United States and Norway should exchange
Ambassadors as a symbol to our friends and to
our enemies of the unity of purpose of two na-
tions equally determined to maintain their free-
dom against the assault of evil forces.

"I trust that Mr. Biddle will continue to enjoy
Your Majesty's confidence and that you will
give full credence to what he shall say on the
part of the United States.

Franklin D Roosevelt"

Cultural Relations

The Near East

OPENING OF DIRECT RADIO-PHOTO
SERVICE BETWEEN THE UNITED
STATES AND EGYPT

STATEMENT BY THE PRESIDENT
[Released to the press by the White House May 13]

The opening of direct radio-photo service
between Egypt and the United States is one
more vital link in the world-wide network of
communications. The constant, rapid inter-
change of news — both in words and in pic-
tures^ — is an essential in the establishment of
freedom of speech, freedom of information,
throughout the world.

Through this new means of communication,
which spans the battles of the Atlantic and the
Mediterranean, I greet our friends in Egypt
and our friends as well as our own sons and
brothers now serving in Africa and the Near
East in the armed forces of the United Nations.

VISIT TO THE UNITED STATES OF
MEXICAN EDITOR

[Released to the press May 12]

Dr. Gabriel Mendez Plancarte, editor and
publicist, has arrived in Washington as the
guest of the Department of State. He will
spend three weeks in this country, visiting New
York and Boston and devoting special atten-
tion to our educational programs and social leg-
islation.

Dr. Mendez Plancarte is editor of the Mexican
literary and philosophical review Abside, which
is an ardent exponent of the solidarity of the
United Nations. He is also author of Horatio
en Mexico, a definitive study of the Classic in-
fluence on Mexican literature. He studied for
eight years in the Latin American College in
Rome. Although in constant correspondence
with our writers on historical and literary sub-
jects, he has not hitherto visited the United
States.

VISIT TO THE UNITED STATES OF
COLOMBIAN HISTORIAN

[Released to the press May 12]

Dr. Guillermo Hernandez de Alba, eminent
historian of Bogota, Colombia, and Senora Her-
nandez de Alba have arrived in this country.
Dr. Hernandez de Alba, who is here at the invi-
tation of the Department of State, is interested
in visiting Virginia and Massachusetts to con-
sult records dealing with the colonial origins of
our democratic system of government. He is
also especially interested in visiting and examin-
ing all collections in this country containing
documents related to the history of Colombia,
particularly during the colonial period.

Dr. Hernandez de Alba has published authori-
tative works on Colombian cultural and artistic
history and has devoted much time to tracing
recorded cultural interchanges between North
and South America.

440

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

The Foreign Service

DEATH OF VICE CONSUL AND MRS. JOHN
M. SLAUGHTER IN GUAYAQUIL EARTH-
QUAKE

[Released to the press May 14]

The Secretary of State made the following
statement :

"I have learned of the tragic death of Vice
Consul and Mrs. John M. Slaughter, in the
earthquake in Guayaquil, with the deepest re-
gret. This is another instance of a Foreign
Service family who have given their lives in
the service of their country in as true a sense as
if they had been killed upon the battlefield."

PERSONNEL CHANGES

On May 12, 1942 the Senate confirmed the
nomination of Anthony J. Drexel Biddle, Jr., of
Pennsylvania, as Ambassador Extraordinary
and Plenipotentiary of the United States of
America near the Governments of the Nether-
lands and Norway now established in London.
Mr. Biddle will continue to serve concurrently
and without additional compensation as Ambas-
sador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary to
Poland and Belgium and as Envoy Extraor-
dinary and Minister Plenipotentiary to Czecho-
slovakia, Yugoslavia, and Greece, the Govern-
ments of which are now established in London.

[Released to the press May 16]

The following changes have occurred in the
American Foreign Service since May 9, 1942 :

Waldo E. Bailey, of Winona, Miss., Third
Secretary of Embassy and Vice Consul at Lon-
don, England, has been designated Second Sec-
retary of Embassy and Vice Consul at London,
England, and will serve in dual capacity.

James G. Carter, of Brunswick, Ga., Consul
General at Tananarive, Madagascar, is retiring

from the Foreign Service, effective January 1.
1943.

Cabot Coville, of Los Angeles, Calif., for-
merly assigned to serve in the Office of the
United States High Commissioner to the Philip-
pine Islands at Manila, Philippine Islands, has
been designated Second Secretary of Embassy
and Consul at Lima, Peru, and will serve in dual
capacity.

Edward L. Freers, of Cincinnati, Ohio, Vice
Consul at Port-of-Spain, Trinidad, British
West Indies, has been designated Third Secre-
tary of Embassy and Vice Consul at Asuncion,
Paraguay, and will serve in dual capacity.

The assignment of Wilfred V. MacDonald,
of St. Louis. Mo., as Third Secretary of Em-
bassy and Vice Consul at Cairo, Egypt, has
been canceled. In lieu thereof, Mr. MacDonald
has been designated Third Secretary of Em-
bassy at Ankara, Turkey.

Harold Playter, of Los Angeles, Calif., Con-
sul at Newcastle-on-Tyne, England, is retiring
from the Foreign Service, effective November
1, 1942.

The assignment of Byron White, of Fayette-
ville, N. C, as Third Secretary of Embassy and
Vice Consul at Asuncion, Paraguay, has been
canceled. In lieu thereof, Mr. White has been
designated Third Secretary of Embassy and
Vice Consul at Montevideo, Uruguay, and will
serve in dual capacity.

Legislation

Settlement of Claims of American Nationals Against
the Government of Mexico : Message from the Presi-
dent of the United States Transmitting a Report
by the Secretary of State Recommending the Enact-
ment of Legislation To Provide for the Settlement
of Claims of American Nationals Against the Gov-
ernment of Mexico Comprehended Within the Terms
of Agreements Concluded by the United States and
Mexico. H. Doc. 722, 77th Cong. 7 pp.

Treaty Information

Compiled in the Treaty Division

PUBLICATIONS
Agreement with Bolivia

An agreement for the exchange of official
publications and scientific and literary works
between the Government of the United States
and the Government of Bolivia was entered
into by an exchange of notes dated January 26
and 31, 1942.

The agreement entered into force on January
31, 1942 and will remain in force for an in-
definite period, but it may be abrogated by
three months' notice by either party. Each
Government furnished to the other a list of the
publications of its different departments and
agencies which it agreed to remit. It was also
agreed that the lists should be amplified with-
out previous notice by either party to include
any new important publications that may be is-
sued in the future. Each Government agrees to
pay the postal and shipping charges within
its respective country. The official office for
the remittance of the publications of Bolivia is
the Department of Intellectual Cooperation of
the Foreign Office, and the official interchange
office on the part of the United States is the
Smithsonian Institution.

SOVEREIGNTY

Act of Habana Concerning the Provisional
Administration of European Colonies and
Possessions in the Americas

Chile

By a letter dated May 6, 1942 the Director
General of the Pan American Union informed

the Secretary of State that the instrument of
ratification by Chile of the Act of Habana Con-
cerning the Provisional Administration of
European Colonies and Possessions in the
Americas, signed at Habana on July 30, 1940,
was deposited with the Union on April 28, 1942.
The instrument of ratification is dated Feb-
ruary 17, 1942 and contains the "reservation of
the rights of Chile in Antarctica" made at the
time of signature.

VISA FEES
Agreement with Argentina

An agreement has been concluded by an ex-
change of notes dated April 17, 1942 between
the Government of the United States and the
Government of Argentina providing for the
reciprocal waiver of fees for passport visas and
for fees for applications for passport visas for
non-immigrants for citizens of Argentina trav-
eling to the United States, its territories and
possessions, including the Philippine Islands so
long as the Philippine Islands continue under
the sovereignty or authority of the Government
of the United States of America, and for na-
tionals of the United States, including citizens
of the Philippine Islands, traveling to Argen-
tina.

The agreement which will become effective
on June 1, 1942, was concluded under the au-
thority conferred by the act of February 25,
1925 (43 Stat., pt. 1, 976), relating to the con-
clusion of arrangements with foreign countries
for the reciprocal waiver or reduction of visa
fees for persons other than immigrants.

441

442

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Publications

Department of State

Leased Naval and Air Bases : Agreement and Exchanges
of Notes between the United States of America and
Great Britain and Protocol between the United
States of America, Great Britain, and Canada Con-
cerning the Defense of Newfoundland — Signed March

27, 1941. Executive Agreement Series 235. Publica-
tion 1726. 44 pp. lOtf.

Cooperative War Effort : Declaration by United Na-
tions, Washington, January 1, 1942 ; and Declaration
Known as the Atlantic Charter, August 14, 1941. Ex-
ecutive Agreement Series 236. Publication 1732.
4 pp. 5<f.

The Proclaimed List of Certain Blocked Nationals.
Revision II, May 5, 1942, Promulgated Pursuant to
Proclamation 2497 of the President of July 17, 1941.
Publication 1737. 196 pp. Free.

Diplomatic List, May 1942. Publication 1738. il, 98
pp. Subscription, $1 a year; single copy, 10tf.

. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1942

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. — Price 10 cents ----- Subscription price, $2.75 a year

PUBLISHED WEEKLY WITH THE APPROVAL OF THE DIBECTOB OF THE BTJBEATJ OF THE BUDGET

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

BULLETIN

MAY 23, 1942
Vol. VI, No. 152— Publication 1745

ontents

The War Page

Statement by the Secretary of State 445

Treatment of civilian enemy aliens and prisoners of

war 445

Agreement with Panama for lease of defense sites . . 448
Why Are We Fighting and For What: Address by

Stanley K. Hornbeck 452

Masters of Bigotry: Address by Raymond H. Geist . 466

Government officials in Manila 472

American Republics

Inauguration of "Network of the Americas" program:

Address by the Under Secretary of State .... 473

Conference of representatives of central banks or equiv-
alent institutions of the American republics . . . 474

The Department

Relations with Board of Economic Warfare 475

Procedure with regard to dispatch of missions abroad . 476

Commercial Policy

National Foreign Trade Week: Statement by the Sec-
retary of State 478

General

Verification of passports of American citizens .... 480
False assertions regarding document alleged to be in

the Department files 480

[OVER]

U. S. SUPERINTENDENT OF DOCUMENT"

JUL 19 \Ui

ontents-comixvED

International Conferences, Commissions, Etc. Page
Inter-American Conference of Police and Judicial Au-
thorities 480

The Foreign Service

Diplomatic confirmation 481

Treaty Information

Naval missions: Mission to Brazil 481

Sovereignty: Convention on the Provisional Adminis-
tration of European Colonies and Possessions in

the Americas 481

Defense: Agreement with Panama for Lease of Defense

Sites 481

Legislation 482

Publications 482

The War

STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY OF STATE

[Released to the press May 23]

I have noted with uneasiness that some of the
American people, seeing the rapidly increasing
strength of the United States and United Na-
tions' successes in various places, are inclined to
anticipate an earlier victory than they had here-
tofore expected. We can too easily be over-
optimistic. We are in a hard fight which will be
won only by the combined all-out efforts of all
our people and all the United Nations.

We should accept our successes in a spirit of
sober thanksgiving and meet oui reverses with
a grim determination to fight all the harder to
ultimate and complete victory.

I have said it recently, but I repeat because it
is most important : "Victory will come sooner and

with a vast saving in suffering, in life, and in
property in proportion as every man and woman
in this country and in each of the United Na-
tions realizes the extreme danger from the pur-
poses of the worst barbarian leaders in all
history, who plan to conquer and brutally sub-
jugate the world by methods of unparalleled
savagery. Victory will be hastened by every
additional ounce of effort which each one of us
puts forth in a situation that is as threatening
as if his own house were on fire. It will be de-
layed and will involve an incalculable and mi-
ne essary increase in suffering and in losses
with any weakening of such realization and
with any lagging in effort and exertion."

TREATMENT OF CIVILIAN ENEMY ALIENS AND PRISONERS OF WAR

[Released to the press May 23]

Upon the outbreak of war in Europe the Gov-
ernment of the United States, actuated by hu-
manitarian motives, expressed the earnest hope
to the British, French, and German Govern-
ments that they could give thought to avoiding
harsh treatment of enemy aliens. It was pointed
out that there had grown gradually among civ-
ilized states the conviction that there should
be no retaliation against prisoners of war for
acts of their governments. This conviction re-
ceived international sanction in the Prisoners of
War Convention which was signed at Geneva in

1929. It was suggested that the same reasoning
should apply to civilian enemy aliens unfor-
tunate enough to be caught under enemy juris-
diction and that just as the nations had aban-
doned the idea that prisoners of war are hos-
tages for the good behavior of the enemy so the
same idea in respect to civilians might be held.
It was recognized that belligerents might feel it
essential to maintain surveillance and some re-
strictions upon the acts of civilian enemy aliens.
These ideas were in general accepted and applied
by the three belligerents to whom the American
Government addressed its communication.

445

446

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Upon the entry of the United States into the
war the Government of the United States with
reference to its declaration to the British,
French, and German Governments informed the
German, Italian, and Japanese Governments
that it intended on its part to apply the prin-
ciples set forth in its declaration and in line
therewith to apply to civilian enemy aliens as
liberal a regime as was consistent with the safety
of the United States. This Government de-
clared that enemy aliens whom it might be found
necessary to intern would be treated at least as
favorably as prisoners of war. To that end this
Government informed the German, Italian, and
Japanese Governments that it intended to apply
to civilian enemy aliens taken into custody by it
the provisions of the Geneva Prisoners of War
Convention, so far as those provisions might
be adaptable to civilians, and that it expected
the enemy governments to extend like treatment
to American citizens taken into custody by them.
The Italian Government replied that it would
be glad reciprocally to apply the Geneva Pris-
oners of War Convention to American civilians
interned by it. The Japanese Government re-
plied that it would extend the provisions of the
Convention reciprocally to American civilian
internees provided that the American Govern-
ment did not make use of the provisions of the
Convention to compel Japanese civilians in its
hands to work against their will — to which this
Government agreed. The German Government
stated that pending the completion of negotia-
tions which were going on between the German
and American Governments for the mutual re-
patriation of each other's nationals, it preferred
not to undertake additional international obli-
gations, especially since it hoped that it would
be possible to substitute repatriation for intern-
ment. This Government replied that, as it had
stated at the outbreak of the war, it did not
desire to effect general internment of German
nationals and preferred that citizens of the other
country whose presence in either country ap-

pears prejudicial to the national safety should
be repatriated. It added that pending the re-
patriation of German nationals held in custody
in the United States the Government of the
United States would in accordance with its pre-
vious declaration to the German Government
apply to them the provisions of the Geneva
Prisoners of War Convention and that it had
taken note from reports received by it from
official neutral sources that the German Govern-
ment was apparently applying the provisions
of this Convention to American civilians held
in custody by it.

Upon the declaration of war between the
United States and Germany and the United
States and Italy, the Geneva Prisoners of War
Convention, to which all three countries are
parties, was put into effect as regards prisoners
of war. Japan, which is not a party to the
Prisoners of War Convention, has agreed to
apply it reciprocally to American prisoners of
war.

The Geneva Prisoners of War Convention
lays down in general terms the rights and duties
of prisoners of war. The prisoners may be in-
terned in towns, fortresses, or enclosed camps
but they may not be imprisoned except as an
indispensable measure of safety nor held in
unhealthful regions. They must be lodged in
buildings or in barracks affording all possible
guaranties of hygiene and healthfulness and
given generally the same accommodations and
food as the depot troops of the holding power.
They must receive medical treatment and be
given liberty in the exercise of their religion.
Sports and intellectual recreational diversions
organized by them are to be encouraged by the
holding powers. Officer prisoners must receive
from the holding power the same pay as officers
of corresponding rank in the armies of that
power, provided this pay does not exceed that
to which they are entitled in their own army.
The labor of private soldiers may be utilized
by the holding power with payment of wages

MAY 23, 1942

447

in accordance with the rates in force for soldiers
in the national army doing the same work or,
if no such rates exist, according to rates in
harmony with the work performed.

The Convention also provides that prisoners
of war may be allowed to correspond with
friends and relatives and that their correspond-
ence shall enjoy the postal frank. They may
receive parcels containing foods, books, and
other items. They may deal with the author-
ities through men of confidence or agents ap-
pointed by them from among themselves. The
Convention specifies the procedure to be fol-
lowed in imposing disciplinary punishments on
prisoners of war and in their trial and punish-
ment for crimes. Sick and wounded prisoners
are to be repatriated.

The Convention further provides for the es-
tablishment of official information bureaus to
exchange lists of prisoners among the belligerent
powers and for work by relief societies in the
prisoner-of-war camps. It also provides that
representatives of the protecting powers shall
visit camps to insure compliance with the provi-
sions of the Convention and permits the carry-
ing out by the International Red Cross
Committee, with the consent of the interested
belligerents, of its recognized humanitarian
work.

The German, Italian, and Japanese Govern-
ments are apparently abiding by their under-
takings to apply to prisoners of war the Geneva
Prisoners of War Convention and, so far as they
are adaptable, to extend the application of the
provisions of that Convention to American
civilians.

The Japanese have permitted official neutral
observers to visit American prisoners of war in
Japan and American civilians interned in Japan
and in a number of places which were in Japa-
nese hands at the outbreak of the war between
the United States and Japan. The Japanese
have permitted these official neutral observers in
some cases to speak alone with the Americans
and in other cases to speak with them in the

presence of Japanese officials. American pris-
oners of war and civilian internees so inter-
viewed have made no serious complaints of in-
fractions of the Convention. The prisoners are
reported to be receiving standard Japanese
Army rations. The private soldiers at the camp
at Zentsuji are being given employment in agri-
culture for which they receive pay. Civilians
are in part interned under similar conditions in
camps, in part under forced residence in their
own houses, and in part at large under parole.

The Government of the United States, how-
ever, still remains without information from
official neutral sources regarding the condition
of Americans in the Philippines, in parts of
occupied China, in Hong Kong, in Malaya, and
in the Netherlands East Indies, to which the
Japanese Government has not yet admitted of-
ficial neutral observers. Efforts have been
made and are currently being continued to ob-
tain Japanese consent to admit to these places
also official neutral observers for the purpose
of investigating the condition of American
citizens, both interned and not interned.

Americans interned in Germany are accom-
modated in heated buildings and are reported
to receive the rations of German depot troops.
They are permitted to receive visits from their
relatives and are allowed to exchange mail with
friends and relatives and to receive parcels and
supplementary food and clothing. They re-
ceive good medical attention, and in most cases
the aged and sick are reliably reported to have
been released. Their general health is stated
to be good.

Americans interned in Italy are reliably re-
ported not to be confined in camps but to be
under orders to remain in certain towns and
districts.

This Government is endeavoring to fulfil its
undertakings with regard to the Geneva Con-
ference and at the same time is insisting that
the full benefits of the Convention be recip-
rocally granted by the enemy countries to Amer-
ican citizens in their hands.

448

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

AGREEMENT WITH PANAMA FOR LEASE OF DEFENSE SITES

[Released to the press May 18]

The Governments of the Republic of Panama
and the United States of America have reached
an important agreement covering the use by
the armed forces of the United States of nu-
merous defense areas in the Republic of Pan-
ama. The agreement, to enter into effect when
approved by the National Assembly of Panama,
was signed at Panama on May 18 by the Am-
bassador of the United States, Edwin C. Wil-
son, and the Panamanian Minister of Foreign
Affairs, Octavio Fabrega.

At the tame time announcement was made of
the satisfactory settlement of certain outstanding
problems in the relations between the two coun-
tries, as embodied in notes exchanged May 18,
1942 between the Secretary of State and the
Panamanian Ambassador in Washington, Senor
Don Ernesto Jaen Guardia. Among the vari-
ous points on which agreement ha9 been reached,
those of particular significance follow: The
withdrawal of the Panama Railroad Company
from real-estate operations in the cities of Pan-
ama and Colon by turning over to Panama cer-
tain lots owned by the company in those cities;
the delivery to the Government of Panama of
the waterworks and sewerage systems lying
wholly within territory under the jurisdiction
of the Republic of Panama ; and the liquidation
of Panama's indebtedness arising out of the con-
struction of. the strategic Rio Hato - Chorrera
Highway. The agreements reached on these
three points will be submitted to the Congress
of the United States for approval.

Pending the conclusion of the agreement for
the use of the defense areas, the Panamanian
Government has permitted the military forces
of the United States to occupy and develop
these areas as gun emplacements, airplane-de-
tector stations, bombing ranges, and auxiliary
air fields. The largest of these is the Rio Hato
air base, situated some 80 miles to the southwest
of the Canal.

Immediately following the attack by the
Japanese on Pearl Harbor, Panama declared
war on Japan, Germany, and Italy and since

that time has taken numerous and effective steps
which have demonstrated that republic's will-
ingness to assume promptly and whole-heart-
edly its responsibility as a partner in the defense
of the Panama Canal, in accordance with the
provisions of the Treaty of Friendship and
Cooperation signed at Washington on March 2,
1936.

This agreement is another significant land-
mark in the history of the relations between
the United States and Panama and constitutes
an important contribution to the security of the
Canal and the defense of the Hemisphere.

[Released to the press May 18]

The text of the agreement for the lease of
defense sites in the Repubkc of Panama
follows: '

"The undersigned, Octavio Fabrega, Minister
for Foreign Affairs of the Republic of Panama,
and Edwin C. Wilson, Ambassador of the
United States of America, acting on behalf of
our respective Governments, for which we are
duly and legally authorized, have concluded the
following Agreement :

"The Governments of the Republic of
Panama and of the United States of America,
conscious of their joint obligation, as expressed
in the provisions of the General Treaty of
Friendship and Cooperation, concluded March
2, 1936, to take all measures required for the ef-
fective protection of the Panama Canal in
which they are jointly and vitally interested,
have consulted together and have agreed as
follows :

"Article I
"The Republic of Panama grants to the
United States the temporary use for defense
purposes of the lands referred to in the
Memorandum attached to this Agreement and
forming an integral part thereof. 3 These

1 The text here printed conforms to the signed
original.

3 Not printed. Identification of the strategic areas
involved is withheld for reasons of military secrecy.

MAY 23, 1942

449

lands shall be evacuated and the use thereof by
the United States of America shall terminate
one year after the date on which the definitive
treaty of peace which brings about the end of
the present war shall have entered into effect.
If within that period the two Governments be-
lieve that, in spite of the cessation of hostilities,
a state of international insecurity continues to
exist which makes vitally necessary the con-
tinuation of the use of any of the said defense
bases or areas, the two Governments shall again
enter into mutual consultation and shall con-
clude the new agreement which the circum-
stances require.

"The national authorities of the Republic of
Panama shall have adequate facilities for ac-
cess to the defense sites mentioned herein.

"Article II
"The grant mentioned in the foregoing arti-
cle shall include the right to use the waters
adjacent to the said areas of land and to im-
prove and deepen the entrances thereto and the
anchorage in such places as well as to perform
in/on the said areas of land all the works that
may be necessary in connection with the effec-
tive protection of the Canal. This gives no
right to commercial exploitation or utilization
of the soil or subsoil, or of adjacent beaches and
streams.

"Article III
"Military and naval aircraft of Panama
shall be authorized to land at and take off from
the airports established within the areas re-
ferred to in Article I. Similarly, military and
naval aircraft of the United States shall be au-
thorized to use military and naval airports es-
tablished by the Republic of Panama. The
regulations covering such reciprocal use shall be
embodied in an agreement to be negotiated by
the appropriate authorities of the two countries.

"Article IV
"The Republic of Panama retains its sov-
ereignty over the areas of land and water men-
tioned in the Memorandum referred to in Ar-
ticle I and the air space thereover, as well as
complete jurisdiction in civil matters, provided,
however, that during the period of temporary

occupation contemplated by this Agreement,
the Government of the United States shall
have complete use of such areas and exclusive
jurisdiction in all respects over the civil and
military personnel of the United States situ-
ated therein, and their families, and shall be
empowered, moreover, to exclude such persons
as it sees fit without regard to nationality, from
these areas, without prejudice to the provisions
of the second paragraph of Article I of this
Agreement, and to arrest, try and punish all
persons who, in such areas, maliciously com-
mit any crime against the safety of the military
installations therein; provided, however, that
any Panamanian citizen arrested or detained
on any charges shall be delivered to the author-
ities of the Republic of Panama for trial and
punishment.

"Article V

"The Republic of Panama and the United
States reiterate their understanding of the
temporary character of the occupation of the
defense sites covered by this Agreement. Con-
sequently, the United States, recognizing the
importance of the cooperation given by Pan-
ama in making these temporary defense sites
available and also recognizing the burden
which the occupation of these sites imposes
upon the Republic of Panama, expressly under-
takes the obligation to evacuate the lands to
which this contract refers and to terminate
completely the use thereof, at the latest within
one year after the date on which the definitive
treaty of peace which brings about the cessa-
tion of the present war, shall have entered into
effect. It is understood, as has been expressed
in Article I, that if within this period the two
Governments believe that in spite of the cessa-
tion of hostilities, a state of international inse-
curity continues to exist which makes vitally
necessary the continuation of the use of any of
the said defense bases or sites, the two Govern-
ments shall again enter into mutual consultation
and shall conclude the new Agreement which
the circumstances require.

"Article VI

"All buildings and structures which are
erected by the United States in the said areas

450

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

shall be the property of the United States, and
may be removed by it before the expiration of
this Agreement. Any other buildings or struc-
tures already existing in the areas at the time
of occupation shall be available for the use of
the United States. There shall be no obligation
on the part of the United States herein or the
Eepublic of Panama to rebuild or repair any
destruction or damage inflicted from any cause
whatsoever on any of the said buildings or
structures owned or used by the United States
in the said areas. The United States is not
obliged to turn over to Panama the areas at the
expiration of this lease in the condition in which
they were at the time of their occupation, nor
is the Republic of Panama obliged to allow any
compensation to the United States for the im-
provements made in the said areas or for the
buildings or structures left thereon, all of which
shall become the property of the Republic of
Panama upon the termination of the use by the
United States of the areas where the structures
have been built.

"Article VII
"The areas of land referred to in Article I, the
property of the United States situated therein,
and the military and civilian personnel of the
United States and families thereof who live in
the said areas, shall be exempt from any tax,
imposts or other charges of any kind by the
Republic of Panama or its political subdivi-
sions during the term of this Agreement.

"Article VIII

"The United States shall complete the con-
struction at its own expense of the highways
described below, under the conditions and with
the materials specified:

"Highway A-3. (Shall extend from Pifia
on the Atlantic side of the Isthmus to the Canal
Zone boundary at the Rio Providencia. It
shall be at least ten feet in width and con-
structed of macadam.)

"Extension of the Trans-Isthmian Highway
following the line of the P-8 road. (Specifica-
tions shall be the same as for the Trans-Isthmian
Highway. The extension shall start at Mad-
rinal, by -passing Madden Dam by a bridge over

the Chagres River below the Dam to connect
with the P-8 road at Roque and shall extend
the P-8 road from Pueblo Nuevo into Panama
City. It is understood that the pavement of
the bridge over the Chagres River will be lo-
cated above the elevation established as the
Canal Zone boundary.)

"Upon the completion of these highways the
Government of the United States will assume
the responsibility for any necessary post con-
struction operations, that is, the performance
of work necessary to protect the original con-
struction until such time as the roads become
stabilized.

"The Government of Panama guarantees that
the roads under its jurisdiction used periodi-
cally or frequently by the armed forces of the
United States will be well and properly main-
tained at all times. The Government of Pan-
ama will ask for the cooperation of the Govern-
ment of the United States in the performance
of repair and maintenance work on the said
roads whenever it deems necessary such coop-
eration in order to fulfill the aforesaid guaran-
tee, such as for example in the case of emer-
gencies or situations which require prompt
action.

"The Government of the United States will
bear one third of the total annual maintenance
cost of all Panamanian roads used periodically
or frequently by the armed forces of the United
States, such cost to cover the expense of any
wear or damage to roads caused by movements
related to defense activities. The amount pay-
able by the United States will be based upon
accounts presented annually by the Republic
of Panama giving in detail the total annual ex-
penditures made by it on each highway used
periodically or frequently by the armed forces
of the United States, and upon accounts sim-
ilarly presented by the Government of the
United States giving in similar detail the ex-
penditures made by that Government in re-
sponse to requests from the Government of
Panama as set forth above. In the event that
the Government of the United States has ren-
dered cooperation in the maintenance of the
said roads, the expenses incurred by that Gov-
ernment in so doing will be credited toward

MAT 23, 1942

451

the share of the United States in the total main-
tenance of the roads under the jurisdiction of
Panama^.

"In consideration of the above obligations
and responsibilities of the United States, the
Government of the Republic of Panama grants
the right of transit for the routine movement
of the members of the armed forces of the
United States, the civilian members of such
forces and their families, as well as animals,
animal-drawn and motor vehicles employed by
the armed forces or by contractors employed by
them for construction work or others whose
activities are in any way related to the defense
program, on roads constructed by the United
States in territory under the jurisdiction of
the Republic of Panama and on the other na-
tional highways which place the Canal Zone in
communication with the defense areas and of
the latter with each other. It should be under-
stood that the United States will take at all
times the precautions necessary to avoid, if pos-
sible, interruptions of transit in the Republic
of Panama.

"Article IX
"All roads constructed by the United States
in the territory under the jurisdiction of the
Republic of Panama shall be under the juris-
diction of Panama. As to those secondary
roads constructed by the United States for the
purpose of giving access to any defense site,
Panama grants to the military authorities of
the United States the right to restrict or pro-
hibit public travel on such roads within a rea-
sonable distance from such sites if such restric-
tion or prohibition is necessary to the military
protection of such sites. It is understood that
such restriction or prohibition is without preju-
dice to the free access of the inhabitants estab-
lished within the restricted areas to their
respective properties. It is also understood
that such restriction or prohibition is not to be
exercised on any part of any main highway.

"Article X

"The Government of the United States of

America, when constructing the air bases and

airports on any of the sites referred to in Article

I, shall take into consideration, in addition to

462286—42 2

the requirements of a technical order for the
safety thereof, the regulations on the matter
as have been or may be promulgated by the
joint Aviation Board.

"The Republic of Panama shall not permit,
without reaching an agreement with the United
States, the erection or maintenance of any aerial
lines or other obstructions which may consti-
tute a danger for persons flying in the vicinity
of the areas intended for air bases or airports.
If, in constructing the said air bases and air-
ports, it should be necessary to remove lines of
wire already strung because of their constitut-
ing an obstacle thereto, the Government of the
United States shall pay the costs of the removal
and new installation elsewhere which may be
occasioned.

"Article XI

"The Government of the United States agrees
to take all appropriate measures to prevent arti-
cles imported for consumption within the areas
referred to in Article I from passing to any
other territory of the rest of the Republic except
upon compliance with Panamanian fiscal laws.
Whenever it is possible, the provisioning and
equipping of the bases and their personnel will
be done with products, articles and foodstuffs
coming from the Republic of Panama, provided
they are available at reasonable prices.

"Article XII

"The sites referred to in Article I consist both
of lands belonging to the Government of the
Republic of Panama and of privately owned
lands.

"In the case of the private lands, which the
Government of Panama shall acquire from the
owners and the temporary use of which shall
be granted by it to the Government of the
United States, it is agreed that the Government
of the United States will pay to the Government
of Panama an annual rental of fifty balboas or
dollars per hectare for all such lands covered
by this Agreement, the Government of Panama
assuming all costs of expropriation as well as
indemnities and reimbursements for buildings,
cultivations, installations or improvements
which may exist within the sites chosen.

452

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

"In the case of the public lands the Govern-
ment of the United States will pay to the Gov-
ernment of Panama an annual rental of one
balboa or dollar for all such lands covered by
this Agreement.

"There are expressly excepted the lands sit-
uated in the Corregimiento of Rio Hato,
designated by No. 12 in the attached Memo-
randum, it being understood that for this entire
tract the United States Government will pay
to the Government of Panama an annual rental
of ten thousand balboas or dollars.

"The rentals set out in this Article shall be
paid in balboas as defined by the Agreement
embodied in the exchange of notes dated March
2, 1936, referred to in Article VII of the Treaty
of that date between the United States of
America and Panama, or the equivalent thereof
in dollars, and shall be payable from the date
on which the use of the lands by the United

States actually began, with the exception of the
lands situated in the Corregimiento of Rio Hato
designated by No. 12 in the attached Memo-
randum, rental for which shall commence Jan-
uary 1, 1943.

"Article XIII

"The provisions of this Agreement may be
terminated upon the mutual consent of the sig-
natory parties even prior to the expiration
thereof in conformity with Articles I and V
above, it being understood also that any of the
areas to which this Agreement refers may be
evacuated by the United States and the use
thereof by the United States terminated prior
to that date.

"Article XIV

"This Agreement will enter into effect when
approved by the National Executive Power of
Panama and by the National Assembly of
Panama."

WHY ARE WE FIGHTING AND FOR WHAT

ADDRESS BY STANLEY K. HORNBECK '

[Released to the press May 22]

It seems to me especially appropriate to dis-
cuss here at Chapel Hill the subject of why we
are fighting and for what. North Carolina's po-
litical history and its record of education and
interest in public affairs are such that I am sure
full and earnest consideration has been and is
being given by most of you and your fellow
citizens to this subject. The fact that the char-
ter of this university was granted in the year
in which the French Revolution began must of
itself be a constant reminder to you, as to other
institutions of learning, of the importance of
fully understanding the present threat to a cen-
tury and a half of the development throughout
the world of free government. The State of
North Carolina was outstanding in its insistence

upon the adoption of the Bill of Rights as an
integral part of the Federal Constitution.
Needless to say, the principles embodied in both
of those documents are nowhere cherished and
upheld with greater determination than here.

I understand that day after tomorrow a new
naval aviation training center is to be commis-
sioned at this university. The Navy Depart-
ment lias announced that this training school
will be the Eastern center for the Navy's vast
new program for the preparation of 30,000 pilots
per annum. North Carolina's traditions are
obviously still in full vigor.

1 Delivered under the auspices of the International
Relations Club, University of North Carolina, Chapel
Hill, N.C., May 21, 1942. Mr. Hornbeck is Adviser on
Political Relations, Department of State.

MAY 23, 1942

In September 1931 the Japanese Army
launched an attack upon China, in Manchuria.
In September 1935 the Italians launched an at-
tack upon humanity and decency, in Ethiopia.
In 1936 Italy and Germany intruded without
warrant and with force into the affairs of a
neighboring country, Spain. In July 1937
the Japanese Army began in North China an
assault destined to involve the whole Far East
and every nation that has interests there. In
1938 Germany embarked upon operations of
conquest which in the next year compelled
the British Empire to resort to arms in self-
defense. And in 1941, with Germany already
sinking American ships in the Atlantic Ocean,
Japan attacked the United States in the
Pacific ; Germany and Italy promptly declared
war on the United States; and the United States
was compelled to go to war in self-defense.

This country was attacked and is now at war
because of what we have stood for and are as a
nation — with all that our position as a great
power means to the aggressor nations in terms
of principles and policies and in terms of eco-
nomic and military strength. The programs of
conquest pursued by Japan and by Germany
have been and are such as to necessitate for their
success the destruction of every democracy and
therefore the attempt, sooner or later, by one
or both of those countries to subjugate the
United States.

We do not have to rely upon mere estimates
to know that world domination is the aim of
each of those powers. Their leaders have de-
clared their intentions. As far back as 1578
Hideyoshi, the first Japanese empire builder,
said that when he had conquered the various
Japanese islands not then under the control of
his master, he would "go over and take Korea".
"With Korean troops," he continued, "I intend
to bring the whole of China under my
sway. ... I shall do it as easily as a man rolls
up a piece of matting and carries it under his
arm." Thereafter he would extend his empire

453

to India, Persia, and such other Asiatic nations
as the Japanese then knew of, as well as the
islands of the southern Pacific. In 1927 the
authors of the Tanaka Memorial said : "In the
future if we want to control China, we must
first crush the United States just as in the past
we had to fight in the Kusso-Japanese War.
But in order to conquer China we must first
conquer Manchuria and Mongolia. In order
to conquer the world, we must first conquer
China." Kegardless of the question of who
wrote that Memorial, the course followed by
Japan since 1927 and the utterances of not a
few highly placed Japanese, especially since
1937, have been utterly and completely in line
with the concept expressed in those words.

Nazi Germany's concepts and intentions are
amply expounded in Hitler's various public and
published utterances and in the testimony of
those who are or who have been his close
associates.

On December 10, 1940 Adolf Hitler stated
in an address: "... The fact remains that
two worlds are face to face with one another.
Our opponents are quite right when they say,
'Nothing can reconcile us to the National So-
cialist world.' How could a narrow-minded
capitalist ever agree to my principles ? It would
be easier for the Devil to go to church and
cross himself with holy water than for these
people to comprehend the ideas which are ac-
cepted facts to us today. . . ."

In Mein Kampf Hitler has said: ". . . the
folkish view of life corresponds to the innermost
will of nature, as nature restores that free play
of the forces which is bound to lead to a per-
manent mutual higher breeding, until finally
the best of mankind, having acquired the pos-
session of this earth, is given a free road for
activity in domains which will lie partly above,
partly outside it.

"We all sense that in the distant future prob-
lems could approach man for the conquest of
which only a highest race, as the master nation,

454

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

based upon the means and the possibilities of
an entire globe, will be called upon."

Francis Hackett in his recent book, What
Mein Kampf Means to America, well sum-
marizes the essence of Nazi Germany's threat
to the democratic world: ". . . what is the
choice, if one ponders Mein Kampf? It is be-
tween a Hitler world and a non-Hitler world.
A power such as he wields has its lever in the
will to war that he has fostered. It has its ful-
crum in the democracies' will to peace."

On September 27, 1940 these two would-be
conquering nations, Japan and Germany — each
bent on world domination — formally allied
themselves, together with Germany's satellite,
Italy, in a treaty the essence of which was that
if any country not already at war with them
placed obstacles in the way of the program of
conquest of any of the three powers those powers
would unite in political, economic, and military
action against such country.

The United States, both before and after this
attempted intimidation, indicated its objection
and opposition to the Axis moves of aggression
by constant protest and by giving aid to the
countries that were attacked — especially aid to
Britain and her allies and aid to China. In De-
cember 1941 the aggressors attacked us because,
like the nearer neighbors whom they had earlier
attacked, we must be rendered impotent or their
programs would come to naught.

In point of time the United States was drawn
into the "shooting" war when Japan struck at
us at Pearl Harbor. We might have stayed out
of the armed conflict for a little while longer.
We might have stayed out until Europe had
been completely overrun by Germany and until
eastern Asia had been completely overrun by
Japan. We might have stayed out until the
world situation had become one in which thi9
country would have had to meet, by itself, at-
tacks by a more powerful Germany and a more
powerful Japan. We might have enjoyed a few
months more of fictional "neutrality" and tech-

nical "peace" had not the people and the Gov-
ernment of the United States possessed prin-
ciples; had not the Government of the United
States advocated world-wide acceptance and
observance of those principles; had not the
people and the Government of the United States
over a long period of time objected to and diplo-
matically opposed programs of conquest by
force; had not the Government of the United
States declined to disregard various commit-
ments to which both it and Japan were parties
to various countries which had become the ob-
jects of aggression; and had not the United
States begun to assist these countries in their
resistance to aggression. We might have
stayed out a little while longer had we been
willing to withhold aid from our friends and to
give aid to their enemies and ours.

Thanks to the heroic and vigorous resistance,
first of the Chinese, then of the British and some
other European peoples, and next of the Rus-
sians, we, attacked in our turn and now at war,
are not fighting alone against victorious con-
querors. We are under great obligation to those
nations whose armed resistance preceded ours,
and it behooves us to reflect with appreciation
upon the benefits which we have derived and are
deriving from their resolute sacrifices. Presi-
dent Roosevelt's recent references to China are
a stirring expression of our obligation to and
our admiration for one of those nations.

On April 28 the President said :

"The Japanese may cut the Burma Road ; but
I want to say to the gallant people of China that
no matter what advances the Japanese may
make, ways will be found to deliver airplanes
and munitions of war to the armies of Generalis-
simo Chiang Kai-shek.

"We remember that the Chinese people were
the first to stand up and fight against the ag-
gressors in this war; and in the future an un-
conquerable China will play its proper role in
maintaining peace and prosperity not only in
eastern Asia but in the whole world."

MAT 23, 1942

455

In the course of our pre-war relations with
Japan the Government of the United States re-
fused to comply with brazen Japanese propo-
sals that this country underwrite a peace set-
tlement between Japan and China on the basis
of the then existing military situation — thereby
enabling Japan to impose a victor's peace upon
China — and that we agree to pursue a course
which would in effect facilitate further activi-
ties of conquest by Japan directed against Rus-
sia, against Thailand, against the Dutch, against
the British, against the French, against the
Portuguese, against the Philippines, and there-
fore against us. In the case of Germany it was
patent that we would not comply with similar
demands which were implicit in Germany's
program of conquest though not expressly
presented.

Because limitations of time necessitate limi-
tation of subject, I wish in this discourse to
discuss especially the causes of and the issues
involved in that part of our war which is now
being waged in the Far Eastern theater. In
so doing I do not for a moment mean to imply
that we are engaged in more wars than one.
On the contrary, we are engaged in one war,
a world war: a conflict between concepts and
practices of democratic self-determination and
concepts and practices of total autocratic dom-
ination ; a conflict, world-wide, between princi-
ples and procedures of law on the one hand and
principles and procedures of brute force on the
other hand.

It happens that in this world conflict our
principal opponents are two militant, militaris-
tic nations the controlling leaders of each of
which have for many years planned to achieve
domination first of their neighbors and ulti-
mately of the whole world. That these two
militant, militaristic nations might at some
time in the unpredictable future stand in oppo-
sition each to the other does not detract from
the global nature of our present conflict, be-
cause any such future challenge of one of the

aggressors to the other over the issue of world
domination would arise only after subjugation
of the United States. Whatever incidents of
noncooperation arising out of some potential,
ultimate clash of interests may before their de-
feat occur between Germany and Japan will, of
course, be to the military benefit of the United
Nations, but such incidents, if and when, are
almost sure to be of minor influence as con-
trasted with the common major interest of Ger-
many and Japan in the defeat of the powers
that now resist them. Therefore, any examina-
tion of the causes of and the issues involved in
our belligerency with either Germany or Japan
should be clearly regarded as addressed to only
a part of a single and indivisible conflict.

Dr. Hu Shih, the illustrious Ambassador of
China to the United States, has recently called
attention to the fact that world conquest has
long been Japan's national ideal. As Dr. Hu
stated, Japan's ruling class has been trained
for centuries in a militaristic tradition. For
present purposes it is pertinent to review and
to contrast Japanese and American policies dur-
ing the past 100 years or so.

In 1833 the United States entered into its first
Far Eastern treaty, a treaty with Siam. This
treaty provided for peace and for dependable
relationships.

Some 10 years later, in 1844. Caleb Cushing
negotiated our first treaty with China — similar
in purport.

In 1854 Commodore Perry negotiated the first
of the treaties with Japan; and Japan, which
for something more than 200 years had kept
itself aloof from the world, began intercourse
with the Occident. During the subsequent pe-
riod of Japan's introduction to the Family of
Nations the United States did its utmost to be-
friend Japan. In regard to the entire Pacific
area this country has consistently urged, as it
has for other parts of the world, the importance
of fair treatment among nations, and wherever
possible the United States has attempted to dis-

456

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

courage encroachments by any nation upon the
independence and sovereignty of others. As
President Roosevelt said in his message to Con-
gress on the fifteenth of last December, "this
American attitude was especially important to
Japan." It has ; of course, also been important
to China and to other countries of the Far East.
From the days of Townsend Harris to the
days of Joseph Grew the American Government
and American nationals in many walks of life
have whole-heartedly contributed to the politi-
cal, the economic, and the social development of
Japan along modern lines.

In the Philippines — where our interest be-
gan by accident — the United States has con-
sistently followed a policy of preparing the
Islands and their people for independence and
has in recent years set a definite date, 1946, for
the establishment of that independence.

In the year 1908 this Government and the
Government of Japan, by an exchange of notes,
agreed that they were determined to support
"by all pacific means at their disposal the in-
dependence and integrity of China and the prin-
ciple of equal opportunity for commerce and
industry of all nations in that empire", that it
was "the wish of the two Governments to en-
courage the free and peaceful development of
their commerce on the Pacific Ocean", and that
their policy was "directed to the maintenance
of the existing status quo in" the Pacific. To
the principles set forth in that agreement the
United States has faithfully adhered.

In 1921 and 1922 this Government, by its par-
ticipation and leadership in the deliberations
of the Washington Conference, gave outstand-
ing evidence of its matured and earnest inter-
est in the maintenance of peace with justice in
the Pacific Ocean and the Far East. That Con-
ference was convened for the primary purpose
of bringing about through international agree-
ment a halt in the international race in naval
armaments which was imposing upon the na-
tions involved a staggering burden. This Gov-

ernment, in the interest of securing an agree-
ment, not only proposed a program calling for
greater sacrifices by this country than by any
other in the matter of the tonnage of warships
actually in commission or under construction
but also, in recognition of the desire of Japan
for security, agreed to refrain from fortifying
its island possessions. And in the Nine Power
Treaty this Government, the Japanese Govern-
ment, and all Ihe other conferring powers
agreed to respect China's sovereignty and to
provide to China full opportunity to develop
and maintain an effective and stable govern-
ment.

In contrast to the record of the United States
with regard to the Far East, Japan has, since
shortly after its resumption of intercourse with
the rest of the world, assiduously followed a
program of territorial expansion and political
domination.

In the decade of the 1870's flickerings of Jap-
anese imperialistic ambition began to appear
in various activities. In 1871 certain inhab-
itants of the Loochoo Islands who had been
shipwrecked on the southern coast of Formosa
were murdered by Formosan savages. The Jap-
anese Government took up the case and before
it was through with the matter gained Chinese,
British, French, and American tacit assent to
her claim of sovereignty over the Loochoos and
in 1879 proclaimed the incorporation of those
islands in the Japanese administrative system.

In 1875 the Japanese Government obtained
recognition by Russia of Japan's complete sov-
ereignty over all the Kurile Islands, a group
which stretches northeast of Japan for 700 or
800 miles. In 1876 the Japanese Government
incorporated as a part of Japan's dominions the
Bonin Islands which lie some 600 to 700 miles
to the east of southern Japan.

In 1875 a Korean fort fired on a Japanese
gunboat while that vessel was surveying the
mouth of the Han River. In the next year
Japan, by means of an expedition which did

MAT 23, 1942

457

not fail (o display military prowess, "'per-
suaded" the Korean Court to enter into a treaty.
In the ensuing years Japanese agents, by in-
trigue, by open and often violent interference
in Korean affairs, and by frequent use of armed
forces, steadily undermined the Korean Gov-
ernment and prepared the way for the subjuga-
tion of Korea to Japan which was consummated
in 1910.

In 1894 Japan made war on China and as a
result acquired in 1895 Formosa and the Pesca-
dores which lie off the coast of southeastern
China.

In 1904 Japan made war on Russia and as a
result acquired in 1905 the southern portion of
Saghalin and transfer to itself of Russia's
rights in regard to Port Arthur, the nearby
Kwantung leased territory and the South Man-
churia Railway.

In 1910 Japan concluded its long campaign of
encroachment upon Korean rights and interests
with enforced annexation of that unhappy
country.

In 1914, at the beginning of the World War,
Japan seized the German insular colonies in the
Pacific and as a result acquired in 1919 under
the Treaty of Versailles a mandate over those
areas. In their subsequent administration of
the mandate the Japanese respected neither the
letter nor the spirit of the mandate agreement.
Of most importance in that connection, develop-
ments since December 7, 1941 have clearly
shown that they made long and careful prepa-
rations to utilize those islands as advanced mil-
itary and naval bases.

Also during the World War Japan seized the
former German holdings in Shantung Prov-
ince, China ; and only very reluctantly did she
in 1922, as a result of pressure brought and price
paid by the other powers participating in the
Washington Conference, relinquish control
there.

Further during the period of the World War
Japan also attempted through the notorious

Twenty-one Demands to obtain far-reaching
rights and privileges in China. Had what she
demanded been granted in toto, China would
forthwith have become a Japanese dependency.

In 1931 Japan occupied Manchuria by force.

In 1933 Japan seized Jehol, penetrated into
the neighboring province, Chahar, and extorted
from China by threat of force a demilitarized
zone in a section of North China extending al-
most as far south as Peiping.

In 1935 Japan established in the demilita-
rized zone a semi-autonomous puppet "govern-
ment" and instigated in the five northern prov-
inces a so-called "autonomy movement".

In 1937 Japan embarked on military opera-
tions in North China which soon developed into
an all-out attack on the whole of China.

In 1939 Japan annexed the Spratley Islands
which lie between southern Indochina and
Borneo.

In 1940 Japan by threat of force obtained
effective military domination of northern Indo-
china, and in 1941 by further threats of force
she obtained an extension of this control over
the remainder of Indochina.

In 1941 Japan attacked American and British
territory in the Pacific. The various moves in
the unfolding of her program of aggression
since December 7 in Hawaii, in the Philippines,
in Thailand, in Borneo and the Netherlands
East Indies, in Malaya, in Burma, in New Brit-
ain and New Guinea, and in the Indian Ocean
are fresh in our minds.

This continuous militaristic expansion over
nearly three quarters of a century has been ac-
complished in disregard of treaty pledges and
other commitments and by threat or use of force.
In definite admission and affirmation of her con-
temporary policy of conquest, Japan openly as-
sociated herself with Germany in 1936 by enter-
ing the Anti-Comintern Pact, and with Ger-
many and Italy in 1940 by entering into a formal
alliance with those nations.

458

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Wherever Japanese military and political con-
trol has extended — in Formosa, in Korea, in the
Japanese mandated islands, in Manchuria, and
in other parts of China — the commercial inter-
ests of the United States and other countries
have suffered from Japanese efforts to drive out
those interests through a systematic program of
interference and discriminatory treatment and
through the granting to Japanese interests of
subsidies and monopolies and special "protec-
tion".

As early as 1899 the Japanese Government es-
tablished a camphor monopoly in Formosa, the
world's chief source of natural camphor. After
Japan's occupation of Korea practically all the
foreign trade of that country gradually was
channeled through Japan. In the islands of
Micronesia, for which Japan was given a man-
date, the doors soon were effectually closed to
practically all foreign intercourse.

At the time of the Japanese occupation of
Manchuria the Japanese Government gave as-
surances that the Open Door would be main-
tained there. However, the principal economic
activities in that area were soon taken over by
special companies controlled by Japanese na-
tionals and established under special charters
according them a preferred or exclusive posi-
tion. As a result, a large part of American and
European enterprises that formerly had oper-
ated in Manchuria were forced to withdraw
from that area.

This channeling of the movement of goods
was effected primarily by means of exchange
control exercised under the authority of regu-
lations issued under an enabling law which pro-
vided expressly that for the purposes of the law
Japan should not be considered a foreign coun-
try nor the Japanese yen a foreign currency.
Equality of opportunity thus virtually ceased
to exist in Manchuria.

Soon after the hostilities between Japan and
China began in 1937, there developed in the
areas in China which came under Japanese mil-

itary occupation a situation similar in its ad-
verse effects upon American and European busi-
ness to that in Manchuria. The Japanese set
up puppet regimes which instituted systems of
trade and exchange control and monopolies of
a character discriminatory in favor of Japaneso
trade and business. The trend of Japanese pol-
icy made it clear that the Japanese Government
was seeking to establish in areas under its mil-
itary occupation such a general preference for
and superiority of Japanese interest as would
nullify the principle of the Open Door and its
assurance to nationals of third powers of equal
opportunity.

As the Japanese troops advanced in China
they took possession of practically all Chinese
national, provincial, and municipal enterprises,
occupied practically all privately owned Chineso
industries of substantial size, confiscated or pur-
chased at arbitrary rates with questionable cur-
rency available stocks of raw materials, and in-
stituted Japanese purchasing monopolies for
those materials. In form, the public enter-
prises seized were consolidated and reorganized
as subsidiaries of either the large Japanese
Government-controlled North China Develop-
ment Company or the Centrr.l China Promotion
Company; in fact, most of those enterprises
were either operated directly by the Japanese
Army or turned over to Japanese industrialists
to operate. In form and in fact, the privately
owned enterprises have in most cases become
"Sino-Japanese" enterprises, with the Japanese
assuming the advantages of management.

By the year 1940 the Japanese Government
had publicly revealed an enlargement of Japan's
declared objectives from the earlier projected
inclusion of China as a unit in Japan's "New
Order East Asia", to an inclusion in that new
order of the colonial possessions of European
powers in southeast Asia and the western
Pacific.

An essentia] feature of Japan's proposed new
order has been the creation of a self-sufficient

MAY 23, 1942

459

economic bloc comprised of the various regions
of the western Pacific area and referred to as
the "Greater East Asia Co-Prosperity Sphere".
Japanese leaders have envisaged Japan's serving
as the industrial unit in this bloc and relegating
to the other units the function, under Japanese
direction, of producing raw materials.

Previous experience and current develop-
ments have indicated clearly that establishment
of the proposed new order in Greater East
Asia would mean politically subservience within
a vast area to the will of one country; would
mean, economically, employment of the re-
sources of that area primarily to the benefit of
that one country; and would mean, socially,
the aggrandizement of that one nation and the
reduction of all other nations within that area
to the role of inferiors. Such a -program obvi-
ously impaired and menaced the economic and
social interests of the United States and other
third countries. More important, however, it
jeopardized our broader interests — our interest
in peace with security and in progress by orderly
processes in international relations.

From what we have seen of Japanese methods
in Formosa, in Korea, in the Japanese mandated
islands, and in Manchuria and other parts of
China under Japanese military occupation, re-
alization of Japan's objectives would mean the
shutting off of an important area of the world
from freedom of access on a non-discriminatory
basis by the United States and other third coun-
tries. It would mean that all intercourse be-
tween that extensive area and third countries
would be at the dispensation of Japan — ena-
bling Japan to exact tribute therefrom much
the same as in feudal times transit trade and
contact in general were subjected by predatory
barons to exactions under the name of protec-
tion.

Notwithstanding constant and unremitting
efforts by the American Government to protect
American interests by peaceful means and not-
withstanding assurances by the Japanese au-

thorities of a desire on their part for peace and
an intention on their part to respect American
rights, disregard of or interference with those
rights and interests were constant and were ever
on the increase.

The primary cause of the present armed con-
flict between Japan and the United States has
been pursuit by Japan of this policy of conquest
and determination on Japan's part to continue
to pursue — with increasing intensity — that pol-
icy. In pursuit of that policy, Japan's militant,
militaristic leadership disregarded law, violated
treaties, impaired and trampled upon the rights
of this and other countries, took the lives of
American nationals, physically assaulted and
injured other American nationals, bombed and
otherwise destroyed American property — in-
cluding a naval vessel (the Panay), merchant
vessels, hospitals, churches, schools, business
houses, and residences — forcibly interfered with
lawful American trade, ruined the legitimate
business of many American nationals, com-
pelled this country to make huge expenditures
for defensive armament, made threats against
this country, took advantage of this country's
profound desire for peace and our patient effort
to maintain amicable relations with their coun-
try, and finally launched a treacherous surprise
attack followed by a declaration of war.

The essential facts regarding the Japanese
diplomatic approach to the United States in
1941 and our Government's responses on the
subject of an "agreement" can be stated simply
and in a few words : Japanese spokesmen came
to the United States Government and said that
Japan wanted an agreement regarding the sit-
uation and problems in the western Pacific and
eastern Asia. This Government was not ask-
ing for an agreement, and, if Japan's inten-
tions were peaceful and non-aggressive, there
was no need for an agreement; but this coun-
try and its Government wanted peace, and this
Government replied that it would be glad to
discuss with the Japanese Government the facts

460

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

of the situation and the possibility of arriving
at an agreement. The Japanese made various
proposals to which it was impossible for the
United States to agree, and in making those
proposals they intimated that unless the United
States agreed to what they proposed their coun-
try would continue with its program of con-
quest by force. At the same time, they asked
the American Government to indicate what
would be acceptable to this country as the
provisions of an agreement, and they were given
from time to time during the course of the con-
versations, and finally on November 26, clear
indication of this country's views. The Amer-
ican Government at no time asked or demanded
that an agreement be concluded nor did it at
any time suggest that if an agreement were not
concluded this country might resort to other
than peaceful methods; its proposals of Novem-
ber 26 were in no sense whatever "demands",
and when it put forward those proposals it
expressly and specifically stated in the written
communication which covered them that they
constituted a sample of what would in the
opinion of the Government of the United States
be sound as a basis for further discussion. One
thing this Government did ask constantly and
consistently: it asked that Japan desist from
and refrain from use of armed force. Mean-
while, and for a long time before November
26 — as was demonstrated on December 7 — the
armed forces of Japan were preparing for an
armed attack on the United States as Japan's
alternative to an assent by "agreement" on the
part of the American Government to what
Japan's spokesmen were demanding; and on
December 7 Japan's armed forces attacked this
country (and Great Britain) without warning.
Simply stated, Japan has proceeded with a
long-cherished and carefully developed program
of conquest — in disregard of law, in disregard
of treaties, in disregard of the rights and inter-
ests of all other nations, in disregard of any
civilized standards of morality and justice —

employing any and every means which she has
been able to devise or to acquire.

In the conflict between Japan and her neigh-
bor, China, the great issue has been and is
whether the Chinese are to rule in their own
country or the Japanese are to conquer, rule
over, and enslave China and the Chinese. In
the conflict between the United States and the
associates of the United States on the one side,
and Japan and Japan's allies on the other side,
the great issue is whether peace-loving peoples
are to rule in their various countries or the
world's most notorious and ruthless aggressors
are to conquer, rule over, and enslave the world.

Concisely put, this war, forced on what are
now the United Nations by the Axis powers,
is a world conflict between concepts and prac-
tices of civilization and concepts and practices
of barbarism. The issue is that of survival or
destruction — throughout the world — of con-
cepts and practices of national independence and
personal freedom.

In this context it may be well for us to think
for a moment of the fundamental national in-
terests, interests of the United States, that are
for us at stake in this world struggle.

In a letter to the Vice President of the United
States on January 8, 1938, the Secretary of
State, Mr. Hull, gave expression to an adequate
concept of national interest in words to which
attention cannot too often be directed.

I venture to repeat the substance of that state-
ment with a little amplification :

The interest of the United States in situations
nbroad is measured in more than terms of the
number of American citizens residing in a given
place or region at a given moment, is more than
the amount of investment of American citizens
in a particular locality, is more than the volume
of our trade — past, present, or potential. Those
are, of course, important interests, but, over and
above them, this country has interests that are
and always will be broader and more funda-
mental. These more important although less

MAY 23, 1042

obvious interests arise out of and rest upon the
fact that only by respect on the part of the
nations of the world for orderly processes in
international relationships is there any chance
for peace, and only in a world where there is
peace — based on law and order and justice — can
this country be secure. That the United States
be able to live in peace and to enjoy security,
that the world be safe for the people of the
United States — and for other law-abiding and
peace-desiring people and nations, these are na-
tional and Nation-wide interests. These are
primary concerns of the United States and of
all of its people. These are fundamental and
vital. These go beyond and transcend in im-
portance the various material interests and con-
cerns of persons (individuals), of property, of
profits, of privilege, or even of prestige.

On January 15, 1941 the Secretary of State,
in his testimony on the Lend-Lease Bill, stated
to the Committee on Foreign Affairs of the
House of Representatives :

"During the past eight years, our Government
has striven, by every peaceful means at its dis-
posal, to secure the establishment in the world of
conditions under which there would be a rea-
sonable hope for enduring peace. We have pro-
ceeded in the firm belief that only if such con-
ditions come to exist will there be a certainty that
our country will be fully secure and safely at
peace. The establishment of such conditions
calls for acceptance and application by all na-
tions of certain basic principles of peaceful and
orderly international conduct and relations.

"Accordingly, in the conduct of our foreign
relations, this Government has directed its ef-
forts to the following objectives: (1) Peace and
security for the United States with advocacy
of peace and limitation and reduction of arma-
ment as universal international objectives; (2)
support for law, order, justice, and morality and
the principle of non-intervention; (3) resto-
ration and cultivation of sound economic meth-

461

ods and relations, based or equality of treatment ;
(4) development, in the promotion of these ob-
jectives, of the fullest practicable measure of
international cooperation ; (5) promotion of the
security, solidarity, and general welfare of the
Western Hemisphere."

A few months later, just about a year ago, on
May 31, 1941, in a letter to the newly appointed
Minister for Foreign Affairs of China, the Sec-
retary of State said :

"As you know, the program in which the Gov-
ernment and people of the United States put
their trust is based upon and revolves about the
principle of equality of treatment among na-
tions. This principle comprehends equality in
international relations in a juridical sense, non-
discrimination and equality of opportunity in
commercial relations, and reciprocal inter-
change in the field of cultural developments.
Implicit in this principle is respect by each na-
tion for the rights of other nations, perform-
ance by each nation of established obligations,
alteration of agreements between nations by
processes not of force but of orderly and free
negotiation, and fair dealing in international
economic relations essential to peaceful develop-
ment of national life and mutually profitable
growth of international trade. One of the pur-
poses of this program is to effect the removal of
economic and other maladjustments which tend
to lead to political conflicts."

Such recent statements of American foreign
policy are simply affirmations, with constantly
increasing precision and clarity, of concepts and
policies formulated and developed in the course
of the long continuity of the relationships that
our growing Republic (our Democracy) has
had with the other countries of the world.

We have believed in and have contended for
the principles of law and order in world affairs ;
for respect for treaties; for full regard for the
rights and duties of nations: the right of na-

462

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

tions to security, the right of nations to enjoy
life and to pursue happiness in their own way
so long as these activities do not unlawfully in-
jure others; for performance of obligations; for
preservation of the good products of human
thought, ingenuity, and effort ; for promotion of
activities which advance the interests of human-
ity in general; for the principle of equality of
opportunity; for good-will and peace among
men. In diplomacy we have always contended
for these things. When forced to do so, we have
resorted to arms for their defense.

It is obvious that, toward safeguarding our
national interests, there is more to be considered
than territory (soil), more than persons, more
than property, more than trade. Fundamental
concepts and national institutions are more im-
portant than are material possessions. Secu-
rity with justice is more important than wealth.
Self-respect is more important than prestige.
Our way of life is more important than our
momentary physical comfort. Honor, good
faith, and desire and intention and effort to be
a good neighbor are more important than power.
All these things must be safeguarded and de-
fended — by peaceful means as far as possible,
by force when we are attacked.

It is not our American concept that there
should be a static world or a frozen status quo.
As a nation we have always had in mind the
evolution of society, of political institutions, of
economic instruments and devices accomplished
through cooperation and conciliation, through
the pacific settlement of controversies and
through the general improvement of all condi-
tions, national and international, by peaceful
methods and processes.

Which brings us to the question: "Why are
we fighting now, and for what?"

We are fighting today because we have been
and are attacked. We are fighting because we
have things — material, political, and spiritual —
worth defending. We are fighting because if
we did not fight, if we did not defend these
things, we would lose them.

We are fighting for security — security for our

material possessions, our political possessions,
and our spiritual possessions.

We are fighting for our lives, for our coun-
try's life — our national existence. We are fight-
ing in defense of our way of life and of the way
of life of others, who in varying degrees are like
us and who in varying degrees are in the same
situation — having been attacked or menaced —
as are we.

We are fighting — not for the first time — in
defense of the concept of democracy; fighting
against the concept of autocracy. We are fight-
ing — as we have fought before — to preserve, to
maintain, to extend, and to share our freedom,
resisting an effort of aggressively minded na-
tions to impose upon the world, and therefore
upon us, a slave regime.

We are fighting for the principles and policies
set forth in the Atlantic Charter. The eight
points of that Charter have been well summar-
ized in the following language: "(1) no terri-
torial aggrandizement ; (2 and 3) self-determi-
nation of nations; (1) access by all nations, on
equal terms, to the trade and raw materials of
the world needed for their economic prosperity ;
(5) collaboration of all nations in the economic
field to secure improved labor conditions and
social security; (6) a peace that will 'afford to
all nations the means of dwelling in safety with-
in their own boundaries'; (7) freedom of the
seas; (8) the ultimate abandonment of force by
all nations, and, 'pending the establishment of a
wider and permanent system of general security,'
the disarmament of nations 'which threaten,
or may threaten, aggression outside their
frontiers.' "

'"We are fighting", as Francis B. Sayre, the
United States High Commissioner to the Philip-
pines, who returned a few weeks ago from the
grim siege of Corregidor, has said in a recent
address, "We are fighting for the rights of all
mankind."

In this conflict other peoples are fighting side
by side with us, and we know and our associates
know why we fight and what we jointly are
fighting for.

MAT 23, 1942

463

In the Declaration of the United Nations,
representatives of the noble company of the 26
associated nations subscribed to the purposes and
principles embodied in the Atlantic Charter and,
recognizing that these nations are banded to-
gether "in a common struggle against savage
and brutal forces seeking to subjugate the
world", pledged their governments to employ
their full resources and cooperation and to make
no separate armistice or peace.

It is important that we understand and ap-
preciate our brave and gallant associates in
this conflict. It is important for our own full
participation in this world-wide armed struggle
and for our performance of our appropriate role
in the settlement that must come, that we under-
stand and appreciate the interests, the history,
the culture, the character, the capacities, the as-
pirations, and the deeds of our associates.
President Roosevelt in his address of February
23 described the nature of this association of the
United Nations and paid tribute to some of the
most outstanding of our associates in the follow-
ing language :

"The United Nations constitute an association
of independent peoples of equal dignity and
importance. The United Nations are dedicated
to a common cause. We share equally and with
equal zeal the anguish and awful sacrifices of
war. In the partnership of our common enter-
prise we must share in a unified plan m which
all of us must play our several parts, each of
us being equally indispensable and dependent
one on the other.

"We of the United Nations are agreed on cer-
tain broad principles in the kind of peace we
seek. The Atlantic Charter applies not only to
the parts of the world that border the Atlantic
but to the whole world : disarmament of aggres-
sors, self-determination of nations and peoples,
and the four freedoms — freedom of speech, free-
dom of religion, freedom from want, and free-
dom from fear.

"The British and the Russian people have
known the full fury of Nazi onslaught. There

have been times when the fate of London and
Moscow was in serious doubt. But there was
never the slightest question that either the
British or the Russians wovdd yield. . . .

"Though their homeland was overrun, the
Dutch people are still fighting stubbornly . . .

"The great Chinese people have suffered
grievous losses; Chungking has been almost
wiped out of existence, yet it remains the capital
of an unbeatable China."

We and our associates are going to win the
war, and we and our associates are going to win
the peace that follows.

In the recently spoken words of a seasoned
officer of our Army who was our Military At-
tache at Belgrade when the Nazis attacked
Yugoslavia and who has had exceptional oppor-
tunities for observing the military might of our
enemies :

"Remember that we also have a military tra-
dition. It is the best there is. It consists of
never having lost a war. Our enemies know
what that means. We face the challenge again.
The job is not easy, but we can do it. We have
the heart. We have the brains. We have the
potential strength. When we have organized
the team, which includes the Nation as a whole,
we will win."

On Sunday, May 10, Prime Minister Churchill
said:

". . . We have mighty Allies, bound irrev-
ocably by solemn faith and common interests to
stand with us in the ranks of the United
Nations.

"There can only be one end. When it will
come or how it will come I cannot tell. But,
when we survey the overwhelming resources
which are at our disposal, once they are fully
marshalled and developed, as they can be, as
they will be, we may stride forward into the
unknown with growing confidence."

For what do we fight ?

We fight first in self-defense, for the survival
of the soil, the principles, and the institutions

464

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BTJLLETIN

that we cherish ; second, in performance of ob-
ligations ; third, to make the world safe for the
United States and for other democracies ; fourth,
to make the world a better world in which to
live — for ourselves and for all mankind.

There lie ahead two great tasks : first, that of
winning the war; second, that of making a bet-
ter peace settlement than any that has hereto-
fore been made.

The peace settlement when this war has been
won must contain provisions which will give
security and make possible justice among na-
tions. It must contain provisions which will
discourage aggression and restrain would-be
aggressors. It must provide reasonable scope
for the normal, legitimate aspirations of peace-
fully inclined and industrious peoples every-
where. In these and other respects the peace
which we envisage and toward which we are
fighting must be more generously conceived and
more firmly supported than any that has been
achieved in the past. The peace which we now
seek cannot be founded merely on faith or on
hope or on charity — or on all of these. The
peace that will follow this war must be a peace
maintainable and maintained by cooperative
vigilance and common effort.

A few days ago, on May 17, our Secretary
of State, Mr. Hull, said :

"The United Nations have already resolved
that once victory is achieved the economic rela-
tions among nations will be based on the prin-
ciples and objectives which have been tirelessly
advocated by our Government on all appro-
priate occasions in recent years. These prin-
ciples and objectives have been affirmed and
incorporated in the declaration of August 14,
1941, known as the Atlantic Charter. They
have been accepted as a common program by
all our allies in the United Nations Declaration
of January 1, 1942.

"The far-reaching economic objectives of the
Atlantic Charter cannot be attained by wishful
thinking. . . .

"With the prospect of a better world before

them, I am confident that the people of our Na-
tion and the peoples of all the other United
Nations will relentlessly pursue with unflagging
zeal our common paramount objective : an early
and decisive victory over our enemies."

Both Japan and Germany talk of a "new or-
der". Everyone realizes that the old order both
in Asia and in Europe was far from satisfactory.
No one denies the need for a new order. But, no
one except the Japanese militaristic leaders and
the Nazi militaristic leaders wants the kind of
a new order which Japan and Germany are
attempting to force upon the world. There can
be no returning to the old order, but the people
of the world want none of the Japanese and
Nazi "new order" of brutality, ruthless regi-
mentation, and enslavement. The new order
which must follow this war will be created by
the peace-loving and law-abiding nations, and
it will be for the benefit of mankind.

In the making of the peace we must profit by
the lessons of experience. Let us keep in mind
the steady march of aggression which began in
Asia in 1931, spread to Africa in 1935, to Europe
in 1936, and which lashed directly at the United
States in 1941. Let us remember the failure of
the peace-loving peoples and their governments
to resort to effective measures to halt that march
of aggression until it became more than obvious
that it was a movement for universal supremacy.
During the progress of this march, the peace-
loving nations placed reliance largely upon ap-
peals to reason to stop it.

The advance of the Japanese Army in Man-
churia in September 1931 was met only by such
appeals. Otherwise. Great Britain and the
United States and the League of Nations stood
by, notwithstanding the injury done not only
to a peaceful nation, China, but to the whole
structure of world order and hence to the in-
terests of Great Britain, of the United States,
and of other law-abiding powers. The Cove-
nant of the League of Nations had come into
force only 11 years before; the Nine Power
Treaty, designed especially to settle the post-war
problems of the Far East, had been signed only

MAY 23, 1942

465

9 years before; the Kellogg Pact had been in
effect only 3 years. And yet, only by words —
words of admonition, remonstrance, exhorta-
tion, and protest — did the world resist that as-
sault upon this new and laboriously erected
structure of peace.

In 1935, aggression in Africa. In 1936, ag-
gression in Europe. In 1937, further aggres-
sion in Asia. Still the world relied on appeals
to reason — only.

In 1938 and 1939 aggression heaped upon
aggression in Europe. Still, appeals to rea-
son — only, and lingering hope that those appeals
would be adequately efficacious.

Finally, in September 1939, the democratic
powers of Europe at long last were compelled
to oppose force with force.

In 1940 and 1941 Japan extended the scope
of her aggressions. She occupied first the
northern and then the southern part of French
Indochina. She finally attacked the United
States and the British and the Netherlands
possessions. And the United States and Great
Britain and the Netherlands were then com-
pelled to resist force with force.

This sad record of misplaced trust and in-
adequate measures clearly indicates that for
the great military advantages which the Axis
powers have obtained and for the grave and
desperate situation in which the United Nations
find themselves today, the latter are themselves
in no small measure responsible. It should also
point to the responsibility which the people
of these nations now owe to themselves and to
the world to restore by deeds the balance and
sanity and equilibrium which for a decade mere
verbal support of an ever diminishing status
quo did little to preserve. It should, further,
point to the responsibility which we shall bear
to ourselves and to the world when the peace
is made that reliance in the future not again
be placed upon treaties and laws and processes
of discussion alone.

The "never again" that becomes a slogan
after this war has been won must be the "never
again" of a determination on the part of all
peace-loving members of the Family of Nations

not to tolerate disregard of pledges, violation
of law, and refusal decently to respect the rights
and the opinion of mankind.

Meanwhile, in our progress toward a dem-
ocratic peace we must above all fully recognize
the seriousness of the armed struggle in which
we are now engaged. This is a struggle which
is not limited to soldiers, to sailors, and to air-
men. It is a struggle which calls for greater
and ever-faster production of the implements
of war. This country of ours must tridy be the
"arsenal of democracy" while making itself the
strongest of democracy's combat units. This is
a struggle which calls for the utmost effort on
the part of labor, on the part of industrial man-
agement, on the part of technicians of all kinds,
on the part of our men, our women, and even
our children : a struggle which calls, in short,
for the fullest possible effort of each and every
one of us. This effort requires effective national
unity, extensive and intensive self-denial, and
rigorous self-discipline.

This war will not be won by wealth of re-
sources alone. It will not be won by production
alone. It will be won by men — fighting; and
by men and women and children — supporting
from behind the lines the men who do the
fighting.

Both the winning of the war and the win-
ning of the peace-to-be call for the utmost ef-
fort of which every man, woman, and child in
this country and in each of the United Nations
is capable. To achieve that full effort it is es-
sential that each of us understand clearly why
we are fighting and envisage adequately what
we are fighting for. Once it has been realized
in full seriousness throughout our whole great
country that our national survival and the
future of our way of life are at stake, that defeat
would mean destruction of these, and that vic-
tory will afford opportunity to advance the
cause of freedom and of a square deal among
men and nations, the people of our United
States will meet to the limit the demands which
this tragic conflict has imposed and, in vastly
increasing proportions, is going to impose
upon us.

466

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

MASTERS OF BIGOTRY
ADDRESS BY RAYMOND H. GEIST '

[Released to the press May 22]

On the night of February 27, 1933 I beheld
from the balcony of my home in the Bellevue
Park in Berlin the red glow of the flames which
were consuming the German Reichstag, the fu-
neral pyre on which the short-lived liberties of
the German people were extinguished. For
three years I had watched the gathering storm
which, when it broke with incredible swiftness
and fury, far surpassed in reality and terror the
liveliest forebodings which imagination can
conceive. A new monster, like the hungry
beasts of the arena, was let loose upon thousands
of innocent victims whose cries of anguish have
swollen to the convulsive sobs of millions in
many countries where the Axis conquerors have
fixed their iron heels. For seven long years I
worked within the precincts of this monster's
domain while he grew to incomparable power,
insolent exultation, and disdain. He has
amassed great weapons of war on land and sea,
gigantic armies, and vast productive means with
which he has embarked upon a career of ruth-
less conquest — an attempted conquest of the
world and of its civilization. The insidiousness
of his early course before he fell with fire and
sword upon his neighbors reveals the method of
his treachery and guile. The great fraud un-
folded from day to day within plain view of the
whole world; but none was so profoundly de-
ceived as those fellow citizens of his who lis-
tened to him in the market place offering free-
dom from want and national resurrection when
he was preparing chains and dungeons for all
who put their trust in him.

Hitler took his first step toward political
conquest at home at a time when the public
mind was agitated about questions of national
economy in the midst of serious unemployment.
He availed himself of all the weaknesses and
of all the strengths in the existing German

1 Delivered before the National Conference of Chris-
tians and Jews in Washington on May 22, 1942. Mr.
Geist is Chief of the Division of Commercial Affairs,
Department of State.

commonwealth. Under the so-called totali-
tarian system he has transformed those weak-
nesses into brutality and callous inhumanity
while the strength and youth of his people have
been systematically developed and devoted
to the pursuit of war. No indictment can rest
heavier on a people than on the Germans of
this generation who have failed to hold their
place in the forward march of civilization.
This apostasy — this total desertion of a great
nation from faith, principles, and heritage — is
a graver event in the annals of the world than
the threat of armies and engines of war. The
causes of this defection are not to be found in
the sequence of historical occurrences in Europe
preceding the rise of Hitler's National Socialist
regime. No conceivable combination of hostile
foreign powers could have driven the Germans
to such frenzy as to wreck their national in-
tegrity and self-respect and to destroy their
humanity.

Situated in the center of Europe, the German
people have had equal opportunity to develop
their civilization contemporaneously with
other European states. Through the centuries
the enlightenment which has characterized civil
and political progress in England and France
and other European states was consistently
frustrated in the souls of the Germans. They
devoted themselves with superhuman skill and
energy to the chemistry of matter and to scien-
tific labors in response to their one overwhelm-
ing passion : the lust for power. Like Faust,
the supreme creation of Germany's greatest
thinker, the nation stood ready to ally itself
with the prince of darkness to gain the desired
end. This motive, subconsciously activating
itself in the people's daily life, determined most
profoundly the civic and moral status of the
nation. No virtue could freely thrive in the
German heart which mitigated or nullified the
nation's lust for power.

Above all during the pre-Bismarckian era,
when other nations in Europe were forging
ahead in the vanguard of civilization in re-

MAT 23, 1942

467

sponse to the great influence of enlightenment
that came with and after the Renaissance, the
princely rival houses in Germany were im-
mersed in the stolidness of their own insularity
and retained to a remarkable degree the feudal
concepts of the Middle Ages. Nor did the basic
mental structure of the German people change
with the advent of a united Reich. The supreme
directives came from Prussia, which authorita-
tively infused into the minds of all Germans
the militaristic cult and the lust of war. Envy-
ing other nations which had forged empires and
which had expanded their powers on the seven
seas, the German nation, once having emerged
from its feudal impotence, developed the un-
appeasable, aggressive policy toward other
European states that has drenched the world in
blood for nearly a century. This grim design,
never yielding to the loftier ways of peace and
to the enlightenment of civilization, has deeply
permeated the German way of life. The guilt
of this plot has steadily controlled German
mental processes both in public and in private
life. It became the habit of the nation to think
in terms of war preparing for the inevitable
day of days: der Tag. Militaristic show of
power and enthronement of the god of war have
not concealed, however, that which lies deeper
in the heart of the Reich than all else: ines-
capable, relentless, tormenting fear !

In no age and in no country in the world has
fear become so universal, so tragic, and so im-
placable. The discipline which notoriously
characterizes the German people is the most
patent manifestation of an ever-present intui-
tive dread. The German obeys because he must
and because he fears. He finds his freedom
only in a self-imposed austerity which tran-
scends the demands of the master. He is
reared in severity and disciplines his children
with a stern mind. Fear is ever-present in the
German home ; it determines the course of pub-
lic affairs and fixes the Government's policies.
It has been inherited from generation to gener-
ation, gnawing at the heart of the nation and
slowly killing the soul.

The development of political, civil, and so-
cial life in the first and second Reichs paved

the way for the complete subjugation which
followed under Hitler. During the nineteenth
century when great advancement toward polit-
ical freedom was being made in other coun-
tries in Europe, where the lively processes of
enlightenment and liberal thought were con-
tributing mightily to the advance of civiliza-
tion, German life moved stolidly along a sepa-
rate path. Great energy was employed in the
development of industry, commerce, and tech-
nical achievement. Political, civil, social, edu-
cational, and religious life, the free exercise of
which characterizes the free man, continued
steadily under the auspices and discipline of
the state. The four freedoms which our Presi-
dent has proclaimed as the incontestable rights
of man and which we have enjoyed from the
earliest times were not permitted the Germans.
These four freedoms were not in accordance
with the policy and aims of the government.
The common exercise of the four freedoms
would not have led to der Tag. It is not sur-
prising, therefore, that German civilization
during the long period known as modern times
has utterly failed to contribute to the world's
uplift in the realm of moral and spiritual ad-
vancement. In that nation there have been
men of genius whose enlightenment and aspira-
tions to advance the common good of man have
been second to none and who have fought
for the truth ; but these men have not had gen-
eral following at home and have left little im-
pression upon their own countrymen. From
Heine to Thomas Mann they have been out-
casts.

Today, in view of what has happened in the
world, in view of the ruthless policy which the
German Government has been pursuing at home
and abroad for nearly a decade, a closer exam-
ination of German institutions may be necessary
if we are to appraise properly the responsibility
and culpability of those who have used these
institutions to further their designs upon the
peace of the civilized world.

In the domestic political field before the Hit-
lerian advent none of the major or minor politi-
cal parties was free to do more than advocate
policies of social and civic reform. The Party

468

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

of the Social Democrats and the Catholic
Centrum Party under auspicious circumstances
might have led the German people to a realiza-
tion of the freedom which we know; but the
bigotry of the nationalists, the militarists, and
the landed aristocracy kept alive the hate and
the aggressive intent which the Germans har-
bored toward their neighbors.

In the realm of foreign politics the Germans
had broken with their neighbors — and in fact
with the whole world — generations ago. If the
answer to the last war had been German domina-
tion in Europe, they would likewise have pre-
pared before this for the world struggle which
is now upon us. The Germans have steadily
lacked sufficient confidence in their own destiny
to believe that they could fulfil their role in
modern civilization by peaceful cooperation with
other nations. Conscious of their achievement
in the spheres of material, scientific, and tech-
nicological progress, they have become arrogant
and conceited — which was not only marked and
confirmed in the public utterances of the last
Kaiser but which in the bombasts of Hitler and
his associates has amazed and shocked the world.

It has been characteristic of the political
thinking in Germany to ignore those traditions
which from the days of Aristotle and Plato have
been the directives of those nations, including
our own, which have sought to attain a reason-
able and cultivated civilization. We have
availed ourselves of the inspiration of the
Greeks and have built our political institutions
in harmony with the world's best practices, in-
corporating into our political system the most
liberal and enlightened way of life. England
had its Magna Charta in the thirteenth century.
The short-lived bill of rights vouchsafed to the
Germans lasted slightly over a decade, which the
majority of the nation by popular vote sacri-
ficed on the altar of Hitler. It was the rancor
of separate faction? in Germany, their un-
quenchable partisan thirst for power, which pre-
vented the German people from uniting in the
cause of their own salvation and in winning
political freedom. The parties themselves split
into factions on issues of minor importance to
the whole nation but vital to their own selfish

interests. So in the long history of that coun-
try a majority in the nation has never been able
to lead the rest along paths of peace, enlighten-
ment, and prosperity. No political party has
ever had a clear substantial majority in Ger-
many whose espousal of the public welfare was
founded on commonly accepted principles.

The struggle for freedom in Germany has
yet to be fought. With the victory of Hitler it
would be long delayed, probably for genera-
tions. To lay the foundations for the advent of
freedom among the German people would be a
long and arduous task. How much bigotry,
prejudice, intolerance, and narrow-mindedness
would have to be overcome ! What intolerable
crimes against humanity would have to be ex-
piated before atonement and reconciliation with
the rest of the world would be achieved !

Under the shadow of authoritarian rule a vast
administration of officials and of civil servants
had learned obedience and discipline in the
performance of their duties. They were not free
to question the policies of the imperial govern-
ment or to work within the scope of their office
for the political amelioration of the country.
During the brief life of the republic enlightened
Germans like Gustave Stre^eman struggled he-
roically to bring their fellow countrymen to
support the liberal form of constitutional gov-
ernment which had been adopted at Weimar and
to cooperate in strengthening international sol-
idarity, friendship, and peace. The reactionary
elements supported by the militarists, powerful
industrialists, and big land owners swiftly un-
dermined the structure of the republic and
opened the gates which admitted the Hitlerian
hordes. The men who led Germany during
these fateful years of the republic undertook an
unrealistic task. They were asking their fellow
citizens, who only know how to obey, to choose
their own free destiny and to assume and main-
tain by the exercise of their votes responsibility
for themselves. This has utterly failed in Ger-
many and under similar circumstances would
fail again. This tragic example of political in-
competency bears witness to the necessity of
pursuing without stint the proper education
among the people of enlightened and liberal po-

MAT 23, 1942

469

litical thought. It is not enough that men
should he law-abiding, disciplined, faithful,
and efficient in their work. They must realize
that theirs is the obligation to preserve freedom
and to march themselves as the citizens of a
whole nation in the vanguard of civilization.

Previous to his accession to power Hitler
avoided giving warning of the fate which he
had in store for the religious life of the country.
In order to introduce paganism the destruction
of the church and established religion was fore-
cast in the teachings of those in the party whose
duty it was to develop a new "view of life". In
spite of the incessant attacks made on the Cath-
olic and Protestant churches, and in defiance
of the intolerable pressure and persecution
which has had to be borne by those who have
remained faithful to their beliefs, the back of
Christianity lias not yet been broken in Hitler's
Reich. From the beginning the inability of the
church in Germany to play a decisive role in
shaping the destiny of the country, its failure
to lead the German people more positively to
acquire political concepts and principles equal
to those cherished in other civilized countries,
contributed more than any other factor to the
moral collapse which the German nation has
endured under Hitler. This was due not to the
ineffectualness of the teachings of the church
but to the sustained pressure over a long period
of time of the German state, which demanded
obedience even in spiritual things. When state
and church are in conflict on the highest moral
issues which concern the fate of the people,
when the one is aiming at aggression and the
other at peace, when the one seeks to enthrone
the power of might and the other good-will
among men, a struggle ensues which destroys
the state and paralyzes the religious life of the
nation. But the question remains: Why was
not the Christian church in Germany a greater
force in animating the national conscience to
a higher degree of political and moral respon-
sibility? It is because the supreme mentor of
the people in all questions relating to national
policy was the state. In our country the church
constitutes an integral part of public opinion,
and it is heard on all occasions. Enlightened

citizens from every walk of life, including the
leaders of the church, guide our thinking; and
thus public opinion is openly formed.

While religious leaders in Germany sought
through the years to mold public opinion on
momentous questions affecting the destiny of the
people and during the last decade in the strug-
gle with Hitler, Pastor Niemoeller and others
have won the sympathy and admiration of the
whole world, in general the church in Germany
has limited its activities to religious and pas-
toral functions and the maintenance of paro-
chial schools. In contemplating this situation it
will be apparent how mightily the religious in-
stitutions of a country can cooperate in de-
fending freedom and in fostering democratic
principles of government. In the great strug-
gle for liberty which mankind has been carrying
on from the dawn of civilization, the inspira-
tion of religion has been a potent aid in creating
an enlightened public conscience. Neither the
Catholic nor the Protestant church in Germany
wielded sufficient influence in national affairs to
turn the German people away from embarking
on the catastrophic adventure with Hitler. Be-
fore the National Socialists came to power, and
while Hitler and his accomplices were violently
campaigning throughout the length and breadth
of the land, disturbing the peace and com-
mitting violence against the Jews and their po-
litical opponents, the mass of public opinion was
fortified neither in the strength of religious con-
viction nor in unity of common thought to with-
stand the outrages everywhere committed. The
absence of any organized opposition to the com-
mon menace of Hitler was as complete in Ger-
many as it was without. The church, main-
taining the even tenor of its way, was power-
less in the teeth of the gathering storm to
arouse public opinion until the first blow was
struck. What it was able to do then through
the opposition of a few courageous souls was
too little and too late.

What powerful blows might have been leveled
at the demagogue if the German people during
the previous generation had been able to find
some common basis of understanding in their
religious life and had been able to allay the

470

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

prejudices -which kept them from establishing a
basis of united public action ! Had there been
effective cooperation in the pursuit of common
aims among Protestants, Catholics, and Jews in
pre-Hitlerian Germany, it is doubtful that the
National Socialists could ever have come to
power.

Nor can much more be said for the educational
systems which have flourished for ages in the
German Reich. Again the body of that system
has demonstrated its strength, but the spiritual
content of German learning lias failed to reach
the mark. In no country has research been pur-
sued with more persistent energy, skill, and suc-
cess. The roots of science have penetrated
deeply into the soil of knowledge, and the fruits
of such labors have been brilliant and epoch-
making discoveries. One might suppose that
this excellent and painstaking work, this in-
defatigable labor in the laboratories of science,
would have redounded to the blessing of human-
ity and would have conduced to the emancipa-
tion of the German people. On the contrary, all
that has been done in the realm of science
through generations of diligent and laborious
study has been finally converged into the hideous
process of total war. German scientific efforts
have always been preeminently connected with
chemistry, that alchemy of transmuting some-
thing common into powerful and deadly sub-
stances, which have made the laboratories of
Germany the terror of the civilized world.

Likewise in the German universities intellec-
tual standards have been reached and scholar-
ship has risen to renowned heights. But in
those halls the Teuton has held sway where the
clash of sword and the bloody duel was the
highest academic honor. Here flourished the
raging and arrogant nationalism of the Prus-
sian youth and the mysterious cult of German-
ism, which revived the medievalism of the race
and the latent paganistic longing. That aca-
demic freedom was wiped out in Germany the
world may well regret ; but in appraising those
influences which contributed to the downfall of
free learning, no little blame is due to the uni-
versities themselves, which absurdly fostered
vainglorious and exaggerated patriotism. More
than any others the intellectuals of Germany

were chilled and intimidated by the imperial
frown.

The universities have been the properties of
the state ; and those that taught and they who
learned were obliged to conform to the estab-
lished order and to carry on the militant tradi-
tions to which the nation was dedicated. Unlike
our public-spirited college presidents, the rectors
of the German universities are disciplinarians
and stern governors. They make no appeals to
the nation at large on outstanding questions of
the day ; nor in their long history have they had
any part in formulating and proclaiming those
ideals of freedom and enlightenment which great
seats of learning are expected to foster and make
known. Thus, in German universities, only the
students have been vociferous — not in the cause
of freedom, tolerance, universal understanding,
the golden rule, and good-will among men but
in the cause of reactionary nationalism, intol-
erant Germanism, and Teutonic supremacy. In
the German universities the professors had to
teach what the students wished to hear; other-
wise the benches were empty and the perquisites
lacking. In sucli an atmosphere and under such
a system only those scholarly lecturers could rise
to favor and prominence whose talents were re-
nowned in curricula inoffensive to the state and
in harmony with German processes of thought.

The advent of the totalitarian Hitler brought
on the world's stage a group of political leaders
whose bigotry and intolerance have surpassed
anything the world has ever known. The cult of
Hitler had no background logically connected
with political events which transpired during
the years of the republic. The plan of establish-
ing a National Socialist state was conceived by
Hitler and in part explained to his followers.
The full scope of the undertaking, with its vast
application of totalitarian oppression and anni-
hilation, was not defined and elaborated until
power was seized and the bloody whip was
firmly grasped. Then millions who had ap-
plauded the violent harangues of the dictator
and responded to his passionate, vehement rant
were aghast when the first repressive blow was
struck against the thousands who were hurried
off to torture and to death.

MAT 23, 1942

471

Throughout the land there arose, as from the
teeth of the dragon which Cadmus slew, in-
numerable satellites and functionaries, masters
of bigotry who carried the Hitlerian scourge
into every village and hamlet of the German
Reich. Never was so much hate unleashed in
the world as on the sixth of March in 1933 when
the totalitarian state of Hitler came to power.
The flood of oppression and bigotry engulfed
the whole existing order. All that had been
made by human skill, genius, and labor, the
fruits of a thousand years of national endeavor,
were seized as instruments of power and rightful
booty. The creators were marked men.

Against no special group was the fury more
relentlessly directed than against the Jews of
Germany. The claims of Hitler that these
people had offended against the social order and
the so-called German way of life were without
the slightest foundation. On the contrary no
group had contributed more since the days of
Frederick the Great to the renown, progress,
and greatness of the Reich. For many genera-
tions while imperial power in that country was
in the making, the German noble families were
too proud to send their sons into the professions
and sought careers in public service, in the army,
in diplomacy, and at court where there was the
vain and senseless hope of appearing in the en-
tourage of the Kaiser. It was the lot of the
Jews to perform the services that were lacking,
and for many generations they successively dis-
tinguished themselves in all the sciences, pro-
fessions, arts, industry, commerce, and public
services. They of all the Germans were the
most cultivated and observed with peculiar skill
the amenities and decorum of a true civilization.
When Hitler came to power the Jews of Ger-
many constituted closely one percent of the total
population, but the record of their achievement
and contribution to the glory and greatness of
the German Reich was vastly in excess of their
numerical strength.

The attacks upon the Jews by the vast Hitler
machine, their disenfranchisement, their humil-
iation, their despoliation, the torture and mur-
der, and finally their mass expulsion from the
Reich were motivated by no popular movement

among the German people. This unholy out-
rage was conceived in the abnormal brain of
Hitler, and the machine of the party ruthlessly
and systematically put the plan into execution.
The great mechanism of the state with its un-
limited power and its vast organization of of-
ficials and police was set in motion to hunt out
and destroy one person in every hundred, young
and old, man, woman, and child, not because he
professed another religion but because Hitler
had placed the mark of destruction on every
Jew. The cause was not only religious but po-
litical bigotry. The broad-mindedness of the
German Jews, their sympathy with and natural
devotion to a liberal and tolerant view of life,
and their fearless work in the cause of freedom
disqualified them from having any part in the
Hitlerian scheme of things. They were con-
demned because politically they were unassimi-
lable in the Third Reich and the plunder of their
property worth billions of marks was eagerly
coveted by the National Socialist hordes. This
is the true cause of the persecution of the Jews
in Germany ; all pretense that it was due to race
or religion was pure fraud. Since Hitler was
unable to confess to the world that his purpose
in despoiling the Jews was to seize their wealth,
he invented the ridiculous theory of racial su-
premacy which he knew the mass of his untu-
tored followers, who were the only ones who
counted in his scheme of things, would naively
accept.

At the great Catholic Church, which has
mothered civilization throughout Christendom
for nearly 2,000 years, the master of political
bigotry was unable to strike the mortal blow
which destroyed the German Jews. But his
hatred and jealousy of the universal Catholic
Church is even deeper and more deadly. The
Catholic Church is doomed in Hitler's Reich.
The National Socialist view of life is in strict
opposition to the fundamental beliefs of the
Christian church, just as violence and war are
opposed to mercy and peace. The Concordat
which Hitler made with the Holy See was
purely a gesture of convenience. It was a part
of his policy of choosing one victim at a time.
The grand strategy which Hitler is employing

472

in dealing with the Catholic Church is to post-
pone the final blow until in a supine Europe,
with all opposition crushed, he would be able
to destroy utterly the papal supremacy over
the universal Catholic Church, confiscate all
Catholic property, and establish the pagan
church of the new order in Europe, where only
Hitler and his creed of foice would be wor-
shipped. In preparation of this scheme, which,
if it should ever be accomplished, would shake
the foundations of the religious world, the
National Socialist masters of bigotry have de-
livered three major blows at the Catholic
Church. The first has been the relentless and
cruel order by which the Catholic parents have
been compelled to withdraw their children from
Catholic schools. The second was the false
indictment of the Catholic sisters as violators
of the German currency laws. And the third
was the public arraignment of innumerable
priests on absolutely false and perjured evi-
dence compromising their morality and integ-
rity of character.

The National Socialists in their blind and
insolent bigotry are seeking to possess them-
selves of the magnificent structure of civiliza-
tion itself in order to tear down stone by stone
its lofty temples of religion, liberty, science,
and culture, In its stead they are rearing gi-
gantic arsenals of war, far-flung camps of sol-
diery, and prisons for those devoted to liberty
and to the practice of their faith. Since through
the intolerance of Hitler the Protestant and
Catholic churches are doomed to destruction
in the countries which he rules, in which faiths

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

his own followers have been reared, what possi-
ble hope of survival could there be for the prac-
tice of the Mohammedan or the Buddhist re-
ligions if once the legions of the Germans
possessed the lands of those faiths ?

In one sense alone has Hitler achieved an
absolute totalitarianism: he and his followers
have become the world's masters of total bigotry.

All that civilized man has found beneficial
to his happiness and progress has been de-
stroyed or attacked. It is not the bloody march
of warlike conquests nor the enslavement of
men's bodies in the service of the aggressor
which has aroused the whole of mankind in
this universal war but the ghastly truth that
this grim, relentless design is to overwhelm the
human soul in a chaos of darkness and tyranny.

Those who have been engulfed hj the totali-
tarian hordes have been thrown into physical
bondage and misery ; but they have not lost the
determination to remain steadfast in the cause
of freedom, knowing in their hearts that the
march of tyranny will be halted and the aggres-
sors destroyed. The United Nations, which
have taken up the challenge to civilization, will
never turn back but will carry this struggle to
the ultimate day of victory. It will then be
realized that this mighty conflict has been un-
leashed by those who have attempted to arrest
the march of mankind toward progress and
committed treason against the human race
itself.

Our Nation has become the hope of the world.
We shall not fail !

GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS IN MANILA

[Released to the press May 20]

The Department has received the following
information regarding Government officials at
Manila.

Inli rued in the building on Naushon Road:
Nathaniel P. Davis (Foreign Service Inspector),

Woodstown, N.J.
Paul P. Steintort (Consul) and wife, Newport News,
Va.

Charles H. Whitaker (Vice Consul), son Paul and

daughter Andrea, Apponaug, R.I.
Erich W. Hoffman (Vice Consul), Maplewood, N.J.
Frances Whitney (Clerk), Henderson, Colo.
John P. Coffey (Clerk), Chicago, 111.
C. Porter Kuykendall (Consul, Karachi) and wife,

Philadelphia, Pa.
George M. Abbott (Consul, Marseille), wife and

daughter Anne, Cleveland Heights, Ohio

MAY 23, 1942

473

Knrl L. Rankin (Commercial Attache^ Cairo) and

wife, South Bridgton, Maine
Samuel Sokobin (Consul, Kobe), San Francisco,

Calif.
Horatio Mooers (Consul, Mexicali), San Diego, Calif.
Peter K. Constan (Vice Consul, Cairo) and wife,

West Newton, Mass.
Lloyd N. Parks (Clerk, Cairo), Bogard, Mo.
Charles H. Stephan (Vice Consul, Kobe), Berkeley,

Calif.
Robert Burton (Clerk, Peiping), New London, Conn.
Mrs. Frank P. Lockhart, Portsmouth, Va.
Mrs. Sarah Parsons
Alice Erdelyo
Interned in Villa 911 Del Pilar:
Claude Buss, Somerton, Pa.
Frederick Noble, Hamilton, N.Y.
Donald Cochran, Seattle, Wash.
Ervin Ross, Topeka, Kans.
Charles Franks and wife, Sunnyside, Wash.
Reynolds North, San Mateo, Calif.
Albert Price, Salt Lake City, Utah
Page Nelson, Washington, D.C.

George Gray, La Mesa, N.Mex.

Maxwell Anderson, Sac City, Iowa

William Hebbard, Ishpeming, Mich.

Robert Gurney, Spencer, S.Dak.

Mrs. Gratian Gurney, with infant Mary Melissa four

months old
Gordon Ells and wife, Norfolk, Va.
Joaquin Fernandez
Ruth Lovell, Fresno, Calif.
Bertha Greusel, McCook, N'ebr.
Marq Connor, Elmhurst, Long Island, N.Y.
Elise Flahaven, San Francisco, Calif.
Virginia Hewlett, Danville, Va.
Margaret Pierce, Wilmington, Calif.
Mona Raymond, Honolulu, T.H.
Edward Mack

Messrs. Ora, Erza Lautzenheiser, Hamilton, Ind.
Mrs. Helen Burke, Seattle, Wash.
Mrs. Jennie Jurgenssen, Roanoke, Va.
Mrs. Rebecca Thompson Karrer, Carlisle, Ind.
Mrs. Helen Morton, Arlington, Va.
Mrs. Emery Rullson
Mr. David

American Republics

INAUGURATION OF "NETWORK
ADDRESS BY THE UNDER

[Released to the press May 20]

I am charged tonight by the President of the
United States to express to the Columbia Broad-
casting System and to all of those who are listen-
ing in, in our sister republics and in our own
land, his deep gratification with the development
which has made possible this linking together
of radio networks throughout the Americas and
his assurance that this new enterprise will meet
with the success which it so well merits.

It is only a short time ago that representa-
tives of the Columbia Broadcasting System dis-
cussed with me their plan for the improvement
of the transmission of radio programs from the
United States to our neighbors of the New
World. Tonight this plan has become a reality.
These words I am speaking can be heard
throughout the length and breadth of the Amer-
ican republics. Radio stations in all the
Americas are contributing their facilities so that

OF THE AMERICAS" PROGRAM

SECRETARY OF STATE •

tins and subsequent programs may be rebroad-
cast for the benefit of millions.

Man's conquest of space is one of the great
achievements of the contemporary world. But
this achievement imposes heavy responsibilities
upon those in whose hands these new instru-
ments of communication rest. The constructive
use of these instruments can contribute nobly to
human progress. But we all of us know by the
events of the past decade how their misuse in
other lands has thwarted human progress ; how
such misuse in no small part has been respon-
sible for the great world tragedy of today.

In the field of radiocommunication the United
States broadcasting companies have discharged
their obligation witb a full sense of their re-
sponsibility as potent factors in our democracy.
Their broadcasts of the news have been distin-
guished by their impartiality, their accuracy,
and their integrity.

1 Broadcast by Mr. Welles over the Columbia Broad-
casting System May 19, 1942.

474

Here in the Western Hemisphere we can
learn from the radio every day what is taking
place in the world, whether that be good or bad,
encouraging or disheartening. We can listen
to news gathered from every corner of the globe,
knowing that occurrences of the day are pre-
sented to us just as they have happened.

Within the Axis countries and the nations
which they have overrun, no man can know the
truth from the radio broadcast to which he
listens or from the newspaper which he reads.
All he obtains from those sources are the lies
he is fed by the propaganda agencies set up
by the Axis leaders to keep him in ignorance
of the truth.

And no one realizes more fully than these
world outlaws themselves the everlasting sig-
nificance of these great words: "For you shall
know the truth, and the truth shall make you
free."

To retain our liberties we require freedom
of information, and every means that can be

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

devised to increase and to perfect the inter-
change of accurate information between us
constitutes an added bulwark not only to our
own democratic institutions but to the security
of our inter- American system as well.

We are free men in the Americas.

That is why the United States has not needed
and does not need to engage in propaganda in
its dealings with its neighbors in the New
World.

You don't have to undertake propaganda in
your relations with your friends and your equals
when the channels of free communication are
open to you. And that, thank God, is the sit-
uation as regards the 21 American republics.

For that reason I welcome and I am grateful
for this new service to the cause of inter-Amer-
ican understanding which is provided by the
"Network of the Americas". It affords a clarion
challenge to those who would enslave the souls
of men — addressed to them by those who will
win the victory to insure the freedom of the
human spirit.

CONFERENCE OF REPRESENTATIVES OF CENTRAL BANKS OR EQUIVALENT
INSTITUTIONS OF THE AMERICAN REPUBLICS

[Released to the press by the Pan American Union May 22]

The Inter- American Financial and Economic
Advisory Committee, under the chairmanship
of Sumner Welles, met in plenary session at the
Pan American Union on May 22 and set June
30 as the opening date for a conference of rep-
resentatives of the central banks or equivalent
institutions of the American republics.

The conference evolves from resolution VI
adopted at the Third Meeting of the Ministers
of Foreign Affairs, which met at Rio de Janeiro
last January.

Part of general hemispheric-unity measures,
the resolution provides for a conclave to meet

"for the purpose of drafting standards of pro-
cedure for the uniform handling of bank credits,
collections, contracts of lease and consignments
of merchandise, involving real or juridical per-
sons who are nationals of a State which ha3
committed an act of aggression against the
American Continent." To be considered also
are measures to safeguard the wartime economy
of the American nations.

It is expected that representatives from all
the American republics will be in attendance
at the conference. It will be in session at the
Pan American Union for a period of approxi-
mately 10 days.

The Department

RELATIONS WITH BOARD OF ECONOMIC WARFARE

On May 20, 1942 the President issued the
following ''Clarification and Interpretation of
Executive Order No. 9128 of April 13, 1942, in
Respect of Certain Functions of the Department
of State and the Board of Economic Warfare" :

"The following will clarify certain relations
and functions of the Department of State and
the Board of Economic Warfare in the adminis-
tration of the President's Executive Order No.
9128 l regarding the Board and provide for co-
operative action between them.

"It is contemplated that meetings of the Board
will be held at least every two weeks. An
agenda for each meeting will be circulated in
advance, and each member of the Board is free
to raise questions upon his own initiative.

"In the making of decisions, the Board and
its officers will continue to recognize the primary
responsibility and position, under the President,
of the Secretary of State in the formulation and
conduct of our foreign policy and our relations
with foreign nations. In matters of business
judgment concerned with providing for the pro-
duction and procurement of materials to be im-
ported into this country for the war effort, in-
cluding civilian supply, the Department will
recognize the primary responsibility and posi-
tion of the Board. In many cases a decision
may involve both matters of foreign policy and
business judgment in varying degrees. No
clear-cut separation is here possible. Accord-
ingly, if occasions arise in which proposed ac-
tion of the Board or its officers is thought by
officials of the State Department to be at vari-
ance with essential considerations of foreign
policy, the Secretary of State and the Chairman

1 Bulletin of April 18, 1942, p. 337.

of the Board will discuss such matters and reach
a joint decision, in matters of sufficient impor-
tance obtaining direction from the President.

"The Board will continue to recognize that
it is the function of the Department of State to
conduct or authorize the conduct of all negotia-
tions with foreign governments in Washington
and abroad. In negotiations relating to the
production and procurement of commodities in-
tended for import in accordance with the Pres-
ident's Executive Order, the State Department
will recognize the necessity for the participa-
tion of representatives of the Board in order
that the latter may adequately discharge its re-
sponsibilities. In short, for the effective exer-
cise of the functions both of the Board and the
Department, it is essential that from the incep-
tion of any project there be complete exchange
of information, mutual consultation and mu-
tual confidence.

"In negotiations regarding lend-lease master
agreements, subsidiary agreements, and ar-
rangements for their implementation, includ-
ing reciprocal aid to the United States, the De-
partment will obtain the advice, and with re-
spect to the importation of materials and com-
modities (other than arms and munitions)
will obtain the participation of the Board and
keep it fully informed.

"Missions and individuals desired by the
Board to be sent to the field shall be agreed up-
on by the State Department and the Board in
the light of their common desire to increase to
the maximum the war effort. The Board will
recognize that all functions which are being or
can be performed through the regular or auxil-
iary Foreign Services of the Department should
be so performed. The persons and missions
which the Board contemplates being sent to the

476

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

field, other than through the services men-
tioned, are those needed for the specialized tech-
nical and operational functions connected with
production and procurement. The Depart-
ment of State will recognize the need for send-
ing such persons. In exceptional circumstan-
ces the Board and the State Department will
collaborate in sending joint missions on prob-
lems arising from export control or the general
economic warfare activities of this Govern-
ment.

"The Board will recognize that persons sent
abroad, as provided above, shall be authorized
by the Secretary of State, shall assume the sta-
tus directed by the Secretary of State, and in
this respect be subject to the jurisdiction of the
Secretary of State. The Chief of the United
States Diplomatic Mission in a foreign country
is the officer of the United States in charge in
that country under whose supervision are coor-
dinated the activities there of all the official
representatives of the United States. All ne-
gotiations abroad with foreign governments or
officials should be conducted by or under the di-
rection of the Chief of the Diplomatic Mission

in the manner described above applicable to ne-
gotiations in which the Department and the
Board participate. All activities should be
fully reported to the Chief of the Diplomatic
Mission and be conducted under his advice and
instructions. He will respect the position of
the Board's representatives in matters of tech-
nical and business judgment and, should ques-
tions arise that cannot be settled by agreement
in the field, which should rarely be the case,
they will be reported through the State Depart-
ment and settled by the Secretary of State and
the Chairman of the Board.

"All communications to and from persons or
missions sent abroad shall be through the facili-
ties of the Department of State and diplomatic
missions unless other means are agreed upon
between the Board and the Department of State.
The Department will do its utmost to provide
expeditious means for such communications.

"Both the Department of State and the Board
of Economic Warfare and their officers recog-
nize in the present emergency the need for speed
in action and the importance of avoiding all
delay in the decision of important matters."

PROCEDURE WITH REGARD TO DISPATCH OF MISSIONS ABROAD

On April 18, 1942, the Acting Secretary of
State issued the following departmental order
(No. 1052) :

"Attached is a copy of a letter addressed re-
cently to the various executive Departments and
Agencies which have had, or may have, occasion
to send representatives on special missions
abroad. It was written with a view to insuring
complete coordination and centralization of the
activities of this Government in foreign
countries.

"If the proposed procedure is to be effective,
it is essential that individual officers of the De-
partment not enter directly into agreements with
officials of other Departments and Agencies con-
cerning the dispatch of their representatives

abroad prior to consideration of the matter by
the Committee set up in the Department for that
purpose. All informal proposals of this char-
acter should first be referred to Assistant Secre-
tary Shaw who will see that they are given
prompt attention.

"The Committee will not act definitely upon
any proposals without first conferring with the
appropriate Geographic and other interested
Divisions of the Department.

"To provide a central, consolidated file of the
representatives of other Departments and Agen-
cies carrying on activities abroad, the Division
of Foreign Service Administration is hereby
designated to maintain a complete record of
such representatives.

MAY 23, 1942

477

"It will be noted from the attached letter
that Army and Navy personnel are excepted
from the prescribed procedure ; in addition, mod-
ifications of the requirements -will be made in
the case of: (1) officials of the United States
Government sent abroad under the provisions of
Public Law No. 63, 76th Congress; (2) persons
sent under the Department's program of co-
operation with the other American Republics;
and (3) persons sent by the Coordinator of In-
ter-American Affairs under projects which have
been cleared with the Department in accordance
with established procedure.

Sumner Welles
Acting Secretary"

[Attachment]

"Department of State
" Washington

"The conduct of the war has brought about a
great increase in the dispatch of individuals and
groups to foreign countries on a variety of mis-
sions. It is essential that orderly procedure be
established to determine the propriety and scope
of proposed missions in the light of all our rela-
tions with the country concerned, to facilitate
necessary war work, to prevent duplication of
effort, and to provide centralized control over
Government representatives abroad and over
our dealings with foreign governments. Only
in this way can the Department of State dis-
charge its responsibility under the President for
the conduct of foreign relations, assure the full
utilization of the existing and potential per-
sonnel of the Foreign Service and do its part to
see that the combined efforts of all the executive
agencies in the foreign field shall be unified and
effective.

"In order to discharge this responsibility the
Department desires to clarify the procedure by
which Government agencies wishing to send in-
dividuals, or groups outside the United States
may have their proposals promptly considered
and acted upon and by which the status and
duties of such persons while outside the United
States and as representatives of the Govern-
ment may be defined.

"The Department has established a commit-
tee of three under the chairmanship of the Un-
der Secretary of State to consider with the in-
terested Government agencies — except the War
and Navy Departments, as to which a regular
procedure is already in effect — all plans and
proposals which require the dispatch of per-
sonnel on official business outside the limits of
the United States and its insular and territorial
possessions. To consider the administrative as-
pects of these trips, Mr. G. Howland Shaw, As-
sistant Secretary of State, and to consider the
economic aspects Mr. Dean Acheson, Assistant
Secretary of State, will be members of the com-
mittee.

"The interested Departments and agencies
are asked to designate ranking officers to meet
with the committee from time to time as the
need arises. Wherever a proposal may concern
Departments or agencies other than the one pre-
senting it, their representatives will be notified
and asked to present their views to and meet
with the committee.

"The interested Departments and agencies
are also asked in the future to submit to this
Department in writing all plans and projects in
as complete detail as possible. These letters
should be addressed to the Secretary of State,
attention of Mr. G. Howland Shaw, Assistant
Secretary of State. Full information should be
furnished as to

"(a) the name of the project and country or
countries to be visited,

"(b) the names of the proposed representa-
tives with a brief biographical sketch of each
along with a statement as to what investigation
has been made of the loyalty and responsibility
of each,

"(c) the complete itinerary,

"(d) a description of operations and objec-
tives of the project,

"(e) the relation of the project to those in the
same field carried on by other agencies of this
Government,

"(f) any expressions of interest on the part
of the governments of the countries to be visited,

478

" (g) the proposed instructions to be given to
these representatives, and

"(h) the manner in which it is proposed that
salary, travel and contingent expenses of such
representatives are to be paid.

"To insure complete coordination and cen-
tralization of the activities of representatives of
this Government in the countries in which they
operate, instructions have gone forth to the
chiefs of the appropriate diplomatic missions
directing them to establish machinery fully ade-
quate to assure thorough direction and super-
vision of all such representatives operating in
the countries to which they are accredited.
These instructions have made it abundantly
clear that all official representatives of this
country are responsible at all times to the chief
of mission in the country in which they operate.
The appropriate chiefs of mission have been
further informed that in order to assure the ade-
quate fulfillment of this responsibility, all cor-
respondence of whatever nature between rep-
resentatives abroad and the branch of this Gov-
ernment by which they are employed will be
carried out through the diplomatic pouch and
this Department's telegraphic service.

"It is believed that the procedures described
will eliminate duplication of effort by Govern-
ment agencies, keep to a minimum difficulties
and misunderstandings with the governments

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

of the countries to which representatives are
sent, and permit these representatives to per-
form abroad in an orderly and efficient manner
the missions with which they have been en-
trusted.

"Sincerely yours,

Sumner Welles
Acting Secretary"

The above letter was dispatched to the follow-
ing departments and agencies under the dates
indicated :

Board of Economic Warfare Feb. 26, 1942

War Production Board " " "

Coordinator of Inter-American Affairs — "'

Coordinator of Information " " "

Department of Commerce "

Treasury Department " " "

Department of Agriculture " " "

Department of the Interior " " "

War Shipping Board " " "

Lend-Lease Administration " " "

Federal Security Agency--. " " "

Federal Cominuuk'ations Commission " " "

Office of Civilian Defense.. " " "

Department of Justice Mar. 3, 1042

Post Office Department " " "

Department of Labor " " "

Maritime Commission " " "

Smithsonian Institution " " "

Tariff Commission " " "

Tennessee Valley Authority " " "

National Housing Agency " 18 "

Office of Price Administration " 20 "

Commercial Policy

NATIONAL FOREIGN TRADE WEEK
STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY OF STATE 1

[Released to the press May 17]

During the year that has elapsed since the last
observance of Foreign Trade Week, a vast
change has occurred in our country's position
which as profoundly affects the work of those
engaged in foreign commerce as it does the life
and work of every one of our citizens.

1 Made in connection with the celebration of National
Foreign Trade Week, May 17-23, 1942.

Our country is at war. Together with more
than 20 nations united with us in this great
struggle, we are engaged in repelling the at-
tacks of powerful and ruthless enemies and are
marshalling our human and material resources
for armed blows that will crush once and for
all the forces of conquest and domination.

The greatly expanded production of our war
industries is flowing in ever-increasing volume

MAY 23, 1942

479

to our own heroic fighters and to all the battle-
fronts of the. United Nations. With unity and
singleness of purpose, by doubling and redou-
bling our efforts, we are hastening the day of
complete victory over the enemies of human
freedom — the day when we can begin to build
upon firm foundations a world of peace and
progress.

In this all-embracing endeavor foreign trade,
as all other phases of our economic activity,
must serve the imperative requirements of the
great task that is before us. The international
movement of goods is indispensable to the win-
ning of the war. It will be equally indispensa-
ble to the winning of the peace.

When the war is over, enduring peace and
advancing prosperity will be impossible unless
international trade and international economic
relations in general are established on the basis
of fair treatment and mutual benefit. Our war
effort itself will be immensely strengthened if
we make sure now that one of the principal
things we are fighting for is the establishment
of a new and better system of international
economic relations.

The United Nations have already resolved
that once victory is achieved the economic rela-
tions among nations will be based on the princi-
ples and objectives which have been tirelessly
advocated by our Government on all appro-
priate occasions in recent years. These princi-
ples and objectives have been affirmed and
incorporated in the declaration of August 14,
1941, known as the Atlantic Charter. They
have been accepted as a common program by
all our allies in the United Nations Declaration
of January 1. 1942.

Of particular interest to foreign traders is
the fourth point of the Atlantic Charter which
promises "to further the enjoyment by all
States, great or small, victor or vanquished, of
access, on equal terms, to the trade and to the
raw materials of the world which are needed
for their economic prosperity". This must of
necessity involve the rehabilitation, on a sound
basis, not only of trade relations but also of
monetary, financial, and all other international
economic relations.

A first step has been taken to implement the
United Nations program in the economic field.
In an agreement with the British Government,
signed on February 23, 1942, it is stipulated,
among other things, that in the final deter-
mination of the benefits to be provided to the
United States by the United Kingdom in re-
turn for aid furnished under the Lend-Lease
Act "the terms and conditions thereof shall be
such as not to burden commerce between the
two countries, but to promote mutually advan-
tageous economic relations between them and
the betterment of world-wide economic rela-
tions." Provision is also made for agreed ac-
tion by the two Governments, open to the par-
ticipation of other like-minded countries, "di-
rected to the expansion, by appropriate inter-
national and domestic measures, of production,
employment, and the exchange and consump-
tion of goods, which are the material founda-
tions of the liberty and welfare of all peoples ;
to the elimination of all forms of discrimina-
tory treatment in international commerce, and
to the reduction of tariffs and other trade bar-
riers; and, in general, to the attainment of all
the economic objectives set forth in the Joint
Declaration [Atlantic Charter] . . ."

The far-reaching economic objectives of the
Atlantic Charter cannot be attained by wishful
thinking. We in this country must realize that
their achievement will be impossible if we fol-
low policies of narrow economic nationalism,
such as our extreme and disastrous tariff policy
after the last war. We must realize that our
own prosperity depends fully as much on pros-
perous conditions in other countries as their
prosperity depends on ours. We must show
now by our positive acts of collaboration with
other nations of like mind that we are prepared
to shoulder our full share of responsibility for
building a better world.

With the prospect of a better world before
them, I am confident that the people of our
Nation and the peoples of all the other United
Nations will relentlessly pursue with unflag-
ging zeal our common paramount objective : an
early and decisive victory over our enemies.

480

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

General

VERIFICATION OF PASSPORTS OF
AMERICAN CITIZENS

Regulations issued by the Secretary of State
on May 7, 1942 with regard to the control of
persons entering and leaving the United States
pursuant to the act of May 22, 1918, as amended,
state that —

"No verification of passport shall be required
of a citizen of the United States, or a person
who owes allegiance to the United States :

11 (a) When returning to the United States
from a foreign country where he had gone in
pursuance of the provisions of a contract with
the War or Navy Departments on a matter vital
to the war effort if he is in possession of evidence
of having been so engaged and has a valid pass-
port; or

"(&) When returning to the United States
from a foreign country as a member of the flying
staff, operating personnel, or crew on board an
arriving aircraft which is under lease to or con-
tract with the Government of the United States
or on board an American aircraft which is
engaged in commercial air-transport service for
the carriage of goods, passengers, or mail be-
tween the territory of the United States and a
foreign country."

FALSE ASSERTIONS REGARDING DOCU-
MENT ALLEGED TO RE IN THE DE-
PARTMENT FILES

[Released to the press May 18]

In response to inquiries concerning the article
by Chesly Manly in the Washington Times-
Herald on Saturday, May 16, 1942, asserting
that a quoted account "of the UDA 1 is contained

in the files of the State Department" and which
quoted the alleged document under the subhead
"State Department's View", a careful search of
the records and files of the Department of State
reveals no trace of the alleged document and
no record of its ever having been received by the
Department of State. The inference given in
the article that the alleged report was prepared
in the Department of State is absurd.

International Conferences,
Commissions, Etc.

1 Union for Democratic Action.

INTER - AMERICAN CONFERENCE OF
POLICE AND JUDICIAL AUTHORITIES

[Released to the press May 19]

The Government of the Argentine Republic
has extended an invitation for this Government
to be represented at the Inter-American Con-
ference of Police and Judicial Authorities which
will convene at Buenos Aires on May 27, 1942.
With the approval of the President, the follow-
ing delegation will represent the United States
at the Conference :

Carl B. Spaeth, Delegate, Member of the Emergency
Advisory Committee for Political Defense, Mon-
tevideo

William Sanders, Adviser, Assistant to Mr. Spaeth
at Montevideo

Clifton P. English, Secretary, Vice Consul at Buenos
Aires

The Conference is being held pursuant to a
resolution of the Second Meeting of the Min-
isters of Foreign Affairs of the American Re-
publics which recommended that the govern-
ments formulate coordinated rules and proce-
dures with a view to aiding police and judicial

MAT 23, 1942

481

authorities in the repression of subversive ac-
tivities. The Third Meeting of Foreign Min-
isters recommended that the Conference be held
in May instead of September 1942 as previously
agreed upon by the Argentine Government and
the Governing Board of the Pan American
Union.

The Foreign Service

DIPLOMATIC CONFIRMATION

On May 21, 1942 the Senate confirmed the
nomination of Lincoln MacVeagh, of Connecti-
cut, now Envoy Extraordinary and Minister
Plenipotentiary of the United States to Iceland,
to be Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Pleni-
potentiary of the United States to the Union of
South Africa.

Treaty Information

Compiled in the Treaty Division

NAVAL MISSIONS

Mission to Brazil

In response to the request of the Government
of Brazil, an agreement was signed on May 7,
1942 at Rio de Janeiro, by the American Am-
bassador to Brazil and the Brazilian Minister
for Foreign Affairs providing for the detail of
a United States Naval Mission to Brazil.

This agreement in effect replaces the agree-
ment between the United States and Brazil
signed on May 27, 1936 (Executive Agreement

Series 94). It will remain in force for a period
of four years beginning with the date of sig-
nature. The services of the Mission may be
extended beyond the period stipidated by re-
quest of the Brazilian Government six months
before the expiration of the agreement. Pro-
visions are also contained in the agreement pro-
viding for its termination by either Government
under certain circumstances. The provisions
contained in the agreement are similar in gen-
eral to provisions contained in agreements be-
tween the United States and certain other
American republics providing for the detail of
officers of the Army or Navy to advise the armed
forces of those countries.

SOVEREIGNTY

Convention on the Provisional Administration
of European Colonies and Possessions in the
Americas

Nicaragua

By a letter dated May 18, 1942 the Director
General of the Pan American Union informed
the Secretary of State that the instrument of
ratification by Nicaragua of the Convention on
the Provisional Administration of European
Colonies and Possessions in the Americas, signed
at the Second Meeting of the Ministers of For-
eign Affairs of the American Republics, held
at Habana July 21-30, 1940, was deposited with
the Union on May 12, 1942.

The instrument of ratification is dated De-
cember 19, 1941.

DEFENSE

Agreement With Panama for Lease of Defense
Sites

The text of an agreement between the United
States and Panama signed on May 18, 1942 at
Panama, providing for the lease to the United
States of defense sites in Panama, appears in
this Bulletin under the heading "The War".

482

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Legislation

Departments of State, Justice, and Commerce, and the
Federal Judiciary Appropriation Bill for 1943 :
Hearings Before the Subcommittee of the Commit-
tee on Appropriations, United States Senate, 77th
Cong., 2d sess., on H.R. 6599. [Department of
State, pp. 19-46, 176-179.] 603 pp.
S. Kept. 1347, 77th Cong., on H.R. 6599. 5 pp.

Publications

Department of State

Foreign Service List, April 1, 1942. Publication 1739.
iv, 117 pp. Subscription, 50? a year ; single copy, 15<*.

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents. Washington, D. C. — Price, 10 cents - - - - Subscription price, $2.75 a year

PUBLISHED WEEKLY WITH THE APPBOVAL OF THE DIEECTOE OP THE BUBEAU OF THE BDDGET

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

BULLETIN

MAY 30, 1942
Vol. VI, No. 153— Publication 1747

ontents

P»ge

The War

Memorial Day address by the Under Secretary of

State 485

Switzerland: Address by James B. Stewart 489

Exchange of diplomatic and consular personnel . . . 491

Proclaimed List: Supplement 1 to Revision II ... . 492

General

Use of Red Cross insignia for commercial purposes . . 492
Contributions for relief in belligerent countries:

Revision of rules and regulations 495

Tabulation of contributions 495

Registration of agents of foreign principals 496

American Republics

Peru-Ecuador boundary: Appointment of United

States technical adviser 496

Argentina: Anniversary of independence 497

Visit to the United States of Venezuelan Foreign

Minister 498

The Department

Death of Ira F. Hoyt 498

Death of Sydney Yost Smith 499

Appointment of officers 499

The Foreign Service

Personnel changes 499

Publications 500

[over]

i
JUL 13 1942

OJltGTltS— CONTINUED

Treaty Information Pag«

Military missions: Agreement with Colombia .... 501
Legal assistance: Protocol on Uniformity of Powers of

Attorney Which Are To Be Utilized Abroad . . . 501

Finance: Taxation Convention with Canada 501

Restriction of war: Prisoners of War Convention . . . 501

Extradition: Treaty with Canada 502

Legislation 502

The War

MEMORIAL DAY ADDRESS BY THE UNDER SECRETARY OF STATE '

[Released to the press May 30]

Today, as our Nation faces the gravest danger
it has ever confronted since it gained its inde-
pendence, the American people are once more
meeting together in every State of the Union
to commemorate the observance of Memorial
Day.

In the elm-shaded churchyards of the New
England hills, in the more newly consecrated
burial places of the West, here in the quiet
century-old cemeteries of the South, men and
women throughout the land are now paying
tribute to the memories of those who have made
the ultimate sacrifice for their country and for
their fellow men.

Eighty years ago our people were engaged in a
fratricidal war between the States. In the
fires of that devastating struggle was forged
the great assurance that within the boundaries of
the United States men were and would remain
free. The lives of those who died in that contest
were not laid down in vain.

Forty-four years ago the United States went
to Mar to help the gallant people of Cuba free
themselves from the imposition by a nation of
the Old World of a brutal tyranny which could
not be tolerated in a New World dedicated to the
cause of liberty. Through our victory in that
war there was wrought a lasting safeguard to
the independence of the republics of the Western
Hemisphere. Our citizens who then gave up
their lives did not do so in vain.

Twenty-five years ago the United States de-
clared war upon Germany. Our people went to
war because of their knowledge that the domina-
tion of the world by German militarism would
imperil the continuation of their national exist-
ence.

We won that victory. Ninety thousand of
our fellow Americans died in that great holo-
caust in order to win that victory. They died
firm in the belief that the gift of their lives
which they offered their country would be uti-
lized by their countrymen as they had been
promised it would be — to insure beyond doubt
the future safety of the United States through
the creation of that kind of world in which a
peaceful democracy such as ours could live in
happiness and in security.

These ninety thousand dead, buried here on
the slopes of Arlington and in the fields of
France where they fell in battle, fulfilled their
share of the bargain struck. Can we, the living,
say as much ? Can we truly say on this Memorial
Day that we have done what we as a nation
could have done to keep faith with them and
to prevent their sacrifice from being made in
vain ?

The people of the United States were offered
at the conclusion of the last war the realization
of a great vision. They were offered the op-
portunity of sharing in the assumption of re-
sponsibility for the maintenance of peace in the
world by participating in an international or-
ganization designed to prevent and to quell the
outbreak of war. That opportunity they re-
jected. They rejected it in part because of the
human tendency after a great upsurge of emo-
tional idealism to seek the relapse into what
was once termed "normalcy". They rejected it
because of partisan politics. They rejected it
because of the false propaganda, widely spread,

'Delivered by Mr. Welles at the Arlington National
Amphitheater, May 30, 1942.

485

486

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

that by our participation in a world order we
would incur the danger of war rather than avoid
it. They rejected it because of unenlightened
selfishness.

At the dawn of the nineteenth century an
English poet wrote of his own land :

She is a fen
Of stagnant waters: altar, sword, and pen,
Fireside, the heroic wealth of hall and bower
Have forfeited their ancient dower
Of inward happiness. We are selfish men.

In 1920 and in the succeeding years we as a
nation not only plumbed the depths of material
selfishness but we were unbelievably blind. We
were blind to what constituted our own enlight-
ened self-interest, and we therefore refused to
see that by undertaking a measure of responsi-
bility in maintaining world order, with the im-
mediate commitments which that might involve,
we were insuring our people and our democratic
ideals against the perils of an unforeseeable fu-
ture, and we were safeguarding our children and
our children's children against having to incur
the same sacrifices as those forced upon their
fathers. Who can today compare the cost in
life or treasure which we might have had to
contribute towards the stabilization of a world
order during its formative j'ears after 1919 with
the prospective loss in lives and the lowering
of living standards which will result from the
supreme struggle in which we are now engaged.

During the first century of our independence
our forefathers were occupying and developing
a continent. The American pioneer was push-
ing ever westward across the Alleghenies into
the fertile Ohio Valley, the Mississippi and Mis-
souri country, the Southwest, and finally to the
Pacific Coast. The shock of disaster elsewhere
in the world was hardly felt; relief from recur-
ring depressions could always be found by ex-
panding our frontiers, by opening up new lands
and new industries to supply the needs of our
rapidly expanding population. Thus cushioned
against the impact of events abroad, the Ameri-
can standard of living steadily improved and be-
came the hope of down-trodden peoples of other
lands.

Protected by two great oceans to the east and
to the west, with no enemies to the north or to
the south, the nineteenth century imbued into
the minds of our people the belief that in their
isolation from the rest of the world lay their
safety.

But the oceans shrank with the development
of maritime communications, and the security
which we enjoyed by reason of our friendly
neighbors vanished with the growth of aviation.

And even in our earlier clays our industries
became increasingly dependent upon raw mate-
rials imported from abroad ; their products were
sold increasingly in the markets of the Old
World. Our urban industrial areas in the East
became more and more dependent on our agri-
cultural and mining areas in the West. All be-
came increasingly dependent on world markets
and world sources of supply.

With the close of the first World War the
period of our isolation had ended. Neither from
the standpoint of our physical security nor
from the standpoint of our material well-being
could we any more remain isolated.

But, as if by their fiat they could turn back
the tides of accomplished fact, our leaders and
the great majority of our people in those post-
war years deliberately returned to the provincial
policies and standards of an earlier day, think-
ing that because these had served their purpose
in the past they could do so again in a new and
in a changed world.

And now we are engaged in the greatest
war which mankind has known. We are reap-
ing the bitter fruit of our own folly and of our
own lack of vision. We are paying dearly as
well for the lack of statesmanship and for the
crass errors of omission and of commission, so
tragically evidenced in the policies of those
other nations which have had their full share
of responsibility for the conduct of human
affairs during the past generation.

What can we now do to rectify the mistakes
of these past two decades?

The immediate answer is self-evident. We
must utterly and finally crush the evil men and
the iniquitous systems which they have devised
that are today menacing our existence and that

MAT 30, 1942

of free men and women throughout the earth.
There can be no compromise. There can be no
respite until the victory is won. We are faced
by desperate and powerful antagonists. To
win the fight requires every ounce of driving
energy, every resource and initiative, every
sacrifice, and every instinct of devotion which
each and every American citizen possesses.
None of us can afford to think of ourselves;
none of us can dare to do less than his full part
in the common effort. Our liberty, our Chris-
tian faith, our life as a free people are at stake.
Those who indulge themselves in false opti-
mism, those who believe that the peoples who
are fighting with us for our common cause
should relieve us of our due share of sacrifice,
those who are reluctant to give their all in this
struggle for the survival on the earth of what
is fine and decent must be regarded as enemies
of the American people.

Now more than ever before must we keep the
faith with those who lie sleeping in this hal-
lowed ground — and with those who now at this
very hour are dying for the cause and for the
land they love.

And after we win the victory — and we will —
what then ? Will the people of the United States
then make certain that those who have died
that we may live as free men and women shall
not have died in vain?

I believe that in such case the voice of those
who are doing the fighting and the voice of
those who are producing the arms with which
we fight must be heard and must be heeded.

And I believe that these voices of the men
who will make our victory possible will demand
that justice be done inexorably and swiftly to
those individuals, groups, or peoples, as the case
may be, that can truly be held accountable for
the stupendous catastrophe into which they have
plunged the human race. But I believe they
will likewise wish to make certain that no ele-
ment in any nation shall be forced to atone
vicariously for crimes for which it is not re-
sponsible and that no people shall be forced
to look forward to endless years of want and of
starvation.

487

I believe they will require that the victorious
nations, joined with the United States, under-
take forthwith during the period of the armis-
tice the disarmament of all nations, as set forth
in the Atlantic Charter, which "may threaten
aggression outside of their frontiers".

I believe they will insist that the United Na-
tions undertake the maintenance of an inter-
national police power in the years after the war
to insure freedom from fear to peace-loving
peoples until there is established that permanent
system of general security promised by the At-
lantic Charter.

Finally, I believe they will demand that the
United Nations become the nucleus of a world
organization of the future to determine the final
terms of a just, an honest, and a durable peace
to be entered into after the passing of the period
of social and economic chaos which will come
inevitably upon the termination of the present
war and after the completion of the initial and
gigantic task of relief, of reconstruction, and
of rehabilitation which will confront the United
Nations at the time of the armistice.

This is in very truth a people's war. It is a
war which cannot be regarded as won until
the fundamental rights of the peoples of the
earth are secured. In no other manner can a
true peace be achieved.

In the pre-war world large numbers of people
were unemployed ; the living standards of mil-
lions of people were pitifully low ; it was a world
in which nations were classified as "haves" and
"have nots", with all that these words imply in
terms of inequity and hatred.

The pre-war world was one in which small,
vociferous, and privileged minorities in each
country felt that they could not gain sufficient
profits if they faced competition from abroad.
Even this country with its rich natural resources,
its vast economic strength, a population whose
genius for efficient production enabled us to ex-
port the finest products in the world at low cost
and at the same time to maintain the highest
wages — a country whose competitive strength
was felt in the markets of the world — even such
a nation was long dominated by its minority
interests who sought to destroy international

488

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

trade in order to avoid facing foreign compe-
tition.

They not only sought to do so but for long
years following the first World War largely
succeeded in doing so. The destruction of in-
ternational trade by special minority interests
in this and in other countries brought ruin to
their fellow citizens by destroying an essential
element upon which the national prosperity in
each country in large measure depended. It
helped to pave the way, through the impoverish-
ment and distress of the people, for militarism
and dictatorship. Can the democracies of the
world again afford to permit national policies
to be dictated by self-seeking minorities of
special privilege?

The problem which will confront us when the
years of the post-war period are reached is not
primarily one of production, for the world can
readily produce what mankind requires. The
problem is rather one of distribution and pur-
chasing power, of providing the mechanism
whereby what the world produces may be fairly
distributed among the nations of the world, and
of providing the means whereby the people of
the world may obtain the world's goods and
services. Your Government has already taken
steps to obtain the support and active coopera-
tion of others of the United Xations in this great
task, a task which in every sense of the term
is a new frontier — a frontier of limitless ex-
panse — the frontier of human welfare.

When the war ends, with the resultant ex-
haustion which will then beset so many of the
nations who are joined with us, only the United
States will have the strength and the resources
to lead the world out of the slough in which it
has struggled so long, to lead the way toward
a world order in which there can be freedom
from want. In seeking this end we will of
course respect the right of all peoples to deter-
mine for themselves the type of internal eco-
nomic organization which is best suited to their
circumstances. But I believe that here in our
own country we will continue to find the best
expression for our own and the general good

under a system which will give the greatest
incentive and opportunity for individual enter-
prise. It is in such an environment that our
citizens have made this country strong and great.
Given sound national policies directed toward
the benefit of the majority and not of the minor-
ity and real security and equality of opportunity
for all, reliance on the ingenuity, initiative, and
enterprise of our citizens rather than on any
form of bureaucratic management will in the
future best assure the liberties and promote the
material welfare of our people.

In taking thought of our future opportuni-
ties we surely must undertake to preserve the
advantages we have gained in the past. I can-
not believe the peoples of the United States and
of the Western Hemisphere will ever relin-
quish the inter-American system they have
built up. Based as it is on sovereign equality,
on liberty, on peace, and on joint resistance to
aggression, it constitutes the only example in
the world today of a regional federation of free
and independent peoples. It lightens the dark-
ness of our anarchic world. It should constitute
a cornerstone in the world structure of the
future.

If this war is in fact a war for the liberation
of peoples, it must assure the sovereign equality
of peoples throughout the world as well as in
the world of the Americas. Our victory must
bring in its train the liberation of all peoples.
Discrimination between peoples because of their
race, creed, or color must be abolished. The age
of imperialism is ended. The right of a people
to their freedom must be recognized as the
civilized world long since recognized the right
of an individual to his personal freedom. The
principles of the Atlantic Charter must be guar-
anteed to the world as a whole — in all oceans
and in all continents.

And so in the fullness of God's time when the
victory is won the people of the United States
will once more be afforded the opportunity to
play their part in the determination of the kind
of world in which they will live. With cour-
age and with vision they can yet secure the

MAY 30, 1942

489

future safety of their country and of its free
institutions and help the nations of the earth
back into the paths of peace.

Then on some future Memorial Day the
American people, as they mark the graves of

those who died in battle for their country in in vain.

these last two World Wars, can at last truly
say : "Sleep on in quiet and in peace ; the victory
you made it possible for us to win has now
been placed at the service of your country and
of humanity ; your sacrifice has not been made

SWITZERLAND

ADDRESS BY JAMES B. STEWART '

[Released to the press May 27]

Mr. President and Members of thes Mile High
Club:

I am delighted to be back once again in Colo-
rado and to be your guest today. Like thou-
sands who have lived here from time to time I
have a real affection for this mountain country,
and I should like to have brought along with
me some of my sweltering Washington friends —
especially one who on the day I was leaving
the State Department said to me very seriously :
"Jim, I have a favor to ask of you. During
your stay in Denver you will no doubt take a
trip or two. When you do, and you come to
your first trout stream, please stop a moment
and just think of me."

I have just returned from Switzerland, that
island of democracy which is today surrounded
by what Hitler is pleased to call his "new or-
der" — which now connotes one of horror and
death. He would, of course, like nothing bet-
ter than to drag Switzerland into his hell-pot
and thus extinguish once and for all the light
of liberty which burns there. The tough little
democracy is a real thorn in the side of Hitler's
regimented Germany. If only an anesthetic
could be administered and the thorn quietly re-
moved I But the wide-awake Swiss are having
none of that and so the Germans must, as usual,
resort to force if they are to accomplish their
end.

1 Delivered before the Mile High Club of Denver,
Colo., May 26, 1942. Mr. Stewart was formerly Ameri-
can Consul General at Zurich, Switzerland, and is now
appointed American Minister to Nicaragua.

Since my return I have frequently been asked,
"Will the Germans attack Switzerland, and, if
so, have the Swiss any hope of successful re-
sistance?" No one can answer those questions
with certainty. However, there are sound rea-
sons why Germany in its own best interests
should hesitate to attack Switzerland. First
and foremost Switzerland is prepared. When
I drove across the French-Swiss border in Au-
gust 1940 it was necessary for me to engage a
chauffeur as every road sign had been removed.
By the time I reached Zurich I had seen enough
barbed wire and concrete defense work through-
out the country to convince anyone and espe-
cially the Germans that the Swiss people and
their Government were in deadly earnest. Hard
and well-trained soldiers were stationed at their
posts of duty, and determination and confidence
could be seen in the countenance of every man
and woman. Switzerland was ready for the
worst. But I do not wish to give those of you
who have visited, studied, or played in that
beautiful country a distorted picture of the
scene. The lush countryside was just as satis-
fying and the glorious mountains just as exhila-
rating as when you knew them. The quaint
villages were as spick and span as only Swiss
villages can be. In fact, to quote a borrowed
tribute, the whole country looked exactly as if
it had had its face washed three times a day.

In spite of Switzerland's extensive prepara-
tions and her highly efficient citizen army, it is
now accepted as a fact that a German army was
ready to march across the Swiss border in May

490

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

1940 to get at France. However, the early col-
lapse of that country caused the war lords to
countermand the order. At the present time it
is difficult to see what advantages would accrue
to Germany from an invasion of Switzerland.
On the contrary there would be notable disad-
vantages. For instance, the German High
Command no doubt fears that the St. Gotthard
and Simplon tunnels would be blown up in the
event an invasion should be attempted. That
would be a serious blow to Germany and to her
so-called Axis partner, Italy, because through
those tunnels hundreds of freight cars laden
with coal and war supplies pass daily between
the two countries. The Brenner Pass alone
could not accommodate the traffic necessary to
supply Italy and at the same time furnish war
supplies to General Rommel's army in Africa.
The High Command also fears that power plants
along the Rhine between Germany and Switzer-
land might meet the same fate, and those plants
supply vital German industries with power.
The Germans also recognize that the efficient
Swiss factories might be bombed. Party lead-
ers realize that their efforts to soften the watch-
ful Swiss with fifth columnists have been a fail-
ure. Finally, it may be that the corrupt and
overbearing German leaders who are now in ab-
solute power fear that if Switzerland should dis-
appear as an independent sovereign nation there
would be no spot to which they could flee if a
storm should break.

As to the second part of the question, I would
answer that in the affirmative because I believe
that the Swiss have confidence in their ability
to successfully resist the enemy. That opinion
is based on two years of association with those
upstanding. God-fearing people and familiarity
witli their history, which dates from 1291 and
covers 650 years of freedom. Notwithstanding
differences in race, language, and religion, the
Swiss stand today as they stood yesterday a
united people, their strength springing from a
common ideal and background. Every Swiss
citizen knows that the only hope he has of sav-
ing that which is so precious to him is to be

strong and to have the will to die for his ideal.
He may be obliged to see a part of his country
overrun by hordes from the north, in which
case he would move into his mountain passes and
fortresses and from these wage battle to the
death. And well does his bad neighbor know it.

Everyone desires to know what is taking place
in Germany itself. I can only tell you what one
learns and senses from across a neutral frontier.
German newspapers and periodicals come into
Switzerland, and whereas they studiously seek
to give a distorted picture of conditions in the
democracies and especially in the United States
and at the same time to make one believe that
all is well in Germany, nevertheless illuminating
items can be gleaned from the press which in-
dicate that this is not the case. From the Ger-
man papers I learned that special typewriters
are being made for persons with only one arm
and that automobiles are being built for persons
without legs. I noticed that publicity is being
given to a "politeness campaign". Prizes are
to be distributed to the winners.

Friends have asked me about German edu-
cation. It is not an exaggeration to say that
from the age of 7, German children cease to
come under the influence cf their parents or
their church. They have been taken over by
the state. The recent graduation of pupils
from Germany's Adolf Hitler schools recalls
the Fuehrer's scornful observation that "the
British have their Eton College and we have
our Adolf Hitler schools". And what are the
aims of the Nazi Eton? A German, broad-
casting to South America, gave the answer:
"National socialism has broken away from the
old concepts of education." It certainly has !
The ideal graduate today is a good, tough,
obedient Nazi who has no responsibility to his
parents or to his church. And therein we have
the clue to the German definition of freedom
of youth: freedom from moral restraint, free-
dom from having to think about conduct.
Physical training is placed above mental
training, mechanical skill above intellect, and
blind loyalty to the party above everything else.

MAY 30, 1942

491

Let us see what a loyal Nazi thinks of the prod-
uct of the Nazi system of education. Friedrich
Hussong, the German novelist, recently made
this statement:

"I am compelled to point to a certain amount
of bad behavior prevalent to an embarrassing
extent among youth. This refers to exceptions,
on the whole.

"Nevertheless, bad examples are particularly
dangerous to young people. We want to give
just an idea of the kind of complaints we re-
ceive. There is, for instance, the complaint of
a wounded officer in a military hospital who
says that youthful rowdyism does not even stop
short before war casualties.

"It is with mixed feelings that we listen to a
complaint about a 13-year-old girl who tells her
mother: 'You are a public menace.' Which is
more amazing, the brat who dares say such
things or the mother who stands for it?"

Hussong concludes by attributing youth's bad
behavior to the fact that parents, teachers, and
Hitler youth leaders are now at the front.

News items show that severe prison sentences
for minor offenses are common in Germany to-
day. In many cases arrests are the result of the
wide-spread practice of denunciation which is
regarded as the citizens' highest duty and it is
drilled into children of all ages as a part of their
education. Children denounce their parents,
married people denounce each other, friend
denounces friend until now this revolting prac-
tice has become a veritable plague. Recently I
was told the following by one of my Swiss
friends. One day last winter a German manu-
facturer living in Constance, a town on the
German-Swiss border, was ordered before the
local police. He was given a lecture and a warn-
ing about listening to foreign broadcasts. A
month later he was once more called by the
police who told him that having again listened
to a foreign broadcast he must go to a concen-
tration camp. The man was allowed to return
home to make certain preparations and to his
inquiry the policeman with him stated that it

was the man's own son who had denounced him.
That man entered his home, shot his son and
himself.

During my stay in Switzerland I was im-
pressed with the sinister, baleful, and murderous
quality of the German machine, its implacable
hatred for everything we stand for, and its con-
suming passion to conquer and to exploit. When
I returned home I noted with satisfaction our
solidarity and the extent of the war effort which
is undoubtedly giving the enemy much food
for thought. Reason for apprehension, how-
ever, is seen in an apparent disposition on the
part of most people to be satisfied with our
progress and to be without any real fear of the
terrible menace that threatens. Confidence is
a grand quality but over-confidence in these
times can be disastrous. Even now some peo-
ple are concerned as to whether we shall be
sufficiently generous to the vanquished. This
is not the time for such speculation. There is
much hard work ahead and many sacrifices to
be made before there is any question of victory.
But victory there must be, as there can be no
compromise with those nations whose ruthless
and able forces have set out to bring about our
destruction. Nation after nation has under-
estimated the enemy and then came surprise, de-
feat, and ruin. The small vanquished nations
are looking to us. Our responsibility is tre-
mendous, and should we make the mistake that
they have made all would be lost. We must not
lose.

EXCHANGE OF DIPLOMATIC AND
CONSULAR PERSONNEL

United States officials and their families and
American newspaper correspondents returning
fi-om Lisbon on the Drottningholm are listed in
Department of State press release 245 of May
28, 1942. American nationals other than offi-
cials, and officials and nationals of the other
American republics, are listed in press releases
256 and 258 of May 29, and 259 of May 30, 1942.

492

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

PROCLAIMED LIST: SUPPLEMENT 1 TO
REVISION II

[Released to the press May 25]

The Secretary of State, acting in conjunction
with the Secretary of the Treasury, the Attorney
General, the Secretary of Commerce, the Board
of Economic Warfare, and the Coordinator of
Liter-American Affairs, on May 25 issued Sup-

plement 1 to Revision II of the Proclaimed List
of Certain Blocked Nationals, promulgated May
12, 1942. 1

Part I of this supplement contains 236 addi-
tional listings in the other American republics
and 28 deletions. Part II contains 87 addi-
tional listings outside the American republics
and 15 deletions.

General

USE OF RED CROSS INSIGNIA FOR COMMERCIAL PURPOSES

[Released to the press by the White Douse May 25]

The President on May 25 addressed identic
letters to Senator Frederick Van Nuys, Chair-
man of the Senate Committee on the Judiciary,
and to Congressman Sol Bloom, Chairman of
the House Committee on Foreign Affairs, read-
ing as follows :

"On April third, I transmitted to the Con-
gress of the United States a report from the
Acting Secretary of State, with an accom-
panying draft bill designed more effectively to
implement the provisions of the Red Cross
Convention of 1929, 2 and asked that favorable
consideration be given to the proposed
legislation.

"The Army, Navy and State Department feel
strongly that war time conditions make the pro-
posed legislation necessary. The American Na-
tional Red Cross also strongly favors the enact-
ment of the legislation. The proposed legisla-
tion has been checked by the Department of
Justice.

"The Red Cross as a world wide movement,
and the Red Cross emblem, to symbolize its ac-
tivities, came into being through the Geneva
'Convention for the amelioration of the condition
of the wounded in armies in the field.' This
Treaty, which was adopted on August 22, 1864, 3
and supplemented and strengthened by the

Geneva Conventions of 1906 4 and 1929, marks
one of the great achievements of civilized man-
kind. It is one of the few and the oldest of
multi-lateral treaties still in force and effect.
In the original and supplemental treaties, provi-
sions were made for the humane treatment of
prisoners of war, for the neutralization and
protection of the personnel of the Red Cross, and
of the Medical and Hospital personnel of the
armed forces in time of war. Also, as a means
of identification of those entitled to such protec-
tion, the Red Cross was adopted as an emblem,
the use of which was prohibited by anyone or
for any purpose other than those stipulated in
the treaties. As an added precaution against
the misuse of this significant emblem the con-
tracting Governments committed themselves to
prohibit and prevent, or to recommend the pro-
hibition of the use of this emblem in their re-
spective countries by anyone other than the
Sanitary services of the armies and navies and
the National Red Cross Societies.

"Prior to the first Treaty of Geneva, there
was no known use within the United States of
the Red Cross as a commercial trademark. Not-
withstanding the exclusively humane purpose
for which the Red Cross and its emblem were
created and adopted, some individuals and or-
ganizations thereafter registered in this country

L 7 Federal Register 3867.

'Treaty Series 847 (47 Stat. 2074).

'Treaty Series 377 (22 Stat. 940).
'Treaty Series 464 (35 Stat. 1885).

MAY 30, 1942

the Eed Cross name and emblem, as a trademark.
This was done prior to the enactment of laws
to make effective provisions of the Treaty pro-
hibiting the use of the Red Cross name or em-
blem for commercial purposes. Evidently those
who adopted this trademark did so because of
a belief that the unique character of the Red
Cross name and emblem would have unusual
significance and potential commercial value.

"To great numbers of loyal Americans it
seems almost a sacrilege for any person for pri-
vate material benefit to use an emblem created
by international agreement solely for humane
purposes and as a protective mark for the estab-
lishments caring for the sick and wounded of
armies and those engaged in extending aid to
them. That such use preceded this Govern-
ment's exercise of its prohibitive powers should
not stand as a bar to the passage of remedial
legislation in the public interest.

"This country today faces the greatest chal-
lenge. Millions of its citizens are serving for its
preservation. There are — there will be — sick
and wounded on our battle front. It is our
solemn obligation to give them every comfort
and protection within not only the letter but
also the spirit of the Treaty of Geneva.

"It should now be the declared policy of this
Government to give adequate and complete pro-
tection to an emblem which, increasingly over
the years, has come to be recognized by all na-
tions as the symbol necessary to make possible
humanitarian succor to the sick and wounded
of armjes and the needy and distressed peoples
of the world. I most earnestly commend the
pending legislation to the favorable action of
the Congress.

"I am sending an identic letter to the Honor-
able Sol Bloom. Chairman, Committee on For-
eign Affairs, House of Representatives.
"Very sincerely yours,

Franklin D Roosevelt"

[Released to the press May 24]

The text of a letter addressed to the Honor-
able Sol Bloom, Chairman of the House Com-
mittee on Foreign Affairs, by the Secretary of
State follows:

493

llM ^ „ „ "Mat 23, 1942.

"My Dear Mr. Bloom :

"The following relates to the bill H.R. 6911,
introduced by you on April 9, 1942 to imple-
ment article 28 of the convention signed at
Geneva on July 27, 1929 6 by preventing the use
of the Red Cross insignia for commercial
purposes.

"I understand that your committee has held
extensive hearings on this bill, which naturally
has encountered considerable opposition from
people who have been using the Red Cross as a
trade-mark on their products and in their es-
tablishments. It is not my purpose to review
those hearings or to undertake to combat the
arguments that have been advanced against the
proposed measure, but rather to state from an
unbiased point of view my understanding of
our obligations under the convention.

"The bill relates to paragraph (a) of article
28 of the convention. The article reads:

" 'The Governments of the High Contracting
Parties whose legislation may not now be ade-
quate shall take or shall recommend to their
legislatures such measures as may be necessary
at all times :

" ' (a) to prevent the use by private persons
or by societies other than those upon which
this Convention confers the right thereto, of
the emblem or of the name of the Red Cross
or Geneva Cross, as well as any other sign or
designation constituting an imitation thereof,
whether for commercial or other purposes ;

" '(&) by reason of the homage rendered to
Switzerland as a result of the adoption of the
inverted Federal colors, to prevent the use,
by private persons or by organizations, of the
arms of the Swiss Confederation or of signs
constituting an imitation thereof, whether as
trade-marks, commercial labels, or portions
thereof, or in any way contrary to commercial
ethics, or under conditions wounding Swiss
national pride.

" 'The prohibition mentioned in subparagraph
(a) of the use of signs or designations consti-
tuting an imitation of the emblem or designa-

'' Treaty Series 847.

494

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

tion of the Red Cross or Geneva Cross, as well as
the prohibition mentioned in subparagraph (b)
of the use of the arms of the Swiss Confederation
or signs constituting an imitation thereof, shall
take effect from the time set in each act of legis-
lation and at the latest five years after this Con-
vention goes into effect. After such going into
effect it shall be unlawful to take out a trade-
mark or commercial label contrary to such pro-
hibitions.'

"I understand that there has been discussion
before the committee of the words 'shall take or
shall recommend to their legislatures' such
measures as may be necessary to prevent the use
of the Red Cross or Geneva Cross, etc. I think
that you and I, as well as members of the com-
mittee, can readily appreciate why this obliga-
tion was placed in the alternative form. i. e.,
'shall take or shall recommend'. It was realized
that this convention, like many other interna-
tional agreements, would require implementa-
tion. Some of the signatory governments might
have been able to implement it by orders or de-
crees, but it was recognized that governments
such as our own would be under the necessity of
seeking the assistance of their respective legis-
lative bodies. In such cases the executive could
only recommend legislation. The provision in
this convention is not unique in this respect.

"However, our obligation under the conven-
tion is not fulfilled merely by making a recom-
mendation. I say this for the reason that the
last paragraph of article 28 clearly shows that
the prohibition against the use of the Red Cross
or Geneva Cross 'shall take effect ... at the
latest five years after this Convention goes into
effect.' Herein lies our unqualified obligation to
restrict the use of the Red Cross insignia to the
purposes contemplated by the agreement.

"Questions have also been raised at the hear-
ings, I believe, as to why, if the convention con-
templated an absolute prohibition on the use of
the emblem for commercial purposes, the execu-
tive branch of the Government did not earlier
recommend legislation for this purpose. I shall
not undertake to answer this question except by
stating that, as you and I well know, it is not

uncommon for administrative officials to allow
matters of this sort to drift until there is some
impelling reason for action.

"At the time the act of January 5, 1905 was
passed there was no provision in the convention
under which we were then operating, namely,
that of 1864, regarding the use of the Red Cross
emblem for commercial purposes. Yet the Con-
gress restricted the use to persons and corpora-
tions who were then lawfully entitled to use it.
Later we became a party to the convention of
1906 containing restrictive provisions, and the
Congress on June 23, 1910 passed an act con-
fining the use of the emblem to persons, corpora-
tions, or associations which had used it for law-
ful purposes prior to January 5, 1905 but limit-
ing the use to the 'same purpose and for the
same class of goods'.

"The convention of 1929 broadened the scope
of the earlier convention in many particulars
and incorporated article 28, which I have quoted
above. There can be no doubt, it seems to me, as
to our obligation under that article, and it is
hardly worthy of us to rely upon what was
done in 1910 as a fulfillment of this unqualified
obligation. The fact that we failed in 1910 to
enact adequate legislation is no excuse for our
failure now to comply with our undertaking.
The 32 years which have elapsed since the act
of 1910 was passed have brought about many
changes in world affairs. We are today in the
midst of a struggle for human freedom and for
the alleviation of the condition of oppressed
peoples. We are in immediate need of the full
benefits of the Red Cross convention, which has
for its purpose the amelioration of human suf-
fering and the condition of the sick and wounded
on the field of battle. Commercial interests
in many directions have been required to adjust
themselves to the war needs of our country and
to requirements for the preservation of our do-
mestic institutions. It should be our purpose
to surround the Red Cross, a symbol of missions
of mercy, with every safeguard against uses
likely to impair its effectiveness. None of us
has any desire unreasonably to interfere with
the legitimate commerce and trade of our people
but I think that all of us have a desire to foster

MAY 30, 1942

495

and advance humanitarian endeavors. This is
characteristic of our people. I have great doubt
as to whether by confining the use of the Red
Cross insignia to Red Cross purposes the gen-
eral course of our commercial endeavors would
be greatly affected, certainly not for long. Our
business people are too ingenious to permit such
a situation to develop. Moreover, I am disin-
clined to believe that any manufacturer would
desire to hold on to a trade-mark if he felt that
tc do so would prejudice the common good. In
my judgment, the common good can best be
served by reserving for the exclusive use of the
medical services of the Army and Navy and the
Red Cross organizations an emblem which has
been chosen as their symbol and which we, along
with other Governments, have by treaty under-
taken to protect. I do not think that we should
be less liberal in giving effect to these obliga-
tions than have other Governments parties to
the convention.

"I am therefore hopeful and strongly recom-
mend that the bill which you have under consid-
eration shall be enacted into law.
"Sincerely yours,

Cordell Hull"

CONTRIBUTIONS FOR RELIEF
BELLIGERENT COUNTRIES

REVISION OF RULES AND REGULATIONS

[Released to the press May 28]

Pursuant to the authority vested in the Presi-
dent by sections 8 and 13 of the joint resolution
of Congress approved November 4, 1939 * and
delegated to the Secretary of State by the Presi-
dent's Proclamation 2374 of November 4, 1939, 2
the Secretary of State on May 28 issued the fol-
lowing revision of the rules and regulations
issued on November 6, 1939 3 governing the
solicitation and collection of contributions for
use in France; Germany; Poland; the United

1 54 Stat. 8, 11 ; 22 U.S.C. 448, 453.
2 Bulletin of November 4, 1939, p. 453.
'Bulletin of November 11, 1939, p. 482.

Kingdom, India, Australia, Canada, New Zea-
land, and the Union of South Africa, subse-
quently made applicable to the solicitation and
collection of contributions for use in Norway,
Belgium, Luxembourg, Netherlands, Italy,
Greece, Yugoslavia, Hungary, and Bulgaria.
Paragraph 161.14 was amended in substance as
follows :

Causes for revocation. The Secretary will ex-
ercise the right reserved under paragraph 7 to
revoke any registration upon receipt of evidence
which leads him to believe that the registrant
has solicited, under the name used in its appli-
cation for registration, funds or contributions
for any purpose other than for medical aid and
assistance or for food and clothing to relieve
human suffering, as stipulated in paragraph 2, as
amended ; has failed to maintain such a govern-
ing body as that described under paragraph 11 ;
has failed to employ such a treasurer as that de-
scribed under paragraph 11 ; has employed any
of the methods for soliciting contributions set
forth under paragraph 12 ; has employed unethi-
cal methods of publicity ; or has failed to attain
a reasonable degree of efficiency in the conduct
of operations. 4

TABULATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS

A . tabulation of contributions collected and
disbursed during the period September 6, 1939
through April 1942, as shown in the reports sub-
mitted by persons and organizations registered
with the Secretary of State for the solicitation
and collection of contributions to be used for
relief in belligerent countries, in conformity
with the regulations issued pursuant to section
3 (a) of the act of May 1, 1937 as made effective
by the President's proclamations of September
5, 8, and 10, 1939, and section 8 of the act of
November 4, 1939 as made effective by the Presi-
dent's proclamation of the same date, has been
released by the Department of State in mimeo-
graphed form and may be obtained from the

* These regulations In codified form appear in 7
Federal Register 3957.

496

Department upon request (press release of May
30, 1942, 40 pages).

This tabulation has reference only to contri-
butions solicited and collected for relief in bel-
ligerent countries (France; Germany; Poland;
the United Kingdom, India, Australia, Canada,
New Zealand, and the Union of South Africa;
Norway; Belgium; Luxembourg; the Nether-
lands; Italy; Greece; Yugoslavia; Hungary;
and Bulgaria) or for the relief of refugees
driven out of these countries by the present war.

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

REGISTRATION OF AGENTS OF FOREIGN
PRINCIPALS

All functions, powers, and duties of the Secre-
tary of State under the act of June 8, 1938, as
amended by the act of August 7, 1939, requiring
the registration of agents of foreign principals,
were, by an Executive order (no. 9176) signed
May 29, 1942, transferred to and vested in the
Attorney General. The text of the order ap-
pears in the Federal Register for June 2, 1942,
page 4127.

American Republics

PERU-ECUADOR BOUNDARY
APPOINTMENT OF UNITED STATES TECHNICAL ADVISER

[Released to the press May 29]

The Protocol of Rio de Janeiro, signed on
January 29, 1942 by the representatives of Peru
and Ecuador for the purpose of delimiting their
common frontier, provides for the definitive
demarcation of the new boundary between the
two countries. This protocol, having been rati-
fied by the Peruvian and Ecuadoran Congresses,
is now in effect. Articles five and seven thereof
place certain responsibility on the Govern-
ments of Argentina, Brazil, Chile, and the
United States to assist in this demarcation
should such assistance be required under the
terms of the protocol. In order to carry out its
share of this responsibility, the Department
takes pleasure in announcing the appointment
of Dr. George M. McBride, distinguished
American geographer and professor of geog-
raphy at the University of California, Los An-
geles, Calif., as technical adviser to the boundary
experts of the two countries. He will depart
shortly for Ecuador and Peru to assume these
duties.

Dr. McBride, who was educated at Park Col-
lege, Auburn Theological Seminary, and Yale
University, has taught in Santiago, Chile,
Oruro, Bolivia, La Paz, Bolivia, Wesleyan Uni-
versity, Yale, Clark University, the University
of Wisconsin, University ol Oklahoma, Okla-
homa Southwest Teachers College, Columbia
University, San Diego State College, and the
University of California. For a number of
years he was associated with the American Geo-
graphical Society. He is the author of Agrar-
ian Indian Communities of Highland, Bolivia;
Land Systems of Mexico; and Chile: Land and
Society. A biography of Dr. McBride will be
found in Who's Who in America, 1942-43.

The Department has been advised that the
preliminary session of the Peru-Ecuador
Boundary Demarcation Commission will be held
at Puerto Bolivar, Ecuador, on June 1, 1942.
This meeting will be devoted to organization
and will be attended by the delegates of Ecuador
and Peru and the neutral military observers of
the four friendly governments who are lending
their assistance.

MAT 30, 1942

497

ARGENTINA: ANNIVERSARY OF INDEPENDENCE

[Released to the press May 25 J

The texts of two telegrams sent by the Presi-
dent of the United States to the President of Ar-
gentina, His Excellency Dr. Roberto M. Ortiz,
and to the Acting President of Argentina, His
Excellency Dr. Ramon S. Castillo, respectively,
upon the anniversary of the independence of
the Argentine Republic follow:

The President of the United States to the
President of Argentina

Mat 25, 1942.

As we in the American Republics celebrate
the anniversaries of those solemn acts upon
which our sovereignties are based, we are con-
fronted with the harsh fact that many liberty-
loving peoples who less than three years ago
were independent members of the family of na-
tions are today enduring a bitter slavery. Their
homes have been invaded — their liberties sup-
pressed.

Therefore, in extending to you my congratu-
lations upon this highly significant Argentine
anniversary, I take particular pleasure in ex-
pressing my confidence that the spirit of resist-
ance to aggression and devotion to democracy
so nobly personified in your actions and in your
utterances will lead the people of your great
country, as in the past, along those paths which
alone can insure the continued preservation of
those political and economic freedoms upon
which our American civilization is based.

Franklin D Roosevelt

The President of the United States to the
Acting President of Argentina

Mat 25, 1942.

On this memorable date, the anniversary of
the independence of the Argentine Republic, I
wish to extend to Your Excellency and to the
Argentine people my cordial greetings. At the

same time, I express the conviction, which I feel
sure is shared by Your Excellency, that because
of their unity the peoples of the Republics of the
Americas will preserve that freedom and liberty
gained for them by their forefathers which is
today challenged as never before hi the history
of their independence.

Franklin D Roosevelt

[Released to the press May 28]

The translation of a telegram from the Presi-
dent of the Argentine Republic, His Excellency
Dr. Roberto M. Ortiz, which has been received
by the President of the United States, follows :

"Buenos Aires, May 27, 191$.
"I sincerely appreciate the kind and friendly
greeting which Your Excellency forwarded to
me on the anniversary which we Argentinians
celebrated with feeling and fervor. The spirit-
ual satisfaction produced in us by the remem-
brance of the events which led to our freedom
cannot lessen the distress with which we learn of
the grief of the citizens of nations which yester-
day were free and today are deprived of that
highest dignity. The attitude of the people of
my country, in the face of the suffering of those
who have been subjugated or attacked, cannot
be other than that marked out by the country's
historic guiding rules and by the democratic
feeling which, since the emancipation of the
Republic, has ever molded its institutions and
directed its ways of life. Argentina being iden-
tified with the fate of the sister nations of Amer-
ica, whose civilizations, culture, and ideals are
common to us, her reaction to any unjust aggres-
sion must be and always will be that of the most
forthright repudiation and of complete solidar-
ity. In transmitting to you these sentiments and
returning your greetings, I renew to you the
assurance of my friendly consideration.

Roberto M. Ortiz"

498

VISIT TO THE UNITED STATES OF VENE-
ZUELAN FOREIGN MINISTER

[Released to the press May 28]

The Foreign Minister of Venezuela, His
Excellency Dr. C. Parra-Perez, has been in-
vited to visit the United States as a guest of
the American Government and will arrive in
Washington on Wednesday, June 3. He will
be accompanied by Sefior Rodolfo Rojas, Min-
ister of Agriculture, Seiior J. Gil-Fortoul,
Director of the Foreign Office, Dr. Jose Joaquin
Gonzalez Gorrondona, Chairman of the Import
Control Commission, and others.

Dr. Parra-Perez and the members of the

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

party will remain in Washington from June 3
until June 7, when they will depart for a
survey of war industries, ending with a visit to
New York City, where they will arrive on
June 10.

In Washington, the program of the Foreign
Minister includes a reception at the Venezuelan
Embassy and other official entertainment by the
Secretary of State and the Under Secretary of
State. The British Ambassador, the Pan
American Union, and Mr. and Mrs. Nelson
Rockefeller will also receive the distinguished
Venezuelan visitors.

After the visit to New York Dr. Parra-Perez
will return directly to Venezuela.

The Department

DEATH OF IRA F. HOYT

[Released to I he press May 2S]

Mr. Ira Ford Hoyt, Passport Agent of the
Department of State at New York, died in New
York on May 28. For the past few years Mr.
Hoyt had not been in good health, but his
illness did not prevent him from performing
the arduous and important functions of Pass-
port Agent. He had a heart attack on Monday
night, May 25, and was ordered immediately
to St. Francis Hospital in the Bronx where he
died at 2 a. m. on May 28.

Mr. Hoyt had a varied career. He was born
in South Norwalk, Conn., on July 2, 1876 and
was educated in the same place. He was
engaged in theatrical enterprises for many years
and had a great interest in the theater. He was
a member of the General Assembly of Connecti-
cut for the term 1907-08 and Commissioner of
Charities at Derby, Conn., in 1908; and on June
17, 1918 he was appointed to a position in the
Department of State. In 1919 he was appointed
Passport Agent at New York, a position he
held until the time of his death. He had be-
come a specialist in the regulations relating to
travel in the United States and in the principal

countries of the world in which American citi-
zens were accustomed to travel. As an au-
thority on the laws of citizenship of the United
States his services were irvaluable to persons
who applied at the Passport Agency in New
York for passports, for the establishment of
citizenship is always a necessary condition to
the obtainment of a passport. At all times he
gave himself to the duties and obligations of
his position as Passport Agent of the Depart-
ment of State. His loss will be felt not only
by the traveling public in New York and
vicinity whom he has served so faithfully and
efficiently for the past 23 years but also by those
in the Passport Agency and in the Department
with whom he has been associated.

The Passport Agency in New York will be
closed out of respect to the memory of Mr.
Hoyt on Saturday, May 30, the day of the
funeral. An officer of the Department has been
designated to represent it at the funeral services,
which will be held at St. Raymond's Church,
Castle Hill Avenue, Bronx, New York. The
burial will be at Derby, Conn.

MAY 30, 1942

499

DEATH OF SYDNEY YOST SMITH

[Released to the press May 30]

Mr. Sydney Yost Smith, Principal Adminis-
trative Assistant and Drafting Officer of the
Department of State, died during the night of
Friday, May 29. Mr. Smith had heen a valued
employee of the Department of State for 61
years.

The Secretary of State addressed the follow-
ing letter to Mrs. Smith :

"Mat 30, 1942.
"Dear Mrs. Smith :

"I have learned with deepest sorrow of the
death of your husband. Mr. Smith rendered
very helpful services to the State Department
with great public spirit and wholehearted de-
votion over a period of many years. His friends
and associates will feel a keen sense of personal
loss with his passing.

"Mrs. Hull and I send you and your family
our heartfelt sympathy in your bereavement.
"Sincerely yours,

Cordell Hull"

A biography of Mr. Smith, as given in the
Department Register, follows :

"Sydney Yost Smith — bom Washington,
D. C, Nov. 28, 1857; Roys Academy; private
tutors ; in real-estate office 1 yr. ; asst. reporter,
House of Representatives, 1879-80 ; elk., Pen-
sion Office, 1880-81; app. elk. at $900 in the
Dept. of State July 1, 1881 ; at $1,200 Dec. 19,
1884; at $1,400 Aug. 16, 1886; at $1,600 July 1,
1889 ; at $1,800 Sept. 5, 1891 ; chief, Diplo. Bu.,
Apr. 8, 1897 -Nov. 30, 1918; mem. of Bd. of
Examiners for the Diplo. Ser. ; disbursing officer,
4th Int. Conf . of Am. States, Buenos Aires, 1910,
and Chilean Centennial, Santiago, 1910; draft-
ing expert, Am. Commn. to Negotiate Peace,
Paris, 1918-19 ; drafting officer at $3,000 July 1,
1919; at $3,500 Jan. 16, 1922; at $3,800 July 1,
1924; at $4,200 May 1, 1925; at $4,800 July 1,
1928; at $5,000 July 1, 1930; at $5,200 June 15,
1941."

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

Mr. Olaf Ravndal was appointed an Assistant
Chief of the American Hemisphere Exports
Office, effective May 11, 1942 (Departmental
Order 1056). Effective May 28, 1942 (Depart-
mental Order 1058), Mr. Albert M. Doyle, a
Foreign Service officer of class IV, and Mr.
Charles F. Knox, Jr., a Foreign Service officer
of class VII, were also designated Assistant
Chiefs of that Division.

Mr. Courtney C. Brown was appointed an
Assistant Chief of the Division of Defense Ma-
terials, effective April 6, 1942 (Departmental
Order 1057).

The Foreign Service

PERSONNEL CHANGES

[Released to the press May 30]

The following changes have occurred in the
American Foreign Service since May 16, 1942 :

Maynard B. Barnes, of Vinton, Iowa, First
Secretary of Legation and Consul at Reykjavik,
Iceland, has been assigned as Consul General at
Brazzaville, French Equatorial Africa.

Alvin M. Bentley, of Owosso, Mich., has been
appointed Foreign Service Officer, Unclassified,
Secretary in the Diplomatic Service, and Vice
Consul of Career, and has been assigned as
Vice Consul at Mexico, D.F., Mexico.

H. Francis Cunningham, Jr., of Washington,
D.C., formerly Third Secretary of Embassy at
Berlin, Germany, has been designated Third
Secretary of Legation and Vice Consul at
Stockholm, Sweden, and will serve in dual
capacity.

Forrest N. Daggett, of Pasadena, Calif., has
been appointed Foreign Service Officer, Un-
classified, Secretary in the Diplomatic Service,
and Vice Consul of Career, and assigned as Vice
Consul at Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.

Frederick E. Farnsworth, of Colorado
Springs, Colo., Vice Consul at Montreal,

500

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Canada, has been assigned as Consul at Montreal,
Canada.

The assignment of Waldemar J. Gallman, of
Wellsville, N. Y., as First Secretary of Embassy
at Ankara, Turkey, has been canceled. In lieu
thereof Mr. Gallman has been designated First
Secretary of Embassy and Consul at London,
England, and will serve in dual capacity.

Outerbridge Horsey, of New York, N. Y.,
Vice Consul at Budapest, Hungary, has been
designated Third Secretary of Embassy and
Vice Consul at Madrid, Spain, and will serve
in dual capacity.

M. Gordon Knox, of Villanova, Pa., formerly
Third Secretary of Embassy at Berlin, Ger-
many, has been designated Third Secretary of
Legation and Vice Consul at Stockholm,
Sweden, and will serve in dual capacity.

Henry G. Krausse, of Brownsville, Tex., Vice
Consul at Matamoros, Mexico, has been ap-
pointed Vice Consul at Reynosa, Mexico.

F. Kidgway Lineaweaver, of Philadelphia,
Pa., Vice Consul at Habana, Cuba, has been
assigned as Consul at Habana, Cuba.

James G. McCargar, of Palo Alto, Calif., has
been appointed Foreign Service Officer, Un-
classified, Secretary in the Diplomatic Service,
and Vice Consul of Career, and has been assigned
as Vice Consul at Vladivostok, U.S.S.R.

Brewster H. Morris, of Villanova, Pa., for-
merly Third Secretary of Embassy at Berlin,
Germany, has been designated Third Secretary
of Legation and Vice Consul at Stockholm,
Sweden, and will serve in dual capacity.

David K. Newman, of St. Louis, Mo., Vice
Consul at Alexandria, Egypt, has been ap-
pointed Vice Consul at Port Said, Egypt.

Nelson R. Park, of Longmont, Colo., Consul
at Barranquilla, Colombia, has been assigned as
Consul at Matamoros, Mexico.

Ernest V. Polutnik, of Great Falls, Mont., for-
merly Vice Consul at Budapest, Hungary, has
been appointed Vice Consul at Glasgow, Scot-
land.

Milton C. Rewinkel, of Minneapolis, Minn.,
formerly Third Secretary of Legation and Vice
Consul at Budapest, Hungary, has been desig-
nated Third Secretary of Legation at Lisbon,
Portugal.

T. Ayres Robertson, of St. Louis, Mo., has
been appointed Vice Consul at Monterrey, Mex-
ico.

William Langdon Sands, of Ft. Myers, Fla.,
has been appointed Foreign Service Officer, Un-
classified, Secretary in the Diplomatic Service,
and Vice Consul of Career, and has been as-
signed for duty in the Department of State.

William L. Smyser, of Elkins Park, Pa., for-
merly Third Secretary of Embassy at Berlin,
Germany, has been designated Third Secretary
of Embassy and Vice Consul at Madrid, Spain,
and will serve in dual capacity.

Walter J. Stoessel, Jr., of Beverly Hills,
Calif., Vice Consul at Caracas, Venezuela, has
been designated Third Secretary of Embassy at
Caracas, Venezuela.

John Z. Williams, of Reno, New, Vice Consul
at Ciudad Trujillo, Dominican Republic, has
been appointed Vice Consul at Tampico, Mexico.

Casimir T. Zawadzki, of Buffalo, N. Y., for-
merly Clerk at Berlin, Germany, has been ap-
pointed Vice Consul at Belfast, Northern Ire-
land.

Publications

Department of State

Digest of International Law, by Green Haywood Hack-
worth, Legal Adviser of the Department of State.
Vol. Ill, Chs. IX-XI. Publication 1708. vi, 820 pp.
$2.

The Proclaimed List of Certain Blocked Nationals.
Supplement 1, May 22, 1942, to Revision II of May
12, 1942. Publication 1743. 17 pp.

Other Government Agencies

Foreign Trade of Costa Rica for 1939 and 1940. (Pan

American Union. ) Foreign Trade Series No. 194. 8

pp., illus. 5<J.
Foreign Trade of Ecuador for 1939 and 1940. (Pan

American Union.) Foreign Trade Series No. 195.

6 pp., illus. 50.
Flags and Coats of Arms of American Republics. (Pan

American Union.) 14 pp. 100.
Paraguay. (Revised edition.) (Pan American Union.)

American Nation Series No. 16. 32 pp., illus. 5<f.

Treaty Information

MILITARY MISSIONS
Agreement with Colombia

[Released to the press May 20]

In response to the request of the Government
of Colombia, an agreement was signed on May
29, 1942, by the Honorable Cordell Hull, Secre-
tary of State, and Seiior Dr. Gabriel Turbay,
Ambassador of Colombia at Washington, pro-
viding for the detail of a United States Military
Mission to Colombia.

The agreement is made effective for a period
of four years beginning with the date of signa-
ture. The services of the Mission may be ex-
tended beyond that period at the request of the
Government of Colombia.

The agreement contains provisions similar in
general to provisions contained in agreements
between the United States and certain other
American republics providing for the detail of
officers of the United States Army or Navy to
advise the armed forces of those countries.

LEGAL ASSISTANCE

Protocol on Uniformity of Powers of Attorney
Which Are To Be Utilized Abroad

[Released to the press May 25]

United States

The President on May 22 proclaimed the
Protocol on Uniformity of Powers of Attorney
Which Are To Be Utilized Abroad, which was
opened at the Pan American Union on Febru-
ary 17, 1910 to the signature of states members
of the Union.

The protocol is now in effect with respect to
the United States of America; Brazil; El Sal-
vador, with reservations ; and Venezuela, with a
modification. The protocol was signed also for
Panama, Colombia, Nicaragua, and Bolivia, but
no one of these Governments, for each of which
signature was ad referendum, has as yet de-
posited its instrument of ratification.

The protocol lays down rules to which powers
of attorney must conform. In addition, the
principal purposes of the protocol are to place
the burden of proof on the party challenging
the power of attorney ; to recognize the validity
of general powers of attorney to consummate
administrative acts; to provide that powers of
attorney executed in one country in conformity
with the protocol and legalized in accordance
with the special rules governing legalization
shall be given full faith and credit in the other
countries; and to permit representation of any
person, who may intervene or become a party to
a suit, by a volunteer pending due substantiation
of the volunteer's authority.

FLNANCE

Taxation Convention with Canada

On May 28, 1942 the Senate gave its advice
and consent to the ratification by the President
of the Convention between the United States and
Canada providing for avoidance of double-in-
come taxation, modification of certain conflict-
ing principles of taxation, reductions of certain
rates of taxation, and establishment of exchange
of information between the United States and
Canada in the field of income taxation, signed
at Washington on March 4, 1942.

RESTRICTION OF WAR

Prisoners of War Convention

A statement regarding the attitude of this
Government toward the treatment accorded to
civilian enemy aliens and prisoners of war and
the assurances received from the German, Ital-
ian, and Japanese Governments regarding the
application of the Prisoners of War Convention,
signed at Geneva July 27, 1929 (Treaty Series
846), appeared in the Bulletin of May 23, 1942,
page 445.

501

502

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

EXTRADITION

Treaty with Canada

On May 27, 1942 the Senate gave its advice
and consent to the ratification by the President
of the Extradition Treaty between the United
States and Canada signed on April 29, 1942.

Legislation

Supplemental Estimate of Appropriation for the
Department of State : Communication from the
President of the United States transmitting supple-
mental estimate of appropriation for the fiscal year
1942, amounting to $50,000, and a draft of a proposed
provision pertaining to an existing appropriation,
for the Department of State [International Boundary
Commission, United States and Mexico]. H. Doc.
735, 77th Cong. 2 pp.

Four Supplemental Estimates of Appropriations for the
Department of State: Communication from the Presi-
dent of the United States transmitting four supple-
mental estimates of appropriations for the fiscal years
1942 and 1943, amounting to $697,300, aud five drafts
of proposed provisions pertaining to appropriations,
for the Department of State. [Supplemental esti-
mates : Salaries, Department of State, 1942, $120,000
contingent expenses, Foreign Service, 1942, $500,000
contingent expenses, Foreign Service, 1943, $48,000
U. S. contributions to international commissions,
congresses, and bureaus, 1943, $29,300. Proposed
provisions : Salaries, ambassadors and ministers,
1942-43 ; miscellaneous salaries and allowances, For-
eign Service, 1942 and 1943 ; cooperation with the
American republics, 1943 ; Eighth Pan American
Child Congress, 1942; International Committee on
Political Refugees, 1942.] H. Doc. 741, 77th Cong.
4 pp.

Settlement of Claims Against Mexico. H. Rept. 2186
77th Cong., on H. R. 7096. [Incorporates letter from
the Secretary of State to the President, dated May
11, 1942, transmitting draft of proposed legislation.]
11 pp.

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. — Price, 10 cents ... - Subscription price, $2.75 a year

PUBLISHED WEEKLY WITH THE APPROVAL OF THE DIEECTOB OP THE BDBEAU OF THE BUDGET

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

BULLETIN

JUNE 6, 1942
Vol. VI, No. 154— Publication 1750

ontents

The War p age
Declaration of war by Mexico on Germany, Italy, and

Japan 505

Warning to Japan regarding the use of poisonous

gases 506

Mutual-aid agreement with China 507

Declarations of a state of war with Bulgaria, Hungary,
and Rumania:

Message of the President to the Congress, June 2 . 509

Joint declarations by the Congress, June 5 . . . . 510
Address by Assistant Secretary Acheson to Americans

of Italian descent 510

Our Education, This War, and Essentials of Peace: Ad-
dress by Stanley K. Hornbeck 512

Hitler's visit to Finland 522

Traffic in arms, ammunition, etc 522

Proclaimed List: Supplement 2 to Revision II ... . 522

Exchange of diplomatic and consular personnel . . . 522

Persons arriving on the S.S. Gripsholm 522

The Near East
Visit to the United States of the King of Greece . ; 523

Commercial Policy

Generalization of trade-agreement duties 524

[over]

U. S. SUPERINTENDENT Of OOCUMtNK

JUL 13 1942

ontents-coNrmvED

Publications Page

Hackworth's Digest of International Law, volume III . 525
Foreign Relations of the United States, 1927, volumes

I, II, and III 525

General

Labor riots at Nassau 527

The Department

Appointment of officers 527

Treaty Information

Postal: Universal Postal Convention, 1939 528

Mutual guaranties: Mutual-Aid Agreement with

China 528

The War

DECLARATION OF WAR BY MEXICO ON GERMANY, ITALY, AND JAPAN

[Released to the press June 2]

An exchange of correspondence between the
Secretary of State and His Excellency Ezequiel
Padilla, Minister for Foreign Affairs of Mexico,
follows :

[Translation]

" Mexico City, June 1, 191$.

''51309. Your Excellency is aware of the un-
speakable aggression committed against Mexico
by the totalitarian submarine which on May 13
last torpedoed and sank the Mexican merchant
ship Potrero del Llano.

"As sole reply to the protest made by this
Ministry, the Axis powers proceeded, seven days
later, to inflict a new injury upon us, torpedoing
and sinking, under identical circumstances, an-
other of our ships, the Faja de Oro.

"In both instances we suffered the loss of a
large number of the crew. In the face of such
deeds, the President of the Republic, in con-
formity with the corresponding law of the Fed-
eral Congress, declared today that since the 22d
of May, 1942 a state of war has existed between
Mexico and Germany, Italy, and Japan.

"In placing the above facts before Your Ex-
cellency, I do so not only in conformity with the
spirit of the resolutions adopted at the Consul-
tative Meetings of the Ministers of Foreign Af-
fairs of the American Republics but also, and
more particularly, in accordance with the policy
of sincere continental cooperation which inspires
the policy of Mexico.

"Your Excellency will recall that, not only at
the Pan American Conferences but also at every
international meeting in which we have partici-
pated for many years, representatives of Mex-

ico — in close collaboration with the representa-
tives of Your Excellency's country — have
labored tirelessly to the end that relations be-
tween states might be established upon bases of
honor and justice, in order that humanity might
live without the threat of impending world con-
flagrations. These efforts were in conformity
with the pacific spirit of our people and the
juridical tradition of America. Now that at-
tacks upon our sovereignty oblige us to resort
to a measure which we sincerely desired to see
outlawed from international life, we resort to
it under the compulsion of circumstances but
retaining our firm conviction that the victory
of the democracies will permit the reorganiza-
tion among all nations of a permanent regime
of law based on mutual respect and reciprocal
understanding.
"I renew [etc.] Ezequiel Padilla"

"June 2, 1942.

"I have received Your Excellency's telegram
informing me that on June 1, 1912, the Pres-
ident of Mexico declared that a state of war has
existed between Mexico and Germany, Italy
and Japan since May 22, 1942.

"Mexico like other free nations has pre-
ferred to fight to preserve its liberty and in-
dependence than to submit to unprovoked and
cowardly attack and live as a slave in a world
dominated by the brutal force and frightful-
ness of Axis overlords. Accordingly, Mexico
has taken her place among the battle forces
fighting for an international order based upon
full respect for the just rights of individuals
and of sovereign nations.

505

506

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

"The people of the United States salute the
people of Mexico for their courageous and un-
equivocal stand on the side of liberty and
decency.

"I take pleasure [etc.] Cordell Hull"

[Released to the press June 2]

The text of a telegram from the President of
the United States to the President of Mexico,
His Excellency General Manuel Avila Camacho,
follows :

"June 2, 1942.

"I have been informed that the United Mexi-
can States has made formal declaration of war
on Germany, Italy, and Japan, thereby taking
up a battle position alongside other freedom-
loving nations which have been the subject of
criminal aggression by these enemies of human
liberties. Mexico, too, became the victim of
unprovoked attack and Mexico has, in charac-
teristically resolute and virile fashion, answered
this challenge to its dignity and liberty. Once
again the Axis tyrants have woefully erred in
their appraisal of the temper of a free nation.

"The people of the United States share with
me the honor of welcoming Mexico to that com-
munity of nations united in fighting for the
preservation of freedom and democracy. At the
same time, I extend to you on their behalf their
deepest sympathy to the families of your coun-
trymen who have already given their lives for
our common cause. By our victory and the use
we make of it we shall consecrate the memory
of their supreme sacrifice.

"I take this opportunity to send you my warm
personal regards and my appreciation of your
many and valuable contributions to our common
cause.

Franklin D Roosevelt"

[Released to the press June 2]

The following statement by the Secretary of
State was made in reply to a press inquiry :

"The declaration of war of the United Mexi-
can States is a further evidence that the free

nations of the world will never submit to the
heel of Axis aggression.

"Mexico was among the first of the world's
great nations to recognize the dangerous impli-
cations of the aggressive aims of the enemies of
civilization and accordingly cooperated fully
in the common defense of the American conti-
nent. For instance, Mexico vastly increased the
production of strategic materials which are so
vital to the success of the entire war effort. Mex-
ico gave inspiration and leadership to the recent
meeting of Foreign Ministers at Rio.

"The United States will never forget the
friendly policies adopted by Mexico as a partici-
pant in the defense of the Western Hemisphere.
Still less will the United States forget the moral
and material support resulting from Mexico's
declaration of war.

"The people of Mexico must indeed have a
deep sense of pride in the fact that they have
again demonstrated that the free peoples of the
world are determined to make whatever sacri-
fice may be necessary to maintain the sacred
principles upon which their independence was
founded."

WARNING TO JAPAN REGARDING THE
USE OF POISONOUS GASES

[Released to the press by the White House June 5]

The President has made the following state-
ment:

"Authoritative reports are reaching this Gov-
ernment of the use by Japanese armed forces in
various localities of China of poisonous or noxi-
ous gases. I desire to make it unmistakably
clear that if Japan persists in this inhuman
form of warfare against China or against any
other of the United Nations such action will be
regarded by this Government as though taken
against the United States, and retaliation in
kind and in full measure will be meted out. We
shall be prepared to enforce complete retribu-
tion. Upon Japan will rest the responsibility."

JUNE 6, 1942

507

MUTUAL-AID AGREEMENT WITH CHINA

[Released to the press June 2]

An agreement between the Governments of
the United States and China on the principles
applying to mutual aid in the prosecution of the
war was signed June 2 by the Secretary of State
and the Chinese Minister for Foreign Affairs.
The provisions of the agreement with China are
the same in all substantial respects as those of
the agreement between the Governments of the
United States and Great Britain signed on Feb-
ruary 23, 1942. 1

This agreement was negotiated, as was the
agreement with Great Britain, under the pro-
visions of the Lend-Lease Act of March 11, 1941,
which provides for extending aid to any country
whose defense is determined by the President to
be vital to the defense of the United States.

The agreement with China provides that this
Government will continue to supply aid to that
country and to receive such reciprocal aid as
that country may be in position to supply in
carrying on the war which the United Nations
are waging against common enemies.

The agreement does not attempt at this stage
to foresee or to define precise and detailed terms
of settlement. It lays down certain broad prin-
ciples designed to prevent any narrowly con-
ceived settlement which might have disastrous
effects on the economic welfare of our own peo-
ple and the Chinese people.

To this end, article VII of the agreement pro-
vides that the ultimate settlement to be reached
between the United States and China shall be
such as not to burden commerce but rather to
promote mutually advantageous economic re-
lations between the two countries and the bet-
terment of world-wide economic relations ; that
it shall include provisions for agreed action by
the two countries, open to participation by all
other like-minded countries, directed to the ex-
pansion of production, employment, and the
exchange and consumption of goods, to the
elimination of all forms of discrimination in in-

ternational commerce, to the reduction of trade
barriers, and in general to the attainment of
economic objectives identical with those set
forth in the Joint Declaration of August 14,
1941, known as the Atlantic Charter. Provision
is also made for conversations at an early, con-
venient date between the two Governments with
a view to determining the best means of attain-
ing these objectives.

The text of the agreement follows. 2

"Whereas the Governments of the United
States of America and the Republic of China
declare that they are engaged in a cooperative
undertaking, together with every other nation
or people of like mind, to the end of laying the
bases of a just and enduring world peace se-
curing order under law to themselves and all
nations;

"And whereas the Governments of the United
States of America and the Republic of China,
as signatories of the Declaration by United
Nations of January 1, 1942, have subscribed to
a common program of purposes and principles
embodied in the Joint Declaration made on
August 14, 1941 by the President of the United
States of America and the Prime Minister of
the United Kingdom of Great Britain and
Northern Ireland, known as the Atlantic
Charter;

"And whereas the President of the United
States of America has determined, pursuant to
the Act of Congress of March 11, 1941, that the
defense of the Republic of China against aggres-
sion is vital to the defense of the United States
of America ;

"And whereas the United States of America
has extended and is continuing to extend to the
Republic of China aid in resisting aggression;

"And whereas it is expedient that the final
determination of the terms and conditions upon
which the Government of the Republic of China
receives such aid and of the benefits to be re-
ceived by the United States of America in return

1 Bulletin of February 28, 1942, p. 190.

! The text here printed conforms to the original.

508

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

therefor should be deferred until the extent of
the defense aid is known and until the progress
of events makes clearer the final terms and con-
ditions and benefits which will be in the mutual
interests of the United States of America and the
Republic of China and will promote the estab-
lishment and maintenance of world peace ;

"And whereas the Governments of the United
States of America and the Republic of China
are mutually desirous of concluding now a pre-
liminary agreement in regard to the provision
of defense aid and in regard to certain consid-
erations which shall be taken into account in
determining such terms and conditions and the
making of such an agreement has been in all
respects duly authorized, and all acts, conditions
and formalities which it may have been neces-
sary to perform, fulfil or execute prior to the
making of such an agreement in conformity
with the laws either of the United States of
America or of the Republic of China have been
performed, fulfilled or executed as required;

"The undersigned, being duly authorized by
their respective Governments for that purpose,
have agreed as follows :

"Article I

"The Government of the United States of
America will continue to supply the Govern-
ment of the Republic of China with such de-
fense articles, defense services, and defense in-
formation as the President of the United States
of America shall authorize to be transferred or
provided.

"Article II

"The Government of the Republic of China
will continue to contribute to the defense of the
United States of America and the strengthen-
ing thereof and will provide such articles, serv-
ices, facilities or information as it may be in a
position to supply.

"Article III

"The Government of the Republic of China
will not without the consent of the President

of the United States of America transfer title to,
or possession of, any defense article or defense
information transferred to it under the Act of
March 11, 1941 of the Congress of the United
States of America or permit the use thereof by
anyone not an officer, employee, or agent of the
Government of the Republic of China.

"Article IV

"If, as a result of the transfer to the Govern-
ment of the Republic of China of any defense
article or defense information, it becomes neces-
sary for that Government to take any action
or make any payment in order fully to protect
any of the rights of a citizen of the United States
of America who has patent rights in and to any
such defense article or information, the Gov-
ernment of the Republic of China will take such
action or make such payment when requested to
do so by the President of the United States of
America.

"Article V

"The Government of the Republic of China
will return to the United States of America at
the end of the present emergency, as determined
by the President of the United States of Amer-
ica, such defense articles transferred under this
Agreement as shall not have been destroyed,
lorf or consumed and as shall be determined by
the President to be useful in the defense of the
United States of America or of the Western
Hemisphere or to be otherwise of use to the
United States of America.

"Article VI
"In the final determination of the benefits to
be provided to the United States of America by
the Government of the Republic of China full
cognizance shall be taken of all property, serv-
ices, information, facilities, or other benefits or
considerations provided by the Government of
the Republic of China subsequent to March 11,
1941, and accepted or acknowledged by the Pres-
ident on behalf of the United States of America.

.TUNE 6, 194 2

"Article VII

"In the final determination of the benefits to
be provided to the United States of America by
the Government of the Republic of China in re-
turn for aid furnished under the Act of Congress
of March 11, 1941, the terms and conditions
thereof shall be such as not to burden com-
merce between the two countries, but to promote
mutually advantageous economic relations be-
tween them and the betterment of world-wide
economic relations. To that end, they shall in-
clude provision for agreed action by the United
States of America and the Republic of China,
open to participation by all other countries of
like mind, directed to the expansion, by appro-
priate international and domestic measures, of
production, employment, and the exchange and
consumption of goods, which are the material
foundations of the liberty and welfare of all
peoples; to the elimination of all forms of dis-
criminatory treatment in international com-
merce ; to the reduction of tariffs and other trade
barriers; and, in general, to the attainment of
economic objectives identical with those set
forth in the Joint Declaration made on August
14, 1941, by the President of the United States of

509

America and the Prime Minister of the United
Kingdom.

"At an early convenient date, conversations
shall be begun between the two Governments
with a view to determining, in the light of gov-
erning economic conditions, the best means of
attaining^ the above-stated objectives by their
own agreed action and of seeking the agreed
action of other like-minded Governments.

"Article VIII

"This Agreement shall take effect as from this
day's date. It shall continue in force until a
date to be agreed upon by the two Governments.

"Signed and sealed at Washington in dupli-
cate this second day of June, 1942.

"For the Government of the United States
of America

Cordell Hull
Secretary of State of the
United States of America

"For the Government of the Republic of
China

T. V. Soonq

Minister for Foreign Affairs

of China?" 1

DECLARATIONS OF A STATE OF WAR WITH BULGARIA, HUNGARY, AND RUMANIA
MESSAGE OF THE PRESIDENT TO THE CONGRESS, JUNE 2

[Released to (he press by the White House June 2]

To the Congress of the United States of
America :

The Governments of Bulgaria, Hungary, and
Rumania have declared war against the United
States. I realize that the three Governments
took this action not upon their own initiative
or in response to the wishes of their own peoples
but as the instruments of Hitler. These three
Governments are now engaged in military ac-

tivities directed against the United Nations and
are planning an extension of these activities.

Therefore, I recommend that the Congress
recognize a state of war between the United
States and Bulgaria, between the United States
and Hungary, and between the United States
and Rumania.

Franklin D Roosevelt

The White House,
June 2, 191$.

510

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN
JOINT DECLARATIONS BY THE CONGRESS, JUNE 5

"Joint Resoi/otion Declaring that a state of war
exists between the Government of Bulgaria
and the Government and the people of the
United States and making provisions to
prosecute the same. 1

"Whereas the Government of Bulgaria has
formally declared war against the Government
and the people of the United States of America :
Therefore be it

'■'■Resolved by the Senate and House of Rep-
resentatives of the United States of America
in Congress assembled, That the state of war
between the United States and the Government

of Bulgaria which has thus been thrust upon the
United States is hereby formally declared ; and
the President is hereby authorized and directed
to employ the entire naval and military forces
of the United States and the resources of the
Government to carry on war against the Govern-
ment of Bulgaria ; and, to bring the conflict to a
successful termination, all of the resources of the
country are hereby pledged by the Congress of
the United States.

"Approved, June 5, 1942." [Joint resolutions
declaring a state of war with Hungary and
Rumania, mutatis mutandis, were also approved
June 5, 1942. 2 ]

ADDRESS BY ASSISTANT SECRETARY ACHESON TO AMERICANS OF
ITALIAN DESCENT J

[Released to the press June 31

I am honored in the invitation of the Mazzini
Society and of the Italian-American Labor
Council to address tonight this impressive gath-
ering of fellow countrymen.

On this day which is dedicated to the memory
of Garibaldi, that great fighter for the freedom
of Italy, Americans of Italian descent are once
more reaffirming their determination to play
their full part in the battle for American and
world freedom. Once more a message of hope
goes across the ocean — as in the days of Gari-
baldi — to the Italian people, again oppressed
and prostrated under foreign domination.

The people of Italy have been dragged into
this war against all their true instincts and in-
terests by the blind ambition of one man and a
small clique of adventurers and Quislings.

Two years have passed from the day when
Mussolini embarked on what he expected to be
a short and profitable war adventure. Cer-
tainly he did not anticipate that two years after
this declaration of war on France and Britain
he would find himself not only in the position
of a despised vassal but confronted by a world
coalition, which included the Government and
people of the United States of America.

Our countrymen of Italian descent know that
the Government of the United States did all
that was in its power to prevent the catastrophe
of Italy's intervention in Hitler's war. This
is possibly still unknown to the Italian people,
who have been denied for many years all knowl-
edge that did not suit the- interests of their dic-
tator. But the record is clear. It is a record
of the efforts of this Government for peace and
friendship, and of the guilt of the dictator.

In the spring of 1940, after the Nazis had
smashed through the Lowlands and when
France was on the verge of collapse, President
Roosevelt was informed by Ambassador Phil-
lips that Mussolini had decided to enter the war
on the side of Germany. The President took
direct and personal steps in an attempt to stop
that calamity. He gave his assurance that this
Government would lend its weight to seeing
that any agreement which might be reached
through negotiations would be faithfully ex-
ecuted. Mussolini replied that negotiations
looking toward a peaceful settlement such as

1 Public Law 563, 77th Cong.

2 Public Law 564 and 565, respectively.

3 Delivered before the Italian-American Rally at
Washington, June 2, 1942.

JUNE 6, 1942

511

the President had suggested were "contrary to
the spirit of Fascism", and that he intended
to retain what he called his "freedom of action".
The public knows that on June 10 Mussolini
plunged his 45 million fellow countrymen into
a disastrous and futile war.

The record bears full evidence of the fact
that President Roosevelt went to the limit of
his efforts to keep the Italian people out of the
war. It shows the arrogance, conceit, and folly
of the Fascist dictator who in his contempt for
peace and democracy underrated — to his sor-
row — the determination and strength of the free
peoples of the world.

War against France, a nation so close to Italy
by common bonds of culture and tradition, was
an unspeakable crime. So was Mussolini's war
against England, which shattered an old tra-
dition of friendship. Yet more follies and
crimes were to come. In the fall of 1940 Mus-
solini dragged the Italian people into war
against Greece, a land for whose independence
Italian patriots had fought and died. A year
later Mussolini made the final blunder, the
declaration of war against the United States
which had been discovered by an Italian, named
after an Italian, and to the forging of which
into a nation millions of Italians had given the
full measure of their lives and work.

This catalog of outrages cannot be imputed
simply to the aberrations and miscalculations of
the man Mussolini. It finds its roots in the gos-
pel of dictatorship, unbridled ambition, and con-
tempt for freedom and democracy which have
been from the very beginning identified with
Fascism.

But Fascism is not the product of the spirit
or the mind of the Italian people or of the his-
tory of Italy. Not even all the dramatics of
Mussolini over 20 years could create that illu-
sion. So it is right that a clear line be drawn
between Fascism and the Italian people. We
must see clearly that Mussolini's infamous "stab
in the back" of June 1940 was also a thrust to the
heart of the Italian people.

Machiavelli— of whom Mussolini pretends to
be a disciple — warned rulers against entering
into a compact with a more powerful ruler. The

464776 — 12 2

penalty that the Italian dictator and, unfortu-
nately, the Italian people have to pay for having
disregarded that principle is only too apparent.
Italy today finds itself reduced to the status of
a mere appendage of Hitler's empire and must
live on the crumbs which fall from his table.
It has to rely on the Germans for industrial
materials. It is being stripped of its agricul-
tural resources and has to accept food rations
vastly inferior to those of Germany and even of
some of the occupied countries. Its skilled work-
ers are being combed out from Italian indus-
tries, and hundreds of thousands of farmers are
taken from their fields to supply fodder for the
German masters. Germans are in control in
Italy — in control of economic life, of adminis-
tration, of police. The common man of Italy,
long deprived of his rights, finds himself help-
less and without hope.

It is to this common man of Italy that the
implications of Mussolini's war against the
United States are clearer than to anybody else,
for he knows about America far more than his
Fascist rulers. He knows that the American
people were never the enemy but were the tra-
ditional friends of the Italian people. Never
before in their history have Italy and the
United States been at war. He looks across
the ocean for light and hope.

And so it was natural that Americans of
Italian descent should answer the challenge of
Mussolini's war in unity of purpose with all
other Americans and take their place in the
front ranks of the fight for American freedom.

The loyalty and patriotism of these Ameri-
cans have not surprised this Government, how-
ever much may have been the disappointment
to Mussolini and his propaganda machine. For
Americans of Italian descent not only stand fully
and unreservedly with America and all that
America stands for ; they also realize that Amer-
ica and the United Nations are the trustees for
the future of the land of their fathers.

The President of the United States has made
it clear that the liberation of the Italian and
other peoples from the military cliques which
hold them in their clutches is one of the war
aims of the United Nations. Fascism must be

512

destroyed. Mussolini and his fellow gangsters
must be rooted out. But for the Italian people
the Atlantic Charter furnishes the pledge which
is essential to their restoration to a free and
full life: the enjoyment with all states, great
or small, victors or vanquished, of access on
equal terms to the trade and raw materials of
the world. Without this access Italy cannot
live. Mussolini has cut it off and chosen to gam-
ble instead upon a vassal's pickings in Hitler's
"new order". But the final choice lies with the
Italian people. We cannot doubt what it will
be, for they know from bitter experience the

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

miseries of the road along which they have been
led. They know too that those miseries must
continue with increasing intensity until they
destroy the cause of them and reestablish them-
selves in the line of their own traditions as
one of the free peoples of the earth.

Let us — all of us — bend our every effort on
the supreme task which lies before us : to win
the war. Victory will make freedom secure
here in America and will break the chains of
all the oppressed. It will make the Italian peo-
ple once more the arbiters of their own destiny.
Victory for America means freedom for Italy.

OUR EDUCATION, THIS WAR, AND ESSENTIALS OF PEACE
ADDRESS BY STANLEY K. HORNBECK 1

[Released to the press June 1 ]

There was a time — not long since — when I
would have felt that in coining from Washing-
ton, D. C, to Logan, Utah, I had traveled far.
But today, when the Ferry Command of our
Army Air Force is carrying men and munitions
across oceans and continents in defense of Wash-
ington and of Logan, the State of Utah and the
District of Columbia seem very near neighbors.
They are, in fact, near neighbors in more than a
physical sense. All Americans everywhere are
now united as never before in a vital endeavor
from which — though it has been thrust upon
us — we do not shrink.

The mountains of Utah, towering in majesty,
beauty, and strength above fertile valleys, are
symbols of the solid rock in the American spirit
which safeguards and enhances our enormous
productivity now increasingly devoted to the
sternest task with which we Americans have ever
been confronted. Your snow-clad, water-yield-
ing mountains and wide, crop-producing valleys
are Utah's pride and the source of her strength ;
they also are a part of the heritage of all
Americans.

1 Delivered at the commencement exercises of the
Utah State Agricultural College, Logan, Utah, June 1,
1942. Mr. Hornbeck is Advisor on Political Relations,
Department of State.

I am indeed happy to be here on this June
morning in a land rich in the traditions of those
hardy pioneers who less than a hundred years
ago first journeyed here in quest of peace with
freedom and a fair livelihood. Those tradi-
tions now stand you and all other Americans
in good stead. The sturdy settlers who first
proved the soil of Utah and laid the foundations
of its community life faced difficulties the sur-
mounting of which called for qualities strikingly
like those now demanded for performance of
the tasks which now confront their descendants
and all the rest of us. We, as they had to, must
succeed or perish. We, as they had to be, must
be strong and united to protect ourselves from
our enemies. The distances that our men must
span are, even with the developments in modern
means of communications and transportation,
comparable in difficulty to those which the
founders of this commonwealth had to traverse
in reaching their "promised land". When the
victory toward which we now strive is won, the
people of this country will have to lead the way
in breaking ground and building a structure in
international relations not less novel, not less
difficult to consummate than was the developing
here by dauntless and devoted pioneers of the
culture of which this college is a symbol and a
servant.

JUNE 6, 1942

513

To American youth generally, to the young
men and women of our colleges, and especially
to those whose commencement is this year, the
first truly global war which the world has ex-
perienced has overwhelming significance.

War brings to all of us toil and sacrifice and
sorrows as well as opportunities for service and
achievement, but war's greatest burdens fall
upon youth. One may almost say that rela-
tively war means inconvenience and strain to
the older generation while the "blood, sweat,
and tears" which are, as Mr. Winston Churchill
has eloquently pointed out, the price of victory
must of necessity be borne in major part by those
who have the vigor, the resiliency, and the
stamina of youth.

Youth must sail the ships, fly the planes, man
the guns. By and large, youth must man the
factories which produce the vast stores of ma-
teriel needed by the armed forces, ours and
those of our gallant associates. Scarcely less
onerous a burden: those who are now young
will, after victory, have to repair the ravages
of world-wide warfare and to struggle with the
many problems produced by those ravages.
These are vast tasks — vaster than any genera-
tion of Americans has hitherto faced. And
they are tasks to which you, students and grad-
uates of today, will from this day forward have
to devote an increasingly large share of your
total energies — physical, mental, and moral.

To achieve these present and future tasks all
of us need to be equipped with and to draw upon
maximum powers of analysis and reasoning.
We need to look backward with critical eye in
order to profit from experience. We need to
examine with reserve and detachment the vari-
ous explanations and the many proposals which
will be offered — as always — f r o m many
quarters.

Seldom, it seems to me, do those who are older
feel sorry for youth. I, however, and many
others of those who now are senior, when we
think of the many things that those who are
growing up in these days have to learn, the
many more things that they need to learn and
must try to learn, the effort that they must
make to know enough merely to survive, and the
extraordinary effort that those must make who

are to achieve the making of some contribution
to human progress, on the one hand feel sorry
for those who are students and graduates now
and on the other hand envy them the opportu-
nity that is theirs to learn, to achieve, and to
live into and through the next half-century.

Education is in any generation a synthetic
process and its content is elastic. Ingredient
and limitation number one are what the teach-
ing generation knows. Next determinate is
that which the learning generation needs to
know and is able to "take". In the days when
I was among those whom the teachers tried to
teach, the teachers knew reading, writing,
'rithmetic, spelling, grammar, geography, his-
tory, botany, geology, chemistry, physics, Latin
and Greek, the Bible, and more or less of what
is called philosophy. These were the principal
subjects that the teachers were prepared to teach,
and these were the subjects to which the ma-
jority of students were expected to have been
exposed between kindergarten days and the day
of a college commencement. The specialities
there were, of course, law, medicine, engineer-
ing, agriculture, theology. But those were of
and for the few. Yes, there were also the horse
and the buggy. And then suddenly we and our
teachers had to begin studying and to know
about electric lights, trolley cars, storage bat-
teries, rubber tires, internal-combustion engines,
Mr. Ford's motorcars, radio. There came in
1914 a war in Europe, and we had to begin to
know about Europe, and war. And we learned
about submarines. In the fall of 1916 Wood-
row Wilson said that he had been learning of
things in this world which not long before he
would not have believed could be. In 1917 we
learned about unrestricted submarine warfare.
In April of that year the United States was
drawn into that war — a "made in Germany"
war — which became known as the World War
and is now spoken of as World War I. And we
learned about Germany — and war — and we be-
gan to learn about Asia.

Then there came a peace conference at Paris
and a League of Nations and a disarmament con-
ference at Washington and an agreement to re-
duce and limit armament and to pursue peace-
ful courses in the Pacific and in eastern Asia.

514

More to teach and more to learn. And there
came negotiation and the signing of a pact, the
Kellogg-Briand Pact of Paris, wherein more
than 60 nations denounced war and pledged
themselves to employ none but peaceful means
for settlement— if, when, and as— of their dis-
putes.

Teachers in the 1920's had to know about and
to teach those things in addition to all earlier
subjects, and students had to learn about them.

Meanwhile men had learned to fly; men were
building planes and fitting them with all sorts
of instruments; men were building 30,000-ton
battleships and 50,000-ton merchant ships; men
were building concrete roadways and under-
river tunnels and over-river suspension bridges
and streamlined trains; men were perfecting
X-ray devices; men were smashing atoms. In
this country men were dreaming that there
would never again be a financial crash and never
again be a war.

Then, in 1929, came financial crash. In 1931,
came the Manchuria incident. In 1935, Italy
and Ethiopia. In 1937, North and Central
China. In 1939, war in Europe. In 1941, Ger-
many's attack on the Soviet Union, and Japan's
and her Axis partners' attacks on the United
States and Great Britain.

And now we, the United States, are again
at war; most of the world is at war; and you
and I and everybody that we know and all the
people of the United States and most of the
people of the whole world are confronted with
problems and are faced with facts that were
never in the ken, the thought, or the imagination
of those who were teaching and those who were
acquiring their formal education a short half-
century ago.

No wonder curricula have changed. No won-
der some of the best of the older fundamental
subjects have been dropped or are neglected.
What a multitude of things there are that youth
now must know, therefore must learn, and there-
fore must — in part at least — be taught !

And there is no slackening of the pace of
change and of expansion : new inventions, new
products, new developments — constantly — about
which we have to learn, even to survive. What

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

the world has experienced since 1914 shows only
too clearly how absolutely essential it is that
persons and nations which hope and expect to
survive shall learn more about — and learn better
about — history, economic laws, social forces, na-
tional and other national and international psy-
chologies — learn more about all that is connoted
by and in the term "geo-politics" than anyone
ever has known before.

Truly the responsibility that lies with teach-
ers of today and of tomorrow and the burden of
acquiring knowledge that falls upon those who.
students today, will be the men and women of
tomorrow, are staggering in proportions and in
importance. And this responsibility and that
burden are probably of greater import, greater
potential consequence here in the United States
and among the people of this country than any-
where else in the world : because here, in a land
excelling in natural resources and blessed with
a comparatively favorable climate, men and
women who came from all parts of the world,
who were seeking opportunity, who had imagi-
nation and courage and will and brains and
brawn, decided to establish a new polity, a
state composed of many states, a government of
the people, by the people, and for the people, a
society of free men, guaranteed freedom by their
own laws, enjoying freedom through respect
for laws and applied faith in orderly processes;
and because our forefathers succeeded in doing
that ; and because they bequeathed to us a goodly
heritage; and because we must keep and must
improve and must share that heritage; and be-
cause to do that we must have security ; and be-
cause to have security there must be peace ; and
because we can achieve none of these unless we
make it our business to excel in knowledge, in
wisdom, and in effort.

It is not that we are better people than are
those of other lands — any or all; not that we
are a superior breed ; not that we are a divinely
chosen or Heaven-appointed race; not that we
should or that we can or that we wish to or that
we will rule over others. It is that we possess
resources, that we are advantageously located,
that we have developed a favorable political and
social order, that we are possessed of good-will,

JUNE 6, 1942

515

and that we cherish the ideals of liberty, free-
dom, cooperation, peaceful relationships, se-
curity, and justice for, by, and among men and
nations.

It is because of all this that there rests upon
us extraordinary obligation and responsibility —
at once to ourselves and toward all mankind.

We must learn much; we must know much;
we must do much.

Far from perfect are our institutions. Far
from perfect are our ideals. Far from perfect
are our attitudes, our methods, our manners, our
procedures, our performances, and the results,
consequences, and products thereof. Excessive
self-esteem and superlative self-confidence are
unbecoming anywhere, ill-behoove any nation,
and, where indulged in, are a prelude to deca-
dence and catastrophe. The most common and
obvious symptom of the weakness that professes
itself strength is manifested in boasting. Think
not too well of thyself; be not too confident of
thy prowess; boast not; talk not too much of
anything that thou mayest know, that thou
mayest have done, that thou mayest intend to do,
that thou mayest guess, or that thou mayest
suspect.

History repeats itself because history is made
by human beings ; human beings are human and
finite, and human beings reproduce themselves.
The child may not look like or behave as did
his parent, but the man is in large measure the
product and projection of his ancestral line.
Generally speaking, the physical and mental re-
actions of the mature man tend to approximate
those of his forebears. And the same is true of
races and of nations. Generally speaking, a
great body and a wide range of reactions are
foreseeable and predictable. Generally speak-
ing, that which in the past has made men and
nations strong will in the future, given similar
circumstances, make men and nations strong.
That which in the past has weakened or de-
stroyed men and nations will in the future, given
similar circumstances, weaken or destroy na-
tions. History repeats itself — approximately —
if and when and as combinations of similar cir-
cumstances are approximately repeated.

There is, of course — constantly — change. And
there is, unquestionably, progress. In the past

4G4776 — 12 3

hundred years there has been conspicuous and
remarkable progress. We have discovered and
devised many ways for safeguarding human life
and health, for repairing damage to parts, tis-
sues, organs. We have invented warning sig-
nals and safety devices. We study and teach
and learn what to eat and drink — and what not.
We impose upon ourselves some sumptuary
regimes, and there are imposed upon us others.
We have developed some immunities. We have
lengthened the life span. But fundamentally
that which has in the past been wholesome re-
mains wholesome, and that which has in the past
destroyed men will in the future destroy men.
And remedies and devices which have been tried
and been found wanting will, if tried again,
be found wanting.

And so of nations. There have been improve-
ments. There are safeguards. There is prog-
ress. But the world has not yet succeeded in
putting effectively into practice formulae and
procedures which, if adopted and adhered to by
all nations, would produce conditions of secu-
rity, insure the doing of approximate justice,
restrain would-be aggressors, prevent wars, and
insure nations that want peace against being
drawn into wars.

And now our country, a country whose gov-
ernment and people have put peace in the fore-
front of their desire, has again been drawn into
and is engaged in war.

How, why — and for what ?

Suppose we discuss during the remainder of
this hour some of the causes of our being now
at war and some of the issues that are involved.
Perhaps something that I may be able to say
on those subjects may be helpful to some of those
who at this moment are approaching and per-
haps even to some who are already engaged upon
the tremendous and vital tasks which lie ahead.

In September 1931 the Japanese Army
launched an attack upon China, in Manchuria.
In September 1935 the Italians launched an
assault upon humanity and decency, in Ethiopia.
In 1936 Italy and Germany intruded without
warrant and with force into the affairs of a
neighboring country, Spain. In July 1937 the
Japanese Army began in North China an aggres-
sion destined to involve every nation that has

516

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

interests in the Far East. In 1938 Germany
embarked upon operations of conquest which in
the next year compelled the British Empire to
resort to arms in self-defense. And in 1941
Japan attacked the United States in the Pacific ;
Japan and Germany and Italy promptly de-
clared war on the United States and on Great
Britain; and the United States was compelled
to fight in self-defense.

This country was attacked and is now at war
because of the objectives at which the aggressors
aim and because of what we have stood for and
are as a powerful democracy — with all that our
position means to the aggressors in terms of
principles and policies and in terms of economic
and military strength. The programs of con-
quest pursued by Japan and by Germany have
been and are such as to necessitate for their suc-
cess the destruction of every democracy and
therefore the attempt, sooner or later, by one or
both of those countries to subjugate the Western
Hemisphere.

We do not have to rely upon mere conjectures
to know that world domination is the aim of
each of those powers. Their leaders have
clearly declared and their acts have amply dem-
onstrated their intentions. At intervals from
at least as far back as 1578 the Japanese, and
from the days of Frederick the Great the Ger-
mans, have cherished dreams of, have talked of,
and have worked for conquest and dominion.
Both of those nations are committed to policies
of world-wide rule by force. To see what rule
by them means we have only to look at the mas-
ter-and-slave relationship which now prevails
between those who govern and those who are
governed within their own borders and wher-
ever their armed forces are in control.

On September 27, 1940 those two nations,
Japan and Germany, formally allied themselves,
together with Germany's satellite, Italy, in a
treaty the essence of which was that if any coun-
try not already at war with them placed ob-
stacles in the way of the program of conquest
of any of the three, those powers would unite in
political, economic, and military action against
such country.

The United States, both before and after this
attempted intimidation, indicated its objection

and opposition to the Axis moves of aggression
by constant protest and by giving aid to the
countries that had been attacked — especially to
Britain and her allies and to China. In Decem-
ber 1941 all three of these aggressors struck at
us because, like the nearer neighbors whom they
had earlier attacked, we must be rendered im-
potent or their programs would come to naught.

In point of time the United States was drawn
into the "shooting" war when Japan attacked
us at Pearl Harbor. We might have stayed
out for a little while longer. We might have
staj 7 ed out until Europe had been completely
overrun by Germany and until eastern Asia had
been completely overrun by Japan. We might
have stayed out until the world situation had
become one in which this country would have
had to meet, by itself, attacks by a more pow-
erful Germany and a more powerful Japan.
We might have enjoyed a few months more of
precarious "neutrality" had not the Government
and the people of the United States possessed
principles; had not the Government of the
United States advocated world-wide acceptance
and observance of those principles; had not the
people and the Government of the United States
over a long period of time objected to and dip-
lomatically opposed programs of conquest by
force; had not the Government of the United
States declined to give an assent, either in fact
or in effect, to a pursuance of a program of
aggression. We might have stayed out a little
while longer had we been willing to withhold
aid from our friends and to give aid to their
enemies and ours.

The essential facts regarding the Japanese
diplomatic approach to the United States in
1941 and our Government's response on the sub-
ject of an "agreement" can be stated simply and
hi a few words: Japanese spokesmen came to
the United States and said that Japan wanted
an agreement regarding the situation and prob-
lems in the western Pacific and eastern Asia.
The United States was not asking for an agree-
ment. If Japan's intentions were, as her
spokesmen declared them to be, peaceful and
non-aggressive, there were already in existence
several agreements to which Japan and the
United States were parties, respect for which

JUNE 6, 1942

517

by both countries would amply insure pursuit
by each of peaceful courses. But the people and
the Government of the United States believe
in processes of discussion and agreement in in-
ternational relations, and we are favorably
predisposed toward suggestions and proposals
the declared objective of which is maintenance
and promotion of peace. This Government
therefore replied that it would be glad to discuss
with the Japanese Government the facts of the
situation and the possibility of arriving at an
agreement. The Japanese made various pro-
posals to which it was impossible for the United
States to agree. The Japanese asked the Ameri-
can Government to indicate what would be
acceptable to this country as the provisions of
an agreement, and this Government gave them
from time to time during the course of the con-
versations clear indication of this country's
views. The American Government at no time
asked or demanded that an agreement be con-
cluded ; its last submitted proposals of Novem-
ber 26 were in no sense whatever "demands",
and when those proposals were put forward
they were accompanied by express and specific
statements in the written communication which
covered them that they constituted a sample of
what would in the opinion of the Government
of the United States be sound as a basis for
further discussion. One thing this Government
did ask constantly and consistently: it asked
that Japan desist from and refrain from pro-
cedures of aggression. Meanwhile, and for a
long time before November 26, the armed forces
of Japan were — as was demonstrated on Decem-
ber 7 — preparing for an armed attack on the
United States as Japan's alternative to an assent
by "agreement" on the part of the American
Government to what Japan's spokesmen were
demanding; and on December 7 Japan's armed
forces attacked this country (and Great Britain)
without warning.

Thanks to the heroic and vigorous resistance —
first of the Chinese, then of the British and
some other European peoples, and next of the
Russians — we, attacked in our turn and now at
war, are not fighting alone against victorious
conquerors. It behooves us to reflect — and with
appreciation — upon the benefits which we have

derived and are deriving from the resolute sac-
rifices of those nations whose armed resistance
has preceded ours.

In the long conflict wherein China has resisted
Japan the great issue has been whether the
Chinese are to continue to rule in their own
country or are to be conquered, ruled over, and
enslaved by the Japanese. In the conflict in
which this country and the associates of this
country, including China, are now resisting the
Axis allies, including Japan, the great issue is
whether peace-loving peoples are to continue to
rule in their various countries or are to be con-
quered, ruled over, and enslaved by the world's
most notorious and ruthless aggressors, Japan
and Germany in particular.

Concisely put, this war, forced on what are
now the United Nations by the Axis powers,
is a world conflict between concepts and prac-
tices of civilization and concepts and practices
of barbarism. The issue is that of survival or
destruction — throughout the world — of concepts
and practices of national and personal liberty,
of free nations and free men.

In this context it may be well for us to think
for a moment of the fundamental national in-
terests, interests of the United States, that are
for us at stake in this struggle.

In a letter to the Vice President of the United
States on January 8, 1938, our Secretary of
State, Mr. Hull, gave expression to an adequate
concept of national interest in words to which
attention cannot too often be directed.

I venture to repeat with a little amplification
the substance of that statement :

The interest of the United States in situations
abroad is measured in more than terms of the
number of American citizens residing in a given
place or region at a given moment, in more than
the amount of investment of American citizens
in a particular locality, in more than the volume
of our trade — past, present, or potential. Those
are, of course, important interests, but, over and
above them, this country has interests that are
and always will be broader and more funda-
mental. These more important although less
obvious interests arise out of and rest upon the
fact that only by respect on the part of the na-

518

tions of the world for orderly processes in in-
ternational relationships is there any chance for
peace, and only in a world where there is peace —
based on law and order and justice — can this
country be secure. That the United States be
able to live in peace and to enjoy security, that
the world be safe for the people of the United
States— and for other law-abiding and peace-
desiring people and nations — these are national
and Nation-wide interests. These are primary
concerns of the United States and of all of its
people. These are fundamental and vital.
These go beyond and transcend in importance
the various material interests and concerns of
persons (individuals) , of property, of profits, of
privilege, or even of prestige.

It is obvious that, toward safeguarding our
national interests, there is more to be considered
than territory (soil), more than persons, more
than property, more than trade. Fundamental
concepts, principles, and national institutions
are more important than are material posses-
sions. Security with justice is more important
than is wealth. Self-respect is more important
than prestige. Our way of life is more im-
portant than our momentary physical comfort.
Honor, good faith, desire and intention and ef-
fort to be a good neighbor are more important
than power. All these things must be safe-
guarded and defended.

In the field of foreign policy the people and
the Government of this country have believed in
and have contended for the principles of law and
order in world affairs; for respect for treaties;
for full regard for the rights and duties of na-
tions : the right of nations to security, the right
of nations to enjoy life and to pursue happiness
in their own way so long as these activities do
not unlawfully injure others; for performance
of obligations; for preservation of the good
products of human thought, ingenuity, and ef-
fort ; for promotion of activities which advance
the interests of humanity in general; for the
principle of equality of opportunity ; for good-
will and peace among men. In diplomacy we
have always contended for these things. When
forced to do so, we have resorted to arms for
their defense.

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

We are fighting today because we have been
and are attacked. We are fighting because we
possess and we cherish things — material, politi-
cal, and spiritual — worth defending. We are
fighting because if we did not fight, if we did
not defend these things, we would lose them, and
we and the world would lose the values which
they represent.

We are fighting for security — security for
our material, our political, and our spiritual
possessions.

We are fighting for our lives, for our coun-
try's life — our national existence. We are fight-
ing in defense of our American way of life and
of the way of life of nations who in varying
degrees are like us and who in varying degrees
are now in the same situation of peril — having
been attacked or menaced — as we are.

We are fighting for the principles and poli-
cies set forth in the Atlantic Charter. The
eight points of that Charter have been well sum-
marized in the following language: "(1) no
territorial aggrandizement; (2 and 3) self-de-
termination of nations ; (4) access by all nations,
on equal terms, to the trade and raw materials
of the world needed for their economic pros-
perity; (5) collaboration of all nations in the
economic field to secure improved labor condi-
tions and social security; (6) a peace that will
'afford to all nations the means of dwelling in
safety within their own boundaries'; (7) free-
dom of the seas; (8) the ultimate abandonment
of force by all nations, and, 'pending the estab-
lishment of a wider and permanent system of
general security,' the disarmament of nations
'which threaten, or may threaten, aggression
outside their frontiers.' "

"We are fighting", as Francis B. Sayre, the
United States High Commissioner to the Philip-
pines, who returned a few weeks ago from the
grim siege of Corregidor, has said in a recent

JUNE 6, 1942

519

address, "We are fighting for the rights of all
mankind."

In this conflict other peoples are fighting side
by side with ns and toward common objectives.

In the Declaration of the United Nations, rep-
resentatives of the noble company of the 26
associated nations subscrihed to the purposes
and principles embodied in the Atlantic Charter
and, recognizing that these nations are banded
together "in a common struggle against savage
and brutal forces seeking to subjugate the
world", pledged their governments to employ
their full resources and cooperation and to make
no separate armistice or peace.

It is important for our own full participa-
tion in this struggle and for our performance
of our appropriate role in the settlement to
come, that we understand and appreciate the
interests, the history, the culture, the character,
the capacities, the aspirations, and the deeds of
our gallant associates. President Roosevelt in
his address of February 23 described the nature
of the United Nations' grouping and paid tribute
to some of the most outstanding of its members
in the following words :

"The United Nations constitute an association
of independent peoples of equal dignity and im-
portance. The United Nations are dedicated to
a common cause. We share equally and with
equal zeal the anguish and awful sacrifices of
war. In the rjartnership of our common enter-
prise we must share in a unified plan in which
all of us must play our several parts, each of us
being equally indispensable and dependent one
on the other.

"The British and the Eussian people have
known the full fury of Nazi onslaught. There

have been times when the fate of London and
Moscow was in serious doubt. But there was
never the slightest question that either the Brit-
ish or the Russians would yield. . . .

"Though their homeland was overrun, the
Dutch people are still fighting stubbornly . . .

"The great Chinese people have suffered griev-
ous losses; Chungking has been almost wiped
out of existence, yet it remains the capital of
an unbeatable China."

For what do we fight ?

We fight first in self-defense, for the survival
of the soil, the principles, and the institutions
that we cherish; second, in performance of ob-
ligations ; third, to make the world safe for the
United States and for other democracies ; fourth,
to make the world a better world in which to
live — for ourselves and for all mankind.

We and our associates are of course going to
win, but we will win only by and with tremen-
dous effort.

Two great tasks confront us: first, that of
defeating the enemy; second, that of making a
better peace settlement than any that has here-
tofore been made. These are not separate tasks :
the problems which they present are interwoven
and intermeshed and intermingled.

War does not have its beginning at the mo-
ment when resort is first had to armed force.
It begins before that. When the stage of spill-
ing of blood is arrived at, the process of con-
flict is reaching its climax. And war does not
end when a treaty of peace is signed. War ends
and peace prevails when conditions of law and
order, of justice and stability have been made
actual, when causes for conflict no longer exist.

Peace is not in itself a condition ; it is a prod-
uct of a condition. It is not something that
can be created; it is something that can be
brought about and be maintained only as a
consequence of a process of eliminating causes
of conflict and convincing the great majority
of men everywhere that both private and public
interests will be better served by their refrain-
ing from than by their resorting to use of force.
Peace will prevail when conditions of peace
have been created.

520

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

The new order which must follow this war
will be created not by the Nazis and not by
Japan's militant, militaristic leaders but by the
peace-loving and law-abiding nations, and it
must be a new order for the benefit of all man-
kind.

The peace settlement concluded when this
war's victory has been won must contain provi-
sions which will give security and make possible
justice among nations. It must contain provi-
sions which will discourage aggression and re-
strain would-be aggressors. It must provide
reasonable scope for the normal, legitimate as-
pirations of peacefully inclined and industrious
peoples everywhere. In these and other re-
spects the peace which we envisage and toward
which we are fighting must be more generously
conceived and more firmly supported than any
that has been achieved in the past. The peace
which we now seek cannot be founded merely
on faith or on hope or on charity — or on all of
these. The peace that we make must be a peace
maintainable and maintained by common effort
and constant, cooperative vigilance.

In the making of this peace settlement we
must profit by the lessons of experience. Keep-
ing in mind the steady march of the movement
of conquest which began in Asia in 1931, ap-
peared in Africa in 1935, assumed triangular
form in Europe in 1936, and lashed directly at
America in 1941, let us vividly remember the
failure of the peace-loving peoples to resort to
effective measures to halt that march until its
onward sweep showed conclusively that it was
a movement for universal supremacy.

The advance of the Japanese Army in Man-
churia in 1931 was met only by appeals to reason.
Otherwise, notwithstanding the injury done not
only to a peaceful nation, China, but to the whole
structure of world order and hence to the in-
terests of Great Britain, of the United States,
and of other law-abiding powers, Great Britain
and the United States and the League of Na-
tions stood helplessly by. The Covenant of the
League of Nations had come into force only 11
years before ; the Nine Power Treaty, designed
especially to settle the post-war problems of the
Far East, had been signed only 9 years before ;
the Kellogg Pact had been in effect only 3 years.

And yet, only by words — words of protest, of
admonition, of remonstrance, and of exhorta-
tion — did the world resist that assault upon this
new and laboriously erected structure of peace.

In 1935, aggression in Africa. In 1936, ag-
gression in Europe. In 1937, further aggres-
sion in Asia. Still appeals to reason — only.

In 1938 and 1939, aggression after aggression
in Europe; still appeals to reason — only — with
lingering hope that those appeals would be ade-
quately efficacious. The peace-loving powers
had adopted the principle of relying on peaceful
processes, and none of them desired nor were
any of them prepared to employ procedures of
forceful coercion.

Finally, in September 1939, the democratic
powers of Europe at long last were compelled to
resist force with force.

In 1910 and 1911 Japan extended the scope
of her aggressions. She occupied French Indo-
china. And then she attacked the United States
and British and Netherlands possessions. And
then the United States had no further choice:
we had to fight.

This sad record of misplaced trust and inade-
quate measures clearly indicates that for the
great military advantages which the Axis pow-
ers have obtained and for the grave situation
in which the United Nations find themselves
today, the latter — the majority of the people of
most of the democracies — are themselves in no
small measure responsible. It should also point
to the responsibility which these nations now
owe to themselves and to the world to restore by
deeds the regime of sanity, confidence, and rea-
sonable opportunity which during a long decade
mere verbal support of an ever-diminishing se-
curity did little to preserve. It should further
point to the responsibility to the world which
will be that of the United Nations to see to it
that in the years to come reliance is not again
placed by peace-loving nations upon treaties
and laws and good-will and processes of appeal
to reason alone.

The "never again" that becomes a slogan after
this war has been fought and won must be
the "never again" of a determination on the part
of all peace-loving members of the Family of

JUNE 6, 1942

Nations not to tolerate disregard of pledges,
violation of law, and refusal decently to respect
the rights and "the opinions of mankind".

The machinery of peace may be devised by
statesmen; but the conditions which will make
it possible for that machinery effectively to func-
tion must be produced by the common effort of
all who seek and who wish to maintain peace.
That task is one to the solution of which it is
possible and necessary for all right-minded men
and women the world over to contribute.

Living, and to live, we learn. Seeking im-
provement, we make effort. Making effort, we
achieve. Through the sum total of man's efforts
the world can be made what most men's nature
impels man to make it, a place in which life is
secure and every man's and every nation's needs,
deeds, and causes are fairly weighed in the
scales of justice.

Meanwhile, in our progress toward a demo-
cratic peace we must above all fully recognize
the seriousness of the armed struggle in which
we are at this moment engaged. This is a strug-
gle which is not limited to soldiers, to sailors,
and to airmen. It is a struggle which calls for
greater, faster, most efficient production of the
implements — more implements, better imple-
ments — of war. This country of ours must truly
be the "arsenal of democracy". It must also
produce the most powerful of democracy's com-
bat units. This is a struggle that calls for the
utmost effort of labor, of industrial management,
of technicians of all kinds, of our men, our
women, and even our children. Ours are tasks
which call, in short, for the maximum possible
effort of each and every one of us. To win
this war, to achieve our tasks, we must have
effective national unity, comprehensive and in-
tensive self-denial, and rigorous self-discipline.

This war will not be won by wealth of re-
sources alone. It will not be won by produc-
tion alone. It will be won by human effort,
human toil, human sacrifice. It will be won
by the efforts of men and women and children.
It will be won by making and by fighting: mak-
ing on the part of those who behind the lines
furnish the implements and the materials re-
quired for the fight; fighting by men qualified
and chosen for that function, men who will hold

521

strategic positions, men who will advance on
land, at sea, and in the air, men who will defeat
the enemy. Resources are important ; produc-
tion is essential ; but these are not enough. To
win we must also fight — tremendously.

For our country to do its part, there is need
for the best and the most effort of which every
man, woman, and child throughout the land is
capable. To attain that maximum of effort it
is essential that every one of us clearly under-
stand why we are fighting and for what we
fight. Once it is realized in full seriousness
throughout the whole of our United States that
for us our national survival and the future of
our way of life are at stake, that defeat would
mean destruction of these, and that victory will
afford opportunity to advance the cause of free-
dom and of justice among men and nations, the
united people of our powerful democracy will
meet to the limit the demands which this tragic
conflict has thrust and, in vastly increasing
proportions, is going to impose upon us.

What our country's ultimate place and part
in the vast arena of human endeavor may be
none can foresee. But whatever it may be we
are all of us at every moment contributors to
the making. Coming to our tasks with equip-
ment which the brains and brawn, the toil and
suffering of mankind throughout the ages have
produced, we add day by day to that equipment.
If we but rightly employ what our predecessors
have produced and what we and our contempo-
raries add, and if we but rightly direct the forces
which through serious study and devoted toil
are more and more each day being made our
servants, we need have no fear of what lies
ahead.

Therein lies the initial advantage, the peculiar
opportunity, and the special responsibility of
those who are so fortunate as to take into the
arena a college education — most of all, those
whose equipment in that respect is brand new,
utterly up-to-date, of the 1942 model.

None has a greater duty and none a greater
need to participate fully in the present and
future national effort than have this year's grad-
uates. No one has a greater personal stake in
this war than have you. The "set" of your lives
will be determined by the victory in this

522

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

titanic struggle and its aftermath. The great
present marshalling of this country's human and
physical resources offers for each of you un-
precedented opportunities. At no time in the
recent past have the energies and talents of
youth been so much in demand. Probably
never in our country's history have there been
available more or greater or better opportunities
for youth to make its mark in our national life.
The exigencies of this war and of the peace to
be made put a premium upon your intelligence,
your knowledge, your energy, your courage.

Today's and tomorrow's high goals are at your
disposal. The confidence which you naturally
and properly feel in your ability to respond
promptly to the call of opportunity and to
measure up to the responsibilities which will
soon be yours is, I am sure, fully shared by those
who have been and who are your teachers.

You are on the march. Acquit yourselves as
did your forebears — a sturdy company among
the makers of America.

HITLER'S VISIT TO FINLAND

On June 6 the Secretary of State, in reply to
inquiries from the press concerning Hitler's
visit to Finland, said :

"It is evident that the visit is a deliberate ruse
on the part of the Germans to compromise Fin-
land further in the eyes of the anti-Axis world
and a cover for the desperate attempts of Hitler
to induce Finland to make further contributions
to Axis military campaigns. A reported state-
ment yesterday of a Finnish spokesman in Hel-
sinki may be interpreted to mean that Finland
is balking at the German pressure.

"We are watching the situation most closely
to see whether this visit of Hitler results in any
greater degree of cooperation with Hitler
against the United Nations."

TRAFFIC IN ARMS, AMMUNITION, ETC.

Regulations governing the international traf-
fic in arms, ammunition, and implements of war

and the exportation of helium gas, tin-plate
scrap, and articles involving military secrets
were promulgated by the Secretary of State on
June 2, 1942, and are printed in the Federal
Register for June 4, 1942, page 4216. These
regulations supersede earlier regulations issued
by the Secretary of State.

PROCLAIMED LIST: SUPPLEMENT 2 TO
REVISION II

[Released to the press June 3]

The Secretary of State, acting in conjunction
with the Secretary of the Treasury, the Acting
Attorney General, the Secretary of Commerce,
the Board of Economic Warfare, and the Co-
ordinator of Inter-American Affairs issued on
June 3 Supplement 2 to Revision II of the Pro-
claimed List of Certain Blocked Nationals,
promulgated May 12, 1S42. 1

Part I of this supplement contains 214 addi-
tional listings in the other American republics
and 19 deletions. There are no additions or de-
letions in this supplement under part II, which
relates to countries outside the Western
Hemisphere.

EXCHANGE OF DIPLOMATIC AND
CONSULAR PERSONNEL

Ten officials of enemy countries and their fam-
ilies and approximately 930 non-officials were
scheduled to sail for Europe on the S.S. Drott-
ningholvi on June 3, 1942. The officials are
listed in Department of State press release 275
of June 3, 1942.

PERSONS ARRIVING ON THE
S.S. "GRIPSHOLM"

A list of 193 persons arriving from Europe
on the S.S. Gripshohn, scheduled to reach New
York on June 8, 1942, has been issued as Depart-
ment of State press release 277 of June 4, 1942.

1 7 Federal Register 4222.

The Near East

VISIT TO THE UNITED STATES OF THE KING OF GREECE

[Released to the press June 3 J

Wednesday, June 10

P.M. The King of Greece, His Majesty
George II, and his party will arrive at Wash-
ington, D.C., where they will be received by
an official reception committee. Military honors
will be rendered.

His Majesty's party will include :

His Excellency Emmanuel Tsouderos, Prime

Minister of Greece
Col. Demetrios Levidis, Marshal of the Court
Capt. Petros Stathatos, Aide-de-Camp to the

King
Mr. Demetrios Nicolareizis, Private Secretary

to the Prime Minister

Col. Louis Fortier, U.S.A., Military Aide to
the King, and Capt. Andrew S. Hickey, U.S.N.,
Naval Aide to the King, will also be attached
to the party.

P.M. His Majesty will arrive at the White
House.

8: 00 p.m. State dinner at the White House.
The King of Greece will remain at the White
House for the night.

Thursday, June 11

10 : 00 a. m . Leave the White House for the
Tomb of the Unknown Soldier, Arlington Na-
tional Cemetery, and Mount Vernon.

1 : 00 p.m. Luncheon at the Yugoslav Lega-
tion.

4 : 30 p.m. Visit to Red Cross headquarters.

8: 00 p.m. Dinner by the Secretary of State
at the Carlton Hotel in honor of the King of
Greece.

Friday, June 12

JO: 00 a.m. Prime Minister will call on the
Secretary of State.

10:20 a.m. Prime Minister will call on the
Under Secretary of State.

11:00 a.m. Press conference at the Blair
House.

1:00 p.m. Luncheon at the Greek Legation.

4 : 00 p.m. Presentation, Chiefs of Diplo-
matic Missions, at the Blair House.

5 : 30 p.m. Visit to Women's Press Club.

8:30 p.m. Dinner by the Secretary of the
Navy at Chevy Chase Club.

Saturday, June 13

10:00 a.m. Call of the Prime Minister at
the office of the Coordinator of Information.

12:30 p.m. Luncheon at National Press
Club.

4:00 to 0:00 p.m. Royal audiences at the
Greek Legation.

7 : 30 p.m. Dinner by Assistant Secretary of
State Berle.

Sunday, June 14

9 : 15 a.m. Leave for the United States Naval
Academy at Annapolis.

10: 00 a.m. Arrive at Admiral's House, An-
napolis. Luncheon at Annapolis by the Com-
mandant of the Naval Academy.

3 : 30 p.m. Arrive in Washington.

5: 00 p.m. Visit to Greek War Relief Group.

Monday, June 15

11:00 to 11:45 a.m. Audience, Overseas
Writers Association.

12: 20 p.m. Visit to the Capitol. Luncheon
at the Greek Legation.

7 : 30 p.m. Dinner at the Greek Legation.

10 : 00 p.m. Reception at the Greek Legation.

Tuesday, June 16

His Majesty the King of Greece and party
will depart for New York.

523

Commercial Policy

GENERALIZATION OF TRADE-AGREEMENT DUTIES

[Released to ihe press June 1]

The President on May 30, 1942 addressed a
letter to the Secretary of the Treasury, the Hon-
orable Henry Morgenthau, Jr., concerning the
application of duties artd other import restric-
tions proclaimed in connection with trade agree-
ments entered into under the authority of the
Trade Agreements Act. A copy of the Presi-
dent's letter is given below.

As in previous letters of this nature, the pres-
ent letter directs that the proclaimed duties and
other import restrictions, so long as they are in
effect, shall be applied generally to products of
all foreign countries, with appropriate provi-
sion for the special treatment applicable to Cuba
in accordance with our trade agreement with
that country.

The Trade Agreements Act authorizes the
President to suspend the application of trade-
agreement rates of duty to products of any
country because of its discriminatory treatment
of American commerce or because of other acts
or policies which tend to defeat the purposes
of the act. In the administration of this pro-
vision of the act the Department follows closely
the acts and policies of foreign countries, and
previous letters since 1935 have withheld the
benefits of trade-agreement reductions from
products of Germany because of the discrimina-
tory treatment of American commerce by that
country. This exception has been omitted from
the present letter as unnecessary because the
outbreak of war terminated all trade between
the United States and Germany and other en-
emy countries and enemy-occupied countries
except under license. While the new letter does
not specifically withhold the application of
trade-agreement reductions to products of any
country, it makes it clear that the provisions of
the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended,
and the orders and regulations issued pursuant
thereto effectively prevent Germany and other
524

enemy countries from deriving any benefit from
such reductions.

It will be noted also that the present letter
directs the extension to other countries of the
duties which may be proclaimed in connection
with future trade agreements as well as those
heretofore proclaimed and now in force. In
the past it has been customary to issue a new
generalization letter in connection with the
proclamation of each new trade agreement.
Under existing circumstances this no longer
seems necessary, and accordingly the directions
contained in the present letter will continue in
force until modified by ihe President.

The letter follows:

"The White House,
"Washington, B.C., May 30, 1948.
"My Dear Mr. Secretary :

"Pursuant to the authority conferred upon me
by section 350 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as
amended (48 Stat. 943; U.S.C., 1940 ed., title 19,
sec. 1351), I hereby direct that the duties and
other import restrictions now in effect and here-
tofore proclaimed, and the duties and other im-
port restrictions hereafter proclaimed, in con-
nection with trade agreements (other than the
trade agreement with Cuba signed on August
24, 1934, as amended) which have been or shall
be entered into under the authority of the said
section, as originally enacted or as extended (48
Stat. 944, 50 Stat. 24, 54 Stat. 107; U.S.C., 1940
ed., title 19, sec. 1352), shall be applied on and
from the date of this letter, or, as the case may
be, shall be applied on and after the effective
date of such duties and other import restrictions,
to articles the growth, produce, or manufacture
of all foreign countries except Cuba, so long as
such duties and other import restrictions remain
in effect and this direction is not modified.

"Such proclaimed duties and other import
restrictions shall be applied to articles the

JUNE 6, 1942

525

growth, produce, or manufacture of Cuba in ac-
cordance with the provisions of the trade agree-
ment with Cuba signed on August 24, 1934, as
amended.

"Nothing in this letter shall be deemed to au-
thorize the importation of articles or any other
act in violation of the Trading with the Enemy
Act, as amended, or any other statute, or any
order or regulation issued pursuant thereto.

"My letter addressed to you on October 31,
1941 with reference to duties and other import
restrictions heretofore proclaimed in connection
with trade agreements is hereby superseded.

"You will please cause this direction to be
published in an early issue of the weekly Treas-
ury Decisions.

"Very sincerely yours,

Franklin D Roosevelt"

Publications

HACKWORTH'S "DIGEST OF INTERNATIONAL LAW", VOLUME III

[Released to the press June 3]

The third volume of the Hackworth Digest of
International Law has just been issued by the
Department of State. The two preceding vol-
umes were issued in April 1941. The third vol-
ume, consisting of 820 pages, includes three
chapters, namely, "Nationality", "Passports and
Registration*', and "Aliens". The chapter on
"Aliens", for example, covers such subjects as
entry and residence, personal rights and duties,
property rights, expulsion, immigration, and
deportation. The material comprised in the
volume relates to developments and precedents
in the period since 1906.

Four additional volumes treating of such sub-
jects as treaties and executive agreements, hem-
ispheric security, state responsibility, modes of
redress, war, and related subjects have gone to
press. There will also be an additional volume
containing a comprehensive index and a Table
of Cases.

Since the basic expense of printing this work
is borne by the Department of State, the Govern-
ment Printing Office is able to offer the book to
others at the nominal sum of $2 covering only
the cost of running off additional volumes for
sales purposes.

'FOREIGN RELATIONS OF THE UNITED STATES, 1927", VOLUMES I, II, AND III

[Released to the press June 4]

The Department of State released on June
4 three volumes of the series Foreign Relations
of the United States, containing more than
2,200 pages of documents giving the record of
its diplomatic activities for the year 1927.
These volumes are issued in accordance with the
standing Departmental order of March 26, 1925
providing for substantially complete publica-
tion "of the correspondence relating to all major
policies and decisions of the Department in the

matter of foreign relations, together with the
events which contributed to the formulation
of each decision or policy, and the facts incident
to the application of it." The Departmental
order is printed in full in Foreign Relations
of the United States, 1914, Supplement, pp.
in-rv.

The documents are arranged by subjects, mat-
ters of a multilateral nature being in a section
designated "General" and those primarily con-
cerning the relations of the United States with

526

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

one other country under the appropriate country
heading. Volume I contains the "General" sec-
tion and questions concerning Argentina, Aus-
tralia, Austria, Bolivia, Canada, and Chile.
Volume II includes sections on China, Colom-
bia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Czechoslovakia, Domin-
ican Republic, Egypt, Ethiopia, France, Ger-
many, and Great Britain. Volume III treats
of Greece, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Italy,
Latvia, Liberia, Mexico, Morocco, Netherlands,
Nicaragua, Norway, Panama, Paraguay, Persia,
Peru, Poland, Rumania, Russia, Spain, Sweden,
Switzerland, Turkey, Uruguay, Venezuela,
Yemen, and Yugoslavia.

Documents on efforts for arms limitation and
proposals to assure peace are of exceptional in-
terest and importance in the light of later
events. The 1927 Foreign Relations volumes
open with an account of the Three-Power Con-
ference at Geneva for the Limitation of Naval
Armament, negotiations in which the United
States, Great Britain, and Japan participated
after France and Italy had declined invitations
to attend (I, 1-159). The arms problem is also
dealt with in papers relating to the Preparatory
Commission for the Disarmament Conference
(I, 159-213) and the draft convention on pri-
vate manufacture of arms (I, 213-235). The
preliminary negotiations leading to the Pact of
Paris are recorded in the section on France,
Briand's proposal for a pact of perpetual peace
between the United States and France leading
to a counter proposal for a multilateral treaty
renouncing war (II, 611-630).

Repercussions of ideological conflicts abroad
are seen in the activities of Italian Fascist or-
ganizations in the United States (III, 125-128)
and newspaper attacks in the United States
against the Italian Government (III, 129-131).

The War of 1914-18 left problems to be dealt
with in 1927: Disposition of property held by
the Alien Property Custodian (1, 301-308), Aus-
trian loans (I, 442-^475), claims of American
citizens against the French Government for
sequestered property (II, 707-717), allocation
of money received from Germany under the
Dawes plan (II, 722-727) , the effect of priority
claims for reparation with regard to bankers'
loans to German states and municipalities (H,

727-730) , British war debts (II, 731-745) , agree-
ments between the United States and Great
Britain on pecuniary claims (II, 745-755), re-
leases of property under trading-with-the-enemy
acts (II, 755-759), funding of Greek debt (III,
1-19), payment of war debt by Liberia (III,
159-168), allocation of former German cables
(III, 275-284), and agreement with Turkey to
reestablish diplomatic relations and preserve the
status quo as to commerce (III, 765-804).

Commercial relations as usual played a promi-
nent part in the activities of the Department
of State in 1927. The United States partici-
pated in the World Economic Conference at
Geneva (I, 238-246), in the Conference for the
Abolition of Import and Export Prohibitions
and Restrictions (I, 246-285), and in the work
of a committee on double taxation and tax
evasion (1,286-288). New commercial treaties
were considered with Argentina (I, 421^123),
Bolivia (I, 477^80), Chile (I, 517-526), Costa
Rica (II, 500-502), Cuba (II, 503-518), Czecho-
slovakia (II, 539-544), France (II, 631-703),
Peru (III, 594-599), Rumania (III, 631-637),
Sweden (III, 740-753), Uruguay (111,813-819),
Venezuela (III, 820-824), and Yugoslavia (III,
828-865) ; but the only treaty of this nature
signed in 1927 was that with Honduras (III,
92-115). Many other subjects treated in these
volumes concern the protection or promotion of
American business enterprises, notable illustra-
tions being cases involving oil interests in Mex-
ico (LTI, 169-228) and Spain (III, 655-729).

Assistance by the United States in placing
the Nicaraguan Government on a more stable
basis, in which Mr. Henry L. Stimson played a
notable part, is recorded at length (III, 285-
478). Other cases in which the United States
took an interest in matters relating to the in-
ternal government of foreign countries include
amendments to the Haitian constitution and
election law (III, 48-80) and the assumption
by the American Government of functions
allotted to it in agreements between the Fire-
stone interests and the Liberian Government
(HI, 136-159).

A number of subjects relating to interna-
tional law and diplomatic practice are treated,
including representation of the United States

JUNE 6, 1942

527

in the work of the International Commission of
Jurists at Eio de Janeiro (I, 364-409), reply by
the Department of State to questionnaires on in-
ternational law submitted by the League of Na-
tions (I, 410-413), the status of League of Na-
tions officials in the United States (I, 413-414),
diplomatic or consular immunities (I, 414-417,
549-551; III, 248-253, 756-764), acquisition of
property for embassy or legation purposes (I,
417-418), suits against United States Shipping
Board vessels in foreign courts (I, 418), rules
of precedence as regards certain officers of the
United States (I, 419-420), interpretation of
the convention of December 2, 1899 and the Mer-
chant Marine Act of 1920 with respect to British
commercial rights in American Samoa (II,
760-775).

The China section, as in earlier Foreign Rela-
tions volumes, is the largest of those dealing
with individual countries (II, 1-498). For the
greater part the documents in this section con-
cern the civil war in China and problems grow-
ing out of it with respect to protection of Amer-
ican life, property, and interests. The question
of a loan by American bankers to the South
Manchuria Railway, a Japanese concern, was
considered, but no formal proposal was pre-
sented to the Department of State (II, 482-492).

Fweign Relations of the United States, 1927,
was compiled under the direction of Dr. E.
Wilder Spaulding, Chief of the Division of
Research and Publication, and Dr. Ernest R.
Perkins, Chief of the Research Section of that
Division.

Copies of these volumes will be available
shortly and may be obtained from the Super-
intendent of Documents, Government Printing
Office, Washington, D.C. The price of volume
I (lxxxi, 565 pages) is $1.50; of volume II (en,
841 pages) $2; and that of volume III (xovn,
885 pages) $2.

During the week of June 1-6 the Department
also released :

American Delegations to International Conferences,
Congresses, and Expositions and American Repre-
sentation on International Institutions and Commis-

sions, With Relevant Data. Fiscal Year Ended June
30, 1941. (Compiled in the Division of International
Conferences.) Conference Series 51. Publication
1718. vi, 130 pp. 200.

Military Mission : Agreement Between the United
States of America and Colombia Continuing in Effect
the Agreement of November 23, 1938 — Effected by
Exchange of Notes Signed November 19, 1941 and
February 19, 1942. Executive Agreement Series 237.
Publication 1741. 2 pp. 50.

The Proclaimed List of Certain Blocked Nationals.
Supplement 2, June 2, 1942, to Revision II of May 12,
1942. Publication 1746. 10 pp.

Claims: Convention Between the United States of
America and Mexico — Signed at Washington Novem-
ber 19, 1941 ; proclaimed April 9, 1942. Treaty Series
980. 7 pp. 50.

General

LABOR RIOTS AT NASSAU

[Released to the press June 2]

The American Consul at Nassau, Mr. John
W. Dye, has reported to the Department of
State that on June 1, laborers from the local
airfield struck for higher wages and rioted.
The rioters smashed automobiles and shop win-
dows and looted freely on Bay Street.

The Consul reported at noon on June 2 that
there were still some disturbances that morning
but by noon military police had arrived. No
further rioting was anticipated.

The Department

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

Mr. John Van Antwerp MacMurray was, on
June 1, 1942, appointed a Special Assistant to
the Secretary of State and will perform such
duties as may from time to time be assigned
to him in this capacity by the Secretary of State
(Departmental Order 1059).

528

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Treaty Information

POSTAL
Universal Postal Convention, 1939

Croatia

There is printed below a translation of a
note received from the Swiss Minister at Wash-
ington informing this Government of the adher-
ence of Croatia to the Universal Postal Con-
vention signed at Buenos Aires on May 23, 1939 :

"April 7, 1942.
"Mr. Secretary of State :

"By order of my Government, I have the
honor to advise you that, by note of May 26
last, the Government of Croatia informed the
Government of the Swiss Confederation of the
adherence of Croatia to the following acts,
signed at Buenos Aires on May 23, 1939 :

"Universal Postal Convention, with provisions
concerning the transportation of regular
mails by air ;

"Agreement concerning letters and insured
boxes ;

"Agreement concerning parcel post, with pro-
visions concerning the transportation of
parcel post by air ;

"Agreement concerning money orders, with pro-
visions concerning the service of postal
traveller's checks.

"The present notification is sent in conformity
with Articles 2 and 3 of the said Convention.

"In application of Article 25, Paragraph 3, of
this agreement, the Croatian Government will
be placed in the fourth class as regards the dis-
tribution of the costs of the International
Bureau.

"The adherence of Croatia will take effect be-
ginning on the date of the present notification.

"In requesting you to be good enough to take
note of the foregoing, I avail myself [etc.]

Bruggmann"

MUTUAL GUARANTIES
Mutual— Aid Agreement With China

The text of an agreement between the Govern-
ments of the United States and China, signed
June 2, 1942, on the principles applying to
mutual aid in the prosecution of the war, ap-
pears in this Bulletin under the heading "The
War".

For Bale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. — Price, 10 cents ... - Subscription price, $2.75 a year

PUBLISHED WEEKLY WITH THE APPROVAL OF THE DIRECTOR OF THE BUREAO OF THE BUDGET

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

BULI

ontents

"* nr\

tin

JUNE 13, 1942

Vol. VI, No. 155— Publication 1754

The War Page

Conversations between the President and Mr. Molotov . . 531
Mutual-aid agreement with the Union of Soviet Socialist

Republics 531

Combined Production and Resources Board and Combined

Food Board, United States and Great Britain 535

Nazi mass terrorization in Czechoslovakia 536

Exchange of diplomatic and consular personnel 536

United Nations Day 536

Australasia

Presentation of letters of credence by the Minister of
Australia 537

American Republics

Argentina : Anniversary of independence 539

Europe

Great Britain : Birthday of the King 539

Cultural Relations
Visit to the United States of Cuban publisher 539

The Foreign Service
Personnel changes 539

[ovee]

U. S. SUPERINTENDENT OF DOCUMENTS
JUL 13 1942

ontents-cwTiKvizD

Treaty Information Page

Telecommunications : International Telecommunication

Convention, Revisions of Cairo, 1938 540

Extradition : Treaty with Canada 540

Finance: Taxation Convention with Canada 541

Mutual guaranties: Mutual-Aid Agreement with the

Soviet Union 541

Commerce : Duties and Other Import Restrictions in Con-
nection with Trade Agreements 541

Legislation 541

Publications 541

The War

CONVERSATIONS BETWEEN THE PRESIDENT AND MR. MOLOTOV

[Released to the press by the White House June 11]

The People's Commissar of Foreign Affairs
of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, Mr.
V. M. Molotov, following the invitation of the
President of the United States of America,
arrived in Washington on May 29 and was for
some time the President's guest. This visit to
Washington afforded an opportunity for a
friendly exchange of views between the Presi-
dent and his advisers on the one hand and Mr.
Molotov and his party on the other. Among
those who participated in the conversations
were: The Soviet Ambassador to the United
States, Mr. Maxim Litvinoff; Mr. Harry
Hopkins; the Chief of Staff, General George C.
Marshall ; and the Commander in Chief of the
United States Fleet, Admiral Ernest J. King.
Mr. Cordell Hull, Secretary of State, joined in
subsequent conversations on non-military
matters.

In the course of the conversations full under-
standing was reached with regard to the urgent
tasks of creating a second front in Europe in
1942. In addition, the measures for increasing
and speeding up the supplies of planes, tanks,
and other kinds of war materials from the
United States to the Soviet Union were dis-
cussed. Also discussed were the fundamental
problems of cooperation of the Soviet Union and
the United States in safeguarding peace and
security to the freedom-loving peoples after the
war. Both sides state with satisfaction the
unity of their views on all these questions.

At the conclusion of the visit the President
asked Mr. Molotov to inform Mr. Stalin on his
behalf that he feels these conversations have been
most useful in establishing a basis for fruitful
and closer relations between the two govern-
ments in the pursuit of the common objectives
of the United Nations.

MUTUAL-AID AGREEMENT WITH THE UNION OF SOVIET SOCIALIST REPUBLICS

[Released to the press June 12]

An agreement between the Governments of
the United States and the Union of Soviet So-
cialist Republics on the principles applying to
mutual aid in the prosecution of the war was
signed on June 11 by the Secretary of State
and His Excellency Maxim Litvinoff, Ambas-
sador of the Soviet Union at Washington. The

466024 — 42-

provisions of the agreement are the same in all
substantial respects as those of the agreement
between the Governments of the United States
and Great Britain signed on February 23, 1942 '
and the agreement between the United States
and China signed on June 2, 1942. a

1 Bulletin of February 2S, 1942, p. 190.
'Ibid., June 6, 1942, p. 507.

531

532

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

As in the case of the agreements with Great
Britain and China, the agreement with the
Soviet Union was negotiated under the pro-
visions of the Lend-Lease Act of March 11,
1941, which provides for extending aid to any
country whose defense is determined by the
President to be vital to the defense of the United
States.

The agreement signed on June 11 is an addi-
tional link in the chain of solidarity being
forged by the United Nations in their twofold
task of prosecuting the war against aggression
to a successful conclusion and of creating a new
and better world.

The agreement reaffirms this country's deter-
mination to continue to supply in ever-increas-
ing amounts aid to the Soviet Union in the war
against the common enemy. The agreement
also provides for such reciprocal aid as the So-
viet Union may be in a position to supply. But
no matter how great this aid may prove to be
it will be small in comparison with the magnifi-
cent contribution of the Soviet Union's armed
forces to the defeat of the common enemy.

This agreement which adds the Soviet Union
to the growing list of countries that have joined
in a determination to take practical measures
to create a better world hereafter, does not at-
tempt to foresee or to define precise and detailed
terms of settlement. It lays down broad prin-
ciples that are designed to prevent any narrowly
conceived settlement which might have disas-
trous effects on the economic welfare of our
own people, the Soviet people, and the world
generally.

Article VII of the agreement embodies firm
assurances that the two Governments will col-
laborate to the fullest extent in promoting
mutually advantageous economic relations by
means of agreed action open to the participation
of other like-minded countries. This article
provides further that the ultimate settlement of
lend-lease obligations to be reached between the
United States and the Soviet Union shall be
such as not to burden commerce but to expand
production, employment, and the exchange and
consumption of goods; to eliminate all forms
of discrimination in international commerce
and to reduce trade barriers; and, in general,

to contribute to the attainment of the economic
objectives set forth in the Joint Declaration
of August 14, 1941, known as the Atlantic
Charter.

Conversations between the two Governments
will be undertaken at an early, convenient date
with a view to working out the best means of
attaining these objectives.

An exchange of notes between the Secretary
of State and the Soviet Ambassador, also signed
on June 11, confirms an understanding between
the two Governments that this mutual-aid
agreement replaces and renders inoperative the
prior lend-lease arrangements between the two
Governments.

The texts of the agreement * and of the ex-
change of notes are given below.

Text of Agreement

Whereas the Governments of the United
States of America and the Union of Soviet So-
cialist Republics declare that they are engaged
in a cooperative undertaking, together with
every other nation or people of like mind, to
the end of laying the bases of a just and endur-
ing world peace securing order under law to
themselves and all nations;

And whereas the Governments of the United
States of America and the Union of Soviet So-
cialist Republics, as signatories of the Declara-
tion by United Nations of January 1, 1942, have
subscribed to a common program of purposes
and principles embodied in the Joint Declara-
tion, known as the Atlantic Charter, made on
August 14, 1941 by the President of the United
States of America and the Prime Minister of
the United Kingdom of Great Britain and
Northern Ireland, the basic principles of which
were adhered to by the Government of the
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics on Septem-
ber 24, 1941;

And whereas the President of the United
States of America has determined, pursuant to
the Act of Congress of March 11, 1941, that
the defense of the Union of Soviet Socialist Re-
publics against aggression is vital to the defense
of the United States of America ;

1 The text here printed conforms to the original.

JUNE 13, 1942

And whereas the United States of America
has extended and is continuing to extend to the
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics aid in re-
sisting aggression;

And whereas it is expedient that the final
determination of the terms and conditions upon
which the Government of the Union of Soviet
Socialist Republics receives such aid and of the
benefits to be received by the United States of
America in return therefor should be deferred
until the extent of the defense aid is known and
until the progress of events makes clearer the
final terms and conditions and benefits which
will be in the mutual interests of the United
States of America and the Union of Soviet
Socialist Republics and will promote the estab-
lishment and maintenance of world peace;

And whereas the Governments of the United
States of America and the Union of Soviet.
Socialist Republics are mutually desirous of
concluding now a preliminary agreement in
regard to the provision of defense aid and in
regard to certain considerations which shall
be taken into account in determining such terms
and conditions and the making of such an agree-
ment has been in all respects duly authorized,
and all acts, conditions and formalities which
it may have been necessary to perform, fulfill
or execute prior to the making of such an
agreement in conformity with the laws either
of the United States of America or of the Union
of Soviet Socialist Republics have been per-
formed, fulfilled or executed as required ;

The undersigned, being duly authorized by
their respective Governments for that purpose,
have agreed as follows:

Article I

The Government of the United States of
America will continue to supply the Govern-
ment of the Union of Soviet Socialist Repub-
lics with such defense articles, defense services,
and defense information as the President of the
United States of America shall authorize to be
transferred or provided.

Article II

The Government of the Union of Soviet So-
cialist Republics will continue to contribute to

533

the defense of the United States of America
and the strengthening thereof and will provide
such articles, services, facilities or information
as it may be in a position to supply.

Article III

The Government of the Union of Soviet So-
cialist Republics will not without the consent
of the President of the United States of America
transfer title to, or possession of, any defense
article or defense information transferred to it
under the Act of March 11, 1941 of the Congress
of the United States of America or permit the
use thereof by anyone not an officer, employee,
or agent of the Government of the Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics.

Article IV

If, as a result of the transfer to the Govern-
ment of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics
of any defense article or defense information,
it becomes necessary for that Government to
take any action or make any payment in order
fully to protect any of the rights of a citizen
of the United States of America who has patent
rights in and to any such defense article or in-
formation, the Government of the Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics will take such action
or make such payment when requested to do so
by the President of the United States of
America.

Article V

The Government of the Union of Soviet So-
cialist Republics will return to the United States
of America at the end of the present emergency,
as determined by the President of the United
States of America, such defense articles trans-
ferred under this Agreement as shall not have
been destroyed, lost or consumed and as shall
be determined by the President to be useful in
the defense of the United States of America or
of the Western Hemisphere or to be otherwise
of use to the United States of America.

Article VI

In the final determination of the benefits to
be provided to the United States of America by

534

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

the Government of the Union of Soviet Socialist
Republics full cognizance shall be taken of all
property, services, information, facilities, or
other benefits or considerations provided by the
Government of the Union of Soviet Socialist
Republics subsequent to March 11, 1941, and
accepted or acknowledged by the President on
behalf of the United States of America.

Article VII

In the final determination of the benefits to be
provided to the United States of America by
the Government of the Union of Soviet Socialist
Republics in return for aid furnished under the
Act of Congress of March 11, 1941, the terms and
conditions thereof shall be such as not to burden
commerce between the two countries, but to pro-
mote mutually advantageous economic relations
between them and the betterment of world-wide
economic relations. To that end, they shall in-
clude provision for agreed action by the United
States of America and the Union of Soviet So-
cialist Republics, open to participation by all
other countries of like mind, directed to the
expansion, by appropriate international and do-
mestic measures, of production, employment,
and the exchange and consumption of goods,
which are the material foundations of the lib-
erty and welfare of all peoples; to the elimina-
tion of all forms of discriminatory treatment
in international commerce, and to the reduction
of tariffs and other trade barriers; and, in gen-
eral, to the attainment of all the economic ob-
jectives set forth in the Joint Declaration made
on August 14, 1941, by the President of the
United States of America and the Prime Min-
ister of the United Kingdom, the basic prin-
ciples of which were adhered to by the Gov-
ernment of the Union of Soviet Socialist
Republics on September 24, 1941.

At an early convenient date, conversations
shall be begun between the two Governments
with a view to determining, in the light of gov-
erning economic conditions, the best means of
attaining the above-stated objectives by their
own agreed action and of seeking the agreed
action of other like-minded Governments,

Article VIII

This Agreement shall take effect as from this
day's date. It shall continue in force until a
date to be agreed upon by the two Governments.

Signed and sealed at Washington in dupli-
cate this eleventh day of June, 1942.

For the Government of the United States of
America :

Cordell Hull
Secretary of State of the
United States of America

For the Government of the Union of Soviet
Socialist Republics :

Maxim Litvinoff
Ambassador of the Union of Soviet
Socialist Republics at Washington

The Secretary of State to the Ambassador of
the Soviet Union

Department of State,
Washington, June 11, 19J$.
Excellency :

In connection with the signature on this date
of the Agreement between our two Governments
on the Principles Applying to Mutual Aid in
the Prosecution of the War Against Aggres-
sion, I have the honor to confirm our under-
standing that this Agreement replaces and ren-
ders inoperative the two prior arrangements on
the same subject between our two Governments,
the most recent of which was expressed in the
exchange of communications between the Presi-
dent and Mr. Stalin dated respectively Febru-
ary 13, February 20, and February 23, 1942.

Accept [etc.] Cordell Hull

The Ambassador of the Soviet Union to the
Secretary of State

June 11, 1942.
Excellency :

In connection with the signature on this date
of the Agreement between our two Governments
on the Principles Applying to Mutual Aid in

JUNE 13, 1942

535

the Prosecution of the War Against Aggression,
I have the honor to confirm our understanding
that this Agreement replaces and renders inop-
erative the two prior arrangements on the same
subject between our two Governments, the most

recent of which was expressed in the exchange
of communications between the President and
Mr. Stalin dated respectively February 13, Feb-
ruary 20, and February 23, 1942.
Accept [etc.] Maxim Litvinoit

COMBINED PRODUCTION AND RESOURCES BOARD AND COMBINED FOOD BOARD,
UNITED STATES AND GREAT BRITAIN

[Released to the press by the White House June 0]

The President announced on June 9 on behalf
of himself and the Prime Minister of Great
Britain the creation of a Combined Production
and Resources Board and a Combined Food
Board.

The general purpose of the two boards was
announced with release of memoranda addressed
by the President to Mr. Donald Nelson, who will
act as the American representative on the Com-
bined Production and Resources Board, and to
the Secretary of Agriculture, Mr. Claude Wick-
ard, who will act as the American representa-
tive on the Combined Food Board.

The text of the memorandum to Mr. Nelson
follows.

"In order to complete the organization needed
for the most effective use of the combined re-
sources of the United States and the United
Kingdom for the prosecution of the war, there
is hereby established a Combined Production
and Resources Board.

"1. The Board shall consist of the Chairman
of the War Production Board, representing the
United States, and the Minister of Production,
representing the United Kingdom.

"2. The Board shall :

"(a) Combine the production programs of
the United States and the United Kingdom into
a single integrated program, adjusted to the
strategic requirements of the war, as indicated
to the Board by the Combined Chiefs of Staff,
and to all relevant production factors. In this
connection, the Board shall take account of the
need for maximum utilization of the productive
resources available to the United States, the

British Commonwealth of Nations, and the
United Nations, the need to reduce demands
on shipping to a minimum, and the essential
needs of the civilian populations.

"(b) In close collaboration with the Com-
bined Chiefs of Staff, assure the continuous
adjustment of the combined production pro-
gram to meet changing military requirements.

"3. To this end, the Combined Chiefs of Staff
and the Combined Munitions Assignments
Board shall keep the Combined Production and
Resources Board currently informed concerning
military requirements, and the Combined Pro-
duction and Resources Board shall keep the
Combined Chiefs of Staff and the Combined
Munitions Assignments Board currently in-
formed concerning the facts and possibilities of
production.

"4. To facilitate continuous operation, the
members of the Board shall each appoint a
Deputy ; and the Board shall form a combined
staff. The Board shall arrange for such con-
ferences among United States and United King-
dom personnel as it may from time to time deem
necessary or appropriate to study particular
production needs; and utilize the Joint War
Production Staff in London, the Combined Raw
Materials Board, the Joint Aircraft Committee,
and other existing combined or national agen-
cies for war production in such manner and to
such extent as it shall deem necessary."

The text of the memorandum to Secretary
Wickard follows.

"By virtue of the authority vested in me by
the Constitution and as President of the United

536

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

States, and acting jointly and in full accord
with the Prime Minister of Great Britain, I
hereby authorize, on the part of the Government
of the United States, the creation of a joint
Great Britain - United States board to be known
as the Combined Food Board.

"In order to cooi-dinate further the prosecu-
tion of the war effort by obtaining a planned
and expeditious utilization of the food resources
of the United Nations, there is hereby estab-
lished a Combined Food Board.

"The Board will be composed of the Secretary
of Agriculture and of the Head of the British
Food Mission who will represent and act under
the instruction of the Minister of Food.

"The duties of the Board shall be :

"To consider, investigate, enquire into, and
formulate plans with regard to any question in
respect of which the Governments of the U.S.A.
and the U.K. have, or may have, a common
concern, relating to the supply, production,
transportation, disposal, allocation or distribu-
tion, in or to any part of the world, of foods,
agricultural materials from which foods are de-
rived, and equipment and non-food materials
ancillary to the production of such foods and
agricultural materials, and to make recom-
mendations to the Governments of the U.S.A.
and the U.K. in respect of any such question.

"To work in collaboration with others of
the United Nations toward the best utilization
of their food resources, and, in collaboration
with the interested nation or nations, to formu-
late plans and recommendations for the devel-
opment, expansion, purchase, or other effective
use of their food resources.

"The Board shall be entitled to receive from
any Agency of the Government of the United
States and any Department of the Government
of the United Kingdom, any information avail-
able to such Agency or Department relating to
any matter with regard to which the Board is
competent to make recommendations to those
Governments, and in principle, the entire food
resources of Great Britain and the United States
will be deemed to be in a common pool, about
which the fullest information will be inter-
changed."

NAZI MASS TERRORIZATION IN
CZECHOSLOVAKIA

[Released to the press June 12]

Reports that Hitler has demolished the vil-
lage of Lidice, slaughtered every male inhabi-
tant thereof, incarcerated every woman in a
concentration camp, and sent the children to in-
stitutions called forth the following statement
by the Secretary of State :

"This latest example of mass terrorization
through wanton butchery of hostages and brutal
torture of innocent women and children has
shocked and outraged humanity. Savage tribes
at times followed such vile practices but quickly
turned away from them as being so utterly in-
human and beastly as to be unworthy even of
savages. I am not surprised that Hitler has
revived this unspeakable relic of the darkest
periods of history. His act is in thorough keep-
ing with all that he represents."

EXCHANGE OF DIPLOMATIC AND
CONSULAR PERSONNEL

I to the press June 11]

The sailing of the S.S. Gripsholm with the
Japanese officials and other nationals to be ex-
changed has been postponed for two reasons:
first, the American Government has failed to
receive from the Japanese Government the list
of the American nationals to be exchanged out
of China ; second, the Japanese Government has
refused safe conduct to the Gripsholm until
June 16.

The persons will remain aboard the Grips-
holm in New York waters in expectation of the
receipt of the above-mentioned list from the
Japanese Government. The ship will depart
on a rearranged schedule on or about June 16.

UNITED NATIONS DAY

[Released to the press June 13]

The following representatives of the United
Nations have been invited to the White House
on Sunday afternoon, June 14, 1942, on the occa-
sion of United Nations Day :

JUNE 13, 1942

537

The Right Honorable the Viscount Halifax, The British
Ambassador

Mr. Maxim Litvinoff, The Ambassador of the Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics

His Excellency Dr. T. V. Soong, The Chinese Minister
for Foreign Affairs

Sir Owen Dixon, The Minister of Australia

Count Robert van der Straten-Ponthoz, The Belgian
Ambassador

The Honorable Leighton McCarthy, The Minister of
Canada

Seflor Dr. Don Luis Fernandez, The Minister of Costa
Rica

Seflor Dr. Aurelio F. Concheso, The Ambassador of
Cuba

Mr. Vladimir Hurban, The Minister of Czechoslovakia

Seflor Dr. J. M. Troncoso, The Minister of the Domini-
can Republic

Seflor Dr. Don Hector David Castro, The Minister of
El Salvador

Mr. Philon A. Philon, Counselor of the Greek Legation

Seflor Dr. Don Adrian Recinos, The Minister of Guate-
mala

Mr. Fernand Dennis, The Minister of Haiti

Seflor Dr. Don Julian R. Caceres, The Minister of

Honduras
The Honorable Sir Girja Shankar Bajpai, Agent Gen-
eral for India
Mr. Hugues Le Gallais, The Minister of Luxembourg
Dr. A. Loudon, The Ambassador of the Netherlands
Air Commodore L. M. Isitt, Air Attache' of the New

Zealand Legation
Seflor Dr. Don Le6n DeBayle, The Minister of Nica-
ragua
Mr. Wilhelm Munthe de Morgenstierne, The Ambas-
sador of Norway
Seflor Don Ernesto Ja€n Guardia, The Ambassador of

Panama
Mr. Jan Ciechanowski, The Ambassador of Poland
Mr. Ralph William Close, The Minister of the Union

of South Africa
Mr. Constantin Fotitch, The Minister of Yugoslavia
Seflor Dr. Don Francisco Castillo Najera, The Am-
bassador of Mexico
The Honorable Manuel Quezon, The President of the
Philippine Commonwealth

Australasia

PRESENTATION OF LETTERS OF CREDENCE BY THE MINISTER OF AUSTRALIA

[Released to the press June 10]

The remarks of the newly appointed Minister
of Australia, Sir Owen Dixon, K.C.M.G., upon
the occasion of the presentation of his letters of
credence, follow:

''Me. President:

"It gives me great pleasure to hand to you
today letters by which His Majesty the King ac-
credits me as his Envoy Extraordinary and Min-
ister Plenipotentiary at Washington with the
especial object of representing in the United
States of America the interests of the Common-
wealth of Australia. In tendering my letters of
credence and also the letters of recall of the
Right Honourable Richard Gardiner Casey,
D.S.O., M.C., first Australian Minister at "Wash-
ington, I bring with me sincere good wishes from
His Majesty's Government in the Common-
wealth of Australia and from the Australian

people for your personal welfare and happiness
and for the prosperity and fortune of the nation
whose destinies you have guided for so long with
such conspicuous courage and ability.

"It is now more than two years since the es-
tablishment of the Australian Legation at Wash-
ington. During this period the world has been
shaken to its foundations as country after coun-
try, including the United States itself, has been
compelled to take up arms in defence of its in-
stitutions and culture. My Government deeply
appreciates the friendly advice and good coun-
sel given to the Australian Minister at Wash-
ington during this time. Events have made
increasingly evident the need for close consulta-
tion, without which my Government could not
readily make known its own point of view or
ascertain the point of view of the United States.

538

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

For this reason my Government received with
great pleasure advice of the decision to establish
in Washington the Pacific War Council. Just
before the establishment of the Council the Com-
monwealth Government had sent to the United
States on a special mission the Right Honourable
Herbert V. Evatt, K.C., M.P., Minister of State
for External Affairs and Attorney General.
Dr. Evatt attended the first and later meetings
of the Council before proceeding to England
and was thus afforded the opportunity of ex-
pressing in person the views of the Australian
Government. My Government is convinced
that only through such personal contact and
continual consultation between the representa-
tives of allied countries can misunderstanding be
avoided and plans be made for the most effec-
tive prosecution of the war.

"I need hardly assure you, Mr. President, that
I myself shall do my utmost to extend and im-
prove the friendly relationships which now exist
between the United States and Australia. Aus-
tralians are deeply grateful for the tangible
interest in her welfare which has been shown by
the Government of the United States. In this
connection I need refer only to the brilliant and
successful naval action fought recently in the
Coral Sea, the courageous exploits of American
airmen operating from Australia and New
Guinea, and the presence in Australia of a sub-
stantial number of American forces whose bear-
ing and efficiency have been an inspiration to all.
In return, may I assure you that the Australian
Government and the Australian people are de-
termined to contribute to their utmost to the
defeat of the enemy. By increasing — in every
way they find possible — the war effort of Aus-
tralia, they hope to give proof that this is their
settled purpose."

• The President's reply to the remarks of Sir
Owen Dixon follows :

"Mr. Minister :

"I am very happy to welcome you to Wash-
ington and to receive from your hands the letters
which accredit you as His Majesty's Envoy

Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary
with the special object of representing in the
United States of America the interests of the
Commonwealth of Australia.

"I greatly appreciate the friendly greetings
and the earnest good wishes which you have
brought from the Government and people of
Australia. May I take this opportunity to re-
affirm once again the feelings of warmest friend-
ship of myself and of the American people for
the people of Australia and of the whole British
Commonwealth of Nations.

"The close bonds of blood and sentiment
which unite our peoples are now drawn ever
firmer by our common struggle against the
forces of conquest and tyranny. We now stand
as comrades in arms defending our common lib-
erty and our existence as free peoples. We have
walked through dark days together. We share
the awful sacrifices of war. American fighting
forces now stand guard in Australia side by side
with the gallant Anzacs. The Australian
people have taken these American soldiers into
their homes as sons and brothers. The United
States and Australia, along with other United
Nations, have pledged themselves to contribute
their full resources to the struggle and to press
onward together until victory is complete.
With faith in our high cause and with determi-
nation to overcome all obstacles ahead, we can-
not fail.

"I have welcomed the special mission of the
Right Honorable Herbert V. Evatt to Washing-
ton and London and the opportunity which it
has afforded for the fullest consultation on all
aspects of war policy. I am sure that these
conversations have already borne fruitful re-
sults. The creation of the Pacific War Council
in Washington now provides machinery for
continued consultation through personal con-
tact and for the pooling of all views on the
conduct of the war.

"I hope your stay in Washington may be a
pleasant one and I wish to assure you that the
American Government will endeavor to help
you in every way to carry out your duties as
Minister."

JUNE 13, 1942

539

American Republics

ARGENTINA: ANNIVERSARY OF
INDEPENDENCE

[Released to the press June 0]

The translation of a telegram from the Act-
ing President of the Argentine Republic, His
Excellency Ramon S. Castillo, which has been
received by the President of the United States,
follows :

"Buenos Aires, May 27, 191$.
"It is a great pleasure for me to acknowledge
the receipt of the friendly message whereby
Your Excellency associated yourself with the
celebration of our national holiday, which goes
back to the common struggle which the Ameri-
can peoples carried on to obtain their freedom,
in the great principles which today inspire their
joint action.

Ramon S. Castillo"

Europe

GREAT BRITAIN: BIRTHDAY OF THE
KING

[Released to the press June 11]

The President, on June 11, sent the following
telegram to His Majesty George VI of Great
Britain :

"Upon the occasion of the celebration of Your
Majesty's birth it gives me great pleasure to
extend my sincere good wishes for your health
and happiness and for the continued well being
of all of your people.

"At this time last year I took occasion to ex-
press to you the sympathy and admiration of the
American people for the valiant defense of
liberty in which the people of the British Em-
pire were then, as now, so bravely engaged. To-
day the people of this nation are firmly joined

in spirit and in arms with the people of the
British Empire and the people of all of the
United Nations in the high resolve that freedom
and justice shall be preserved and made secure.
Franklin D Roosevelt"

Cultural Relations

VISIT TO THE UNITED STATES OF CUBAN
PUBLISHER

[Released to the press June 12]

Dr. Pedro Cue, of Cuba, publisher of El
Mundo, one of Habana's leading newspapers,
and Senora de Cue will arrive in Washington on
June 14. Dr. Cue, a former member of the
Cuban Senate, will spend six weeks in this coun-
try as a guest of the Department of State. His
paper, one of the leading dailies of Hispanic
America, has for many years maintained an edi-
torial policy of friendship with the United
States and of inter-American cooperation.
From the beginning of the present conflict it
has continuously upheld the cause of the dem-
ocracies.

While in this country Dr. Cue will be the guest
of newspapers in various cities and will also
visit the Schools of Journalism of Columbia,
Harvard, Boston, Chicago, Northwestern, Mis-
souri, and Texas Universities.

The Foreign Service

PERSONNEL CHANGES

[Released to the press June 13]

The following changes have occurred in the
American Foreign Service since May 30, 1942 :

Stephen E. Aguirre, of El Paso, Tex., Consul
at Mexicali, Baja California, Mexico, has been
assigned as Consul at Ciudad Juarez, Mexico.

540

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Byron E. Blankinship, of New York, N. Y.,
has been appointed Foreign Service Officer, Un-
classified, Secretary in the Diplomatic Service,
and Vice Consul of Career and has been assigned
for duty in the Department of State.

William F. Busser, of Philadelphia, Pa., Vice
Consul now serving in the Department of State,
has been designated Third Secretary of Em-
bassy and Vice Consul at Mexico, D. F., Mexico,
and will serve in dual capacity.

William E. Dunn, of Sulphur Springs, Tex.,
Commercial Attache at Guatemala, Guatemala,
has been assigned for duty in the Department
of State.

Elbridge Durbrow, of San Francisco, Calif.,
formerly Second Secretary of Embassy at
Rome, Italy, has been assigned for duty in the
Department of State.

F. Russell Engdahl, of Spokane, Wash., for-
merly Consul at Shanghai, China, died on May
13, 1942.

Ernest E. Evans, of Rochester, N. Y., Consul
at Matamoros, Tamaulipas, Mexico, has been

assigned as Second Secretary of Embassy and
Consul at Mexico, D.F., Mexico.

Douglas N. Forman, Jr., of Somerville,
Mass., has been appointed Foreign Service Offi-
cer, Unclassified, Secretary in the Diplomatic
Service, and Vice Consul of Career and has been
assigned as Vice Consul at Bogota, Colombia.

George P. Shaw, of San Diego, Calif., First
Secretary of Embassy and Consul at Mexico,
D.F., Mexico, has been assigned for duty in the
Department of State.

Joseph S. Sparks, of Glendale, Calif., has
been appointed Foreign Service Officer, Unclas-
sified, Secretary in the Diplomatic Service, and
Vice Consul of Career and has been assigned as
Vice Consul at Habana, Cuba.

Orray Taft, Jr., of Santa Barbara, Calif.,
Vice Consul at Algiers, Algeria, has been as-
signed as Vice Consul at Mexicali, Baja Cali-
fornia, Mexico.

George H. Winters, of Downs, Kans., Consul
now serving in the Department of State, has
been assigned as Consul at Nuevo Laredo,
Tamaulipas, Mexico.

Treaty Information

TELECOMMUNICATIONS

International Telecommunication Convention,

Revisions of Cairo, 1938
Turkey

According to notification no. 404 dated April
1, 1942 from the Bureau of the International
Telecommunication Union at Bern, the notifi-
cation of the approval by Turkey of the follow-
ing Regulations and Protocols annexed to the
International Telecommunication Convention,
signed at Madrid December 9, 1932, as revised
at Cairo April 4 and 8, 1938, was received by
the Bureau on March 17, 1942 :
Telegraph Regulations and Final Protocol
Telephone Regulations and Final Protocol

General Radio Regulations and Final Protocol
Additional Radio Regulations, and Additional
Protocol

EXTRADITION
Treaty with Canada

On June 6, 1942 the President ratified the
Extradition Treaty with Canada which was
signed on April 29, 1942.

The treaty will enter into force, according to
the provisions of article XIV, ten days after
the exchange of ratifications. It will remain in
force for a period of five years, and in case
neither of the parties shall have given notice
one year before the expiration of that period

JUNE 13, 1942

541

of its intention to terminate the treaty, it shall
continue in force until the expiration of one
year from the date on which such notice of ter-
mination shall be given by either of the parties.
On the coming into force of this treaty it shall
supersede all other existing treaties or conven-
tions relating to extradition between the United
States of America and Canada.

FINANCE

Taxation Convention with Canada

On June 4, 1942 the President ratified the
Taxation Convention between the United States
and Canada signed on March 4, 1942.

MUTUAL GUARANTIES

Mutual-Aid Agreement with the Soviet Union

The text of an agreement between the Gov-
ernments of the United States and the Union
of Soviet Socialist Republics, signed June 11,
1942, on the principles applying to mutual aid
in the prosecution of the war appears in this
Bulletin under the heading "The War".

COMMERCE

Duties and Other Import Restrictions in
Connection with Trade Agreements

The text of a letter from the President to the
Secretary of the Treasury concerning the appli-
cation of duties and other import restrictions

proclaimed in connection with trade agreements
entered into under the authority of the Trade
Agreements Act, appeared in the Bulletin of
June 6, 1942, page 524.

Legislation

Amending Section 24 of the Immigration Act of Febru-
ary 5, 1917. S. Rept. 1475, 77th Cong., on H. R.
5870. 2 pp.

Amending the Nationality Act of 1940 To Preserve the
Nationality of Citizens Residing Abroad. H. Rept.
2225, 77th Cong., on H. R. 7152. 3 pp.

Estimate of Appropriation for the Office of Coordinator
of Inter- American Affairs of the Office for Emergency

Management, Fiscal Year 1943, of $28,638,000: Com-
munication from the President transmitting the esti-
mate of appropriation. H. Doc. 773, 77th Cong. 2 pp.

Publications

Department of State

Diplomatic List, June 1942. Publication 1748. ii, 98
pp. Subscription, $1 a year ; single copy, 10^.

Inter-American Coffee Agreement : Supplementary Proc-
lamation by the President of the United States of
America, Issued February 27, 1942, Declaring That
the Inter-American Coffee Agreement Signed at
Washington November 2S, 1940 Entered into Full
Force among All the Signatory Countries on Decem-
ber 31, 1941. Treaty Series 979 (Supplementary to
Treaty Series 970). 2 pp. 5tf.

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. — Price, 10 cents - - - - Subscription price, $2.75 a year

PUBLISHED WEEKLY WITH THE APPROVAL OF THE DIRECTOE Off THE EDREAD OF THE BUDGET

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

i r

j A.

JUNE 20, 1942
Vol. VI, No. 156— Publication 1755

ontents

THE WAH Page

Flag Day address by the President 545

Mexican adherence to the Declaration by United

Nations 546

Philippine adherence to the Declaration by United

Nations 547

United Nations Rally: Address by the Under Secretary

of State 548

Mutual-aid agreement with the Belgian Government . 551
Agreement with Cuba for military collaboration . . . 553
Exchange of diplomatic and consular personnel and

other nationals 553

Europe

Visit to the United States of the King of Yugoslavia. . 554

American Republics

Rubber agreement with Costa Rica 554

Cultural Relations

Visit to the United States of educators from Cuba and

Uruguay and editor from Colombia 555

The Department

Two Divisions abolished. 556

The Foreign Service

Personnel changes 556

[over]

U. S. SUPERI

JUL 13 1942

OTitSTl tS— CONTINUED

Treaty Information Page

Finance: Taxation Convention with Canada 557

Mutual guaranties: Mutual-Aid Agreement with the

Belgian Government 557

Defense: Agreement with Cuba 557

Strategic materials: Agreement with Costa Rica . . . 557

Publications 557

Legislation 558

The War

FLAG DAY ADDRESS BY THE PRESIDENT

[Released to the press by the White House June 15]

Today on Flag Day we celebrate the Declara-
tion of the United Nations — that great alliance
dedicated to the defeat of our foes and to the
establishment of a true peace based on the free-
dom of man. Today the Republic of Mexico
and the Commonwealth of the Philippine
Islands join us. We welcome these valiant
peoples to the company of those who fight for
freedom.

The four freedoms of common humanity are
as much elements of man's needs as air and
sunlight, bread and salt. Deprive him of all
these freedoms and he dies; deprive him of a
part of them and a part of him withers. Give
them to him in full and abundant measure and
he will cross the threshold of a new age, the
greatest age of man.

These freedoms are the rights of men of
every creed and every race, wherever they live.
This is their heritage, long withheld. We of
the United Nations have the power and the men
and the will at last to assure man's heritage.

The belief in the four freedoms of common
humanity — the belief in man, created free, in
the image of God — is the crucial difference be-
tween ourselves and the enemies we face today.
In it lies the absolute unity of our alliance, op-
posed to the oneness of the evil we hate. Here
is our strength, the source and promise of
victory.

We of the United Nations know that our faith
cannot be broken by any man or any force.
And we know that there are other millions who
in their silent captivity share our belief.

1 Delivered June 14, 1942.
467261 — 12

We ask the German people, still dominated
by their Nazi whipmasters, whether they would
rather have the mechanized hell of Hitler's
"new order" or — in place of that — freedom of
speech and religion, freedom from want and
from fear.

We ask the Japanese people, trampled by
their savage lords of slaughter, whether they
would rather continue slavery and blood or —
in place of them — freedom of speech and re-
ligion, freedom from want and from fear.

We ask the brave, unconquered people of the
nations the Axis invaders have dishonored and
despoiled whether they would rather yield to
conquerors or have freedom of speech and re-
ligion, freedom from want and from fear.

We know the answer. They know the an-
swer. We know that man, born to freedom in
the image of God, will not forever suffer the
oppressors' sword. The peoples of the United
Nations are taking that sword from the op-
pressors' hands. With it they will destroy
those tyrants. The brazen tyrannies pass.
Man marches forward toward the light.

I am going to close by reading to you a prayer
that has been written for the United Nations
on this day:

"God of the free, we pledge our hearts and
lives today to the cause of all free mankind.

"Grant us victory over the tyrants who
would enslave all free men and nations. Grant
us faith and understanding to cherish all those
who fight for freedom as if they were our
brothers. Grant us brotherhood in hope and
union, not only for the space of this bitter war
but for the days to come which shall and must
unite all the children of earth.

545

546

"Our earth is but a small star in the great
universe. Yet of it we can make, if we choose,
a planet unvexed by war, untroubled by hunger
or fear, undivided by senseless distinctions of
race, color, or theory. Grant us that courage
and foreseeing to begin this task today that
our children and our children's children may
be proud of the name of man.

"The spirit of man has awakened and the
soul of man has gone forth. Grant us the
wisdom and the vision to comprehend the great-
ness of man's spirit, that suffers and endures so
hugely for a goal beyond his own brief span.
Grant us honor for our dead who died in the
faith, honor for our living who work and strive
for the faith, redemption and security for all
captive lands and peoples. Grant us patience
with the deluded and pity for the betrayed.

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

And grant us the skill and the valor that shall
cleanse the world of oppression and the old
base doctrine that the strong must eat the weak
because they are strong.

"Yet most of all grant us brotherhood, not
only for this day but for all our years — a
brotherhood not of words but of acts and deeds.
We are all of us children of earth; grant us
that simple knowledge. If our brothers are
oppressed, then we are oppressed. If they
hunger, we hunger. If their freedom is taken
away our freedom is not secure. Grant us a
common faith that man shall know bread and
peace — that he shall know justice and right-
eousness, freedom and security, an equal oppor-
tunity and an equal chance to do his best, not
only in our own lands but throughout the world.
And in that faith let us march toward the clean
world our hands can make. Amen."

MEXICAN ADHERENCE TO THE DECLARATION BY UNITED NATIONS

[Released to the press June 15]

An exchange of correspondence between the
Secretary of State and His Excellency Ezequiel
Padilla, Minister for Foreign Affairs of Mexico,
follows :

[Translation]

"Mexico City, June 5, 19!$.

"51274. Your Excellency has undoubtedly
had occasion during recent years to evaluate the
international conduct observed by Mexico in
the face of the constant transgressions of law
committed by the powers which, having equal
aims from the beginning, subsequently ended
by associating themselves in their unbridled
ambition for world domination, signing the
Tripartite Pact. From the time when, in Sep-
tember 1939, an uncontainable Pan-Germanism,
clothed in a singularly arbitrary dictatorial
ideology, unloosed war on Europe, the Govern-
ment of Mexico has given public expression to
its sympathy for the cause of the democracies

which are trying to prevent the world from fall-
ing under the despotism of the totalitarian
states. Hence, interpreting this obvious policy
of the Government of Mexico, at the Third
Consultative Meeting of Ministers of Foreign
Affairs of the American Republics, it, with true
pleasure, signed resolution XXXV relating to
the Atlantic Charter. Now that my Govern-
ment — for reasons of which Your Excellency
is aware — has found itself compelled, in de-
fense of its outraged sovereignty, to declare it-
self to be in a state of war with Germany, Italy,
and Japan, it considers that the time has ar-
rived to give more concrete adherence to the
joint program outlined by His Excellency
Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United
States of America, and by His Excellency Win-
ston Churchill, Prime Minister of the United
Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ire-
land, on August 14, 1941. In taking this de-
cision my Government does but continue the

JUNE 20, 1942

547

firm line of its national policy. In fact, the
principles contained in the Atlantic Charter
coincide with the aspirations for social justice
which have invariably ruled the actions of my
country in the international field; they indicate,
as goals of the present conflict, objectives of
such importance and nobility as to justify the
greatest sacrifices; and, in brief, they constitute
an ideal for the realization of which Mexico has
worked from the beginning of its independent
life. Accordingly, I have the honor to inform
Your Excellency that in accordance with in-
structions which I have received from the Presi-
dent of the Republic Mexico formally adheres,
by means of the present message, to the declara-
tion of the United Nations dated January 1,
1942.
"I renew [etc.] Ezequtel Padilla"

"June 12, 1942.
"I have received your telegram of June 5,
1942 stating that the principles contained in
the Atlantic Charter coincide with the aspira-

tions for social justice of the Mexican people;
that these principles clearly express the direc-
tives which have invariably ruled the actions
of Mexico in the international field; that the
principles indicate, as goals of the present con-
flict, objectives of such importance and nobility
as to justify the greatest sacrifices; and that
accordingly Mexico formally adheres to the
Declaration by United Nations of January 1,
1942.

"It is indeed gratifying that Mexico has asso-
ciated itself with the other United Nations
which have pledged themselves to employ their
full resources, military or economic, in the task
of overwhelming the forces of evil that seek to
dominate and enslave the world. On behalf
of this Government, which is the depository for
the Declaration by United Nations, I take pleas-
ure in welcoming Mexico to the group of United
Nations which are engaged in the struggle for
the preservation of liberty and the democratic
way of life.

"Please accept [etc.] Cordell Hull"

PHILIPPINE ADHERENCE TO THE DECLARATION BY UNITED NATIONS

[Released to the press June 15]

The texts of letters exchanged between the
President of the Commonwealth of the Philip-
pines, His Excellency Dr. Manuel L. Quezon,
and the Secretary of State regarding Philip-
pine adherence to the Declaration by United
Nations follows:

"Washington, D.C., June 10, 191$.
"Mr. Secretary:

"The people of the Philippines are whole-
heartedly devoted to liberty and fully subscribe
to the principles set forth in that great docu-
ment known as the Atlantic Charter which was
proclaimed by President Roosevelt and Prime
Minister Churchill on August 14, 1941.

"We have been battling since December 7,
1941 to preserve our country from the menace of
Japanese aggression. Although a large part
of our territory is overrun by Japanese military
forces, our soldiers are still actively engaged in

meeting and harassing the foe wherever pos-
sible. We do not intend to be cowed by the
armed might of Japan. We shall continue the
struggle with every means in our power.

"We desire to associate ourselves with those
nations which are fighting for the preservation
of life and liberty against the forces of bar-
barism that seek world domination. Accord-
ingly, the Commonwealth of the Philippines
hereby formally adheres to the Declaration by
United Nations of January 1, 1942.

"I am [etc.] Manuel L. Quezon"

"Washington, D.C., June 13, 1942.
"My Dear Mr. President :

"I have received your communication of June
10, 1942 stating that the people of the Philip-
pines are wholeheartedly devoted to liberty and
fully subscribe to the principles set forth in the

548

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Atlantic Charter; that they desire to associate
themselves with the nations which are fighting
for the preservation of life and liberty against
the forces of barbarism that seek world dom-
ination; and that accordingly the Common-
wealth of the Philippines formally adheres to
the Declaration by United Nations of January
1, 1942.

"The entire freedom-loving world admires

the great, courage and valor shown by the peo-
ple of the Philippines during the past six
months as they have gallantly fought to pre-
serve their country from Japanese aggression.
On behalf of this Government, as depository
for the Declaration by United Nations, I take
pleasure in welcoming into this group the
Commonwealth of the Philippines.

"Please accept [etc.] Cordell Hull"

UNITED NATIONS RALLY

ADDRESS BY THE UNDER SECRETARY OF STATE '

[Released to the press June 18]

A few of us here tonight were privileged to
be present in the White House last Sunday at
an historic ceremony.

That ceremony marked the adherence to the
Declaration of the United Nations of two new
members of the roll of honor.

It signalized the entrance into the rights and
obligations of that pact of the people of the
Commonwealth of the Philippines, whose epic
resistance against the invading hordes — whose
loyalty to their American brothers — will never
be forgotten by the people of the United States.
No nation has ever more fully earned its right
to its independence.

That ceremony of last Sunday likewise
marked the formal adherence to the United
Nations' Declaration of our great neighbor, the
Republic of Mexico. In the annals of our
Western Hemisphere no nation has been more
jealous of her sovereign rights, more deter-
mined to preserve her liberties, more staunch
in upholding the principles of inter-American
solidarity, upon which the security of the New
World depends, than Mexico. From the very
outset of the curse of Hitlerism the Government
and people of Mexico have seen the world issues
clearly. They have, as always, placed them-
selves squarely beneath the standard of liberty.

1 Delivered by Mr. Welles at the United Nations
Rally in Baltimore, Md., June 17, 1942, and broad-
cast over tbe Mutual Network.

When finally the assassins of the seas slaugh-
tered Mexican seamen engaged in legitimate and
peaceful trade, Mexico in her proud tradition
unhesitatingly declared war upon the Axis
powers. On June fourteenth the people of
Mexico became one of the United Nations.

Twenty -eight peoples — in all continents, of
all creeds, of all races — are now joined together
in this highest of all enterprises, the preserva-
tion of human liberty.

I think that all of us last Sunday felt
equally that that assembly of representatives
of these 28 United Nations, headed by the Pres-
ident of the United States, symbolized two
great assurances: the assurance that through
our unity the victory will unquestionably be
ours, and the assurance that because of this very
unity we can look forward with hope and re-
newed faith to the future, after the war is won.
For cooperation between us all in this peoples'
struggle finally to destroy the curse of Hitlerism
and the pestilence of Japanese militarism is
essential to the winning of this war.

This lesson of the need for such cooperation
has been a hard-earned lesson. It was learned
by some countries too late to save them. It was
learned by others on the very brink of disaster.
Some nations may not yet have learned it. But
it has been learned by the United Nations, and
the United Nations will win the war in con-
sequence of it.

JUNE 20, 1942

549

Will the tragic experiences which humanity
underwent between November 1918 and Sep-
tember 1939 also bear fruit? Have we all
learned in this hard and perilous way that co-
operation is no less essential in maintaining
peace than in winning a war?

During this war the people of the United
Nations will have lived in the constant shadow
of danger; they will have offered their all to
safeguard their liberties and to defend that
which they hold dear.

When the war ends, these present shadows
will lift; the immediate physical dangers will
have passed.

The memory of man is sometimes short. We
can none of us again afford to forget the lessons
we have learned: that cooperation to win the
victory is not enough ; that there must be even
greater cooperation to win the peace, if the
peace is to be that kind of a peace which alone
can prevent the recurrence of war — a peace
which is more than a mere interlude between
battles.

Without such cooperation we shall have again
economic distress, unemployment, poverty, and
suffering for millions of people — suffering,
which while less acute is longer drawn out and
is but little less hard to bear than the miseries
of war; suffering, which as surely as night
follows day is the breeder of wars.

In our conduct of the war we are all of us
cooperating with confidence in each other —
fully, completely. This form of partnership
must obtain a momentum that will carry over
into the post-war period. We must cultivate
the habit.

The final terms of the peace should wait until
the immediate tasks of the transition period
after the defeat of the Axis powers have been
completed by the United Nations and until the
final judgments can be coolly and rationally
rendered.

But the organization through which the
United Nations are to carry on their cooperation
should surely be formed so far as practicable
before the fires of war which are welding them
together have cooled. Everything which can
be done to this end before the war is over must

be done. Every act or measure of cooperation
among the United Nations must be scrutinized
to see whether it cannot also be made to serve
in the winning of the peace.

On June eleventh last this Government con-
cluded a master lend-lease agreement with the
Soviet Union which deals with the principles of
mutual aid in the conduct of the war. In this
agreement the United States and the Soviet
Union undertake to continue to furnish each
other with supplies, information, and services
needed for the war effort to the full extent of
their ability. The agreement thus deals with a
matter of prime importance from the standpoint
of the war effort.

But this agreement also looks forward to the
peace. The agreement reaffirms adherence to
the Atlantic Charter, and the two Governments
pledge themselves to cooperate with each other
and all other nations of like mind in a concerted
and determined effort to promote the betterment
of world-wide economic relations.

Article VII of the agreement envisages in-
ternational and domestic measures directed to
the expansion of production, employment, and
the exchange and consumption of goods, which
are the material foundations of the liberty and
welfare of all peoples. The best means of at-
taining these and other objectives, such as the
elimination of all forms of discriminatory
treatment in international commerce and the
reduction of tariffs and other trade barriers,
will be the subject of continuing conversations
between the two Governments.

Similar master lend-lease agreements have
thus far been concluded with three other coun-
tries in addition to the Soviet Union: with
Great Britain on February 23, 1942; with the
Republic of China on June 2, 1942 ; and yester-
day with Belgium. Thus, in effect, five of the
world's great nations have become partners,
with full equality of status, in a new world
understanding — an economic understanding,
open to the participation of all other nations of
like mind; an economic understanding which
may well become the nucleus of a United Na-
tions organization for the relief and economic
reconstruction of the post-war world.

550

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

During the difficult transition period be-
tween the end of the war and the final conclu-
sion of peace there will be vital need for such
an organization. Millions of the world's
peoples will be homeless; in Europe and in
Asia transportation systems will be ruined, pro-
duction facilities destroyed, farms laid waste,
cities devastated; we shall all of us be con-
fronted with the gigantic task of converting to
peacetime uses whole industries now producing
munitions of war. There must be agreement
upon the objectives to be attained; machinery
for carrying out the agreed action of the United
Nations; and cooperative effort of the highest
order among all the United Nations, to which
the oppressed peoples of the earth may look with
hope when they have cast off their chains.

In these, our purposes and our endeavors, we
in the United States are fortified by the knowl-
edge that we may count upon the firm support
and assistance of those of our neighbors of the
New World who are not represented among the
United Nations but who have severed all rela-
tions with the Axis powers and who have thus
refused to permit their territory to be utilized
by agents of the tyrannies that have dared to
attack the New World against their fellow
Americans and against their own security.
Eleven of the American republics are now num-
bered among the United Nations. And in the
supreme task of guarding the independence of
the Western Hemisphere so that the liberties
of all the peoples of the Americas may be secure
we may well pay tribute tonight to the help and
the encouragement which those of us engaged
in war derive from all the many practical and
generous forms of support offered us by the
Governments and people of Brazil, of Colombia
and Venezuela, of Peru and Ecuador, of Bolivia,
Paraguay, and Uruguay.

Throughout these past weeks the Axis sub-
marines, when they have been able to do so,
have already attacked and sunk indiscrimi-
nately merchant vessels of all the American na-
tions. If they have adhered to any standards,
such standards would have disgraced the pirates
of the Dark Ages. Now the Hitlerite govern-
ment, by means of the announcement of a paper

blockade, openly threatens to sink any vessel
engaged in legitimate and lawful trade between
the eastern coast of the United States and the
rest of the hemisphere.

The American republics have at all times
insisted upon their untrammeled right to main-
tain inviolate freedom of communication be-
tween them. Their well-being, their very exist-
ence, depends upon the exercise of this right.
I cannot believe that any of the free peoples
of the Americas will ever acquiesce in the brazen
effort of Hitlerite Germany to cow them into
accepting Hitler's dictation as to the manner
in which they shall enjoy their rights as mem-
bers of the American family of nations.

As we meet here tonight, men and women
in all parts of the world are dying for the sake
of the cause which we uphold. The Chetnik
in the mountains of Yugoslavia, the guerrillas
in Greece, the patriots of Czechoslovakia,
Poland, Norway, Holland, Belgium, Luxem-
bourg — yes, and of occupied France — who are
murdered daily by the agents of the Gestapo
are all of them offering up their lives because
of their belief in what you and I believe.

The valiant armies of the Chinese who have
successfully withstood the Japanese onslaught
for five cruel years; the superb hosts of the
Soviet Union whose matchless resistance long
since turned the tide; the fighting men of Can-
ada, (if Australia, of New Zealand, of South
Africa, of the British Navy, of the British
Army, and of the British Air Force who have
for so long borne the burden and heat of the
struggle; and now of our own Navy, of our
own Army, and of our own Air Force are all
of them fighting gallantly — and, thank God,
successfully, joined in one common objective:
the great objective to preserve our common lib-
erties and to make men free.

Through the union of the United Nations
their victory will be assured.

In the words which the President spoke last
Sunday: "Man, born to freedom in the image
of God, will not forever suffer the oppressors'
sword. The peoples of the United Nations are
taking that sword from the oppressors' hands."

JUNE 20, 1942

MUTUAL-AID AGREEMENT WITH THE BELGIAN GOVERNMENT

551

[Released to the press June 16]

An agreement between the Governments of
the United States and Belgium on the principles
applying to mutual aid in the prosecution of the
war was signed on June 16 by the Secretary of
State and the Belgian Ambassador, Count
Robert van der Straten-Ponthoz.

The provisions of the agreement are the
same in all substantial respects as those of the
agreements between this Government and the
Governments of Great Britain, China, and the
Soviet Union. 1 As in the case of the former
agreements, that with the Belgian Government
was negotiated under the provisions of the
Lease-Lend Act of March 11, 1941, which pro-
vides for extending aid to any country whose
defense is determined by the President to be
vital to the defense of the United States.

The signing of this agreement adds Belgium
to the growing list of those countries who have
pledged their material as well as spiritual re-
sources to a common victory of the United
Nations.

As in the others this agreement embodies the
firm assurances that the Governments of the
United States and Belgium will collaborate to
the fullest extent in promoting mutually advan-
tageous economic relations by means of agreed
action open to the participation of other like-
minded countries.

The text of the agreement signed on June
16 follows : 2

"Whereas the Governments of the United
States of America and Belgium declare that
they are engaged in a cooperative undertaking,
together with every other nation or people of
like mind, to the end of laying the bases of a
just and enduring world peace securing order
under law to themselves and all nations;

"And whereas the Governments of the United
States of America and Belgium, as signatories

1 Bulletin of February 28, 1942, p. 100; June 6, 1942,
p. 507; and June 13, 1942, p. 531, respectively.

2 The text here printed conforms to the original.

of the Declaration by United Nations of Jan-
uary 1, 1942, have subscribed to a common pro-
gram of purposes and principles embodied in
the Joint Declaration made on August 14, 1941
by the President of the United States of Amer-
ica and the Prime Minister of the United King-
dom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland,
known as the Atlantic Charter;

"And whereas the President of the United
States of America has determined, pursuant
to the Act of Congress of March 11, 1941, that
the defense of Belgium against aggression is
vital to the defense of the United States of
America ;

"And whereas the United States of America
has extended and is continuing to extend to
Belgium aid in resisting aggression ;

"And whereas it is expedient that the final
determination of the terms and conditions upon
which the Government of Belgium receives such
aid and of the benefits to be received by the
United States of America in return therefor
should be deferred until the extent of the de-
fense aid is known and until the progress of
events makes clearer the final terms and condi-
tions and benefits which will be in the mutual
interests of the United States of America and
Belgium and will promote the establishment
and maintenance of world peace ;

"And whereas the Governments of the United
States of America and Belgium are mutually
desirous of concluding now a preliminary
agreement in regard to the provision of defense
aid and in regard to certain considerations
which shall be taken into account in determin-
ing such terms and conditions and the making
of such an agreement has been in all respects
duly authorized, and all acts, conditions and
formalities which it may have been necessary
to perform, fulfill or execute prior to the mak-
ing of such an agreement in conformity with
the laws either of the United States of America
or of Belgium have been performed, fulfilled or
executed as required ;

552

"The undersigned, being duly authorized by
their respective Governments for that purpose,
have agreed as follows :

"Article I

"The Government of the United States of
America will continue to supply the Govern-
ment of Belgium with such defense articles, de-
fense services, and defense information as the
President of the United States of America shall
authorize to be transferred or provided.
"Article II

"The Government of Belgium will continue
to contribute to the defense of the United States
of America and the strengthening thereof and
will provide such articles, services, facilities or
information as it may be in a position to supply.

"Article III
"The Government of Belgium will not with-
out the consent of the President of the United
States of America transfer title to, or possession
of, any defense article or defense information
transferred to it under the Act of March 11,
1941 of the Congress of the United States of
America or permit the use thereof by anyone
not an officer, employee, or agent of the Gov-
ernment of Belgium.

"Article IV
"If, as a result of the transfer to the Govern-
ment of Belgium of any defense article or
defense information, it becomes necessary for
that Government to take any action or make
any payment in order fully to protect any of the
rights of a citizen of the United States of Amer-
ica who has patent rights in and to any such
defense article or information, the Government
of Belgium will take such action or make such
payment when requested to do so by the Presi-
dent of the United States of America.

"Article V
"The Government of Belgium will return to
the United States of America at the end of the
present emergency, as determined by the Pres-
ident of the United States of America, such
defense articles transferred under this Agree-
ment as shall not have been destroyed, lost or

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

consumed and as shall be determined by the
President to be. useful in the • defense of the
United States of America or of the Western
Hemisphere or to be otherwise of use to the
United States of America.

"Article VI

"In the final determination of the benefits to
be provided to the United States of America by
the Government of Belgium full cognizance
shall be taken of all property, services, in-
formation, facilities, or other benefits or con-
siderations provided by the Government of
Belgium subsequent to March 11, 1941, and ac-
cepted or acknowledged by the President on
behalf of the United States of America.

"Article VII

"In the final determination of the benefits to
be provided to the United States of America by
the Government of Belgium in return for aid
furnished under the Act of Congress of March
11, 1941, the terms and conditions thereof shall
be such as not to burden commerce between the
two countries, but to promote mutually advan-
tageous economic relations between them and
the betterment of world-wide economic rela-
tions. To that end, they shall include provision
for agreed action by the United States of
America and Belgium, open to participation by
all other countries of like mind, directed to the
expansion, by appropriate international and do-
mestic measures, of production, employment,
and the exchange and consumption of goods,
which are the material foundations of the lib-
erty and welfare of all peoples ; to the elimina-
tion of all forms of discriminatory treatment in
international commerce, and to the reduction of
tariffs and other trade barriers ; and, in general,
to the attainment of all the economic objectives
set forth in the Joint Declaration made on
August 14, 1941, by the President of the United
States of America and the Prime Minister of
the United Kingdom.

"At an early convenient date, conversations
shall be begun between the two Governments
with a view to determining, in the light of gov-
erning economic conditions, the best means of

JUNE 20, 1942

553

attaining the above-stated objectives by their
own agreed action and of seeking the agreed
action of other like-minded Governments.

"Article VIII
"This Agreement shall take effect as from this
day's date. It shall continue in force until a
date to be agreed upon by the two Govern-
ments.

"Signed and sealed at Washington in dupli-
cate this sixteenth day of June, 1942.

"For the Government of the United States
of America :

Coedell Hull
Secretary of State of the
United States of America

"For the Government of Belgium :

Cte. R. v. Straten

Ambassador of Belgium

at Washington'''

AGREEMENT WITH CUBA FOR MILITARY
COLLABORATION

[Released to the press June 18]

It has been announced that His Excellency
Jose Manuel Cortina, Minister of State of Cuba,
and the Honorable Spruille Braden, American
Ambassador to Cuba, have signed, at Habana,
an agreement whereby the Cuban Government
offers facilities to the United States War De-
partment for training aviation personnel and
for operations against enemy underseacraft.

It is understood that after termination of the
emergency the facilities will become a training
center of the Cuban Air Force.

In offering these facilities the Cuban Gov-
ernment, an ally and co-belligerent which was
among the first of the American republics to
declare war on the Axis, has taken a most im-
portant step in collaborating in the joint war
effort.

The training center will be located in the
vicinity of Habana. By special arrangement
between the Cuban and United States Govern-
ments and between the British Royal Air Force
and the United States War Department, con-
tingents of Royal Air Force personnel will be

stationed at this post, following their basic-
training courses, to complete their combat
training.
Work on the installations will begin at once.

EXCHANGE OF DIPLOMATIC AND CON-
SULAR PERSONNEL AND OTHER NA-
TIONALS

[Released to the press June 18]

The motorship Gripsholm, carrying nation-
als of Japan and Thailand from the Western
Hemisphere to be exchanged at Lourenco
Marques, Mozambique, Africa, for nationals of
the United States, certain of the other American
republics, and Canada from enemy areas in the
Far East, sailed from New York, N. Y., on
June 18.

There were embarked on the Gripsholm ap-
proximately 495 Japanese and Thai officials as
well as 602 non-official Japanese and Thais. The
vessel will call en route at Rio de Janeiro, where
it will take aboard approximately 403 addi-
tional Japanese official and non-official nation-
als from Brazil and Paraguay. Thus a total
of about 1,500 persons will be transported by
the American exchange vessel on its first voy-
age to Lourenco Marques.

On its return voyage to New York the
Gripsholm will carry a similar number of of-
ficial and non-official nationals of the United
States and other countries in the Western Hem-
isphere whose transportation as far as Lourenqo
Marques from Japanese and Japanese-controlled
territories, except the Philippines, will be pro-
vided by the Japanese Government. The round-
trip voyage of the Gripsholm to Lourenco
Marques and return to New York is expected
to require approximately 60 days.

The Gripsholm will proceed under safe con-
ducts issued by the belligerent governments.
Representatives of the Swiss and Spanish Gov-
ernments, which are respectively in charge of
the representation of the interests of the United
States and Japan in the territory of the other,
will travel on the vessel and will have jurisdic-
tion over all matters which may arise relating
to the voyage or to the execution of the exchange

554

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

agreement. Sefior Don Luis de Silva, Marques
de Zahara, has been designated as the Spanish
representative on board the Gripsholm, and
Monsieur Joseph Straessle has been designated
as the Swiss representative.

[Released to the press June 15]

The Department of State has noted a broad-
cast from Berlin stating that the Japanese Gov-
ernment intends to court-martial Mr. J. B.
Powell and Mr. W. B. Opper, American corre-
spondents in Shanghai. The Department does
not credit this story as the Japanese Govern-
ment has formally agreed to include these men
in the group of Americans who are to be re-
patriated and who are to leave the Far East
under safe conduct this week.

A list of American officials and newspaper
correspondents whose names have been received
through the Swiss authorities from the Japa-
nese authorities to be repatriated from Japanese-
controlled territory in the Far East, with the
exception of the Philippines, has been issued
as Department of State press release 303, of
June 18, 1942.

A list of nationals of the other American re-
publics and Canada whose names have been re-
ceived through the Swiss authorities from the
Japanese authorities to be repatriated from
Japanese-controlled territory in the Far East,
with the exception of the Philippines, has been
issued as Department of State press release 306,
of June 19, 1942.

Europe

VISIT TO THE UNITED STATES OF THE
KING OF YUGOSLAVIA

[Released to the press June 17]

His Majesty Peter II, King of Yugoslavia,
will visit the United States shortly as the guest
of this Government, on the invitation of the

President. His Majesty will spend his first
evening in Washington at the White House,
where a dinner will be given in his honor.

A dinner w-ill also be tendered the King by
the Secretary of State, and a luncheon will be
given by the National Press Club. His Majesty
will also be received by the Newspaper Women's
Club. While in Washington the King will
visit the Capitol, Arlington Cemetery, Mount
Vernon, Annapolis, and other points of interest
and will give a dinner and reception at the
Yugoslav Legation.

Upon leaving Washington he will visit war
industries and then proceed to New York City,
where various functions are being planned in
his honor.

American Republics

RUBBER AGREEMENT WITH COSTA RICA

[Released to the press June 1G]

The Rubber Reserve Company, the Depart-
ment of State, and the Board of Economic
Warfare announced on June 16 the signing of
an agreement with the Republic of Costa Rica,
under the terms of which the Rubber Reserve
Company will purchase within the next five
years all rubber produced in Costa Rica which
is not required for essential needs there.

While Costa Rica has in the past produced
only a small amount of rubber, the country
has considerable potential resources of that
product, both wild and cultivated. The Rub-
ber Reserve Company, acting with the Board
of Economic Warfare, will aid in the develop-
ment of these resources and expend the neces-
sary funds for that purpose.

The signing of the contract is another step
in the program of the United States to assure
to the united war effort the maximum effective
use of the rubber produced in the Western
Hemisphere.

Agreements for the acquisition of local rub-
ber production have now been concluded with

JUNE 20, 1942

555

Brazil, Peru, and Nicaragua as well as Costa
Rica, and negotiations are proceeding with the
other American rubber-producing countries.

Cultural Relations

VISIT TO THE UNITED STATES OF EDU-
CATORS FROM CUBA AND URUGUAY
AND EDITOR FROM COLOMBIA

[Released to the press June 15]

Prof. Medardo Vitier, professor in the Nor-
mal School and in the Institute of Matanzas,
arrived in Washington on June 15, accompanied
by Seiiora Vitier, on the initial stage of a tour
of United States educational institutions under
the auspices of the Department of State.

Professor Vitier is a frequent contributor to
the press and was formerly Secretary of Edu-
cation of Cuba. He is the founder of the well-
known Froebel School in Matanzas and has been
the recipient of many awards and honors for
outstanding educational and literary works.
Among these may be mentioned the prize of the
Cuban Bar Association for a study of Jose
Marti; the National Literature prize for his
work on political and philosophical thought in
Cuba in the nineteenth century; and the De-
partment of Education award for his definitive
critical and biographical book on Enrique Jose
Varona.

While in this country Professor Vitier will
visit leading secondary schools and representa-
tive universities as a basis for a report to his
Government on educational methods in the
United States.

[Released to the press June 18]

Dr. Emilio Oribe, distinguished Uruguayan
educator and one of that country's most eminent
poets, arrived in Washington by plane from
Montevideo on June 18. He will spend two
months visiting universities and other cultural
centers in this country as a guest of the De-
partment of State.

Dr. Oribe, who is professor of literature at
the University of Montevideo, was educated in
that institution and in Paris, where he received
the degree of doctor of medicine and later did
graduate work in philosophy and art at the
Sorbonne. He is the author of numerous
books, among the most recent being volumes of
poetry and critical essays on the philosophical
interpretation of art.

[Released to the press June 20]

Jorge Zalamea, one of the most active literary
men in Colombia, arrived in Washington from
Bogota on June 20. He is here at the invitation
of the Department of State and will visit news-
papers and radio stations in this country during
a two-month tour on which he will also meet
representative United States publishers.

In a recent literary poll made in Colombia,
Jorge Zalamea and German Arciniegas shared
honors in being voted the nation's two most pop-
ular contemporary prose writers.

Sehor Zalamea is a frequent and popular
commentator over the national radio station at
Bogota. His recently published volume of
comparative essays on Spanish and French cul-
ture is an amplification of a series of broadcasts
which while appealing to a popular audience is
at the same time distinguished by high critical
standards and "a fine combination of erudition,
taste, and enthusiasm". This work — and his
travel here — is to be followed by a similar vol-
ume on the United States.

Among Seiior Zalamea's activities as editor
is the publication of a series of broadsides at-
tractively presented and each containing one
long or several short selections from contem-
porary Colombian writers. These publications
are being widely circulated throughout the other
American republics and have had an enthusi-
astic reception from the critics.

While Sehor Zalamea's primary interests are
criticism and editorship, his range is wide. He
is the winner of the first prize recently awarded
by the Colombian National Broadcasting Sys-
tem for a theatrical work and is well known as
a lecturer not only in his own country but in
the neighboring republics and in Spain.

556

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

The Department

TWO DIVISIONS ABOLISHED

The Secretary of State, on June 18, issued
the following Departmental order (no. 1061) :

"The Division of Exports and Defense Aid
and the Division of Studies and Statistics are
hereby abolished.

"The responsibility for administration of
section 12 of the Act of November 4, 1939 (the
Neutrality Act), the Act of September 1, 1937
(the Helium Act), and the Act of February
15, 1936 (the Tin Plate Scrap Act), which has
heretofore been vested in the Division of Ex-
ports and Defense Aid, is hereby transferred
to the Division of Commercial Affairs.

"Matters of foreign policy involved in the
Act of July 2, 1940 (the Export Control Act),
and the Acts of June 28, 1940 and May 31, 1941
(in so far as priorities or allocations for export
are concerned and in so far as they remain
unaffected by the responsibilities vested in the
American Hemisphere Exports Office, estab-
lished by Departmental Order No. 1029, dated
February 20, 1942) shall be the responsibility
of the Division of Defense Materials in col-
laboration with the Economic Adviser and the
affected political divisions.

"The responsibility for all matters of for-
eign policy coming under the Act of March 11,
1941 (the Lend-Lease Act) is hereby transferred
to the Division of Commercial Policy and
Agreements.

"In addition, there is hereby transferred to
the Division of Commercial Policy and Agree-
ments, the responsibility formerly vested in the
Division of Studies and Statistics to collaborate
with the interested divisions and offices of the
Department and to prepare current studies,
analyses and data of statistical value needed in
connection with matters arising before the
Board of Economic Operations, or as may be
required by any of the divisions of which it is
composed, in connection with policy considera-
tions, the conduct of economic warfare and re-
lated activities.

"Nothing in this Order shall be construed as
modifying Departmental Order No. 917-A of
February 3, 1941.

"Mr. Charles Bunn, in addition to such other
duties and responsibilities that may be as-
signed to him as Special Assistant to the Under
Secretary, shall serve as consultant to the Di-
vision of Commercial Policy and Agreements.

"The Division of Personnel Supervision and
Management will take the necessary action to
effect the transfer and classification of affected
personnel and their equipment.

"The provisions of this Order shall be effec-
tive immediately and shall supersede the provi-
sions of any existing order in conflict therewith."

The Foreign Service

PERSONNEL CHANGES

[Released to the press June 20]

The following changes have occurred in the
American Foreign Service since June 13, 1942 :

Robert P. Chalker, of Pensacola, Fla., for-
merly Third Secretary of Embassy at Berlin,
Germany, lias been assigned as Vice Consid at
Birmingham, England.

Douglas Jenkins, Jr., of Charleston, S. C,
Second Secretary of Legation and Vice Consul
at Stockholm, Sweden, has been designated Sec-
ond Secretary of Legation and Vice Consul at
Managua, Nicaragua, and will serve in dual
capacity.

Gerald G. Jones, of Pierre, S. Dak., Vice
Consul at Belfast, Ireland, has been appointed
Vice Consul at Habana, Cuba.

Duane B. Lueders, of Henning, Minn., has
been appointed Foreign Service Officer, Un-
classified, Secretary in the Diplomatic Service,
and Vice Consul of Career and assigned as Vice
Consul at Montevideo, Uruguay.

John H. Morgan, of Watertown, Mass., Sec.
ond Secretary of Embassy and Consul at
Madrid, Spain, has been designated Second

JUNE 20, 1942

557

Secretary of Embassy and Consul at Bogota,
Colombia.

The assignment of Kenneth S. Patton, of
Charlottesville, Va., for duty in the Department
of State has been canceled. In lieu thereof, Mr.

Patton has been assigned as Consul General at
Calcutta, India.

Thomas A. Weir, of New York, N. Y., has
been appointed Vice Consul at Tenerife, Canary
Islands.

Treaty Information

FINANCE
Taxation Convention with Canada

On June 15, 1942 the Secretary of State, Mr.
Cordell Hull, and the Minister of Canada at
Washington, Mr. Leighton McCarthy, ex-
changed ratifications of the convention and pro-
tocol between the United States and Canada for
the avoidance of double taxation, signed at
Washington on March 4, 1942 ' by Mr. Sumner
Welles, Acting Secretary of State, and the
Canadian Minister.

The Senate gave its advice and consent to the
ratification of the convention and protocol on
May 28, 1942, and the President ratified them
on June 4, 1942.

The convention and protocol are brought into
force by the exchange of ratifications and be-
come effective retroactively as from January 1,
1941. They will continue in force for a period
of three years after that date and indefinitely
thereafter until terminated as of January 1 of
any year on six months' notice given by either
Government.

On June 17, 1942 the President proclaimed
the convention and protocol, which will shortly
be printed in the Treaty Series.

MUTUAL GUARANTIES

Mutual-Aid Agreement with the Belgian
Government

The text of an agreement between the Govern-
ments of the United States and Belgium, signed

June 16, 1942, on the principles applying to
mutual aid in the prosecution of the war appears
in this Bulletin under the heading "The War".

DEFENSE

Agreement with Cuba

An announcement regarding the signature of
an agreement at Habana between the United
States and Cuba whereby the Cuban Govern-
ment offers to the United States facilities for
training aviation personnel and for operations
against enemy underseacraft, appears in this
Bulletin under the heading "The War".

STRATEGIC MATERIALS

Agreement with Costa Rica

An announcement regarding the signature of
an agreement with Costa Rica under the terms
of which the Rubber Reserve Company will
purchase over the next five years all rubber pro-
duced in Costa Rica which is not needed by
that country, appears in this Bulletin under the
heading "American Republics".

Publications

1 Bulletin of March 7, 1942, p. 225.

Department or State

Memorial Day Address by Sumner Welles, Under Sec-
retary of State, Delivered at Arlington National Am-
phitheater, May 30, 1942. Publication 1749. 9 pp.

The Proclaimed List of Certain Blocked Nationals.
Supplement 3, June 19, 1942, to Revision II of May 12,
1942. Publication 1753. 20 pp.

558

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Legislation

Custody of Japanese Residing in the United States.
S. Rept. 1496, 77th Cong., on S. 2293. 7 pp.

Departments of State, Justice, and Commerce and the
Federal Judiciary Appropriation Bill, 1943. H.
Rept. 2236, 77th Cong., on H. R. 6599. 10 pp.

Export Control : Hearing before the Committee on
Military Affairs, United States Senate, 77th Cong.,
2d sess., on S. 2558, a bill to further expedite the
prosecution of the war by authorizing the control

of the exportation of certain commodities. June 5,
1942. 10 pp.
Second Deficiency Appropriation Bill, Fiscal Year 1942 :
Hearings before the Subcommittee of the Committee
on Appropriations, House of Representatives,
77th Cong., 2d sess. [Department of State, pp.
76-86.] 105 pp.
H. Rept. 2241, 77th Cong., on H. R. 7232. 12 pp.
Fifth Report to Congress on Lend-Lease Operations for
the Period Ended June 11, 1942 : Message from the
President of the United States transmitting the
fifth ninety-day report to the Congress on opera-
tions under the Lend-Lease Act. H. Doc. 799, 77th
Cong. 32 pp.

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. — Price, 10 cents - - - - Subscription price, $2.75 a year

PUBLISHED WEEKLY WITH THE APPROVAL OF THE DIRECTOR OF THE BUEEAD OF THE BDDGET

THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE

BULLETIN

ontents

JUNE 27, 1942
Vol. VI, No. 157— Publication 1761

The War p ag e
Joint statements by President Roosevelt and Prime

Minister Churchill 561

Congratulations to the Soviet Union on successful re-
sistance to Nazi aggression 562

Sinking of the Colombian schooner Resolute 562

Proclaimed List: Supplement 3 to Revision II ... . 563

Repatriation of Americans from the Far East .... 563

General

Passport requirements for American seamen 563

Death of A. Manuel Fox 564

Registration of foreign agents 564

Contributions for relief in belligerent countries .... 564

Cultural Relations

Visit to the United States of Ecuadoran official . . . 565

American Republics

Resignation of President Ortiz of Argentina 565

Adjustment of defaulted bonds of the Agricultural

Mortgage Bank of Colombia 565

The Department

Death of Wilbur J. Carr 566

Liaison with the Office of War Information 566

Appointment of officers 566

[over]

JUL 13 1942

ontents-coNTiKVED

Foreign Service p» K e

Personnel changes 566

International Conferences, Commissions, Etc.
Inter-American Conference on Systems of Economic

and Financial Control 567

Second Inter-American Conference on Agriculture . . 568

Publications

Treaties and Other International Acts: Volume 6 . . 569
List of publications issued during the last quarter . . 570

Treaty Information

Telecommunications: North American Regional Broad-
casting Agreement 572

Legislation : ; 573

The War

JOINT STATEMENTS BY PRESIDENT ROOSEVELT
AND PRIME MINISTER CHURCHILL

[Released to the press by the White House June 22]

A joint statement by President Roosevelt
and Prime Minister Churchill follows :

"The President and the Prime Minister, as-
sisted by high naval, military, and air authori-
ties, are continuing at Washington the series of
conversations and conferences which began on
Friday last [June 19]. The object in view is
the earliest maximum concentration of Allied
war power upon the enemy, and reviewing or,
where necessary, further concerting all the
measures which have for sometime past been
on foot to develop and sustain the effort of the
United Nations. It would naturally be impos-
sible to give any account of the course of the
discussions, and unofficial statements about
them can be no more than surmise. Complete
understanding and harmony exist between all
concerned in facing the vast and grave tasks
which lie ahead. A number of outstanding
points of detail which it would have been diffi-
cult to settle by correspondence have been
adjusted by the technical officers after con-
sultation with the President and the Prime
Minister."

[Released to the press by the White House June 27)

On the safe return of the Prime Minister to
England, the following statement was issued
simultaneously in London and in Washington :

"The week of conferences between the Pres-
ident and the Prime Minister covered very fully
all the major problems of the war which is con-
ducted by the United Nations on every continent
and in every sea.

468978—42

"We have taken full cognizance of our dis-
advantages as well as our advantages. We do
not underrate the task.

"We have conducted our conferences with the
full knowledge of the power and resourceful-
ness of our enemies.

"In the matter of the production of munitions
of all kinds, the survey gives on the whole an
optimistic picture. The previously planned
monthly output has not reached the maximum
but is fast approaching it on schedule.

"Because of the wide extension of the war to
all parts of the world, transportation of the
fighting forces, together with the transportation
of munitions of war and supplies, still consti-
tutes the major problem of the United Nations.

"While submarine warfare on the part of the
Axis continues to take heavy toll of cargo ships,
the actual production of new tonnage is greatly
increasing month by month. It is hoped that
as a result of the steps planned at this confer-
ence the respective Navies will further reduce
the toll of merchant shipping.

"The United Nations have never been in such
hearty and detailed agreement on plans for
winning the war as they are today.

"We recognize and applaud the Russian re-
sistance to the main attack being made by Ger-
many, and we rejoice in the magnificent resist-
ance of the Chinese Army. Detailed discus-
sions were held with our military advisers on
methods to be adopted against Japan and for
the relief of China.

"While exact plans — for obvious reasons —
cannot be disclosed, it can be said that the com-

561

562

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

ing operations which were discussed in detail at
our Washington conferences between ourselves
and our respective military advisers will divert
German strength from the attack on Russia.

met twice before: first in August 1941 and
again in December 1941. There is no doubt in
their minds that the over-all picture is more
favorable to victory than it was either in August

"The Prime Minister and the President have or December of last year."

CONGRATULATIONS TO THE SOVIET UNION ON SUCCESSFUL RESISTANCE TO

NAZI AGGRESSION

[Released to the press June 22]

The text of a message addressed by the Secre-
tary of State to the People's Commissar of For-
eign Affairs of the Union of Soviet Socialist
Republics, Mr. V. M. Molotov, follows :

"I extend through you to the Government and
people of the Soviet Union on behalf of the Gov-
ernment and people of the United States, con-
gratulations upon the success with which you
have resisted the brutal aggression of Nazi Ger-
many and have thus frustrated the plans for
world conquest so over-confidently laid by our
common enemy. For one year the peoples of the
Soviet Union have been engaging the armies
not only of Nazi Germany but also of those other
European countries the governments of which
have accepted Nazi dictation. In this struggle
the armed forces of the Soviet Union, with the
heroic support of the entire population, have so
acquitted themselves as to win the admiration
of the liberty-loving peoples of the world and to

earn a place in history beside those Russian
Armies which over a century and a quarter ago
did so much to ruin the plans of another aspirant
to world conquest.

"During the past year the American people,
although themselves threatened by aggression
from several directions, have gladly shared their
arms and supplies with the Soviet Union. It is
planned that during the coming year these arms
and supplies will pour forth from our factories
and countryside in an ever widening stream until
final victory has been achieved.

"We are confident that before the end of an-
other year the instigators of this war will have
been given to understand how seriously they
have underestimated the determination and the
ability for effective action of the peace-loving
nations and will have learned that in an aroused
world aggressors can no longer escape the con-
sequences of acts resulting in human suffering
and destruction."

SINKING OF THE COLOMBIAN SCHOONER "RESOLUTE"

[Released to the press June 27]

The Secretary of State, when asked to com-
ment on the sinking and subsequent machine-
gun attack on the survivors of the Colombian
schooner Resolute, made the following state-
ment:

"The particularly revolting and horrifying
circumstances of the machine-gunning by an

Axis submarine crew of the survivors of the tor-
pedoed Colombian schooner Resolute has pro-
duced the deepest feeling of indignation in the
American people. These murderous tactics of
Nazi pirate crews only serve to redouble the re-
solve of decent men to exterminate the per-
nicious evil of vicious Nazism. My deepest sym-
pathy goes to the families of the victims and to
the Colombian nation."

JUNE 27, 1942

563

PROCLAIMED LIST: SUPPLEMENT 3 TO
REVISION II

[Released to the press June 22]

The Secretary of State, acting in conjunction
with the Secretary of the Treasury, the Attor-
ney General, the Acting Secretary of Com-
merce, the Board of Economic Warfare, and
the Acting Coordinator of Inter- American Af-
fairs, on June 22 issued Supplement 3 to Re-
vision II of the Proclaimed List of Certain
Blocked Nationals, promulgated May 12, 1942. 1

Part I of this supplement contains 308 addi-
tional listings in the other American republics
and 21 deletions. Part II contains 228 addi-
tional listings outside the American republics
and 3 deletions.

With the issuance of this supplement the
Proclaimed List of Certain Blocked Nationals

has been extended to include certain cases in
Andorra, Iran, Iraq, and Liechtenstein.

REPATRIATION OF AMERICANS FROM
THE FAR EAST

Lists of American nationals whose names
have been received through the Swiss authori-
ties from the Japanese authorities to be repatri-
ated from Japanese-controlled territory in the
Far East, with the exception of the Philippines,
have been issued as Department of State press
releases 315 and 320, of June 24 and 27, 1942.
The lists include the names of nationals from
Manchuria, Korea, Japan, Hong Kong, Indo-
china, Thailand, and Shanghai.

General

PASSPORT REQUIREMENTS FOR AMERICAN SEAMEN

(Released to the press June 23]

Under the amendment of April 2, 1942 2 to
the rules and regulations prescribed by the Sec-
retary of State on November 25, 1941 3 relating
to the supervision and control over the depar-
ture from and entry into the United States or
the outlying possessions thereof of American
nationals, a seaman when traveling in the pur-
suit of his vocation between any territory under
the jurisdiction of the United States and any

1 7 Federal Register 4639.
3 Bulletin of April 4, 1942, p. 292.
8 Ibid., November 29, 1941 p. 431 ; and March 14, 1942,
p. 231.

foreign country or territory for which a valid
passport is required under the regulations of
November 25, 1941, as amended, is not required,
prior to 6 o'clock in the forenoon of July 1,
1942, to be in possession of a valid passport.

Notwithstanding the inconvenience and diffi-
culties which are sometimes involved in obtain-
ing the evidence of American nationality re-
quired as a condition to the issuance of pass-
ports, a large majority of American nationals
who pursue the vocation of seamen have applied
for and obtained American passports. How-
ever, because of the exigencies of the present
situation due to the. conditions growing out of

564

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

the war, the lack of knowledge on the part of
many seamen who have been at sea for long
periods of the application to them of the rules
and regulations of November 25, 1941, as
amended, and the short periods of time in which
seamen now remain in American ports before
again going to sea, a number of seamen have
not yet applied for and obtained passports.

While it has not been deemed advisable to
extend beyond 6 o'clock in the forenoon of July
1, 1942 the period when American seamen travel-
ing between territory under the jurisdiction of
the United States and any foreign country or
territory will be exempted as a class from the
necessity of bearing passports, the Secretary of
State has taken cognizance of the valid reasons
which have existed in the cases of many Amer-
ican seamen who have not yet applied for pass-
ports and is consequently authorizing the col-
lectors of customs and immigration officials at
the various ports in territory under the jurisdic-
tion of the United States to permit until further
notice any American seaman to depart from or
enter American territory if he has in his pos-
session a continuous discharge book, a certificate
of identity, or a license or other document quali-
fying him to serve as an officer or seaman on
vessels of the United States and upon the un-
derstanding that he will at the earliest oppor-
tunity apply for a passport. The exercise of
such authority is permitted by section 58.3(g)
of the rules and regulations issued on November
25, 1941, which reads as follows:

"No valid passport shall be required of a citi-
zen of the United States or a person who owes
allegiance to the United States :

"(g) When specifically authorized by the
Secretary of State, through the appropriate
official channels, to depart from or enter into the
continental United States, the Canal Zone, the
Commonwealth of the Philippines, and all ter-
ritories, continental or insular, subject to the
jurisdiction of the United States."

DEATH OF A. MANUEL FOX

[Released to the press June 22]

The following statement has been made by
the Secretary of State:

"I have been deeply grieved to learn of the
sudden death at Chungking on June 21 of Mr.
A. Manuel Fox, American member of the Chi-
nese Currency Stabilization Board. Mr. Fox
served his Government well and faithfully for
many years, both here and abroad. The wide
range of his duties during an important and
varied career brought him into close collabora-
tion and cooperation with officers of this De-
partment. His recent duties in China were
arduous and often placed him in physical jeop-
ardy, but he was indifferent to such considera-
tions and was unflagging in his efforts in line
of duty. It may truly be said that he died at
the front. By his passing, the Government has
lost an able and zealous servant."

REGISTRATION OF FOREIGN AGENTS

Rules and regulations for the administration
of the Foreign Agents Registration Act of 1938,
as amended, prescribed by the Department of
Justice, are printed in the Federal Register for
June 25, 1942, page 4717.

CONTRIBUTIONS FOR RELIEF IN
BELLIGERENT COUNTRIES

[Released to the press June 26]

A tabulation of contributions collected and
disbursed during the period September 6, 1939
through May 1942, as shown in the reports sub-
mitted by persons and organizations registered
with the Secretary of State for the solicitation
and collection of contributions to be used for re-
lief in belligerent countries, in conformity with

JUNE. 27, 1942

565

the regulations issued pursuant to section 3 (a)
of the act of May 1, 1937 as made effective by the
President's proclamations of September 5, 8,
and 10, 1939, and section 8 of the act of Novem-
ber 4, 1939 as made effective by the President's
proclamation of the same date, has been re-
leased by the Department of State in mimeo-
graphed form and may be obtained from the
Department upon request (press release of
June 26, 1942, 37 pages) .

This tabulation has reference only to contri-
butions solicited and collected for relief in bel-
ligerent countries (France; Germany; Poland;
the United Kingdom, India, Australia, Canada,
New Zealand, and the Union of South Africa;
Norway; Belgium; Luxembourg; the Nether-
lands; Italy; Greece; Yugoslavia; Hungary;
and Bulgaria) or for the relief of refugees
driven out of these countries by the present war.

American Republics

Cultural Relations

VISIT TO THE UNITED STATES OF
ECUADORAN OFFICIAL

[Released to the press June 24]

The most recent guest of the Department of
State is Senor Gustavo Mortensen Gangotena,
of Quito, Ecuador, who arrived in Washington
on June 23. He will spend several weeks in
this country visiting municipal administrative
agencies.

A deputy from the Province of Pichincha to
the last Congress of Ecuador, Senor Mortensen
Gangotena is now president of the Municipal
Council of Quito. He is a specialist in admin-
istration and will observe our own municipal
systems with a view to adapting to Ecuador our
most practical and most progressive methods in
city-management.

RESIGNATION OF PRESIDENT ORTIZ OF
ARGENTINA

[Released to the press June 25]

The following statement has been made by
the Secretary of State :

"It is with deep regret that I have learned
that Dr. Ortiz has felt it necessary as the result
of ill-health to present his resignation as Presi-
dent of the Argentine Republic to the Argen-
tine Congress. His resignation at this time
marks the departure from the inter-American
political scene of one of the most outstanding
figures in the Western Hemisphere. The con-
tributions of President Ortiz toward the dem-
ocratic way of life have identified him as a
great leader of a free people. It is my earnest
hope that he may regain his health so that his
services may once more be available to his peo-
ple during these critical times."

ADJUSTMENT OF DEFAULTED BONDS OF
THE AGRICULTURAL MORTGAGE BANK
OF COLOMBIA

[Released to the press June 25]

The following statement has been made by
the Secretary of State:

"I have been gratified to learn that the Agri-
cultural Mortgage Bank of Colombia has today
[June 25] offered an exchange of Republic of
Colombia 3 percent dollar bonds for the Bank's
defaulted dollar bonds. This is a sequel to the
adjustment by the Government of Colombia in
December 1940 of its own defaulted bonds.
While the Government of the United States has
no direct interest in the matter and the bond-
holders, of course, must decide for themselves
whether to accept the Bank's offer, it is never-

566

DEPAKTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

theless considered that this is a further con-
structive effort to adjust Colombian foreign
indebtedness on an equitable basis."

The Department

DEATH OF WILBUR J. CARR

[Released to the press June 26]

The Secretary of State has made the follow-
ing statement :

"I have learned with the deepest regret of
the death of Mr. Wilbur J. Carr, former Assist-
ant Secretary of State and Minister to Czecho-
slovakia. The debt which the Department of
State and the Foreign Service owe to his years
of devoted and unstinted service can never be
repaid. That we have been able to meet the
heavy burden of the present war is in large
measure due to his planning and his foresight.
The Foreign Service, as it exists today, is in
large measure his creation. He laid the foun-
dations upon which we have built. His mem-
ory will be cherished, not only by those who
were associated with him but by many others
whose careers in the public service he has made
possible."

LIAISON WITH THE OFFICE OF
WAR INFORMATION

The Secretary of State, on June 25, issued
the following Departmental order (no. 1064) :

"On June 13, 1942, the President of the United
States signed Executive Order No. 9182 estab-
lishing an Office of War Information and pro-
viding specifically in Article 3 that the Secre-
tary of State shall be represented, together with
the heads of other Departments and Agencies
of the Government, on a Committee of War In-
formation Policies.

"The special section of the Division of Cur-
rent Information responsible for maintaining
liaison with the information agencies of the
Government is hereby charged exclusively with

the establishment and maintenance of liaison
with the Office of War Information.

"Mr. Michael J. McDermott, Chief of the Di-
vision of Current Information, is designated to
represent the Secretary of State on the Com-
mittee on War Information Policies. In the
event that Mr. McDermott is unable to be pres-
ent personally at a meeting of the Committee on
War Information Policies he may designate to
represent him, depending upon the subject un-
der discussion by the Committee at the time, the
appropriate officer assigned to assist him by the
respective geographical divisions of the De-
partment or the Division of Cultural Rela-
tions. . . ."

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

Mr. Frederick B. Lyon was designated to
serve as an Executive Assistant to Assistant Sec-
retary of State Berle, effective June 16, 1942.
Effective the same date, he was also designated
Assistant Chief of the Division of Foreign Ac-
tivity Correlation (Departmental Order 1062).

Mr. Simon G. Hanson was designated Con-
sultant to the Board of Economic Operations,
effective June 18, 1942 (Departmental Order
1063).

Mr. Charles W. Yost and Mr. Henry J. Wad-
leigh were appointed Assistant Chiefs of the Di-
vision of Special Research, effective June 1, 1942
(Departmental Order 1065).

Mr. Howard K. Travers, a Foreign Service
officer of class III, was designated Chief of the
Visa Division, effective June 22, 1942 (Depart-
mental Order 1066).

The Foreign Service

PERSONNEL CHANGES

[Released to the press June 27]

The following changes have occurred in the
American Foreign Service since June 20, 1942 :

JUNE 27, 1942

567

Wainwright Abbott, of Pittsburgh, Pa., Con-
sul at Suva, Fiji Islands, has been assigned as
Consul General at Suva, Fiji Islands.

E. Tomlin Bailey, of Hasbrouck Heights,
N. J., formerly Third Secretary of Embassy at
Berlin, Germany, has been assigned for duty in
the Department of State.

Byron E. Blankinship, of New York, N. Y.,
now serving in the Department of State, has
been assigned as Vice Consul at Tijuana, Baja
California, Mexico.

James C. H. Bonbright, of Kochester, N. Y.,
formerly Consul at Budapest, Hungary, has
been assigned for duty in the Department of
State.

John A. Calhoun, of Berkeley, Calif., Vice
Consul at Tijuana, Baja California, Mexico, has
been assigned as Vice Consul at Cairo, Egypt.

Lewis E. Gleeck, Jr., of Chicago, 111., Third
Secretary of Embassy and Vice Consul at Stock-
holm, Sweden, has been designated Third Sec-
retary and Vice Consul at Helsinki, Finland,
and will serve in dual capacity.

R. Horton Henry, of Douglas, Ariz., Second
Secretary of Embassy at Buenos Aires, Argen-

tina, has been assigned for duty in the Depart-
ment of State.

A. Dana Hodgdon, of Leonardtown, Md.,
formerly Second Secretary of Embassy at
Rome, Italy, has been assigned for duty in the
Department of State.

Karl deG. MacVitty, of Nashville, Tenn.,
Consul at Noumea, Caledonia, has been assigned
as Consul General at Noumea, Caledonia.

Robert E. Wilson, of Tucson, Ariz., Vice
Consul at Bahia Blanca, Argentina, has been
assigned as Vice Consul at Rosario, Argentina,
in order to open a new office at that post.

Burford K. Isaacs, Jr., of Fort Worth, Tex.,
Vice Consul at Buenos Aires, Argentina, has
been appointed Vice Consul at Bahia Blanca,
Argentina.

Archibald R. Randolph, of Casanova, Va.,
Assistant Commercial Attache at Caracas,
Venezuela, has been designated Acting Com-
mercial Attache at Guatemala, Guatemala.

Harold Shullaw, of Wyoming, HI., Third
Secretary of Embassy and Vice Consul at Cairo,
Egypt, has been assigned as Vice Consul at
Jidda, Saudi Arabia.

International Conferences, Commissions, Etc.

INTER-AMERICAN CONFERENCE ON SYSTEMS OF ECONOMIC
AND FINANCIAL CONTROL

[Released to the press June 27]

The Inter- American Conference on Systems
of Economic and Financial Control, which will
hold its inaugural session at Washington,
D.C., on June 30, 1942, is being convoked by the
Inter-American Financial and Economic Ad-
visory Committee in accordance with a resolu-
tion of the Third Meeting of the Ministers of
Foreign Affairs of the American Republics. It
will undertake the formulation of standards of
procedure for the uniform administration by
the American republics of financial and other
controls involving real or juridical persons who

are nationals of a state which has committed
an act of aggression against the American Con-
tinent. This Government has accepted the invi-
tation extended by the Inter-American Finan-
cial and Economic Advisory Committee, and
the President has approved the designation of
the following official delegation :

Delegate:
Edward H. Foley, Jr., General Counsel, Department
of the Treasury
Advisers:
Emilio G. Collado, Special Assistant to the Under
Secretary of State

568

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

Donald Hiss, Chief, Foreign Funds Control Division,
Department of State

Edward G. Miller, Jr., Foreign Funds Control Divi-
sion, Department of State

Harry D. White, Assistant to the Secretary of the
Treasury

Bernard Bernstein, Assistant General Counsel, De-
partment of the Treasury

John W. Pehle, Assistant to the Secretary of the
Treasury

L. Werner Knoke, Vice President, Federal Reserve
Bank of New York

SECOND INTER-AMERICAN CONFERENCE ON AGRICULTURE

[Released to the press June 27]

This Government has accepted the invitation
of the Mexican Government to be represented
at the Second Inter-American Conference on
Agriculture, which will be held at Mexico City
from July 6 to July 16, 1942. The President
has approved the following delegation to repre-
sent the United States at the meeting :

Delegates:

The Honorable Claude R. Wickard, Secretary or
Agriculture, chairman of the delegation

The Honorable Richard M. Kleberg, United States
Representative from Texas

Eugene C. Auchter, Ph.D., Administrator of Agricul-
tural Research, Department of Agriculture

Albert G. Black, Ph.D., Governor, Farm Credit Ad-
ministration, Department of Agriculture

John B. Hutson, Ph.D., President, Commodity Credit
Corporation, Department of Agriculture

Edwin Jackson Kyle, Dean, School of Agriculture,
Agricultural and Mechanical College of Texas,
College Station, Tex.

James D. LeCron, Director of Division of Nutrition
and Food Supply, Office of the Coordinator of
Inter-Anjerican Affairs

Edward A. O'Neal, President, American Farm Bureau
Federation, 58 East Washington Street, Chicago,
111.

James G. Patton, President, National Farmers Union,
3501 East Forty-sixth Avenue, Denver, Colo.

Knowles Ryerson, Assistant Dean, College of Agri-
culture, University of California, Davis, Calif. ;
Chairman, Committee on Inter-American Coop-
eration in Agricultural Education

William Wesley Waymack, Litt.D., LL.D., Vice Pres-
ident and Editor, editorial pages, Register and
Tribune, Des Moines, Iowa

Leslie A. Wheeler, Director of Foreign Agricultural
Relations, Department of Agriculture

Milburn L. Wilson, D.Sc, Director of Extension
Work, Department of Agriculture

Advisers:

Lester De Witt Mallory, Agricultural Attached, Amer-
ican Embassy, Mexico City

Raleigh A. Gibson, First Secretary, American Em-
bassy. Mexico City

Ralph H. Allee, Chief, Division of Latin American
Agriculture, Office of Foreign Agricultural Rela-
tions, Department of Agriculture

Secretaries:

Clarke L. Willard, Assistant Chief, Division of Inter-
national Conferences, Department of State

William K. Ailshie, Third Secretary, American Em-
bassy, Mexico City

Philip L. Green, Latin American Specialist, Office of
Foreign Agricultural Relations, Department of
Agriculture

The Mexican Government has extended simi-
lar invitations to all the other American re-
publics.

An organizing committee, appointed by the
President of Mexico, has drafted the agenda of
the Conference on the basis of recommenda-
tions submitted by the several governments.
The agenda, which have been approved by the
Governing Board of the Pan American Union,
emphasize the role of agriculture during the
present emergency and the reconstruction pe-
riod as well as the technical aspects of prob-
lems affecting the science throughout the invited
countries.

Publications

TREATIES AND OTHER INTERNATIONAL ACTS: VOLUME 6

[Released to the pre6s June 23]

Advance copies of volume 6 of Treaties and
Other International Acts of the United States
of America, edited by Dr. Hunter Miller and
published by the Department of State, were
received by the Department on June 23 from
the Government Printing Office.

This volume, covering the period from June
1852 to January 1855, contains 21 international
acts.

. The most notable document in the volume is
Perry's Treaty of March 31, 1854 with Japan.
For the first time in United States treaty com-
pilations, the full text of this agreement is
printed : the English and Japanese versions of
the treaty, together with the certified transla-
tions in the intermediate languages of the nego-
tiations, Chinese and Netherlandish; the Eng-
lish and Japanese versions of the additional reg-
ulations; the English texts and certified Nether-
landish translations of subsidiary papers; and
the chart of article 5, a full-scale reproduction
of which is in a pocket inside the back cover.
The detailed account given of the negotiations
is a composite based chiefly on four primary
sources : The original despatches of Commodore
Perry; the Narrative of the Expedition of an
American Squadron, Perry's official published
report of the mission ; the journal of Dr. Samuel
Wells Williams, chief interpreter of the mis-
sion ; and the Diary of an Official of the Bakufu,
a contemporary Japanese record. In conven-
ient form for reference, there is provided a
calendar of the itinerary of Commodore Perry,
based on the original log books of his flagships.
The whole document, texts and editorial notes,
runs to 228 pages. The five visits made by Com-

modore Perry to Loochoo and his compact of
July 11, 1854 with the Government of Loochoo,
which, both in time and circumstance, was
closely related to the treaty with Japan, are
also fully depicted (pp. 743-86). Commodore
Perry's views regarding American bases in Far
Eastern waters will be found of peculiar inter-
est at this time (see pp. 554-56, 762-64, 771-72,
775).

Another outstanding document is the treaty
of December 30, 1853 with Mexico. Although
generally called the Gadsden Treaty, after the
American negotiator, James Gadsden, all its
essential provisions, including those for terri-
torial cession and payment, were rewritten in
the United States Senate. The story of the ne-
gotiation is told in the editorial notes with
ample quotation from the original despatches
of Gadsden, whose notions of spelling, punctua-
tion, grammar, and rhetoric were nothing if not
original and whose frankness in the expression
of his opinion enlivens the narrative.

The Canadian Reciprocity Treaty of June 5,
1854 was the first agreement for free trade in
enumerated commodities to be entered into by
the United States. The course of the negotia-
tions, which were protracted for five years, is
traced in the editorial notes, with references to
and quotations from both State Department
and Foreign Office records.

The convention of July 22, 1854 with Russia
set forth principles of neutral rights that had
long been advocated by this Government, and
it provided for accession to those principles by
other nations. The editorial notes include an
account of the negotiation of the convention,
with citations of and quotations from relevant

569

570

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

papers in both the State Department and the
Soviet archives, and an account of the subse-
quent attempts to obtain accessions, which were
largely frustrated by the Declaration of Paris
following the close of the Crimean War.

Among other international acts in the volume
are the convention of February 8, 1853 with
Great Britain for the general settlement of
claims, some of which had troubled Anglo-
American relations for two decades or more,
and the first two treaties between the United
States and Argentina, that of July 10, 1853 for
the free navigation of the Rivers Parana and
Uruguay, and the commercial treaty of July 27,
1853.

Five agreements in volume 6 have not here-
tofore been printed in United States treaty
collections.

Other features of the volume are two maps
prepared by the Office of the Geographer of the
State Department, one illustrating the river

system of the Rio de la Plata and the other the
votes in the Senate on the boundary clauses of
the Gadsden Treaty; a summary list of the
claims before the Commission under the con-
vention of February 8, 1853 with Great Britain ;
a list of the treaties and other international acts
applicable to the boundary between the United
States and Mexico; a facsimile reproduction of
the certificate of exchange of ratifications of
Perry's Treaty; an addendum to the editorial
notes to the treaty of December 12, 1828 with
Brazil (vol. 3, pp. 451-484), consisting of the
text of the long-missing despatch of William
Tudor of the same date, enclosing the treaty;
and an 18-page bibliography of the writings
cited in the volume.

Volume 6 (xxx, 886 pages) will be available
shortly. It may be obtained from the Super-
intendent of Documents, Government Printing
Office, Washington, D.C., at a price of $3.25 a
copy, including postage.

LIST OF PUBLICATIONS ISSUED DURING THE LAST QUARTER

During the quarter beginning April 1, 1942
the following publications have been released
by the Department : *

1702. The Program of the Department of State in Cul-
tural Relations. Reprinted from the "Department of
State Appropriation Bill for 1943: Hearings Before
the Subcommittee of the Committee on Appropria-
tions, House of Representatives, Seventy-seventh Con-
gress, Second Session, on the Department of State
Appropriation Bill for 1943". Inter-American Series
21. 32 pp. 5tf.

1708. Digest of International Law, by Green Haywood
Haekworth, Legal Adviser of the Department of State.
Vol. Ill, chs. LX-XI. vi, 820 pp. $2.

1709. Laws and Regulations Affecting the Control of
Persons Entering and Leaving the United States.
February 1, 1942. iv, 43 pp. 10^.

1710. Expropriation of Petroleum Properties: Agree-

ment Between the United States of America and
Mexico — Effected by exchange of notes signed Novem-
ber 19, 1941. Executive Agreement Series 234. 7 pp.

1714. Cultural Relations Among the Democracies.
Inter-American Series 22. vi, 20 pp. lOtf.

1715. Foreign Consular Offices in the United States.
February 1, 1942. iv, 49 pp. 150.

1716. Radiocommunications : Agreement Between the
United States of America and Other American Re-
publics (Revision of Habana Radiocommunications
Arrangement of 1937) — Signed at Santiago, Chile,
January 26, 1940; notification of approval by the
United States of America communicated to the Gov-
ernment of Chile June 26, 1941. Executive Agreement
Series 231. iv, 69 pp. 150.

1717. The Department of State Bulletin, vol. VI, no. 144,
March 28, 1942. 15 pp. lO0. a

1718. American Delegations to International Confer-
ences, Congresses, and Expositions and American
Representation on International Institutions and
Commissions, With Relevant Data. Fiscal Tear

1 Serial numbers which do not appear in this list have
appeared previously or will appear in subsequent lists.

'Subscription, $2.75 a year.

JTPNX 27, 1942

571

Ended June 30, 1941. (Compiled In the Division of
International Conferences.) Conference Series 51.
vi, 130 pp. 200.

1719. Treaties and Other International Acts of the
United States of America, edited by Hunter Miller.
Vol. 6, Documents 152-172 : 1852-1855. xxx, 886 pp.
$3.25 (buckram).

1720. The Problem of Economic Peace After the War :
Address by Leo Pasvolsky, Special Assistant to the
Secretary of State, delivered at Delaware, Ohio,
March 4, 1942. Commercial Policy Series 72. 22
pp. 50.

1721. The Department of State Bulletin, vol. VI, no.

145, April 4, 1942. 40 pp. 100.

1722. The Proclaimed List of Certain Blocked Na-
tionals. Supplement 3, April 11, 1942, to Revision I
of February 7, 1942. 19 pp. Free.

1723. Publications of the Department of State (a list
cumulative from October 1, 1929). April 1, 1942.
30 pp. Free.

1724. Diplomatic List, April 1942. ii, 96 pp. Sub-
scription, $1 a year ; single copy, 100.

1725. The Department of State Bulletin, vol. VI, no.

146, April 11, 1942. 21 pp. 100.

1726. Leased Naval and Air Bases : Agreement and
Exchanges of Notes Between the United States of
America and Great Britain and Protocol Between the
United States of America, Great Britain, and Canada
Concerning the Defense of Newfoundland — Signed
March 27, 1941. Executive Agreement Series 235.
44 pp. 100.

1727. Papers Relating to the Foreign Relations of
the United States, 1927 (in three volumes). Vol. I.
lxxxi, 565 pp. $1.50.

1728. Papers Relating to the Foreign Relations of
the United States, 1927 (in three volumes). Vol.
II. cti, 841 pp. $2 (buckram).

1729. Papers Relating to the Foreign Relations of the
United States, 1927 (in three volumes). Vol. III.
xcvn, 885 pp. $2.

1730. Detail of Military Officer of the United States
To Serve as Assistant to Adviser of Remount Service
of the Peruvian Army : Agreement Between the
United States of America and Peru — Signed March
11, 1942; effective February 14, 1942. Executive
Agreement Series 240. 10 pp. 5<#.

1731. The Department of State Bulletin, vol. VI, no.

147, April 18, 1942. 27 pp. 100.

1732. Cooperative War Effort: Declaration by United
Nations, Washington, January 1, 1942 ; and Declara-
tion Known as the Atlantic Charter, August 14, 1941.
Executive Agreement Series 236. 4 pp. 50.

1733. Index to the Department of State Bulletin, vol.
V, nos. 106-131, July 5-December 27, 1941. 32 pp.

1734. The Proclaimed List of Certain Blocked Na-
tionals. Supplement 4, May 1, 1942, to Revision I
of February 7, 1942. 21 pp. Free.

1735. The Department of State Bulletin, vol. VI, no.

148, April 25, 1942. 17 pp. 100.

1736. The Department of State Bulletin, vol. VI, no.

149, May 2, 1942. 10 pp. 100.

1737. The Proclaimed List of Certain Blocked Na-
tionals. Revision II, May 12, 1942, Promulgated Pur-
suant to Proclamation 2497 of the President of July
17, 1941. 196 pp. Free.

1738. Diplomatic List, May 1942. Ii, 98 pp. Subscrip-
tion, $1 a year ; single copy, 100.

1739. Foreign Service List, April 1, 1942. iv, 117 pp.
Subscription, 500 a year ; single copy, 15tf.

1740. The Department of State Bulletin, vol. VI, no.

150, May 9, 1942. 35 pp. 10<».

1741. Military Mission : Agreement Between the United
States of America and Colombia Continuing in Effect
the Agreement of November 23, 1938 — Effected by
exchange of notes signed November 19, 1941 and
February 19, 1942. Executive Agreement Series 237.
2 pp. 5tf.

1742. The Department of State Bulletin, vol. VI, no.

151, May 16, 1942. 18 pp. 100.

1743. The Proclaimed List of Certain Blocked Nationals.
Supplement 1, May 22, 1942, to Revision II of May
12, 1942. 17 pp. Free.

1745. The Department of State Bulletin, vol. VI, no.

152, May 23, 1942. 40 pp. lOtf.

1746. The Proclaimed List of Certain Blocked Na-
tionals. Supplement 2, June 2, 1942, to Revision II

. of May 12, 1942. 10 pp. Free.

1747. The Department of State Bulletin, vol. VI, no.

153, May 30, 1942. 20 pp. lOtf.

1748. Diplomatic List, June 1942. ii, 98 pp. Subscrip-
tion, $1 a year ; single copy, 10^.

1749. Memorial Day Address by Sumner Welles, Under
Secretary of State, delivered at Arlington National
Amphitheater, May 30, 1942. 9 pp. Free.

1750. The Department of State Bulletin, vol. VI, no.

154, June 6, 1942. 26 pp. 10«S.

1751. Treaties Submitted to the Senate, 1941: Pro-
cedure During 1941 on Certain Treaties Submitted
to the Senate 1923^1 and Their Status As of De-
cember 31, 1941. iv, 13 pp. lOtf.

1752. Why Are We Fighting and For What? Address
by Stanley K. Hornbeck, Adviser on Political Rela-
tions, Department of State, delivered at the Uni-
versity of North Carolina, May 21, 1942. Far Eastern
Series 5. 28 pp. Free.

1753. The Proclaimed List of Certain Blocked Na-
tionals. Supplement 3, June 19, 1942, to Revision II
of May 12, 1942. 20 pp. Free.

572

DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN

1754. The Department of State Bulletin, vol. VI, no.

155, June 13, 1942. 13 pp. 10<J.

1755. The Department of State Bulletin, vol. VI, no.

156, June 20, 1942. 16 pp. 10^.

Treaty Series :

979. Inter-American Coffee Agreement : Supplementary
Proclamation by the President of the United States
of America, Issued February 27, 1942, Declaring That
the Inter-American Coffee Agreement Signed at
Washington November 28, 1940 Entered Into Full
Force Among All the Signatory Countries on Decem-
ber 31, 1941. ( Supplementary to Treaty Series 970. )
2 pp. 5<t.

980. Claims: Convention Between the United States
of America and Mexico — Signed at Washington No-
vember 19, 1941 ; proclaimed April 9, 1942. 7 pp. 50.

The Department of State also publishes the
slip laws and Statutes at Large. Laws are
issued in separate series and are numbered in
the order in which they are signed. Treaties
also are issued in a separate series and are num-
bered in the order in which they are proclaimed.
All other publications of the Department since
October 1, 1929 are numbered consecutively in
the order in which they are sent to press, and,
in addition, they are subdivided into series
according to general subject.

To avoid delay, requests for publications of
the Department of State should be addressed
direct to the Superintendent of Documents,
Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C,
except in the case of free publications, which
may be obtained from the Department. The
Superintendent of Documents will accept de-
posits against which the cost of publications
ordered may be charged and will notify the
depositor when the deposit is exhausted. The
cost to depositors of a complete set of the pub-
lications of the Department for a year will
probably be somewhat in excess of $15. Orders
may be placed, however, with the Superintend-
ent of Documents for single publications or for
one or more series.

The Superintendent of Documents also has,
for free distribution, the following price lists
which may be of interest : Foreign Relations of
the United States; American History and Bi-
ography; Tariff; Immigration; Alaska and
Hawaii ; Insular Possessions ; Laws ; Commerce
and Manufactures ; Political Science ; and Maps.

A list of publications of the Bureau of Foreign
and Domestic Commerce may be obtained from
the Department of Commerce.

Treaty Information

TELECOMMUNICATIONS

North American Regional Broadcasting
Agreement

New found/ and

By a communication dated June 2, 1942 the
Director of the Inter-American Radio Office at
Habana informed the Secretary of State that he
had received a notification from the Secretary of
State of Cuba informing him of the adherence
of Newfoundland to the North American Re-
gional Broadcasting Agreement signed at Ha-
bana on December 13, 1937. The adherence was
notified to the Cuban Government by the Brit-
ish Legation at Habana by a note dated Janu-
ary 20, 1942. The text of the note addressed to
the Cuban Minister of State by the British Min-
ister at Habana, which was furnished to this
Government as an annex to the communication
of June 2, 1942 from the Director of the Inter-
American Radio Office, is quoted below :

"OIR/Regional N. A./170 Terranova.

"La Habana, 4.III.1942.

"North American Regional Broadcasting
Agreement (La Habana, 1937).

"Part VII. Adhesion, in the name of New-
foundland by His Majesty's Government in the
United Kingdom.

"(Copy)

" 'British Legation.
" 'Havana, 20th. January, 1942.
" 'Yotjr Excellency:

" 'The Director of the Inter-American Radio
Office, in his communication to this Legation of
February 14th. 1941, drew the attention of His
Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom

JUNE 27, 1942

573

to the fact that the North American Regional
Broadcasting Agreement of Havana, 1937, was,
under Part VII, open the adherence in the name
of Newfoundland.

" 'I have the honour under instructions from
His Majesty's Government to notify Your Ex-
cellency as follows.

" 'His Majesty's Government in the United
Kingdom desire, hi accordance with Part VII
thereof, that as from the date of notification the
North American Regional Broadcasting Agree-
ment signed at Havana on December 13th, 1937,
should be applied to Newfoundland.

" 'As in virtue of this notification His Maj-
esty's Government in the United Kingdom must
be regarded as a contracting party to the agree-
ment in respect of Newfoundland, I am in-
structed to request the Cuban Government to
furnish His Majesty's Government with certi-
fied copies of the texts of the agreement in ac-
cordance with its final clause.

" 'His Majesty's Government assume that de-
tailed arrangements for the participation of

Newfoundland will be drawn up in consultation
with the competent authorities of Newfound-
land and submitted to all the contracting gov-
ernments for their approval.
" 'I avail myself [etc.]

George Ogilvie- Forbes' "

Legislation

According Privileges of Free Importation to Members
of the Armed Forces of Other United Nations, to
Enemy Prisoners of War and Civilian Internees and
Detainees. H. Rept. 2274, 77th Cong., on H.J. Res.
327. 2 pp.

Providing for the Registration of Trade-Marks Used in
Commerce, To Carry Out the Provisions of Certain
International Conventions, and for Other Purposes.
H. Rept. 2283, 77th Cong., on S. 895. 33 pp.

Facilitating Disposition of Prizes Captured by the
United States During the Present War. H. Rept.
2287, 77th Cong., on H.R. 7211. 3 pp.

. 3. GOVERNMENT I

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. — Price, 10 cents ... - Subscription price, $2.75 a year

PUBLISHED WEEKLY WITH THE APPBOYAL OF THE DIRECTOR OF THE BUREAU OF THE BUDGET

nrvsTON PUBLIC LIBRARY

■AHHWUHgH

3 9999 06352 727 7